Dr. A. ASHOK I.A ACADEMIC... · Dr. A. Ashok , IAS Commissioner Intermediate Education & Secretary,...

1

Dr. A. ASHOK I.A.S Commissioner Intermediate Education

& Secretary Board of Intermediate Education,

Telangana State, Hyderabad

Commissionerate of Intermediate Education,

State Institute of Vocational Education, &

Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education Vidya Bhavan: Nampally: Hyderabad

2

EDITORIAL TEAM

K. VISHWESHWAR, Lecturer, SIVE

Commissioner of Intermedaite Education, Telangana, Hyderabad.

G. MADHAVI, M.A., L.L.B.,

Lecturer, SIVE Commissioner of Intermedaite Education,

Telangana, Hyderabad.

B. RAMESH, M.E Reader, SIVE


Dr. V.V. RAMANA RAO, M.Sc, M.Ed, Ph.D Lecturer, SIVE,


ADVISIOR

M. LAXMA REDDY, B.Sc., L.L.B., Asst. Director,


3

FROM THE EDITORIAL DESK

The Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education Offers Vocational courses in six

major disciplines: Agriculture, Business and commerce, Engineering and Technology, Health and Para medical services, Home science and Humanities for students at +2 level. There are immense opportunities for trained manpower in a developing economy like India’s, especially in the agriculture, manufacturing and social services sector. A properly planned and effectively implemented vocational education system will enable the unemployed youth to take up some useful employment.

The State Institute of Vocatonal Education [SIVE] funcining in the Commissionerate of

Intermediate Education under the guidance of our Commissioner of Intermediate Education has prepared this academic organizer for all those pursuing vocational courses at intermediate level. The organizer gives a detailed plan of coverage of topics of all papers including Practical’s in a systematic way.

The month wise plan of distribution of topics corresponding to the number of working days helps both the teacher and the taught to reach their goal. Details of OJT programme and number of days to be spent on OJT is also mentioned which helps the student to plan and work for the experience. Student evaluation to be done in the form of Assignments’, Monthly Unit tests and other examination details are also incorporated in the organizer which helps the students to prepare in advance for better results.

The editorial Staff of SIVE and Gurukulam had worked hard in designing the action

plan, conducting meetings with subject experts, preparation of draft etc., all within a short time to deliver the book. We welcome suggestions for improvement of this book for the benefit of the students.

The support given by Mr. K Prasad, Principal (FAC), GVJC, Bazar Ghaat, Nampally,

A. Rama Krishna, J L in A & T, GJC (G), Golconda, M.V. Rama Rao, Principal (FAC), GJC Old Malakpet, the SIVE staff and M/s Karuna Graphics, Khairathabad, Hyderabad who played the key role of compiling, editing and document setting for all these streams of information is landable.

We also thank the TS, BIE for supporting in printing and publishing this organizer.

EDITORS

4

ANNUAL ACADEMIC ORGANIZER FOR THE YEAR 2016-17,

INTERMEDIATE VOCATIONAL COURSES, Developed by Commissionerate of Intermediate Education

Telangana State, Hyderabad

CONTENTS EDITORIAL TEAM ..................................................................................................................... 2 FROM THE EDITORIAL DESK .................................................................................................. 3 TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION LIST OF OFFICERS…. 7 LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS ....................................................................................................... 09 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION – AIMS & OBJECTIVES .......................................................... 10 INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR JUNIOR COLLEGES ................................................................ 11 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ................................................................................................... 14 CERTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADMISSIONS IN TO 1ST & 2ND YEAR ........................... 16 ANNUAL ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2016-17 .......................................................................... 18 NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS (MONTH WISE) FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR ................. 19 GUIDELINES FOR ON THE JOB TRAINING .......................................................................... 21 APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING PROGRAMME ....................................................................... 30 G.O. MS.NO. 34 DT.13-09-2013 ................................................................................... 31 CONTINUATION OF VOCATIONAL PARAMEDICAL COURSES IN THE STATE FOR THE YEAR 2014-15 ................................................................................................................... 33 RECOGNITION OF INTERMEDIATE VOCATIONAL COURSES FOR THE PURPOSE OF EMPLOYMENT IN GOVT. DEPARTMENTS G.O.MS.NO.428 ............................................... 37 G O MS NO 12, DT15.02.2001………………………………………………………………… 40 SHORT TERM VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE COURSES (STVCC)…………………… 43 ENGLISH -I ................................................................................................................................ 49 ENGLISH –II .............................................................................................................................. 51 GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE COURSE CODE:02 FIRST YEAR .............................. 53 GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE COURSE CODE: 02 SECOND YEAR ....................... 53 CROP PRODUCITON AND MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : 105 FIRST YEAR ............... 55 CROP PRODUCITON AND MANAGEMENT: COURSE CODE: 105 SECOND YEAR .......... 61 DAIRYING CODE: 106 FIRST YEAR ....................................................................................... 65 DAIRYING CODE: 106 SECOND YEAR .................................................................................. 73 FISHERIES: COURSE CODE: 107 FIRST YEAR ................................................................... 80 FISHERIES: COURSE CODE: 107 SECOND YEAR............................................................... 86 SERICULTURE: COURSE CODE: 108 FIRST YEAR .............................................................. 90 SERICULTURE: COURSE CODE: 108 SECOND YEAR ......................................................... 95 ACCOUNTING & TAXATION: COURSE CODE: 206 FIRST YEAR ................................... 99 ACCOUNTING & TAXATION: COURSE CODE: 206 SECOND YEAR .............................. 105 RETAIL MANAGEMENT: COURSE CODE:207: FIRST YEAR ......................................... 110 RETAIL MANAGEMENT: COURSE CODE : 207 SECOND YEAR ...................................... 117 OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP FIRST YEAR................................................................................ 123 OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP: COURSE CODE: 208 SECOND YEAR ..................................... 129 BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES:: COURSE CODE 209 FIRST YEAR ........................ 134 BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES: 209 SECOND YEAR .......................................... 141 INSURANCE & MARKETING: COURSE CODE : 210 FIRST YEAR .................................. 148 INSURANCE & MARKETING: COURSE CODE: 210 SECOND YEAR .............................. 154 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 309 FIRST YEAR ..... 160 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE : 309 SECOND YEAR 169

5

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 310 FIRST YEAR .............................. 175 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 310 SECOND YEAR ......................... 186 COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING: COURSE CODE: 311:: FIRST YEAR ............... 194 COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING: COURSE CODE: 311::SECOND YEAR ........... 201 ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE COURSE CODE: 312 FIRST YEAR ....................................................................................................................................... 209 ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE:: 312 SECOND YEAR ...... 219 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE : 313 FIRST YEAR .................................. 226 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE : 313 SECOND YEAR ............................ 233 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE 314 FIRST YEAR ........... 241 MECHANICAL ENGNEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE 314 SECOND YEAR ........ 248 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN : COURSE CODE :315 FIRST YEAR ................................................................................................................. 253 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN: COURSE CODE: 315 SECOND YEAR ................................................................................................................ 261 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE-405 FIRST YEAR ............... 267 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE : 405 SECOND YEAR ........ 273 FASHION GARMENT MAKING:: COURSE CODE: 406 :: FIRST YEAR ............................. 277 FASHION GARMENT MAKING :: COURSE CODE: 406 :: SECOND YEAR ....................... 284 HOTEL OPERATIONS :: COURSE CODE: 407 :: FIRST YEAR ............................................ 289 HOTEL OPERATIONS COURSE CODE: 407 SECOND YEAR ............................................. 296 PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING COURSE CODE 408 FIRST YEAR ......................... 302 PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING COURSE CODE 408 :: SECOND YEAR ................. 308 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION 503 FIRST YEAR ................................................ 312 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION, COURSE CODE :: 503,SECOND YEAR........... 319 TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES: COURSE CODE: 504:: FIRST YEAR ...................... 323 TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES COURSE CODE: 504 SECOND YEAR .................... 328 DENTAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 610 FIRST YEAR ................................................ 332 DENTAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 610 SECOND YEAR .......................................... 337 DENTAL HYGIENIST COURSE FIRST YEAR ...................................................................... 340 DENTAL HYGIENIST COURSE SECOND YEAR ................................................................. 346 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE : 612 - FIRST YEAR ................................. 349 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN (MLT) ::COURSE CODE 612 :: SECOND YEAR ............... 358 OPHTHALMIC TECHNICIAN, COURSE CODE : 613 :FIRST YEAR ................................ 365 OPHTHALMIC TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 613: SECOND YEAR .............................. 371 PHYSIOTHERAPY, COURSE CODE : 614 :: FIRST YEAR .................................................. 376 PHYSIOTHERAPY COURSE CODE 614 :: SECOND YEAR ................................................ 384 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (F) COURSE CODE : 615 ::I YEAR ......................... 390 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (F) COURSE CODE: 615:: SECOND YEAR ............ 400 LAB EQUIPMENT - CROP PRODUCTION COURSE ............................................................ 406 DAIRYING LAB EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................... 408 FISHERIES LAB EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................... 411 SERICULTURE LAB EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................ 412 ACCOUNTING & TAXATION / OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP / INSURANCE & MARKETING / BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES / MARKETING & SALESMANSHIP COURSES LAB EQUIPMENT .................................................................. 413 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENT .................................. 414 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 416 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT .................................... 417 ELECTIRCAL TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT ................................................................. 419

6

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT ..................................... 421 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT ....... 422 COMMERICAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY & FASHION GARMENT MAKING LAB EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................... 423 HOTEL OPERATIONS LAB EQUIPMENT ............................................................................ 424 PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING LAB EQUIPMENT .................................................... 427 TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUES LAB EQUIPMENT .............................................. 428 DENTAL TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT .......................................................................... 429 DENTAL HYGENIST LAB EQUIPMENT .............................................................................. 431 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 432 OPTHLAMATIC TECHNICIAN LAB EQIPMENT ................................................................. 434 PHYSIOTHERAPHY LAB EQUIPMENT ............................................................................... 435 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER [FEMALE] LAB EQUIPMENT ................................ 436

7

TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION TELEPHONE DIRECTORY

Name Designation Office Fax Mobile

Sri Kadiam Sri Hari Hon'ble Dy. CM,

Minister of Education & Chairman

23459922 23459921

Smt. Ranjeev R Acharya, IAS Prl. Secy& VC 23459297 23459287

Dr. A. Ashok , IAS Commissioner

Intermediate Education & Secretary, BIE

24655915/ 24603315

24655927/ 24603314

OFFICERS WORKING IN COMMISSIONERATE OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION, TELANGANA, HYDERABAD

Dr. A. Ashok,IAS Commissioner 24655915 24655927 ( fax) M. Laxma Reddy Asst. Director 24655916 8331879603 B.Ramesh Reader, SIVE 94408-16025 K. Vishweshwar Lecturer, SIVE 24732475 92985-50425 G. Madhavi Lecturer ,SIVE 24655917 85019-58899 Dr. V.V. RamanaRao Lecturer , Gurukulam 24655917 81069-66326

DISTRICT VOCATIONAL EDUCATIONAL OFFICERS – TS BIE B Hanumatha rao Mahabubnagar 08542 254916 9440816017 D. Andrews Khammam&Nalgonda 08742 231803 9440816013 Md. Mahamood Ali Warangal 0870 2563467 9440816014 Smt. L. Suhasini Karimnagar& Adilabad 08782 2250777 9440816012 Ch.Prabhakar Nizamabad 08462 245569 9440816015 Y.Sudarshan Reddy Ranga Reddy 040 23235404 9440816016 Dr.K. Kasinath Hyd. &Medak 040 23212197 9440816018

REGIONAL INSPECTION OFFICERS – TS BIE Sita Ramulu (FAC) Mahaboobnagar 08542 220938/222172 (F) 94408-16028 Shaik.Ahemed(FAC) Warangal 0870 2577499 98483-09003 N.VenkateshwaraRao (FAC) Khammam 08742 2252057 99486-63984 N. PrakashBabu (FAC) Nalgonda 08682 224958/223653/227748 98483-09004 M. Kishan (FAC) Medak 08455 272266 94408-16027 L.Indrakaran Nizamabad 08462 2454333 98483-09005 B.Nagendar (FAC) Adilabad 08732 223114 98487-81808 L. Suhasini (FAC) Karimnagar 0878 2241215/2243696 98483-09006 A. Ravi Kumar Hyderabad (FAC) 040 23236433/ 23231530 98487-81805

SmtJayapradhaBai (FAC) Rangareddy-I 040 23244645 98480-18284 T Hanumanth Reddy(FAC) Rangareddy-II 9866967269

8

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

S.No. Name of the Course/ Subject

Name of the Lecturer Designation Address

1. GFC Sri A.Umamaheshwar JL in GFC Government Junior College, Malakpet old, Hyderabad

2 English K Vasundara Devi JL in English Asst. Professor, ERTW,

TSBIE, Nampally, Hyderabad.

3 Crop Production & Management (C.P & M) M.K. Mazheruddin JL in CPM Government Junior College,

Khanapur,Adilabad District

4 Dairying (Dairy)

K.Vishweshwar JL in Dairy SIVE,O/oCIE,TS Hyderabad

S. Venkat Reddy JL in Dairy Govt. Junior College, Parkal Warangal Dist.

5 Fisheries (Fish) V.Narasimhaswamy JL in

Fisheries Government Junior College,

Bheemghal, Nizamabad

6 Sericulture (Seri) T.Karuna JL in

Sericulture Government Junior College, Shadnagar, Mahabubnagar

7 Accounting & Taxation (A&T) K.Ramakrishna JL in A&T BJR GJC Golkonda.

8 Retail Management ( RM) Vijaya Nandini JL in RM

Government Vocational Junior College, Bazarghat,

Hyderabad

9 Office Assistantship (O.A) O.Nirmala JL in OAs Government Vocational

Junior College, Bazarghat, Hyderabad

10 Banking & Financial

Services ( BFS)

P.Lavanya JL in BFS Government Vocational

Junior College, Mahabubnagar

11 Insurance & Marketing (

I&M)

Raji Reddy JL in I&M Government Junior College

(B), Godavarikhani, Karimnagar Dist.

12 Automobile Engineering

Technician (A.E.T)

Ramulaiah JL in AET Government Junior College, Chanchalguda, Hyderabad

P.Sambaiah JL in AET Government Vocational Junior College, Hyderabad

13 Construction Technology

(C.T)

L.Murali Krishna JL in CT Government Junior College, Ibrahimpatnam

A.Srinivasa Reddy JL in CT Government Junior College, Old Malakpet, Hyderabad

14 Computer Science & Engineering ( C.S.E) K Sateesh Kumar JL in CSE Government Junior College,

Chevella, RR Dist.

15 Electronics Engineering Technician (E.E.T) M.Shanmukha Charry JL in EET Government Junior College,

Malakajgiri, RR Dist

16 Electrical Technician (ET )

K.Prasad Incharge

Principal, JL in ET

Government Vocational Junior College, Bajarghat,

Hyderabad

M.Paul Prasad JL in ET Government Junior College, Falaknuma, Hyderabad

17 Mechanical Engineering

Technician (MET)

V.Laxma Reddy JL in MET Government Vocational

Junior College, Hanumakonda, Warangal

9

18 Construction Technology P. Murali Krishna JL in CT GJC, Ibrahimpatnam, RR Dist

A Srinivasa Reddy JL in CT GJC (O), Malakpet, Hyderabad

19 Building Construction & Maintenance Technician

( BC&MT) Ch. Gnana Chary JL in

BC&MT Government Junior College,

Malakajgiri, RR Dist

20

Commercial Garment Technology , Fashion &

Garment Making

P.Selma Raja Kumari JL in CGT MAM Government Junior

College (G), Nampally, Hyderabad

K. Padmavathi JL in CGT Government Junior College (G), Falaknuma, Hyderabad

21 Hotel Operations (H.O) V S Latha JL in HO Green Fields College of Hotel Management, Hyderabad

22 Pre-School Teacher Training

(P.S.T.T)

K.Padmavathi JL in PSTT Government Junior College, (G)Mahaboobnagar

G. Shobha Rani JL in PSTT New GJC, Kukatpally, Hyderabad

23 Computer Graphics & Animation (C.G.A) Vani prasanna JL in CGA GJC (G), Hussanialam,

Hyderabad.

24 Tourism & Travel Techniques (T.T.T) M.Mahender Reddy JL in TTT Government Junior College,

Vemulawada

25 Dental Hyginist Dr.P.Manjula JL in DH Govt. City Junior College, Hyderabad

26 Dental Technician Dr.Arajunissa JL in DT Govt. City Junior College, Hyderabad

27 Medical Lab Technician

S.Srinivas JL in MLT GJC (G),Khammam Sandhya JL in MLT GJC (G), Maredpally

Dhanalaxmi JL in MLT Government Junior College, YMCA, Secunderabad

28 Ophthalmic Technician M.Ravi Prasad Optometrist Surya Eye Clinic, Balanagar

29 Physiotherapy A.Geetha Reddy JL in PT Government Vocational Junior College, Nalgonda

30 Mulitipurpose Health Worker ( Female ) K. Samatha JL in MPHW GJC (G), Karimnagar

10

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION – AIMS & OBJECTIVES

The National Policy on Education felt that it should be possible to divert at least 50 per cent

of the students completing Class X to the vocational stream, reducing the pressure on the universities

and also preparing students for gainful employment.

The main objectives of the scheme are to enhance individual employability, reduce the

mismatch between demand and supply of skilled manpower and provide an alternative for those

pursuing higher education without particular interest or purpose. The country requires technical and

skilled manpower particularly in view of the liberalization of the economy in recent years.

There are immense opportunities for trained manpower in a developing economy like

India’s, especially in the agriculture, manufacturing and social services sector. A properly planned and

effectively implemented vocational education system will enable the unemployed youth to take up some

useful employment.

The vocational stream should be treated like the arts, science and commerce streams

and students passing out from this stream at the +2 stage should have direct access to the tertiary

stage in a related discipline.

There is a need to establish linkage between vocational courses at the +2 level and courses at

the university level. The present admission criteria for entry into vocational courses at the graduation

level also need to be changed.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES

To diversify a sizeable segment of students at the senior secondary stage to the world of work.

To link education with productivity, economic development and individual prosperity.

To meet the skilled and middle level manpower needs of the growing sectors of the economy –

both organized and unorganized.

To reduce the mismatch between demand and supply of manpower.

To prepare students for self- reliance and gainful employment.

To prevent aimless pursuit of higher education.

11

INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR JUNIOR COLLEGES

The concept of an institutional plan is to bring about administrative efficiency and academic excellence in order to achieve the cherished objectives and goals. The Board of Intermediate Education has set the following goals/targets. 1. To achieve excellence in Intermediate Education and make it relevant and purposeful. 2. To lay greater emphasis on Vocational/Job Oriented Education, through revised Vocational

Courses. 3. To apply latest technology for improving teaching - learning process. 4. To change focus from academic study to specialized skills. 5. To encourage community participation in the college development and community services by

the institutions for mutual benefit. 6. To encourage Junior Lecturers for periodically updating their knowledge and skills through

refresher courses. 7. To provide minimum and uniform academic programme for the year in respect of all the

classes. 8. To seek societal support for resource mobilization for the physical development of the

institution. The Principals of all Junior Colleges are to plan in respect of the following aspects. a. Institutional Information b. Academic Activities c. Co-curricular Activities d. Monitoring and Supervision e. Resource Mobilization f. Conduct of House Examinations

A. Institutional Information

1. History from inception. 2. Present name and location with details and proceedings of recognition. 3. Strength particulars, class wise, caste wise and sex wise (if a co - education college), physically

handicapped student wise clearly. 4. Bio-data particulars of all the Teaching and Non Teaching staff. 5. Details of accommodation, playground facilities and sanitary facilities. 6. Present plan for creation of new facilities. 7. Details of furniture and equipment (Audio visual, labs, library, NSS, NCC, games, etc.,) 8. Details of educational institutions within a radius of 4 kms.

9. Plans for additional resources to be made available during the current year

B. Plan of Academic Activities

1. Teaching notes of all subject teachers. 2. Plan to organize seminars, essay writing, and debates and elocution competitions. 3. Identification of academically backward children, class wise, subject wise, and plans for

remedial teaching or supervisory study C. Planning of Co-curricular Activities

1. Literary club and other subject club activities. 2. Elocution, debates, quiz, seminars, utilization of community services for college

development through College Development Councils. 3. Celebration of National Festivals.

12

4. Participation in cultural activities. 5. Participation in NSS and NCC. 6. Participation in Games and Sports. 7. Participation in competitions conducted at various levels.

D. Monitoring and Supervision

1. Conduct of monthly staff meetings on a particular date preferably in the first week of every month.

2. Review of activities planned under curricular and co-curricular activities. 3. Issue of the Progress cards to parents within a week of the conduct of the monthly/ terminal

tests for parental supervision. 4. Co-ordination with the parent - teacher committees regarding the progress of the students. 5. Submission of quarterly performance appraisal reports of Junior Lecturers to the Regional Joint

Director to be made mandatory. 6. Periodical quarterly reviews. 7. Submission of Annual Administrative Report (AAR) taking all the events of the academic year

to be submitted to the Regional Joint Director, D.V.E.O. and Regional Inspection Officer before 30th April.

8. To strictly comply with the departmental parameters for annual academic inspection and surprise inspections.

9. Maintaining and displaying the roll of honour of all the meritorious students, recipients of Pratibha Awards, students selected in IITs, BITS Pilani, EAMCET in the Junior College.

10. Records of the success stories of the vocational students for feedback and effective counselling. 11. Results of previous year annual examinations to be analyzed for assessing the strength and

weaknesses and for taking remedial measures during the current year. 12. Maintenance of student attendance registers marked and consolidated regularly in the Central

Attendance Register. E. Resource Mobilization

1. Collection of voluntary contributions by way of money, kind & material through College Development Committees

2. Shramadan for improving infrastructure 3. Strengthening of infrastructure through CDC's, District Collector, Government funds,

Philanthropists etc. F. Conduct of House Examinations.

1. The Principal has to constitute a committee for conduct of house examinations, ie., monthly tests / unit tests, half-yearly examinations and pre-final examinations. Principal can utilize the services of the committee for pre-IPE work.

2. Unit examinations should be conducted in the last three working days. 3. House Examinations should be conducted on the same lines of a public examination. Principal

should see that the answer scripts should be valued and issued to the students within a stipulated period. The marks should be posted in the progress cards and the progress cards should be issued to the students before the conduct of the next examination.

13

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

(Updated to April 2009) I. Academic Year Academic year commences on the first June and ends on the 31st May of every succeeding year. II. Working Days of the Jr. College Each college recognized by the Board of Intermediate Education should work at least for 220 days for I & II year (Excluding all the examination days) (as resolved in 48th meeting of the Board)

III. Medium of Instruction: English

IV. COURSES OF STUDY

Part - I English

Part - II: General Foundation Course [GFC]

Part – III: Vocational Optional Subjects Candidate should select from the stream of the courses offered by the Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad.

COURSES OF STUDY IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION S.No. Old

Course Code

Revised Course Code w.e.f. 2012-2013

NAME OF THE COURSE

1. 01 Part-I (01) ENGLISH 2. 02 Part-II (02) GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE 3. Part –III COURSE SUBJECTS AGRICULTURE 4. 101 105 Crop Production & Management (C.P & M) 5. 102 106 Dairying (Dairy) 6. 103 107 Fisheries (Fish) 7. 104 108 Sericulture (Seri) BUSINESS & COMMERCE COURSES 8. 201 206 Accounting & Taxation (A&T) 9. 202 207 Marketing & Salesmanship (M&S) 10. 203 208 Office Assistantship (O.A) 11. 204 209 Banking & Financial Services ( BFS) 12. 205 210 Insurance & Marketing ( I&M) ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY COURSES 13. 301 309 Automobile Engineering Technician (A.E.T) 14. 302 310 Construction Technology (C.T) 15. 303 311 Computer Science & Engineering ( C.S.E) 16. 304 312 Electronics Engineering Technician (E.E.T) 17. 305 313 Electrical Technician (ET )

[Old Name-Electrical Wiring & Servicing of Electrical Appliances (E.W&S.E.A)]

18. 306 314 Mechanical Engineering Technician (MET) [Old Name-Rural Engineering Technician (R.E.T)]

19. 307 315 Building Construction & Maintenance Technician ( BC&MT) [Old Name-Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering (W.S&S.E)]

20. 308 316 Printing Technology (PTG) [Old Name- DTP & Printing Technology ]

14

S.No. Old Course Code

Revised Course Code w.e.f. 2012-2013

NAME OF THE COURSE

HOME SCIENCE COURSES 21. 401 405 Commercial Garment Technology (C.G.T)

[Old Name-Commercial Garment Designing & Making (C.G.D&M)]

22. 402 406 Fashion & Garment Making (F&G.M) 23. 403 407 Hotel Operations (H.O) 24. 404 408 Pre-School Teacher Training (P.S.T.T) HUMANITIES & OTHERS 25. 501 503 Computer Graphics & Animation (C.G.A) 26. 502 504 Tourism & Travel Techniques (T.T.T) HEALTH & PARAMEDICAL COURSES 27. 601 610 Dental Technician (D.T) 28. 602 611 Dental Hygienist (D.H) 29. 603 612 Medical Lab Technician (M.L.T) 30. 605 613 Ophthalmic Technician (O.T) 31. 606 614 Physiotherapy (P.T) 32. 609 615 Multipurpose Health Worker (Female) MPHW (F) BRIDGE COURSE I YEAR 1 04 04 Mathematics 2 05 05 Physical Sciences (Physics & Chemistry) 3 06 06 Biological Sciences (Botany & Zoology) BRIDGE COURSE II YEAR 1 54 54 Mathematics 2 55 55 Physical Sciences (Physics & Chemistry) 3 56 56 Biological Sciences (Botany & Zoology) 4 57 57 Physical Sciences Practical’s 5 58 58 Biological Sciences Practical’s

V. RULES OF ADMISSION: Rules followed during admissions for General Courses are similar and to be followed for Vocational courses also.

VI. Conduct of Classes: II year classes should start from the date of reopening of Junior Colleges after summer

vacation. First Year classes should start as per admission schedule as notified by the Board of Intermediate Education. Conduct of first year classes even before the publication of SSC results is strictly prohibited. Conduct of classes during holidays, vacations, festivals, and national holidays is strictly prohibited.

15

CERTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADMISSIONS IN TO 1ST & 2ND YEAR

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

TELANGANA :: HYDERABAD

Present: DR. A.ASHOK, I.A.S.

Rc.No.VOC.II/SIVE/74/2015-1 Dated. 03/06 /2016

Sub:

Intermediate Education – Admissions into I & II year Vocational Intermediate Courses for academic year 2016-2017 – Certain instructions – Issued.

* * * *

A. Admissions

1. All Principals are informed that all Government Junior Colleges having Vocational Courses shall give special emphasis in making admissions in all the approved / sanctioned sections to the maximum permitted strength.

2. The department proposes to give high priority to vocational education in Government Junior Colleges. The Principals shall encourage admissions to vocational courses.

3. Principals shall ensure that students who have passed SSC in compartmental basis and those who have secured low percentage of marks (below 50%) should be encouraged to take up vocational courses in Intermediate stream. This should be in the form of education to the parents as well as students keeping their academic capabilities in view. However, there should not be any coercion on students to join a course.

B. Syllabus Revision and Text Books

4. The syllabus of all 29 vocational courses and English & GFC is thoroughly revised for

2nd year a student which comes to effect from the academic year 2013-14. Text books with revised syllabus for 1st year students are available in the market. All Principals and vocational lecturers shall encourage the students to purchase the new text books.

C. Vocational Skill Development

5. The Principals of the College along with the Vocational Junior Lecturers shall conduct a

survey of various institutes, industries, organizations and hospitals in their area and prepare a list of the best organizations and obtain necessary permission from the concerned head of the organization for sending students for OJT.

PRINCIPALS SHOULD READ THIS CIRCULAR TO ALL JLS

16

D. Other Important Aspects.

6. All Principals shall ensure that classes start by 9.30 am and end by 4.00 pm. They should ensure that Morning Prayer is held and attendance of students is taken in all classes compulsorily.

7. Principals shall ensure that sports and games are conducted in the College every day from 4.00 pm to 5.00 pm.

8. Principals should encourage students to form cultural clubs and encourage extracurricular activities like debates, elocutions, essay writing, quiz, song, dance and drama.

9. The Principals are permitted to make admissions into new vocational courses sanctioned by cie, Ts. If once, the prescribed minimum strength (30) students exceeds, they can approach this office for post sanction. No posts for new courses / sections shall be sanctioned without minimum strength i.e., 30 students as per norms.

10. One GFC contract post will be permitted where there are (3) and more than (3) and upto (6) number of vocational courses functioning in the college. The Second GFC post shall be permitted, if the numbers of vocational courses exceed (6) and more. If less than 3 number of vocational courses exist in the college, GFC contract post shall not be permitted. The Principal shall make internal arrangements for GFC classes duly adjusting the workload with Commerce/Economics and Commerce related Vocational Lecturers.

11. All the Principals of GJCs having Vocational Courses and Aided Junior Colleges should encourage Short term Vocational courses minimum 2 STVCCs Courses shall start from the academic year 2016-16.

12. All the Principals of Government Vocational Junior Colleges, Government Junior

Colleges having vocational courses and Aided Junior Colleges should strictly adhere to these instructions. Any deviation in the regard will be viewed seriously.

Sd/-Dr.A.ASHOK, I.A.S., COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

To All the Principals of the Government Vocational Junior Colleges in the State. All the Principals of the Government Junior Colleges having Vocational courses. All the Regional Joint Director of Intermediate Education in the State. All the District Vocational Education Officers in the State. Copy to the Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad. Copy to all the Regional Inspection Officers in the State. Spare -1

17

ANNUAL ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2016-16

TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION: VIDYA BHAVAN: NAMPALLY: HYDERABAD

From To Smt.Shailaja Ramaiyer, I.A.S., Secretary, Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad

The Principals of all Junior /Composite Degree Colleges offering Intermediate Courses in the State.

Rc.No.99/E2-3/Calendar/2016-17 dated:22-04-2016 Sir / Madam,

Sub:- TSBIE – Academic – Two year Intermediate Course–Annual Academic Programme (Calendar) for the academic year 2016-2017– Regarding.

* * * All the Principals of Junior Colleges and Composite Colleges offering Intermediate Course in

the State are informed that the Tentative Annual Academic Programme (Calendar) for the academic

year 2016-2017 in respect of Junior and Composite Degree Colleges in the State offering Intermediate

course in general and vocational courses is as follows.

ANNUAL CALENDAR FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017

FIRST TERM 01-06-2016 (Wednesday) To 29-09-2016 (Thursday)

Half yearly examinations 23-09-2016 (Friday) To 29-09-2016 (Thursday)

First term holidays 30-09-2016 (Friday) To 12-10-2016 (Wednesday) (Both days inclusive)

Date of Re-opening after first term holidays 13-10-2016 (Thursday)

SECOND TERM 13-10-2016 (Thursday) To 28-03-2017 (Tuesday)

Second term holidays 14-01-2017 (Saturday) To 15-01-2017(Sunday) (Both days inclusive)

Date of Re-opening after second term holidays

16-01-2017 (Monday)

Pre-final examinations – I

23-01-2017 (Monday) To 30-01-2017 (Monday) Classes should be conducted to the students who have shortage of attendance, before and after examinations on the above days.

18

Pre-final examinations – II

2nd week of February 2017 Classes should be conducted to the students who have shortage of attendance, before and after examinations on the above days.

Date of commencement of Practical exams 2017

1st week of February 2017 Classes should be conducted to the students who have shortage of attendance, during February 2016.

Date of commencement of Theory exams 2017 1st week of March 2017 Last working day for the academic year 2016-2017 28-03-2017 (Tuesday)

Summer vacation 29-03-2017 (Thursday) To 31-05-2017 (Wednesday) (Both days inclusive)

Advance Supplementary Examinations Last Week of May 2017 Date of Re-opening of colleges after summer vacation for the academic year 2017-2018 01-06-2017 (Thursday)

NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS (MONTH WISE) FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-2017

Month No. of

days No. of Sundays, Second Saturdays,

public holidays & vacations Probable No. of working days

June 2016 30 5 25 July 2016 31 8 23 August 2016 31 7 23 September 2016 30 8 24 October 2016 31 16 15 November 2016 30 6 24 December 2016 31 8 23 January 2017 31 8 23 February 2017 29 6 22 March 2017 28 6 22 TOTAL 301 78 223

All the Principals/Managements are requested to follow the instructions furnished

hereunder: 1. All the Managements of private un-aided Jr. Colleges are informed that according to Annual

Calendar of 2015-16 the Jr. Colleges are deemed to be closed for summer vacation from 29-03-2016 to 31-05-2016.

2. In addition to the vacation, all Sundays, Second Saturdays & public holidays declared by the Government of Telangana should be strictly observed as holidays. Any deviation will be viewed seriously.

3. Admissions should be made only in accordance with the admission schedule announced by Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education.

4. No college should employ marketing strategies like appointing public relation officers or any such personnel for canvassing their case.

5. No advertisement should be carried out through hoarding, pamphlets, wall writings etc. 6. No advertisement should be made through electronic media or print media. 7. All the principals of un-aided Junior Colleges are instructed not to resort to issued of

advertisements with inducements amounting to violation of Rule 7 of Andhra Pradesh public

19

Examinations (Prevention of Malpractice & Unfair means) Rules 1997 issued in G.O.Ms.No.114, dated 13.05.1997. Any violation noticed will be dealt under Law.

8. All the private college managements are hereby informed that if they do not send the qualified lecturers for spot valuation camps, stringent steps / disciplinary action would be taken against them.

All the Managements of private un-aided Jr. Colleges are hereby informed that, if any deviation is noticed, the Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education will take action including dis-affiliation of the college against the managements.

Yours faithfully Sd/- Dr. A.Ashok, IAS,

SECRETARY

Copy submitted to The Principal Secretary to Government, Secondary Education Department The Commissioner/Director of Intermediate Education Copy to All the Regional Joint Directors of Intermediate Education in the State All the Regional Inspection Officers in the State All the District Vocational Education Officers in the State All the Officers & Section Superintendents Secretary Peshi, C.O.E.Peshi / PRO / Reception

// t. c. f. b. o. // Joint Secretary (Academic)

20

GUIDELINES FOR ON THE JOB TRAINING

On the Job Training is introduced from 2000-2001 and is designed to supplement the class room

instruction by Practical training in realistic work on the Job Training is part of the curriculum. There are 28 Vocational Courses under Six categories, Agriculture, Business and Commerce, Engineering and Technology, Home Science, Humanities & Others and Para medical. Each course is equally important as parts of our body.

This time we made an extensive and deep study on proper implementation of practical training, especially On Job Training with the valuable support of Subject Experts. Specific objectives in OJT for each course are developed and implementation methodology also was clearly defined. The following information presents probable OJT centers each Vocational Course. And also, activities to be carried at the OJT centre were clearly defined. Based on the availability and necessity of local requirement, suitable skills may be developed by selecting proper OJT Center.

We strongly believe that, this may further sharpen the On The Job Training Programme of Intermediate Vocational Education System and also strengthen the student.

Guidelines/ instructions for organizing ON THE JOB TRAINING:

1. On Job Training is back bone for Intermediate Vocational Courses. It provides double benefits to Vocational Student. It equips the Student with suitable skills and also makes a perfect path for future career.

2. Principals are requested to appoint the Junior Lecturers dealing with vocational courses as Vocational coordinator for each course who will assist in all the matters relating to arrangements of On the Job Training.

3. They are requested to approach the identified firm/ agency where Vocational students can be placed or OJT and take consent.

4. In consultation with the identified firm/ agency, Vocational coordinator has to fix up the schedule of the OJT i.e., duration, commencement, Training schedule, evaluation etc., and in case of any difficulty they are requested to take help of District Vocational education officer in arraigning the OJT.

5. After the schedule is finalized give instructions to the students to be prepared to attend the OJT compulsory to acquire Practical knowledge.

6. The Vocational coordinator will attend the OJT program on all days.

7. The duration of the OJT can be organized in any time during the academic year.

8. Principals are further requested to make frequent visits to OJT centers and monitor the programme.

9. They are requested to provide the necessary raw material for conducting the Practical’s at the site, if necessary.

10. At the end of the training, the student’s performance shall be evaluated jointly by the teacher and the trainer of the firm for maximum marks of 100. The award lists in the prescribed proforma shall be submitted to the Secretary, Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education on or before 31st January every year.

21

EVALUATION OF ON THE JOB TRAINING:

“On The Job Training” shall carry 100 marks for each year and pass marks is 50. During on the job training the candidates shall put in a minimum of 90% of attendance. The evaluation shall be done in the last week January.

Marks allotted for evaluation:

S.No Name of the activity Max. Marks allotted for each activity 1 Attendance and punctuality 30 2 Familiarity with technical terms 05 3 Familiarity with tools and material 05 4 Manual skills 05 5 Application of knowledge 10 6 Problem solving skills 10 7 Comprehension and observation 10 8 Human relations 05 9 Ability to communicate 10 10 Maintenance of diary 10

Total 100

The spirit of on the Job Training is to be maintained. The colleges are at liberty to conduct on

the job training according to their local feasibility of institutions & industries. They may conduct the

entire on the job training periods of (363) I year and (450) II year either by conducting classes in

morning session and send the students for OJT in afternoon session or two days in week or weekly or

monthly or by any mode which is feasible for both the college and institution. However the total

assigned periods for on the job training should be completed.

ON JOB TRAINING CENTERS AND SKILLS TO BE PROVIDED IN VOCATIONAL STUDENT

S.No Name of the Vocational Course

And Probable OJT Centre Skills to be Provided

1 Crop Production And Management: Krishi Vignana Kendra; Seed production and processing industries; Agriculture Research stations; NIRD; Horticulture related farms; Nursery farms; Cultivation farms; Agro based Industries; Sugar factories; Soil testing center/laboratories; Agriculture farm equipment industries; Fertilizer industries; Farm training centers; Primary Agriculture Cooperative societies; Agricultural Colleges; WALANTARI training center; Crop preservation centers;

Identification of field problems – nature and extent, Organizing Crop Production Campaigns.

Identification and handling of Agro-Meteorological Instruments and familiarization and use with seeding equipment.

Seed bed preparation and methods of planting, Calculation of seed requirement for various

crops. Demonstrating Rhizobium inoculation, Preparation of vermin compost and use in field

and horticultural crops and Identification of nutrient deficiency symptoms.

Acquaintance with special operations like earthling up, Propping, desiccating, ripping, pruning etc in various field and horticultural crops.

Soil sampling and analysis for various plant nutrients and Calculation of fertilizer needs of crops.

22

Familiarization with drop and sprinkler irrigation methods.

Managerial skills, ability to convince, expose to different communication media.

2 Dairying: Dairy, Sheep and Goat farms, Dairy Sheep and Goat Experimental stations, Veterinary Colleges and Veterinary Hospitals, Veterinary Polytechnic Institutions, Dairy farms, Milk collection and chilling centers, Cattle feed farms and processing plants, Milk processing, packing and distributing/selling companies, Milk products factories etc.,

Recognizing of different cattle and buffalo breeds.

Preparation of quality feeds and to test quality milk and milk products.

Vaccination of animal’s first aid and treatment of basic health problems.

Artificial insemination techniques and pregnancy diagnosis.

Learning the Techniques in manufacturing and marketing of milk and milk products.

Techniques in marketing of milk and milk products.

Milk collection transportation distribution. Production of fodder crops.

3 Fisheries: Fish seed and hatcheries Centers, Ornamental fish cutture and breeding centers, Primary fishermen co-operative societies, Advanced Training Institutions for Fisheries.,

Specimen preservation techniques. Identification of seed stages of prawn and fish. Construction and design of fish or prawn farms. Water and soil analysis. Aquatic foods – sea weeds – processing and

preservation –culture practices and management.

Aquarium preparation and management. Fish or prawn culturist and seed supplier. Fish farm supervisor and lab technician. Preparation of craft (boats) and Gears (nets) by

fishermen. Identification or estimation of functionality of

Fish. Identification and analysis of plankton. Demonstration of eyestalk ablation in shrimp. Identification of supplementary feeds.

4 Sericulture: Sericulture Research and Training Centers; Silk Farms; Silk Industries and Reeling Centers; Seed Rearing Centers; Sericulture Industries; Sericulture farm equipment industries;

Soil Testing and raising of rare and new varieties of plant saplings in nurseries and its supply to farmers.

Vermi compost preparation and supply. Egg production and Silk worm rearing. Reeling units -- Cottage basin, Charaka reeling.

Multi end reeling unit. Process of Dying – Punching of cards – Design

making Rearing of Non-mulberry Silk worms – Eri and

Muga. By products – utilization to generate income in

order to make toys, garlands, flower vases, bouquets with the help of waste cocoons.

5 Accountancy and Taxation: All national cooperative and urban banks; tax consultants; Charted accountants; Chit fund companies; micro finance organizations; Small business establishments; retail shops; mini super

Basic concepts of Accountancy and Taxation Services provided by the Accounts and Taxation

industry Various non banking and allied financial service

areas such as, Mutual Funds, stock markets, Chit funds, Micro Finance, etc.

23

markets; marketing agencies Stock market brokers; mutual funds and related financial services agents;

Computer operational skills with knowledge of accounting packages etc.,

Banking related services, banking activities and banking to customers.

6 Retail Management: Small business establishments; retail shops; mini super markets; marketing agencies;

Fundamentals of retailing, marketing mix, business management, retail stores layout and desing, terminology in retailing.,

Selling skills, customer relationship management, health safety and hygiene, communication skills in business and retailing

Types of inventary, accounting procedures, supply chain management.

E marketing, Telemarketing, Product marketing, billing procedures.,

Salesman - Agent 7 Office Assistant:

Mandal Revenue Office, Electrical Revenue Office, Revenue Divisional Office, Muncipality Office, Gram Panchayat Office, All Govt. Offices, Public and Private Sector Banks, Factories, Industries, Offices of all local bodies, Advanced training institutes etc.,

To understand the concepts of Commerce and Business

To keep the student abreast of the Accounting procedures of various types of business concerns and organization.

To acquire skills of speed, accuracy and efficiency in typing.

To acquire skills of speed, accuracy and efficiency in Shorthand.

To use the computer skills in the modern office. To enable the student appreciate the role and

contribution of an Office Assistant. To train and develop competent office personnel

for wage and self-employment. Noting, Drafting, filing, indexing, typing

copying etc. To Maintenance of Inward and outward mail. To use of Modern Office equipment, Computers

and Stationery. To create awareness of various communication

skills and banking services available. To provide knowledge in Data entry using MS-

Office. To Use of Printer in a better way. To Prepare accounts by using of Tally.

8 Banking and Financial Services: Banks, Chit fund companies, Micro finance companies, Finance Companies etc.,

asic concepts of Banking & Financial Services Awareness about banking activities and banking

to customers. Services provided by the Banking & Financial

Services industry Non banking and allied financial service areas

like Mutual Funds, stock markets, Chit funds, Micro Finance, etc.

Computer operational skills with knowledge of accounting packages, etc

9 Insurance and Marketing: Postal Life Insurance, LIC of India, Oriental Insurance of India, United India Insurance, SBI Life

Insurance Agent Marketing Agent Insurance Advisor Small business (retail) Computer Operator.

24

Insurance of India, ICICI Prudential Insurance of India and other leading financing companies..etc.,

10 Automobile Engineering Technician: Two wheeler and Four wheeler automobile workshops, Authorized Two/Four wheeler Service Centers, Water Servicing Centers, Automobile Specialist Repair shops, Auto Electrician workshops, Denting and Painting workshops, Polytechnic and Engineering College Workshops, TSRTC Bus Depots and Regional Workshops, Transport Organizations, Fitting/Lathe machine workshops, Advance Training Institutes for improving Computer skills in automobile servicing, Auto Cad training centers etc.,

Tools, Power tools and major equipment for service station

Fitting/sheet metal/Carpentry/ Welding/ Lathe machine operations

Reconditioning process of Engine, Brakes, Fuel Injection system, Transmission system

Two stroke/Four stroke engine servicing and overhauling

Wheel assembly and balancing Air-conditioning system overhauling Electrical system, Power windows, Power

steering etc., Denting and paining procedures Auto Cad (2D and 3D) Mechanical

11 Construction Technology: Government and Private buildings/offices/residential buildings of various types under construction; R&B; PWD; CPWD; Municipalities; Civil contractors; Building/ Construction Companies; Education Welfare Infraastructure Development Corporation (APEWIDC); NAC Training Centers; Advanced Training Centers;

Collecting the information from customer in respect of their requirement and needs to be provided in the proposed construction.

Preparation of sample layout Taking out the measurements of site and

finalising the layout/plan for construction to be carried.

Familiarization with construction materials, tools, equipments etc.,

Assisting in marking the layout and observing preparations for foundation.

Observation of construction work of a building at various stages like Foundation, Super structure, RCC elements, flooring, stair case, finishings etc.,

Observation of Road works, Water tanks, Septic Tanks etc.,

Advanced learning skills. 12 Computer Science and Engineering:

Mandal Revenue Office, Electrical Revenue Office, Revenue Divisional Office, Municipality Office, Gram Panchayat Office, All Govt. Offices, Public and Private Sector Banks, Factories, Industries, Offices of all local bodies, Online service centers/e-seva centers, Internet cafes, Authorized computer service stations, DTP centers, Printing press, IT Companies, Computer installation and maintenance contractors, Computers and Accessories marketing and sales, Advanced training institutes etc.,

Computer Operator and related works. DTP Operator and Job works. Online services like ticket booking, submission

of information and other e-seva/me seva related works

Maintaining internet centre. Office assistance. Skills related to Junior Computer Programmer. Computer maintenance and hardware technician

works. Software packages.

13 Electronics Engineering Technician: Electronic equipment servicing/ repairing centers, Electronic equipment

Identification and application of main components, accessories and tools

Adopting safety measures while handling main

25

assembling centers, Electronic equipment testing centers, Installation and maintenance of electronic equipment contractors, Authorized TV/VCR/Mobiles service stations, Sales and Servicing centers of consumer electronics, Computer assembling centers, Cable TV Operators, Advanced training institutes etc.,

components, accessories and tools Soldering methods Troubleshooting and servicing methods of

consumer electronic equipments/devices Assembling and testing procedures Servicing of Radio/TV/Mobile phone PA System installation and maintenance Cable TV Installation, maintenance and

troubleshooting etc., Advanced leaning of software and hardware

methodologies., 14 Electrical Technician:

Thermal/Hydro Electric Power Stations; Servicing centers for Domestic appliances, motor rewinding workshops, Authorized service centers for Domestic Appliances, Electrical accessories/spares/appliances sales and marketing, Electrical contractor for new wiring installation, Electrical maintenance of wiring in offices/ apartments etc., TS Electrical substations (Operation and Maintenance), Distribution line installation and maintenance contractors, Electricity Revenue Offices, Assembling of air coolers/ motors/electrical appliances etc.,

Identification and application of main components, accessories and tools

Adopting safety measures while handling main components, accessories, equipment and tools

Troubleshooting and servicing methods in domestic appliances

Troubleshooting and repairing methods in electric motors

Testing, troubleshooting and rewinding of electric motors

Electrical wiring installation methods and testing after installation

Electrical substation operation and maintenance Assisting the Junior Line Man in attending Fuse

of call, giving new service connection, meter reading and revenue collection.

Assisting the Junior Line Man in installation and repair of distribution line, distribution transformer etc.,

Observing different stages of operation of Power Plants and assisting the operating staff

15 Mechanical Engineering Technician: Singareni colories; Bajaj show room (two wheeler); Honda show room (two wheeler); Light Motor Vehicles(Car Garage); T.S.R.T.C- Workshop General Engineering Works Workshops; Authorized service stations of Godrej, LG, Samsung Refrigerators and Air Conditioning Systems; District Industries (Small Scale); Solar Equipments- Manufacturing Centres; Thermal/Hydro Electrical Power Stations; Auto Cad and Computing Techniques;

Technician in fabrication unit. Technician in repairing unit (mechanical). Pump mechanic. Technician in farm equipment. Refrigerator and Air conditioner technician. Tractor mechanic. Non conventional energy appliances technician. Domestic appliances Technician (Electrical). Observing different stages of operation of

Power Plants and assisting the operating staff

16 Building Construction and Maintenance Technician: NAC – National Academy of Construction in All Districts; Municipal Corporations; R & B Department; Panchayatraj Department; Assistant Director Survey Department; Government Polytechnics;

Knowledge of plumbing tools, plumbing materials,

Fitting of water supply and sanitary items. Preparation of building drawing. Estimate the buildings works including

water supply and sanitary works. Acquire the skill in surveying of the field. Acquire the knowledge of Auto cad. Estimate of different types of Civil Engineering

26

Water Treatment Plants; Survey of India; Advance Training Institute (A.T.I.); Sewage Treatment Plant (S.T.P).; All Auto Cadd (Civil) Centers

works.

17 Commercial Garment Technology: Tailoring and stitching centers; Boutique; Hand embroidery workshops; Fabric painting workshops; Machine embroidery centers; Accessories production units; Sales of Garments and clothing accessories, Garment Industries; Computer Designing Centers etc.,

Receiving the customers, collecting the information about needs and desires of customers, taking body measurements and maintenance of records of customers.

Pattern development, cutting, stitching and finishing.

Creating innovative designs Identification, Selection and application of

suitable materials for embroidery and fabric painting.

Transferring the designs, working with motis, borders, saries and dress materials

Practicing the patch work with machine embroidery or hand embroidery

Defects identification Self grooming.

18 Fashion and Garment Making: Boutique; Hand embroidery workshops; Fabric painting workshops; Machine embroidery centers; Accessories production units; Sales of Garments and clothing accessories, Garment Industries; Computer Designing Centers etc.,

Receiving the customers, collecting the information about needs and desires of customers.

Pattern development, cutting, stitching and finishing.

Creating innovative designs Transferring the designs, working with motis,

borders, saries and dress materials Practicing the patch work with machine

embroidery or hand embroidery Dyeing with different types of dyes; Scouring

and Bleaching. Self grooming.

19 Hotel Operations: Hotels; Restaurants; Food Catering and Hospitality groups/agencies; Computer training centers

Personal Hygiene and grooming Communication skills Front Office and Bill Desk assistant related

activities. Captain/Supervisor. Butler/personal valet. Steward and Room attendant Hospital catering. Industrial catering.

20 Pre-School Teacher Training: Kinder garden schools; crèches and baby care centers etc.,

Observation skills in over all development of child

Preparation of learning and teaching aids for alphabets, numbers etc.,

Preparation of learning and teaching aids like flash cards, puppets, rhyme charts etc.,

Themes necessary to kids Knowing the behavioural problems in kids Maintaining of crèche and pre school Diet preparation for kids and training them in

hygienic hobbits. Conduct of parent teacher meetings.

27

21 Computer Graphics and Animation: Animators and Computer Aided course-ware development organisations; Film making centres; DTP Works; Photo studios; Local Cable TV houses (as AD makers); Gaming studios; Freelancing workers in animations

Awareness of computer graphics and animated pictures, especially in the area of advertisements.

Different software producing graphics and animation.

Real-life advertisement exposure in an organization

22 Tourism and Travel Techniques: TSTDC Office; Archaeological Survey of India; Haritha chain Hotels; Star Hotels in Telangana; Historical Monuments; Pilgrimage Centers in Telangana Museums; Theme Parks Travel Agencies; Tour Company Heritage sites; Cruises (Water bodies) Punnami Resorts; Cultural Institutions

Visit National/State/Regional Tourism Development Organizations .( Ex. ITDC, TSTDC, DTPC’S, etc..)

Visit any Tourist Accommodation unit. ( Ex. Haritha Chain Hotels, Resorts, Star Hotels etc…)

Visit Local Weather bureau office. Prepare a report on any Historical/Heritage site.

(Ex. Salarjung Museum, Qutubshai Tombs, Golkonda Fort etc..)

Visit Local Adventure Site and make a report on it. ( Ex. Water Sports like Kanoing, Kayaking and rock climbing etc…)

Visit a Natural/National Park. (Ex. Nehru Zoo park, Ksinnearasani Wildlife sanctuary etc…)

Visit any Cultural Institution / site. (ex. Shilparamam,, Nirmal, Cheriyal Pembarthi etc…)

Visit IRCTC and make a trip to any tourist place. (Ex. South India, North India, Bhadrachalam, Basara etc…

Visit any International Airprort. (Ex. Shamshabadh Airport etc…)

Visit any Travel Agency/Tour Operator Office. (Ex. Thomas Cook & sons, BDPS, Rao’s Tours & Travels etc…)

Visit TSTDC/Indian Railway/Hotels/Travel Agency office and prepare report on CRS.

Prepare a Slideshow on any famous Tourist Place.

23 Dental Technician: Government, Corporate and Private Hospitals, Laboratories etc.,

Identification of Dental Lab Instruments T.S & L.S of Tooth Anatomical Land Marking POP Models Collection of Natural teeth Preparation of Models (Maxillary &

Mandibular) Base Plate adaptation Occlusal rims preparation Teeth Arrangement Wax Pattern Preparation – Maxillary and

Mandibular (Anterior and Posterior Teeth) Sprue Fixation Investing, Casting and facing Bridge Preparation – Class I, II, III, IV CD preparation, Over dentures and Immediate

Dentures Ceramics

28

Splints and Mouth Guards 24 Dental Hygienist:

All Dental Colleges with Hospital attachment; Government, Corporate and Private Dental Hospitals and Clinics; All area Hospitals with a Dental wing; Primary Health centers with a Dental wing etc.,

Collection of natural teeth and study the morphology of teeth on natural teeth

Preparation of charts on vitamins, minerals and proteins

Collection of tablets and study their pharmacological actions

Identification of instruments, sterilization and infection control.

Processing and developing of Dental Radiographs.

Performing oral diagnostic tests and interpretation of case to dentist.

Mixing of filling/impression materials and preparing models.

Assisting the Dental Surgeon during dental procedure.

Post operative care and providing oral health care instructions to Patients.

Thorough knowledge about the dental materials and procedures.

Scaling, polishing of teeth and application of fluorides.

Management of medical emergencies in dental practice.

25 Medical Lab Technician: Govt. hospitals like Osmania, Gandhi, MGM and NIMS; District level hospitals; Primary Health Care Centers; Corporate hospitals like Apollo, Medinova, Yasoda and Kamineni etc.. Analytical labs of Drug control Department; Private Diagnostic Centers; Private Nursing Homes. Labs of Medical and Pharmacy Colleges; Labs of DMLT; Labs of B.Sc(MLT); Quality control labs in Pharma Industries; Manufacturers and distributors of diagnostic reagents etc….

Reception and registration Blood pressure and estimation of blood pressure Collection of clinical samples like blood, urine,

stool, sputom swabs etc., and labeling Separation of serum and plasma from blood Preparation of protien for blood filtrate Identificaion and handling of lab glass ware,

instruments, equipments Qualitative identification tests for sugars,

proteins Urine Physical/chemical examination and

quantitative determination of urine sugar Operation of autoclave, incubator, water bath,

seitz filter Blood tests – RBC, WBC, PCV, Hb, Serum

bilirubin, SGPT, LFT, Cholestrol, Na, K, Blood urea, Lipid Prifile etc.,

Human skeleton and Organs (models and charts) 26 Ophthalmic Technician:

All government and private Eye Hospitals; Eye clinics, Optical Industries;

Through knowledge of lenses & various optical instruments

Participation in eye screening camps & dispensing optical outlets

Multi disciplinary & clinically oriented education

Early introduction to lenses, instruments & patient care via observation

Learn basic examination procedures during the consecutive years

Participation in ophthalmological sub speciality & surgical management Extensive knowledge &

29

utilization of pre clinic laboratory during years 1 & 2.

27 Physiotherapy: All government and private Hospitals; Physiotherapy clinics: Orthopedic equipment/ Industries; Fitness centers etc.,

Recognize various systems and function of body parts.

Proper use and handling of Electrotherapy equipment.

Usage and handling of exercise therapy equipment.

Proper assessment of Orthopaedics and Neurological cases.

Selection of suitable treatment method and rehabilitation technique of various conditions.

Develop skills in Massage. Hydrotherapy. Electrical stimulation. Exercise therapy techniques. Pre and post operative rehabilitation.

28 Multi Purpose Health Worker: All Hospitals - Government, Corporate and Private Hospitals and Clinics; All area Hospitals; Primary Health centers; Nursing Homes; Maternity Centers; Health workers etc.,

Awareness of OJT center/hospital/field and nature of work to be taken

Identification of patient basic needs, physical examination, providing basic care

Health education activity Practcing nursing procedures Maintaining nurses notes, kardox for each

patient Performing nursing proedures – infection

control, administration of medicine, maintain records, drug calculation, helping the sisters incharge etc.,

Conduct of antenotal examination, and educating the importance of immunization

Asisting normal deliveries providing postnatal care, care of children in ICCU, NICU, infection control, observing growth and development.

Identifying women health problems and educating about family planning methods, AIDS/STDs

Maintanance of nurses records and reports

30

APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING PROGRAMME

Vocationalization implies education through work experience. With a view to provide

intensive work experience to the products of vocational stream, the Government of India has

implemented a special Vocationalised education training scheme for Intermediate Vocational

Course pass outs under Apprenticeship Act.

The scheme is being implemented through the Regional Board of Apprenticeship and

Training (BOAT), Chennai and The Director of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad, has been

authorized by BOAT to collect the applications from Vocational pasouts and sponsor the candidates

to the needy organization. The candidates selected for apprenticeship training shall be paid stipend

at the rate of Rs..2758/- per month for a period of one year.

The passed candidates of vocational courses have to apply within two years in the prescribed

form to the professor, SIVE, O/o the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana,

Hyderabad through the principal of the respective junior college, which will be then forwarded to

the BOAT, Chennai, for selection. The selected candidates will be informed of the venue and dates

of Apprenticeship Training by the BOAT directly.

The vocational students are informed to send their applications in the prescribed form,

along with necessary attested copies of certificates to the address given below:

Professor, State Institute of Vocational Education (SIVE) O/o the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Nampally, Hyderabad-500 001

The Commissionerate of Intermediate education in collaboration with Board of Apprenticeship training (BOAT) southern Region, Chennai is organizing centralized Apprenticeship selections every year in the month of June/July.

31

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

ABSTRACT AH,DD & F Department - Amendment to Andhra Pradesh Animal Husbandry Department Subordinate Service Rules, 2003 – Orders – Issued ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, DAIRY DEVELOPMENT & FISHERIES (AH-II) DEPARTMENT

G.O. MS.NO . 34 DT .13-09-2013 Read the following:-

1. G.O. MS. No. 26, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 28-6-2004. 2. G.O. MS. No. 59, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 15-10-2005. 3. G.O. MS. No. 70, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 8-12-2005. 4. G.O. MS. No. 08, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 12-2-2008. 5. G.O. MS. No. 27, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 3-5-2008. 6. G.O. MS. No. 113, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department,Dt.21-11-2008. 7. G.O. MS. No. 6, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 10-2-2009. 8. From the Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Lr.No. 16652/ B.III/B24/2009,

Dt. 24-7-2009. 9. G.O. MS. No. 60, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 2-8-2011. 10. Government Memo No.2927/AH-II (2)/09, Dt.21-11-2011. 11. From the Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Lr.No.2937/ B.III/B24/2010,

Dt.28-1-2012. 12. Government Memo No.2927/AH-II(2)/2009, dated 04-04-2013. 13. From the Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Lr.No.2937/ B.III/B24/2010,

dated 12-07-2013.

* * * * ORDER:-

In the references read above, the Director of Animal Husbandry, Andhra Pradesh,

Hyderabad, inter-alia, requested the Government to delete the qualification of Intermediate or its equivalent examination with Biological Sciences for the post of Veterinary Assistant under direct recruitment and to consider the candidates who possess the qualification of two years intermediate vocational course in Multi Purpose Veterinary Assistant for the post of Veterinary Assistant under direct recruitment and to issue necessary amendment to G.O.MS.No.26, AH,DD&F (AH-II) Department, dated 28-06-2004 read with G.O.MS.No.6, AH,DD&F (AH-II) Department, dated 10-02-2009. 2. Government have examined the proposal in a greater detail and decided to consider the said qualification as one of the qualification to the post of Veterinary Assistant under direct recruitment. The following notification will be published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette:-

NOTIFICATION

In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution of India and of all other powers hereinto enabling, the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby make the following amendment to the Andhra Pradesh Animal Husbandry Sub-ordinate Service Rules, 2003 issued in G.O.Ms.No.26, Animal Husbandry, Dairy Development & Fisheries Department, dated. 28-6-2004, as subsequently amended from time to time.

AMENDMENT In the table under rule-5, - “Qualifications” under Class A, Category (4), in the said rules,

against the post of Veterinary Assistant by direct recruitment for the existing entry in column (3), the following shall be substituted, namely:-

32

(i) Must have passed the two years Animal Husbandry Polytechnic Course conducted by Sri Venkateswara Veterinary University, Tirupati, in any one of the Animal Husbandry Polytechnics.

OR (ii) Must have passed Intermediate Vocational course in Dairying and

Poultry Sciences as one the subjects of study / two years Poultry Diploma Course conducted by the Polytechnic, Ramachandrapuram of Sri Venkateswara Veterinary University, Tirupati etc., / two years Intermediate Vocational Course in Multi Purpose Veterinary Assistant.

“Provided that the candidates selected with the qualifications in clause (ii)

shall undergo one year Departmental Training in Veterinary Assistants Course to be conducted by the Director of Animal Husbandry and those who have successfully completed the said training shall be appointed to the Veterinary Assistant post”.

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

DR . MANMOHAN SINGH PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

To The Commissioner, Printing & Stationary, A.P., Hyderabad (with a request to supply 100 copies of Gazette to this Department) The Director of Animal Husbandry, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad. COPY TO:- All the District Collectors. The Law Department General Administration (Ser.E) Department SF/SC

33

CONTINUATION OF VOCATIONAL PARAMEDICAL COURSES IN THE STATE FOR THE YEAR 2014-15

GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA

ABSTRACT I.E – Paramedical Courses – Continuation of Vocational Paramedical courses in the State for the academic year 2014-15 – Permission - Accorded – Orders – Issued. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… HIGHER EDUCATION (IE) DEPARTMENT G.O.RT.No. 109. Dated: 02.09.2014

Read the following:

1. G.O.Ms.No.304, HM&FW(K2) Department, dated:07.08.1997. 2. G.O.Ms.No.65, HM&FW Department, dated:15.05.2013.

3. From the Telangana Private Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association, letter dated: Nil received in the Government on 28.06.2014.

4. From the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad, Lr.No.VOC.II-2/20/2014, dated: 05.07.2014.

5. From the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad, Lr.No.VOC.2/20/2014-3, dated: 16.07.2014.

6. Order dated: 22.08.2014 of Hon’ble High Court in W.A.M.P.No.2647 of 2014 in W.A.No.1879 of 2013.

O R D E R: -

In the G.O. second read above an amendment has been issued substituting for sub-rule (2) of rule

6 of G.O.Ms.No.304, HM&FW (K2) Department, dated: 07.08.1997 that “for all diploma courses for

minimum age is 16 years and minimum educational qualification is Intermediate with Science Group

(Bi.P.C.) as entry qualification for admission to all paramedical courses or the paramedical courses as

may be notified by the Government from time to time. If adequate students of Bi.P.C. are not available,

students with Intermediate with Maths, Physics and Chemistry (MPC) will be considered and if

adequate students with M.P.C. are also not available, students with Intermediate with other subjects can

be considered”.

2. In pursuance of the said G.O., the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, A.P., Hyderabad

has requested the Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education to inform all Managements of Private

Vocational Junior Colleges not to take admission into 1st year Intermediate for vocational paramedical

courses from the academic year 2013-14.

3. Aggrieved by the above, the Private Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association has

filed W.Ps before the Hon’ble A.P.High Court. The Hon’ble High Court has issued orders dated:

20.12.2013 in W.P.No.3931 & 3932 of 2013 that, the admissions taken place pursuant to the interim

orders are accepted to the extent that the students can prosecute their study, but their admission will

34

abide by the result of the appeals and it must be notified to each and every student by the concerned

college authorities. There shall not be any fresh admission until further orders of this court. The appeals

will be heard out in due course.

4. Further, the Telangana Private Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association in their

representation in the reference third read above, has requested the Government to take suitable action to

continue the vocational paramedical courses for the academic year 2014-15 to secure the future of the

S.C., S.T., B.C., Minority & Economically poor students in rural areas and given consent to withdraw

the W.Ps filed before the Hon’ble High Court.

5. The Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad in her letters fourth and

fifth read above has requested to re-examine the entire issue of permission of starting Paramedical

courses by the department of Intermediate Education for the benefit of the student community as these

courses are skill based and job oriented reaching all sections of the society, keeping in view of the

orders issued by the Hon’ble High Court and request from the Department of Intermediate Education.

6. The Hon’ble High Court in their order dated:22.08.2014 has dismissed the W.A.M.P.No.2647

of 2014 in W.A.No.1879 of 2013 as withdrawn by the petitioner/appellant Private Vocational Junior

Colleges Management Association.

7. Government after careful examination of the entire matter in consultation with the Health,

Medical & Family Welfare Department, hereby issue orders to start Vocational Paramedical courses for

the academic year 2014-15.

1) G.O.Ms.No.65, HM&FW Department, dated: 15.05.2013 should be followed for entry

into Paramedical Courses and for registration by the Paramedical board. 2) Continuing the Intermediate Courses (10+2) with paramedical subjects. 3) 10+2 passed out students with paramedical subjects are eligible to enter into

Paramedical diploma courses. 4) Vocational Paramedical pass outs are allowed to enter into 2nd year Paramedical

Diploma course through lateral entry with one year clinical training/Centralized Apprenticeship Training.

8. This order issues with the concurrence of the Health, Medical & Family Welfare Department

vide their U.O.No.288/F1/2014, Dated: 01.09.2014.

9. The Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad is requested to take

further necessary action in the matter accordingly.

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF TELANGANA)

VIKAS RAJ SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

35

To The Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad. The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad. The Regional Joint Director of Intermediate Education, Warangal. The Accountant-General, Telangana, Hyderabad. The Director of Treasuries and Accounts, Telangana, Hyderabad. The Pay and Accounts Officer, Hyderabad. Copy to: - The O.S.D. to Hon’ble Dy.Chief Minister[HM&FW]. The O.S.D. to Hon’ble Minister[E]. The P.S. to Prl.Secretary to Government[HM&FW]. The P.S to Secretary to Government[E]. SF/SCs.

36

RECOGNITION OF INTERMEDIATE VOCATIONAL COURSES FOR THE PURPOSE

OF EMPLOYMENT IN GOVT . DEPARTMENTS

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH ABSTRACT

PUBLIC SERVICE – Recognition of Intermediate Vocational Courses for the purpose of employment in Government Departments – Orders – Issued

EDUCATION (IE2) DEPARTMENT

G.O.MS.NO.428 EDUCATION DATED 23RD SEPTEMBER 1985

ORDER: Government has introduced Vocational Courses at +2 Stage of Education (Intermediate Course)

in Degree and Junior Colleges during the year 1979 – 1980 with an intention to create skills in certain fields. Gradually the Vocational courses were expanded to many colleges all these years. The Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad which is a statutory body to conduct Intermediate Public Examinations has been issuing certificates to the successful students. The Expert Committees constituted by the Board of Intermediate Education comprising the members of the respective employing departments has evaluated the Intermediate Vocational Courses for purpose of employment in different Government Departments. The recommendations of the Expert Committee have been scrutinized by the Committee constituted by Government with the Director of Higher Education as Chairman. The Committee constituted by Government for the purpose has identified certain posts in Government Departments for appointment of the Intermediate Vocational Course pass outs as indicated in the Annexure.

Government after careful consideration direct that the pass outs of Intermediate Vocational Courses as shown under Column-2 in the Annexure to this order are eligible for appointment to the posts shown against them under column 3 in the departments and undertakings shown under column 4 and 5 therein.

The concerned administrative departments will issue necessary orders amending the Special Adhoc rules of their departments suitably as per the above orders of the Government. (BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

P. ADINARAYANA OFFICER ON SPECIAL DUTY AND

ADDITIONAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT To The Secretaries of all Departments The Director of Higher Education, Hyderabad The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, AP, Hyderabad

37

ANNEXURE

Sl. No

Name of the Course

Post Recommended Department Department concerned

1 2 3 4 5 1) Electrical

Wiring & Contracting

Skilled Class-II R&B Department, Corporations, State Electricity Board

Panchayat raj Departments, Hyderabad

2) Surveyor and Estimator

Skilled Class – II Government Departments/Corporations involved in Civil Engineering Works, Roads & Buildings Department

I&P Department, Sriram Sagar Project, Hyderabad, Godavari Bearings Projects, Dowleswaram

3) Roads & Buildings

Skilled Class- II and Tradesmen Grade- I

4) Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering

Skilled Class- II and Tradesmen Grade- I Fitter Grade – I

Medium Irrigation, Hyderabad

5) Electric Wiring & Contracting

Skilled Class – II Roads &Buildings Department, and APSEB

Panchayatraj Department, Hyderabad

6) Electric Domestic Appliance &Rewinding

Skilled Class – II Roads &Buildings Department, and APSEB

I&P Department, Hyderabad

7) Rural Engineering Technician

Skilled Class – II Irrigation Dev. Corporation, Agro Industries Corporati

BIE (Vocational)

8) Automobile Engineering Technician (AET)

Mechanics Grade – III Machinist Grade – I Fitter Grade – I

State Road Transport Corporation and Other Corporations Departments

AP State Construction Corporation, Hyderabad

9) Radio & Television

Mechanics Information Depart-ment, Police Radio Communication

AP State Construction Corporation, Hyderabad

10) Office Assistantship (OAS)

Junior Assistant, Typist, Steno-graphers, Senior Inspectors in case of SC,ST & BCs and Sr. Inspectors in case of others in the Cooperation Departments

Ministerial Cadres in all Departments, Corporations, Boards etc Cooperative Societies, Departments of Cooperation

Department of Co-operative Societies, APPSC, BIE, Hyderabad

11) Accounting & Taxation

Junior Assistant Ministerial Cadres in all Departments, Corporations

Department of Co-operative Societies, APPSC, BIE, Hyderabad

12) Commercial Garment

Gramasevikas, Tailoring Instructors, Extension Officers in Women & Child Welfare Department

District Women Welfare centers, APS Textile Corporation federation of Garment Manufacturing Cooperative Societies, Women & Child Welfare Department

Handlooms & Textiles Departments, Women & Child Welfare Department, NCF, AP College of Home Science, Hyderabad

13) Crèche & Pre-School Manage-ment

Gramsevikas, Teachers in Balavadis, Extension Officers

BIE, AP, Hyderabad

14) Sericulture Foreman in Sericulture Forms

Reeling Centers, Silk Warm Engineering Production (Sericulture

Director of Sericulture, Hyderabad, BIE, AP, Hyderabad Director of

38

Units, Young Silk Warm rearing Unit)

Handloom Textiles.

15) Dental Hygienist

Dental Hygienist Medical and Health service

Medical Education

16) Dental Technician

Dental Technician Medical and Health service

Medical Education, Government Dental College, Hyderabad. DYCS/Pathology Department/Indian Medicine Department, Government Polytechnic, Hyderabad, Food & Health, Government of A.P. Hyd

17 Medical Lab Assistant

Laboratory Attendents Medical and Health

18) Crop Production

Sub Assistants, Village Development Officers

Agriculture Department and AP AU, Panchayatraj Department

APAU, Rajendranagar Hyderabad, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, Hyd. Director of Agriculture, BIE, AP, Hyderabad

19) Dairying Field Assistants, Dairy Assistant, Veterinary Compounders, Dairy Lab-testers, VEO

Department of Animal Husbandry and for similar posts in respective corporation, Panchayatraj Department

Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Panchayatraj Department, Hyderabad APAU Veterinary Science, Hyderabad

39

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH ABSTRACT

INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION – Special Rules for Andhra Pradesh Intermediate Education Services – Amendment – Issued.

HIGHER EDUCATION (IE.2) DEPARTMENT

G.O.Ms.No.12 Education Dated 15.02.2001 Read the following:-

1. G.O.Ms.No.302 Education (IE.1) Department dated 30.12.1993. 2. From the Commissioner and Director of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh,

Hyderabad Lr.Rc.No.1020/VC2-2/96-1. -: oOo :-

ORDER: The following notification will be published in the next issue of the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.

NOTIFICATION In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution of India

and of all other powers hereunto enabling the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following amendments to the Andhra Pradesh Intermediate Education Service Rules issued in G.O.Ms.No.302 Education (IE.1) Department dated the 30th December 1993 and published in the A.P. Gazette Part-1 No.3 dated 20.01.1994 at pages 63-71 H19/140/2 as amended from time to time.

AMENDMENT

In the said rules in the Annexure to rule 5 for the existing entries under Category 9 Junior Lecturer in Vocational Courses, the following entries shall be submitted namely:- 9 Junior Lecturers in Vocational Course: Sl.No

Post and Discipline Qualification

1 Commerce & Business Management: a) Junior Lecturer

in Commerce & Business Management

By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class Post Graduate in M.Com or equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognized by the University Grants Commission

b) Junior Lecturer in Taxation


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Com with Specialization in Taxation or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognized by the University Grants Commission

c) Junior Lecturer in Shorthand Typewriting


Must possess a Degree in B.A or B.Com or B.Sc from a recognized University and a certificate in Shorthand Higher Grade English and Typewriting Higher Grade English issued by State Board of Technical Education

2. Engineering Junior Lecturer

in Engineering By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by

Must possess a second class degree of B.E in Electrical/Mechanical/ Automobile/Civil etc as the case may be or AMIE in the concerned subject or an qualification of a

40

Transfer University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

3 Agriculture: a) Junior Lecturer

Crop-Production By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc (Agriculture) or M.Sc (Agronomy) or B.Sc (Agriculture) with 1st Class University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

b) Junior Lecturer in Sericulture


Must posses a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Sericulture or M.Sc(Agriculture) with Entomology or M.Sc with PG Diploma in Sericulture or 1st Class B.Sc (Agriculture) or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

4. Animal Husbandry: a) Junior Lecturer

in Dairying By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second-class degree in B.V.Sc or 2nd Class B.Tech Dairying/ B.Sc Dairy Technology or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

b) Junior Lecturer in Poultry and Swine Production


Must possess a second class Degree in B.V.Sc or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

c) Junior Lecturer in Fisheries


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.F.Sc or M.Sc with Aquaculture or M.Sc (Zoology) with Fisheries or B.F.Sc with two (2) years experience or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

5. Para Medical Courses a) Junior Lecturer

in Medicine By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class Degree in Pharmacy (B. Pharmacy) or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

b) Junior Lecturer Medical Lab Technician


Must possess a second class Degree in MBBS/ BHMS/BAMS/B.Pharm/M.Sc (Micro Biology) M. Bs or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

c) Junior Lecturer in Nursing


Must possess a second class Degree in B.Sc (Nursing) or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

41

d) Junior Lecturer in Dental Technician


Must possess a second class Degree in B.D.S or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

e) Junior Lecturer in Dental Hygienic


Must possess a second class Degree in B.D.S or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

f) Junior Lecturer in X-Ray Technician


Must possess a Degree in MBBS with DMRT or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

6. Home science; Commercial Garment Making/Child Psychology: a) Junior Lecturer

in Fruit and Vegetable Processing and Preservation


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Horticulture or M.Sc Agriculture or M.Sc Home Science (Food Nutrition) or M.Sc Food Technology or 1st class B.Sc in Horticulture with two (2) year experience or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

b) Junior Lecturer in Home Science Course


Must possess a second Post Graduation in M.Sc Home Science with specilisation in Child Human Development or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

c) Junior Lecturer in Crèche and Pre School Management


Must posses a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Home Science with specilisation in Child Human Development or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

d) Junior Lecturer in Confectionery


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Home Science with specilisation in Food and Nutrition or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

SD/- G. SUDHIR SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

42

Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses

[STVCC] GUIDELINES FOR SHORT TERM CERTIFICATE COURSES INTRODUCED BY

THE STATE INSTITUTE OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION [SIVE ], O/o THE COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION. Telangana,

HDYERABAD (STVCC GO.Ms.No.33, Date07.04.2004).

Proceeding.Rc.No.Voc.3/4237/2015, Dated:26.02.2016

Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses (Revised) are introduced from the academic year

2012-2013 on need based to the local Departments, Hospitals and Industries. These courses are designed duly following certain Guidelines issued under latest Skill Development Initiative Scheme (SDIS) and Modular Employable Skills to implement and to impart skill effectively.

Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses of Three months Module are introduced in the sectors of Engineering, Information Technology, Commerce / Retail, Home Science, Animal Husbandry and other areas, with the objective of providing training to V class Failed/passed students or candidates who are interested in acquiring job oriented skills and wish to join the world of work, to enable them to earn their livelihood. These courses are being introduced as self- financing courses.

ANNEXURE-1

S.no Name of the course Mini.Edu.

Qualification Duration Hours

Course Fee in (Rs.)

Module period

1 Engineering Sector 1. Basic Automotive Servicing (2-3

Wheelers) 5th 120 600 3 months

2. Basic Automotive Servicing (4 Wheelers)

5th 120 600 3 months

3. Basic Electronics (Repair & Maintenance of power)

5th 120 600 3 months

4. Basic Welding 8th 120 600 3 months 5. CAD operator 10th 120 600 3 months 6. Basic Refrigeration & Air Condition 8th 120 600 3 months 2 I.T. Sector 7. Computer Fundamentals, MS- office,

Internet 8th 120 600 3 months

8. Desk Top Publishing 8th 120 600 3 months 9. Computer Hardware 8th 120 600 3 months 10. Web Designing 8th 120 600 3 months 11. Cell phone Technology 10th 120 600 3 months 3 Commerce / Retail Sector 12. Retail Operations 10th 120 600 3 months 13. Accounting Package (Tally) 10th 120 600 3 months 14. Legal Assistant Inter 120 600 3 months 15. Hospitality Assistant 8th 120 600 3 months 16. Office management 8th 120 600 3 months 17. Taxation 10th 120 600 3 months 4 Home Science 18. Fashion Designing with Computer 10th 120 600 3 months

43

Base

19. Beautician 8th 120 600 3 months 20 Pre-primary Teacher Training 10th 360 1800 9 months

21 Apparel Construction 8th 120 600 3months

5 Animal Husbandry and Other Areas

22 Security Service 8th 120 600 3 months 23. Gardener 5th 120 600 3 months 24. Dairy Farming 8th 120 600 3 months 25. Dairy Farm Worker 8th 120 600 3 months

LIST OF NEW COURSES

S.no Name of the Course Min.Edu.Qualification Duration Hours

Course Fee

PARAMEDICAL SECTOR 1 Dental Ceramic Assistant 10TH 120 500/- 2 Dental Hygiene Assistant 10TH 300 800/- 3 Optician/Optometrist Assistant 10th 120 500/- 4 Pharmacy Assistant 10th 180 500/- 5 Dialysis Assistant 12th & 18 years of age 450 800/- 6 Bedside Assistant 8th 450 800/- 7 Basic of Anatomy & Physiology 10th 300 500/- 8 Midwifery Assistant 10th +MED102 200 800/- 9 Operation Theatre Technician 10th +MED102 270 800/- 10 Health Care Multipurpose Worker 10th & 18 years of age 450 800/- ENGINEERING SECTOR 1 Junior Land Surveyor 10th 400 800/- 2 Assistant work supervisor 8th 300 800/- 3 Works Supervisor 10th+CON113 300 800/- 4 Senior Land Surveyor 10th+CON115 400 800/- 1] HOW TO APPLY

1. Any Private Institution / NGO having good track record in the field of providing training and having required infrastructure can start these Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses with the approval from the State Institution of Vocational Education, after they satisfy the norms prescribed herein.

2. Application forms can be obtained from the concerned District Vocational Education Officers or

from the Office of the State Institute of Vocational Education (SIVE), Telangana, Hyderabad at O/o Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad by paying Rs.200/- through Demand Draft in favour of Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad. Application can be down loaded from website at www.sive.telangana.gov.in (Address bar).

3. At the time of filing application the institute should provide information on class room

infrastructure, on the Job Training linkage, faculty, Society registration or Certificate of incorporation, track record in the field of training opted for and tie up for placements of trained candidates.

4. Maximum number of sections permitted for any institution will be 9 only, of different

http://www.sive.telangana.gov.in

44

durations. A minimum of two courses should be offered from different disciplines. 5. The filled in application along with all enclosures should be submitted to the SIVE through

District Vocational Education Officer concerned along with prescribed fee of Rs.2,000/- (Rupees two thousand only)Demand Draft in favour of Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana Hyderabad before the prescribed date (towards feasibility fee)

2] SANCTION PROCEDURE

1. A three men inspection committee consisting of 1] DVEO, 2] Principal of GJC where vocational courses are functioning and 3] Course Co- coordinator of the concerned course will inspect the Institution and submit the feasibility report with specific recommendations to State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE].

2. Letter of Intent (LOI) will be issued by the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE] on

receipt of feasibility report from District Vocational Education Officers concerned, on the available infrastructure and on the job Training facilities with MOU & tie up for placements with a request to pay the affiliation fee.

3. The Private Institution / NGO Should pay Rs.4500/- per each course per section as affiliation

fee through Demand Draft in favour of the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Nampally, Hyderabad to get approval from the State Institute of Vocational Education to start Short term vocational certificate courses in their institute.

4. The existing institutions shall apply for renewal every year by payment of Rs.4,500/- per

Annum(3 modules) per section as renewal fee through Demand Draft in favour of Commissioner of Intermediate Education., Telangana, Hyderabad along with renewal application of Rs.200/-.

5. The Government Junior colleges, Aided Junior colleges @ Exclusive Government Vocational

Junior Colleges are exempted from payment of feasibility fee, affiliation fee and renewal fee. They can start the vocational courses duly applying to SIVE by payment of Rs.200/- (towards application cost) and obtain the college code Number from the SIVE.

6. At the time of applying for Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses the Institute / GJC’s

(STVI) should indicate the Industry /Workshops / Service Organizations / Vocational Training Providers (VTP’s) in which on the Job Training will be provided. They should furnish the MOU with the training establishment along with the application.

3] FEE PARTICULARS:

1. The maximum tuition fee to be collected from the student is Rs. 600/- per Module (duration of 120 hours)

2. The examination fee shall be prescribed in the examination notification

4] ADMISSION PROCEDURE: 1. The Head of the Institution / Correspondent / Principal of the concerned institute shall take up

the admission process only after obtaining provisional recognition from the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE]

2. The minimum intake shall be 30 s t u d e n t s per section and maximum 40 students. 3. No. age limit is prescribed for admission to these courses, the students Can join on full time or part time basis.

45

4. Selection Criteria Minimum qualifications for admission into these courses shall be as mentioned in Annexure -1 candidates having higher qualification with an aptitude to learn the skills in the relevant field are also eligible for admission.

5] SCHEME AND SYLLABUS: 1. The short term courses are organized in to modules of three Months duration e a c h . The

Institutions taking up Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses have to strictly follow the Academic schedule, syllabus and on the On the Job Training pattern prescribed by the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE] including guidelines for conducting classes/ Training, examination , evaluation etc from time to time. Copy of the syllabus can be obtained from DVEO. Or can be down loaded from website at www.sive.telangana.gov.in

2. The Scheme of Instruction prepared by the State Institute of Vocational Education as mentioned

below has to be strictly followed. 3. In order to provide job oriented skills to students, greater emphasis shall be placed on, On the Job

Training. The entire work relating to practicals / on the job training shall be conducted in workshops / Organizations / Industries /Vocational Training Providers (VTPs). The students shall be directly under the supervision of Master Trainer of the workshops / Industries / Service Establishments.

6] SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION FOR EACH MODULE Theory On the Job training

(OJT) Total

subject Hours weightage Hours Weightage Hours Total Weightage Total 48 40% 72 60% 120 100% 7. MONITORING BY THE DISTRICT VOCATIONAL EDUCATIONAL O F F I C E R

There should be a Continuous check up on the conduct of classes and attendance of students in the class and on the Job Training by the Principal and Master Trainer regularly. Minimum 90% attendance is essential for passing the module. The concerned District Vocational Education Officer would regularly inspect the teaching and training establishments.

8] EXAMINATION AND CERTIFICATION

1. In order to facilitate continuous evaluation for each module Theory and On the Job training examination should be conducted at the end of module.

2. The Course co-ordinator associated with the course should assess the students in terms of their competency achieved. The Master Trainer / Supervisor in the Industry /Business establishment / Organization / Vocational Training Providers (VTP’s) will also test and assess the student based on the Technical skills acquired.

3. At the end of the module examination will be conducted at institution level under the supervision and control of the District Examination Committee headed by DVEO, as per the guidelines prescribed by the SIVE.


46

4. The following system of grades has to be adopted for the purpose of performance appraisal of the students at the end of each module based on continuous evaluation duly giving 40% weightage on performance in theory and 60 % Weightage on performance in On the Job Training [ OJT]

9] AWARD OF GRADES AND ENTITLED GRADE POINTS: Marks Grades Sub Ranges Grade points 90-100 A+ 95-100 10 70-89 A 90-94 9 50-69 B 85-89

80-84 75-79 70-74

8.5 8 7.5 7

40-49 C 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54

6.5 6 5.5 5

39 or below F 0-39

1. Grade card will be issued for each module after clearing the Theory and On the Job Training (OJT) with ‘C’ or higher grade in the module. Those getting F grade will be considered as failed in the module and they will have to repeat the module after taking fresh admission and only those Passing in initial module will be eligible to join the next module. District Vocational Education Officer will issue a module completion certificate.

2. After successful completion of entire course, a competency based Certificate will be given by the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE] through the DVEO concerned.

ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES:

1. Vocational Colleges (STVI’s) can identify the need based Short Term Courses in addition to above suggested by the department. The Course Coordinator will visit the locations/ offices/factories/shops & establishments to tie up for OJT to the trainees. They can also make proposals to start any new vocational short term certificate courses depending on local demand and send proposals to SIVE for sanction and implementation of the same.

2. The Short Term Vocational Institutes shall be registered as vocational Training provider (VTP) under MES, SDIS at DGE&T, Hyderabad.

3. The STVCI’s shall introduce courses like Security Services in GJC’s or in Institutions where NCC and ground facility exists.

4. OJT should be given higher importance

5. Course material shall be given at the beginning of the course by the State Institute of Vocational Education and can be downloaded from the web site at www.sive.telangana.gov.in

6. If maximum strength exceeds additional section or second section will be allowed.


47

7. Any assistance can be obtained from the SIVE/DVEO/Dy.DVEO Concerned in this

regard

8. In respect of Government Junior Colleges where short term course exists out of the collected fee of Rs.600/- per module, 10% shall be sent to the SIVE, 60% shall be kept at the institution for the purpose of honorarium to the faculty etc., and 30% at institution level for the purpose of providing and maintenance of infrastructure.

All the principals of Government Junior Colleges where Short term vocational Courses

exists and Institutes are hereby directed to follow the Guidelines for effective functioning of the Short Term Vocational Certificate courses and make enrolment of the students in to these courses on top priority basis. The principals of GJC’s and Institutes are also hereby directed that they must register their institutions as Vocational Training Providers (VTP) with Directorate General of Employment and Training (DG & ET) immediately, if they have not registered so far.

Sd/- Dr. A. ASHOK, I.A.S,

COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

// True copy Attested//

Sd/- K.VISHWESWAR For COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

48

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17

ENGLISH -I

Month & No. of working days / No. of

Periods Prose Poetry Short Story Language, Usage and Activities

June 2016 25 25

Introduction – Importance of English Language and Literature (6) Various types of activities relating to Language, Usage and Comprehension. (8) Syllabus and Question Paper Pattern (5)

Module – VI Introduction & Comprehension Passages 1 – 2 (6)

ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 23

My Mother (6) Activities*

A Little Grain of Gold (4) Activities*

The Umbrella Man (5) Activities*

Module – VI Comprehension Passages 3 – 4 (2) Parts of Speech (5) Vocabulary

ASSIGNMENT - II UNIT TEST - I

August 2016 24 24

Aim for the Stars – Saina Nehwal (6) Activities*

The Royal Tombs of Golconda (4) Activities*

How much Land does a Man Need? (5) Activities*

Module – VI Comprehension Passage 5 (1) Articles (2) Prepositions (3) Vocabulary(2) Activities*

ASSIGNMENT - III UNIT TEST - II

September 2016 22 22

On the Rule of the Road (6) Activities*

-

The Medal (5) Activities*

Module – VI Comprehension Passage 6 (1) Prepositions Contd. (2) Odd sound(1) Silent letters(1) Activities*

HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS October 2016 15 15

- Climate Change (4) Activities* -

Module – VI Comprehension Passage 7 - 8 (2)

49

Tenses (4) Odd sounds(2) Missing letters(1) Vocabulary(1) Activities*

ASSIGNMENT - IV UNIT TEST - III

November 2016 OJT PROGRAMME December 2016

January 2017 23 23

Prose related activities (2)

Poetry related activities (2) Stories related Activities (2)

Error corrections (8) Study Skills (3) Information Tranfer Activities*

PRE FINAL EXAMINATION – I February 2017 22 22

Activities related to Prose, Poetry and Short Stories & Explaining intricacies of IPE Question Paper

Study Skills Contd. & Revision of Grammar Activities*

March 2017 IPE EXAMINATIONS 2017

Activities*

Prose Lesson: Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Understanding based on the activities given under each lesson including answers to Annotations and Paragraph Questions.

Poem : Reading aloud for musical sounds of the rhymes and rhythms. Appreciating the poem including answers to Annotations and Paragraph Questions.

Short Story: Reading and Understanding including answers to Paragraph Questions. Grammar: Teaching Grammar through textual exercises and additional exercises.

50


ENGLISH –II

Month & No. of working days / No. of

Periods Prose Poetry Short Story Language, Usage and Activities

June 2016 25 25

Introduction – Importance of English Language and Literature (2) Various types of activities relating to Language, Composition and Comprehension including the non-verbal data. (4) Syllabus and Question Paper Pattern (3)

Module – VI Introduction & Comprehension Passages 1 – 4 (6) Punctuation (5) Vocabulary (5)

ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 23

Dancing in the Rain (6) Activities*

I Celebrate Myself (4) Activities*

The Boy Who Broke the Bank (5) Activities*

Module – VI Comprehension Passages 5 & 6 (2) Resume(2) Understanding – Advertisements (3) Activities*

ASSIGNMENT - II UNIT TEST - I

August 2016 24 OJT PROGRAMME

September 2016 22 OJT PROGRAMME

October 2016 15

-OJT PROGRAMME

HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS

November 2016 24 24

Opportunity for Youth (6) Activities*

The Magical Earth (4) Activities*-

Parige (5) Activities*

Module – VI Comprehension Passages 7, 8 &9 (3) Form filling; Understanding(3) Non-verbal data (3) Activities*

ASSIGNMENT - III UNIT TEST - II

51

December 2016 23 23

To Sir, With Love (6) Activities*

Polonius’ Advice to his Son (4) Activities*

My Elder Brother (5) Activities*-

Module – VI Comprehension Passages 10, 11 &12 (2) Letter Writing (6) Activities*

ASSIGNMENT - IV UNIT TEST - III

January 2017 23 23

Prose related activities (1)

Poetry related activities (1) Stories related Activities (1)

Note-making (7) Verb Patterns (7) Study Skills

PRE FINAL EXAMINATION – I February 2017 22 22

Activities related to Prose, Poetry and Short Stories & Explaining intricacies of IPE Question Paper

March 2017 IPE EXAMINATIONS 2017

Activities*

Prose Lesson: Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Understanding based on the activities given under each lesson including answers to Annotations and Paragraph Questions.

Poem : Reading aloud for musical sounds of the rhymes and rhythms. Appreciating the poem including answers to Annotations and Paragraph Questions.

Short Story: Reading and Understanding including answers to Paragraph Questions. Composition and Study Skills : Teaching Composition and Study Skills through textual exercises and additional exercises

given under Compositional items separately

52


GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE :: COURSE CODE:02 :: FIRST AND SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of working days/No. of

periods theory GFC, I - YEAR GFC, II- YEAR

June 2016 25/25 Assignment-I

Theory Periods-25 Unit 1- General Education 1.1 Child Labour-5 1.2 Drug Abuse-4 1.3 Public Health-4 1.4 Early Marriage -5 1.5 Gender Equality-3 1.6 Time Management-4

Theory Periods-25 Unit 1- Environment Education 1.0 Introduction-1 1.1Impact of Industrialization on environment-9 1.2 Environment pollution & Measures to control pollution - (9) 1.3 Typical environment problems-9

July 2016 23/23 Assignment-II UNIT TEST-I

Theory Periods-23 1.7 Traffic Sense- 2 1.8 Human Rights-4 1.9 Corruption in public Life-4 1.10 Communal Harmony-3 Unit-2: Rural Education 2.0 Introduction-1 2.1 Rural Poverty and Unemployment-9

Theory Periods-23 1.4 Occupational hazards-9 1.4.1 Safety Measures-3 Unit-2: Personality Development 2.1 Introduction – Leadership Qualities -7 2.2 Stress Management -5 2.3 Decision making -4

August 2016 24/24 Assignment-III August-Unit Test-II

Theory Periods-24 2.2 Panchyat Raj System-7 2.3 Afforestation-5 2.4 Rural Waste and Recycling-6 2.5 Role of Agencies in Rural Development-6

O.J.T

September2016 22/22 Assignment-IV UNIT TEST-III

Theory Periods-22 2.6 Development of Rural Industries-4 2.7 Banks and N.G.O’s in Rural Development-5 Unit 3: Entrepreneur Development 3.0 Introduction-1 3.1 Entrepreneurship-12

O.J.T

October2016 15/15

Theory Periods-15 3.2 Entrepreneurial Behavior - 7

O.J.T

53

Half Yearly examination

3.3 Entrepreneur Comptencies - 8

November 2016 24/24

O.J.T Theory Periods-24 2.3 Decision making-9 Unit-3 Self Employment 2.0 Introduction-1 3.1 Planning for small enterprise-6 3.2 Establishing a small enterprise-5 3.3 Managing small enterprise-5

December 2016 23/23

O.J.T Theory Periods-23 3.4 Social responsibility of the business-8 3.5 Evaluating a small enterprise-6 3.6 Managerial Skills-9 Unit 4: Employability Skills 4.0 Introducation-1 4.1 Career development-4

January 2017 23/23 Pre Final Examination-1

Theory Periods-23 Unit 4: Computer Education 4.0 Introduction-2 4.1 Evolution of Computers-4 4.2 Characteristics of Computers-3 4.3 Classification of Computers-4 4.4 Advantages of Computer-4 4.5 Block Diagram of Computer -3 4.6 Input Output Devices-3

Theory Periods-23 4.2 Goal setting-6 4.3 Self Confidence -4 4.4 Personal effectiveness-3 4.5 Work ethics-3 4.6 Presentation skills-4 4.7 Group discussion-5

Feb-2017 22/16 Revision. Pre Final Examination-2

Theory Periods-16 4.7 Hardware and Software-3 4.8 Operating System-4 4.9 Microsoft Windows-4 4.10 Microsoft Word-3 4.11 Microsoft Excel-2

Theory Periods-16 4.8 Resume-5 4.9 Interviews-5 4.10 Job-opportunities-5

March 2017 Revision/IPE2017

54

CROP PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT

Basic aim of the course CROP PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT is to impart the following skills in student. 1. Identification of field problems – nature and extent. 2. Organizing Crop Production Campaigns. 3. Identification and handling of Agro-Meteorological Instruments. 4. Familiarization and use with seeding equipment. 5. Familiarization and use with primary and secondary village implements. 6. Seed bed preparation and methods of planting. 7. Acquaintance, use and maintenance of form records. 8. Calculation of seed requirement for various crops. 9. Demonstrating Rhizobium inoculation. 10. Preparation of vermin compost and use in field and horticultural crops. 11. Identification of nutrient deficiency symptoms. 12. Acquaintance with special operations like earthling up, Propping, desiccating, ripping, pruning etc in various field and horticultural crops. 13. Use of plant protection and herbicide equipment. 14. Soil sampling and analysis for various plant nutrients. 15. Calculation of fertilizer needs of crops. 16. Familiarization with drop and sprinkler irrigation methods. 17. Acquaintance with seed certification procedures. 18. Rouging in seed production plots. 19. Preparation and use of audio visual aids. 20. Managerial skills, ability to convince, expose to different communication media.

55


CROP PRODUCITON AND MANAGEMENT :: COURSE CODE :: 105 :: FIRST YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No.of periods Theory/ Practical

Principles of Crop Production (Theory Paper-I)

Soil and Water Management (Theory Paper-II)

Farm Management & Agricultural Extension

(Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods -(23) 1-Agriculture (12) 1.1 - Terminology -Agriculture agronomy and its relationship with basic science-(4) 1.2 National and international institute of agriculture research in India-(4) 1-3 Agro climatic zones of T.S (4) 2-Agro meteorology 2.1-Terms & Definitions -(4) weather & climate 2.2 Atmosphere - composition & vertical division 4 2.3 Monsoon types and impact on agriculture operations (4)

Theory Periods -(23) 1- Soil in relation to plat growth 1.1 Component of mineral soil - (2) 1-2 Soil reaction -acidity and alkalinity (4) 1-3 Soil texture and soil structure (4) 1-4 Soil organic mater and its effects on soil properties c: Nitro (4) 1-5 Soil fertility and productivity(4) 1-6 Soil fertility management problem soils and their management -(5)

Theory Periods -(23) 1- Introduction to Farm management Nature and scope of Farm management (9) Management of Farm with respect to Land labour, capital and organization (10) 2- Farm records Maintenance , importance and book keeping a) Diary -(4)

Principles of Crop Production (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods. 21 1.Visit to meteorological observatory to study the metrological equipment (5) 2- Measurment of rian fall by rain gauage (5) 3-Recording of evaporation by USWB Class A pan evapro meter(5) 4-Measurment of wind velocity and direction, atmospheric pressure and rerealtives humidity(6)

Soil and Water Management (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods. 21 1- Description of soil profile in the filed (5) 2- Soil sampling(2) 3- Determination of soil pH (2) 4- Determination of electrical conductivty of soil water extrct (2) 5. Determination of organic , carbon, nitrate , Phosphate and potassium

Farm Management & Agricultural extension

(Practical Paper-III) Practical Periods. 21 1-Study of different types of farm recordss maontained in the farms (6) 2- Visit to Grameena Bank/PACS (8) 3- Study the effective use of Audion- visualaiads (7)

56

by he use of rapid soil test kit(5) 6- Determination of carbonate and bicarbonate ions in soil water extract (5)

ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods -(23) 2.4 Wind, solar radiation Air tempreature,soil tempreture, atmospheric pressure , Huumidity and their, utility in crop production (5) 2.5 Drought and their effects on crop production (5) 2.6 weather hazarsd and their mitigation- cyclones , depressions, trunami, frost, hail strom, hurricans and trondo (5) 2.7 weather hazards and their mitigation- cyclone ,depressions , trunami, forest, hail storm, hurricans and torndo (5) 2.8 Remote sensing and its application in Agriculture

Theory Periods -(23) 2 - Mineral Nutrition manuers fertilizers 2.1 Essential elements - classification and deficcency symptoms(7) 2.2 Classification of manuers and fertilezers (5) 2.3. Biogs plant, green manuring -types & crops vermi composting (7) 2.4 Bio fertilizers (4)

Theory Periods -(23) 2- Farm records continued , maintance, importance and book keeping b) Cash book (4) c)Wage Regsiter (4) d) Stock Register (4) (Agricuture equipment live stock fertilizer and insectecides) e) Inventory (4) 3-Agricultural Marketing (25) - Defination and marketing (25) - Function of markets (4)

Practical Periods. (19) 5- Recording of ambcent and soil tempreture 5 6- Study and interpartation of weather data (4) 7- Study of primary tillage imlements (4) 8- Study of secondry tillage imlements (4) 9 - Study of seeding equipment (6)

Practical Periods. (19) 7- Preparation of enriched form manure(5) 8- Vermi-compost making(5) 9- Study and identification of straight and complex fertilizers(6) 10- Detection of adulteration in fertilizers(7)

Practical Periods. (19) 4- Preparation of Exhibits (6) 5- Preparation of charts (6) 6- Preparation of display boards (6) 7- Visit of radio , TV stations (5)

ASSIGNMENT II UNIT TEST 1



August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods -(23) 3 - Tillage and Tilath 3.1 - defenation ,objectives and factors influencing tilth- (4) 3.2 chracteristic of a good seed bed (3) 3.3 Types of Tillage- primary tillage, secondry tillage and intercutureal ooperations(4) 3.4 Primary and secondry tillage implements- plougins ,Harroibs,caltivators,Ridges, Rotovator,

Theory Periods -(23) 2.5 Fertilizer application methods(6) 2.6 Balanced fertilization and integrated nutrient management (6) 3- Irrigation water Management 3.1 Defination and objectives of irrigation and drainage (5) 3.2 Soil moister availabilityfiled capacity , permanent witting point,availabel soil

Theory Periods (23) -Countinued Agriculture marketing - Defects in present marketing (3) - steps taken to safeguard the farmers(3) - Regulated markets-(8) - Functin & adventages(4) - Marketing channels of food grain,oilseeds(3) - concept of Rythu Bazar(2)

57

leveler, puddler (6) 3.5 seeding implements seed drill,Ferti-cum-seed drill,paddy transplanted paddy seed drum (6)

moisture(6)

Practical Periods. (24) 10- Prepaartion of seed bed for nursery (12) 11- Determnatin of Purity viability and germination percentages (12)

Practical Periods. (24) 11- Visit to soil testing laboratory and partiicaiting testing of soil samples(8) 12- Participating in different methods of fertilizers applications(4) 13- Study of procedures and participation in use of bio fertilizers for field and Horticure crops (7) 14-Identification of green manuring crops (5)

Practical Periods. (24) 8- Visit to methods demonestration trails (10) 9- Visit to results demonstration trails (6) 10- Visit to K.V.K to acquacent with their activites (8)

ASSIGNMENT III UNIT TEST 1I



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods -(20) 3.6 Harvesting implements paddy combined harvester (3) 3.7 Modersn concepts of tillage minimum tillage. Zero tillage and stubble mulch formaing (3) 4. Cropping systems 4.1 Concept of croping system and terminolgy of multiple oropping (4) 4.2 Entercroping pricipals adventges and limitations(4) 4.3 Realy cropping and sequence cropping (3)

Theory Periods -(20) 3.3 - Water requirement of crops crops water requirement,effective rianfall critical stages for irrigaion effective rootzone depth and moisture extraction pattern 3.4 Water management pratices for major field and horticultral crops (Rice, round nut, maize, Redgram, Mango. Citrus and Banana(8)

Theory Periods -(20) 4- Farm credits(2) - Meaning , Defination (1) - Need and classification(5) Farm credit continued - sources of credit (3) - important requisites of good credit systems 4) - NABARD, RRB-(4) - Kisan credit cards (2) - Crop insurance (2)

Practical Periods. (18) 12 Participation in Rhizabium inoculation and seed treatment (4) 13 - Calculation of seed rate per ha for different crops(5) 14 Study of important cropping pattern cropping pattern sequences and intercropping in a selected villlage(6)

Practical Periods. (18) 15 - Working out quantities and does of fertilizers for application in the filed(4) 16- Calculation od soil porosity (3) 17- Determination of soil moisture by gravimetric methid(5) 18 - Dtermination of filed capacity by feel method(6)

Practical Periods. (18) 11- Visit to farmers training centres (08) 12 Visit to Rtthu Bazar to collect information on market prices and price fixation(10)

ASSIGNMENT IV UNIT TEST III



58

October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods - 12 4.4 Crop rotaion , principles and advantages(6) 4.5 Forming systems - mixed forming advantages (3) 5- Weed managements 5.1 Common weigh loss & benefits 5.2 Crop feed Association & competition (3)

Theory Periods - 12 3.5 Methods of irrigation surface sprinkler & drip irrigation (10) 3.6 Quality of irrigation water (2)

Theory Periods - 12 5- Agriculture co-operation --- definition , meaning and principles of co cooperation(2) co operative credit societies (5) non credit activates (5)

Practical Periods. (14) 15 Identification of weed and Herbarium preparation(8) 16 Familiarization of herbicide label information (5) 17 Study of herbicide application equipment(6)

Practical Periods. (14) 19- Estimation crop water requirements (7) 20- Layout of cjeck basin ring basin, border strip and furrow irrigation(7)

Practical Periods. (14) 13 Study of different channels of agricultural commodities food grain oil seeds etc(7) 14 - Visit to Agriculture university - Research field(7)

HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS

November 2016/24 OJT

Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining

skills related to OJT Centre. December 2016/23 OJT

Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary..

January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods - 20 5.3 Methods of weed control (7) 5.4 CLASSIFICATION OF HERBICIDES (5) 5.5 Chemical weed controle ion different crops(Rice, Black Gram, Ground nut,cotton,onion & amngo) and integrated weed management(6)

Theory Periods - 20 4 - Dry land Agriculture 4.1characteristic of Dry land & Rain fed agriculture (4) 4.2 Problems of Dry land agricultural - climatic & soil (6) 4.3 Soil Erosim-water & wind erosion losses due to erosion- (7)

Theory Periods - 20 - Multipurpose co operatives (5) - Different functions of fermers co operatives 6- Agricultural Extension - Extension Education measuring objectives(2) - Differences between formal education and Extension Education (2) - Audio visual aids mass communication media(4)

Practical Periods - 18 Practical Periods - 18 Practical Periods - 18

59

18- Calculation of herbicide doses (5) 19- Herbicide application and precautionary measures(5) 20 - Visit to an organic farm observation on resource allocation recycling of inputs and economies (8)

21-Demonstration of drip and sprinkler irrigation method in the field (6) 22- Assessment of Quality of irrigation water PH and EC(3) 23 - Analysis of rainfall and interpretation (3) 24- Study of agronomic measures of soil and water consecration (6

15- Visit to Rythu mitra sangams(9) 16- Visit to SHG(9)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATION - I PRE FINAL EXAMINATION – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATION - I February 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods - 17 6- Sustainable Agriculture 6.1 Introduction and definition (2) 6.2 Factors effecting ecological balance(1) 6.3 Major components of sustainable agriculture systems(3) 6.4 Organic farming-definition principals, relevance to moderns and components of organic farming(6) 6.5 BIO Control agents and BIO pesticide(4)

Theory Periods - 17 4.4 Soil moister conservation Agronomic and mechanical (6) 4.5 Efficient crops and cropping system for dry land(6) 4.6 Watershed manages - watershed conceot principals.(5)

Theory Periods - 17 - Leadership qualities(2) - Self help Groups(2) - Method and result demonstration(2) - Exhibitions - (1) - F.T.C(2) - K.V.K (2) - Co-operatives credit societies (5) - Non credit activates (4)

Practical Periods - 21 21 Preparation of NPV solutions (6) 22 Preparation of NSKE and Neem oil(6) 23 Visit to Bio-control lab(4)

Practical Periods - 21 25 Visit to CRIDA and ICRISA (8) 26 Visit to water shed project area (9) 27 Vist to problematic soil filed(6)

Practical Periods - 21 17 Visit to Adessha rythl group to know working patterns in rural area(9) 18 Visit to AMC (7) 19 Analysis of problems faced by garmers in getting agriculture loans(7)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATION - II PRE FINAL EXAMINATION – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATION - II REVISION /

PRACTICAL EXAMINATIONS REVISION /


PRACTICAL EXAMINATIONS March 2017/22 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017

60


CROP PRODUCITON AND MANAGEMENT :: COURSE CODE :: 105 :: SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/No.of periods Theory/ Practical

Mangement of filed and Commercial Crops (Theory Paper-I)

Management of Horticulture Crops (Theory Paper-II)

Seed Production & Processing (Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods -(22) 1-Cereals and millets Study of the agronomic pratices Rice -(10) Maize -(05) Jawar (05) Bajra -(05)

Theory Periods -(22) 1- Introduction Defenation , importance and scope of Horticulture (4) Divisions of Horticulture (2) 2. Nursery Management Types of nursery beds (2) Propogation methods (4) Handling of nursery plants(2) 3- Land scaping Importance (01) Elemets and priciples of land scape design - 5

Theory Periods -(22) 1- Plant breeding Introduction (1) Objectives of plant breeding (3) Self pollination mechanism(2) Cross pollination mechanism(2) Male sterility (2) Negetaive reproduction (2) Hybridization (3) 2-Seed importance Difference between seed and grain(01) Characteristic of qulaity seed(2) Classs of seed prodcution (4)

Mangement of filed and Commercial Crops (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods. 23 1- Identifiation of various crops of regionn and state(8) 2- Study of vertical characteristies of important crops (Rice, Maize, Pedgram, Ground nut ,eastor ,cotton ,sugercane and Tobacco) (6) 3- Participation in seed treatment (6) 4. Participation in Rhizobium seed treatment in legumes(3)

Management of Horticulture Crops (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods. 23 1- Visit to orchards and identification of fruit crops(8) 2- Planting and care of fruit plants (8) 3- Interculture operation in fruit trees(7)

Seed Production & Processing (Practical Paper-III)

Practical Periods. 23 1- Seed sampling(6) 2- Seed moisture test(6) 3- Seed germination test(8) 4- Seeds viability and vigour test(2)

61


Theory Periods -(20) Study of the agronomic partices. Red gram (2) Agronomic pratices 1- Ragi (5); 2- Pulses study of the agronomic partices. Red gram (5); Balck Gram(5) Bengal gram (6)

Theory Periods -(20) Establishment and maintencance of lawns(3) 4- Production of Fruit crops commercial cultivation of following crops 1- Mango -5 2- Banana -5 3- citrus -5

Theory Periods -(20) Principal of seed production (2) - Isolation distance- (2) - Rovging - (2) - Supplementary pollination (2) - maintanace of physical and genetic purity in realesed varites -(10)

Practical Periods. (22) 5-Participation in raising different methods of rice nurseries (5) 6- Participation in rising seed bed of SRI paddy nurseries(6) 7- Participation in sed bed preparation for sowing ID crops(6) 8- Seed rate and fertilizers calculation (5)

Practical Periods. (22) 4- Study of methods of irrgation in fruit crops(5) 5- Application of manures and fertilzers for mango/ citrus(3) 6- Identifcation and control of insect,pest, disease and special problems in Mango(7) 7- Identifcation and control of insect,pest, disease and special problems in Banana(6)

Practical Periods. (22) 5- Seed dormaney and methods of breaking seed doemancy(5) 6- Seed physical puriety analysis(6) 7 - Seed genetic puriety test(GOT) (4) 8- Visit to seed processing plant (6)




August 2016/24

OJT

Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc.,

Sepember 2016/22

OJT

Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining

skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.

October 2016/15

OJT

Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary..

HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods -(19) 3- Oil seeds ogronomic parctiles of the following crops. - Ground nut (6) - Sunflower (5) - Caster- (5)

Theory Periods -(19) 5.Production of vegatable crops commercial cultivation of Tomato -(4) - Lady finger(4) - Brinjal (4)

Theory Periods -(19) 3- Seed production techniques of Hybid. Varieties -(20) - Rice -3; - Maize -2 - Bajara -(2); - Sunflower -(3) - Cotton- (4); - Ground nut (2)

62

- leafy vegatables(5) - black gram (2); - Red gram (2) Practical Periods. (24) 9- Particiaption in fertilizer application and sowing the crops(8) 10- Observation of seeding emergence and calculation of plant population per unit area for crop ground nut , Red gram , Jawar, and cotton (7) 11- Participation in pre emergence application of herbicides (6) (a) Atrazine for earler crops (b) Pendimethalin for oil seed crops.(3)

Practical Periods. (24) 8- Identifcation and control of insect,pest, disease and special problems in citrus(8) 9- visit to fruit markets(6) 10 - Visit to vegatables farm to study the system of cultivation (7) 11. Identification of various vegetable seeds(3)

Practical Periods. (24) 9- Visit to seed testing laboratory (8) 10- Seed packing and storage (7) 11- Seed treatment techniques (7) 12.Visit to NSC and APSSDCL/Seed company

ASSIGNMENT III UNIT TEST II



December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods -(20) Agronomic pratices of soil crops - safflower (6) 4- Fibres (14) organomic parcties of following crops - Cotton (10) - Mesta (4)

Theory Periods -(20) 6. Production of flowers commercial cultivation of - Rose (6); - Jasmine (5) 7- Production of plantation crops (15) - Commercial cultivation of the following crops. - Cocunt (10)-

Theory Periods -(20) 4. Seed certification (16) - Processing (4) - Seed drying (3) Seed threshing(2) Seed cleaning (2) Seed treatment(2); Seed storage (2)

Practical Periods. (24) 12- Participation in enter cultivation and thinning operation(9) 13 - Participation in collection of biometric data(8) 14- Participation in earthing up in sugar cane and tobacc0(7)

Practical Periods. (24) 11- Identification of various vegetables seeds(7) 12 - Preparation of nursery beds and raising of seed lings(8) 13 -Application of manners and fertilizers for vegetable crops(9)

Practical Periods. (24) 12- Visit to NSC/ APSSDC seed company(8) 13 Rouging in Rice crop (8) 14 - Rouging and detaseeling in maize crop (8)




January 2016 23 19 22

Theory Periods - 19 Agronomic practices of following crops 5- Sugar cane (13) 6- Narcotics (10) Tobacco (2)

Theory Periods - 19 - popaya-(5) 8- Production of spice crop commercial cultivation of onion (6) commercial cultivation of the following crops

Theory Periods - 19 - valility , cigour (3) - facters influcing seed germination(3) - seed dormancy -(3) - methods of break dormancy (3)

63

Practical Periods - 22 15- Estimation of gypsum requirement and application in Ground nut (6) 16- Study of top dressing n & K fertilizer(6) 17- Study and identification of nutrient deficiency symptoms in cotton/sugarcane/ ground nut/ rice(6) 18- Participation in propping up in sugarcane(2) 19 Collection or herbarium ‘& pests , diseases.

Practical Periods - 22 14- Identification of important insects pest, diseases and deficiency symptoms and their control(7) 15- Identification of commercial flowers(6) 16- Training and pruning in rose(5) 18- Application of manures and fertilizers of coconuts & cashew nut(2) 19- Visit to plantation crop fields(2)

Practical Periods - 22 15- Rouging in Pulses(7) 16 - Rouging in castor 18. Seed certification procedure(5) 19. Visit to seed certification plots (5)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I February 2016 22 08

Theory Periods - 08 Tobacco (08)

Theory Periods - 08 - Turmeric (8)

Theory Periods - 08 - Seed packing (3) - Seed act (3) - Intellectual property rights (3)




PRACTICAL EXAMINATIONS March 2017/22 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017

64

DAIRYING

Basic aim of the course DAIRYING is to impart following skills in student.

1. Recognizing of different cattle and buffalo breeds.

2. Preparation of quality feeds and to test quality

milk and milk products.

3. Vaccination of animal’s first aid and treatment of

basic health problems.

4. Artificial insemination techniques and pregnancy diagnosis.

5. Techniques in marketing of milk and milk products.

6. Milk collection and transportation.

7. Production of fodder crops.

65


DAIRYING :: COURSE CODE :: 106 :: FIRST YEAR Month &

No. of working

days/No. of Periods Theory/ Practical

Animal Production and Management (Theory Paper-I)

Feeds and feeding of Animals (Theory Paper-II)

Animal Health (Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods:23 Introduction –Confirmation Points.(5) 1.1Livestock Statics.(1) 1.2Role of livestock in Indian Economy.(2)

1.3 Common terms used in Farm Animal management.(1) 1.4External body parts of dairy animal, sheep& goat (1) 2.Breeds of dairy cattle and Buffalos (15) 2.1 Definition of breed-classification of cattle breeds.(3) 2.2 Indian breeds of dairy cattle.(4) 2.3 Exotic breeds.(4) 2.4 Indian buffalo breeds(4) 3. Breeding of dairy animals and farm records (15) 3.1 Selection methods of animals.(3)

Theory Periods:23 1. Digestive System: [10] 1.1. Digestive system of ruminants.(5) 1.2. Digestion of carbohydrates, Proteins & Fats in ruminants .(5) 2. Common Feeds and Fodders: [20] 2.1. a) Classification of Nutrients and their role in Animal nutrition - water, crude fiber,ether extract, Proteins, Minerals Vitamins and Nitrogen free extract .(4) b) Importance of analysis (proximate) of feeds.(4) 2.2. Classification of Feeds a) Roughages-Leguminous, Non leguminous - green & dry.(2) b) Concentrates - Energy and Protein Feeds.(1) c) Feed Supplements - Minerals and Vitamins(1) d) Feed additives - Hormones and antibiotics (1)

Theory Periods:23 1. Health [9] 1.1. Definitions of health and disease.(2) 1.2. Signs of health and ill health .(2) 1.3. Recording body temperature, pulse and respiration rates.(2) 1.4. Normal values of body temperature, pulse and respiration rates.(3) 2. First aid [10] 2.1. Definition of first aid and its principles (1) 2.2. Attending to traumatic condition .(1) 2.3. Attending to poisoning cases .(1) 2.4. Attending to obstetrical difficulties.(2) 2.5. First aid to burns and scalds.(2) 2.6. Attending to fracture.(1); 2.7. First aid kit.(1) 2.8. First aid during natural calamities .(1) 3. Bacterial diseases [20] 3.1. Classification of dairy animal diseases – Bact erial, viral, protozoal, helmenthic, metabolic. (2) ; 3.2 Anthrax (2)

66

Animal Production and Management (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods (21) 1.Confirmation points of different animals (10) 1.1.Confirmation points of cow.(2) 1.2.Confirmation points of bull.(2) 1.3.Confirmation points of sheep.(3) 1.4.Confirmation points of goat. (3) 2.Breeds (15) 2.1.Identification of Cattle breeds.(4) 2.2.Identification of Buffalo breeds.(3) 2.3.Identification of sheep breeds.(4)

Feeds and feeding of Animals (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods ( 21) 1.Digestive system [10] 1.Sketch diagram of digestive system of cattle. (3) 1.2Sketch diagram of digestive system of sheep(3) 1.3Sketch diagram of digestive system of goat (4) 2.Common Feeds [15] 2.1Identification of common feed ingredients.(2) 2.2Identification of common unconventional ingredients.(3) 2.3Identification of feed supplements.(3) 2.4 Identification of feed additives .(3)

Animal Health (Practical Paper-III)

Practical Periods (21) 1. Health [10]. 1.1Recording body temperature , pulse and respiration rates .(6) 1.2.Identification of sick animals .(5) 2.First Aid.[15] 2.1Study of first aid kit.(5) 2.2Maintenance of first aid kit.(6)


Theory Periods:20 3.2 Culling of animals.(2) 3.3. Economic characters in dairy cattle.(3) 3.4. Systems of breeding ,Inbreeding and Cross breeding.(1) 3.5. State and National breeding policies for enhancing milk production.(3) 4.Housing of dairy animals 4.1. Selection of site for dairy Farm (5) 4.2. Systems of housing-loose, housing system – conventional dairy barn.(6)

Theory Periods:20 2.3. Importance of unconventional feeds.(2) 2.4. Composition of Commonly used Feeds and Fodders.(2) 3. Formulation of Rations: 3.1.Definition of Ration and Feeding Standards.(3) 3.2. Desirable Characters of Good ration.(3) 3.3. Thumb rules of Feeding Cattle and Buffalos, sheep and goat.(4) 3.4. Principles Formulation of rations for different classes of animals.(3) 3.5. Formulation of milk replacer and calf starter.(3)

Theory Periods:20 3.3. Black Quarte (1). 3.4 Brucellosis.(1); 3.5. Vibriosis.(2) 3.6. Haemorrhagic septicaemia(2) 3.7. Tuberculosis.(1) ; 3.8. Johnes disease (1) 3.9. Leptospirosis.(1) ; 3.10. Listeriosis.(1) 3.11. Contagious bovine pleuropneumonia.(1) 3.12. Tetanus .(1); 3.13. Calf diseases.(1) 3.14. Common bacterial diseases of sheep and goat (1) 3.15. Mastitis.(1); 3.16. Pneumonia.(1) 4. Viral diseases 4.1. Rinderpest.(3) 4.2. Foot and mouth disease .(1)

Practical periods:19 2.4.Identification of goat breeds.(4) 3. Breeding of animals[15] 3.1Selection of cow and buffalo by score card method. (3) 3.2. Culling of animals. (3) 3.3.Working of Inbreeding programmes.(3) 3.4.Working of crossbreedin programmes(4)

Practical periods:19 2.5Identification of Agro-industrial by products.(4) 3.Formulation of rations 3.1.Thumb rules of feeding cattle and buffalos(1) 3.2.Formulation of milk replacer and calf starter(4) 3.3.Formulation of ration for milch animals(3)

Practical periods: 19 2.3 (a)First aid to burns , and scalds .(4) Specimens Collection 3.1.Collection of various specimens for examination .(3) 3.2. Collection of dung sample .(6) 3.3.Collection of Blood.(6)

67

3.5.Working of grading up programmes.(3) 4.Housing of animals [12] 4.1.Floor plans for loosed housing system(1)

3.4.Formulation of ration for pregnant animals (3) 3.5.Formulation of ration for dry animals.(3) 3.6.Formulation of ration for work animals .(2)

ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I



August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods:23 4.3Cleaning and Sanitation in dairy farm.(8) . 5. Care and management of dairy animals 5.1. Care and management of calf.(4) 5.2. Care and management of heifer.(4) 5.3. Care and management of milk animal.(4) 5.4. Care and management of dry and pregnant animal.(3)

Theory Periods:23 3.6. Formulation of concentrate feed.(7) 4. Feeding of Animal. 4.1. Importance of Feeding in dairy animal production.(2) 4.2. Feeding of newly born calf.(2) 4.3. Feeding of calf up to 1 year age.(2) 4.4. Feeding of Heifer.(2) 4.5. Feeding of milch and pregnant animal.(2) 4.6. Feeding of Dry animal.(2) 4.7. Feeding newly calved cows and Buffalos .(2) 4.8. Feeding of animals during drought and cyclone.(2)

Theory Periods:23 4.3. Rabies.(5) 4.4. Cow pox.(2) 4.5. Common Viral diseases of sheep and goat.(4) 5. Protozoan diseases 5.1. Anaplasmosis.(3) 5.2. Babesiosis.(3) 5.3. Theileriasis.(2) 5.4. Trypanosomiasis.(2) 5.5. Leishmaniasis(2)

Practical periods:: 24 4.2.Floor plans for conventional system (4) 4.3Floor plans for single row, double row, face to face and tail system.(4) 4.4.Housing for sheep.(2) 4.5.Housing for goat.(3) 4.6.Cleaning and sanitation of animal sheds(2). 5.Care and management of Dairy animals 5.1.Management of Calf.(4) 5.2.Management of heifer.(4)

Practical periods:: 24 3.6 Formulation of ration for work animals(5) 4.Feeding of animals 4.1.Feeding of new born animals.(4) 4.2.Feeding of pregnant animals.(4) 4.3.Feeding of milch animals.(4) 4.4.Feeding of dry animals.(4) 4.5.Feeding during cyclone.(2)

Practical periods::24 3.3.Collection of Blood.(6) 3.4.Collection of milk samples (7) 4.Laboratory Examination 4.1.Operation of compound microscope.(5) 4.2.Examination of blood smear.(4) 4.3.Preparation of blood smear.(1)

ASSINMENT-III UNIT TEST-II



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods:20 5.5. Care and management of bulls and bullocks.(4) Activities in the dairy farm [15] 6.1. Dairy farm routine.(2)

Theory Periods:20 4.9. Feeding of different Classes of Sheep.(2) 4.10. Feeding of different Classes of Goat.(2) 5. Quality control of feeds [15] 5.1. Procurement and storage of feed

Theory Periods:20 5.6. Coccidiosi.(1) 5.7. Amaebiasis (2) 6. Helminthic and External parasitic diseases (10)

68

6.2. Restraining methods of dairy animal.(2) 6.3. Dentition and ageing of animals.(2) 6.4. Methods of Identification of dairy cattle.(2) 6.5. Records to be maintained in a dairy farm.(1) 6.6. Common vices of dairy animals.(1) 6.7. Weaning of calf.(2) 6.8. Castration and dehorning.(2) 6.9. Deworming and vaccination program.(1) 7. Reproductive system - Artificial Insemi- Nation [20] 7.1. Reproductive organs of cow and bull.(1)

ingredients.(2) 5.2. Methods of detection of Feed Adulterants .(2) 5.3. Quality control of finished feed.(2) 5.4. Packing and forwarding of feeds.(2) 5.5. Storage of concentrates - space requirement.(2) 5.6. Cleaning and Fumigation of stores(2) 5.7. Use of Pesticides in feed stores to control Biological Agents.(2) 5.8. Spoilage of feeds during storage.(2)

6.1. Round worms.(2) 6.2. Tape worms .(2) 6.3. Liver flukes.(1) 6.4. Flies.(1) 6.5. Ticks and mites.(2) 6.6. Common helminthic and external parasites of Sheep and goat.(2) 7. Mycotic diseases [8] . 7.1. Ring worm.(3) 7.2. Actinomycosis.(4)

Practical Periods:: 18 5.3.Management of milch animal.(3) 5.4.Management of dry and pregnant animal.(3) 5.4.Management of dry and pregnant animal.(3) 5.5.Management of bull and bullock.(2) 5.6.Management of different classes of sheep.(2) 5.7.Management of different classes of goat.(2) 6.Activities in dairy farm 6.1.Feeding of colostrums of calf.(2) 6.2.Weaning of calf .(1) 6.3.Deworming.(1) 6.4.Vaccination schedule for dairy animal.(1) 6.5.Vaccination schedule for sheep.(1) 6.6.Vaccination schedule for goat.(1)

Practical Periods::18 4.6.Feeding of draught period.(2) 5. Quality control of feeds 5.1.Sampling of feed ingredients for examination.(3) 5.2.Detection of adultrants in feed ingredients.(4) 5.3.Quality control tests for feed ingredients.(4) 5.4.Identification of spoiled feed ingredients.(3) 6.Feed Plant 6.1.Grinding of feed ingredients.(2)

Practical Periods:: 18 4.4.Examination of blood smear.(3) 4.5.Examination of milk sample for mastitis.(4) 4.6.Examination of skin scraping.(4) 5. Preparation of Medicines 5.1.Preparation of ointments.(7)

ASSIGNMENT -IV UNIT TEST-III



October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 7.1. Reproductive organs of cow and bull.(1) 7.2. Oestrous cycle - symptoms of heat.(2) 7.3 A.I. Advantages- Disadvantages.(2) 7.4Collection of semen and evalution.(2) 7.5.Insemination methods.(2) 7.6 Embriotrnsfer Technology – Advantages and Disadvantages.(3)

Theory Periods:12 6. Feed plant 6.1. Methods of purchasing, procurement of feeding.(redients and their physical evaluation .(2) 6.2. Grinding of Feed ingredients – Equipment.(3) 6.3.Mixing of feed ingredients, equipment.(3) 6.4.Pelleting process-Advantages and Dis -advantages.(4)

Theory Periods:12 7.3. Aspergellosi.(1) 8. Production & Systemic diseases[8] 8.1. Bloat .(2); 8.2. Ketosis.(2) 8.3. Milk fever.(2) 8.4. Downer Cow syndrome.(1) 8.5. Enteritis. (1) 9. Reproductive disorders [20] 9.1. Anaestrum .(3)

69

Practical periods:: 14 6.7.Castration.(1) 6.8.Dehorning,Deticking in sheepand goat.(2) 6.9.Groomingand washing of animals.(1) 6.10 Animal Restraining methods (1) 6.11Prepation of animals for shows.(1) 6.12Farm routine.(1) 6.13 Study of farm records.(1) 6.14.Clean milk production steps.(2) 6.15.Observation of dention and ageing of animals.(1) 6.16.Identification methods for animals.(2) 7.Reproductive System and A.I [20] 7.1 Reproductive organs female animal (1)

Practical periods::14 6.2.Mixing of feed ingredients.(2) 6.3 Prepation of mash feed.(2) 6.3 Preparation of mash feed.(2) 6.4 packing and labeling of feeds (2) 6.5 clearing and fumigation of feed stores[2] 6.6 prepareation of urea molasses, salt bricks (3) 6.7 Vist to feed plant (3)

Practical periods:: 14 5.1.Preparation of ointments.(3) 5.2.Preparation of tonics/ mixtures.(8) 6.Special Techniques [20] 6.1.Practicing subcutaneous injection.(2) 6.2 practing intramuscular injection (2) 6.3 Practing intravenous injection (2)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods:20 7.7. Frozen semen-method and Preservation.(2) 7.8.Pregnancy diagnosis.(2) 7.9.Parturition-Assistance and other precautions.(3) 8.Lactation.15 8.1.Mammary gland, structure and development.(3) 8.2.Lactogenisis and galactopoeises.(3) 8.3Milk let down(.3)

Theory Periods:20 6.5.Compounding of feeds- objectives-Advantages.(2) 7. Fodder production[20] 7.1 Study of soils for fodder production.(3) 7.2Importance of green fodder feeding for economic milk production.(3) 7.3. Crop rotation.(2) 7.4 Study of different forage farm equipment ploughing, Harrowing,planking,etc.(3)

Theory Periods:20 9.2. Dystocia.(2) 9.3 Retained placenta.(3) 9.4 Endometrittis.(3) 9.5.Pyometra.(3) 9.6.Infertility-causesand prevention.(3) 9.7.Other diseases associated with reproduction.(3) 10. Prevention of diseases (20) 10.1.Surveillance of animal diseases.(3)

70

8.4.Milking methods.(4)

7.5.General principles of irrigation,fertilizers,requirement in fodder production.(3) 7.6. Cultivation practices of :( 4) a. Legume Annuals - cow pea, sunhemp, pillipesera, Berseem b. Legume Perennial - Lucern, field beans c. Non legume Anual - Jowar, Maize, Bajra etc. d. Non legume Perennial - Para, Guinea, Hybrid Napier e. Legume pasture - Stytosps, Siratro etc. f. Non legume pasture - Anjan grass, rhodes etc. g. Fodder trees - Subabul, Avisa, Hedge lucernetc.

10.2 Out break reports.(2)

Practical periods:: 18 7.1 Reproductive organs of female animal (2) 7.2 Reproductive orgns of male animal (3) 7.3 Preparation and study of artificial vagina(2) 7.4 Sterilization of A.I. equipment (2) 7.5 Demonstration of semen collection methods

(2) 7.6 Examination of semen (2) 7.7 Maintenance of A.I. records (2) 7.8 Practicing of A.I. (2) 7.9 Study of obsertical equiopment (1)

Practical periods:: 18 4.8 Vist to markets to know prices and quality of

ingredients. (4) 7.Fodder production (20) 7.1 Study of soil types (2) 7.2 Study of forage farm implements / equipments (2) 7.3 Application of fertilizers (2) 7.4 Irrigation of fodder crops (2) 7.5 weeding of fodder croops (3) 7.6 Hervesting of fodder crops (3)

Practical periods:: 18 6.4 Practining drenching (2) 6.5 Attending to fractures (2) 6.6 Attending obstetrical difficulties (2) 6.7 Attending to poisoning cases (2) 6.8 Practing of wound dressing(3) 6.9 Attending traumatic condition (3) 7.Vaccination[25] 7.1 Preparation of list of diseases that may occur in different seasons.(2) 7.2Preparation of out break report.(2)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I February 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods:17 8.5.Sources of milkcontamination-steps in clean milk production.(2) 9.Sheep,Goat Production and Management.15 9.1. Important sheep and goat breeds.(3) 9.2.Housing for sheepand Goat.(3) 9.3.Breeding of sheep and goat.(3) 9.4Mmanagement of different classes of sheep and goat.(3)

Theory Periods:17 7.7Silvi pastures-Hortipasteures-(2) 8. Fodder Conservation [15] 8.1. Chaffing of fodders - Advantages – Disadvantages.(2) 8.2. Improvement of low quality roughages and non conventional feeds–urea paddy straw treatment .(2) 8.3. Aims of Fodder conservation - Advantages and disadvantages .(2)

Theory Periods:17 10.3 Action plan for prevention of diseases for different seasons.(2) 10.4 Isolation.(2) 10.5 Qurantine.(2) 10.6.Vaccination for dairy animals sheep and goat (2) 10.7.Deworming –cattles,sheeo and goat.(2) 10.8. Disinfection. (2) 10.9.Disposal of Carcasses.(2)

71

9.5.Health Management of sheep and goat.(3)

8.4. Design of silage pit.(1) 8.5. Method of silage making .(2) 8.6. Importance of feeding silage to animals .(2) 8.7.Method of hay making.(2) 8.8Prepations of vermi-culture from compost.(2)

10.10.Action plan during disease out break.(1) 10.11. Sterilization of equipment hot/cold/chemical methods.(2)

Practical Periods:: 21 7.9 study of obstetrical equipment. (2) 8. Lactation and milking methods [4] 8.1Hand milking.(2); 8.2.Clean milk production.(2) 9.Sheep and Goat production and management 9.1.General management for Sheep and Goat.(5) 9.2.Weaning of lamb and kid.(5) 9.3Management of different classes of sheep and goat.(5)

Practical Periods:: 21 7.7.Compost making.(3) 7.8.Visit to fodder farm (2) 7.9.Visit to grass lands. (2) 8.Fodder conservation [14] 8.1.Chaffing of fodder .(3) 8.2.Forage farm records.(4) 8.3 silage prepation.(4) 8.4.Hay making.(3)

Practical Periods:: 21 7.3 preparation of vaccination programmes (3) 7.4 Publicity for vaccination programmes.(2) 7.5 Vaccine indent and transport.(2) 7.6 Maintenance of vaccine storage.(2) 7.7.practicing vaccine.(1) 7.8.Attending to vaccine recated animals.(2)




PRACTICAL EXAMINATIONS March 2017/22

Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017

Revision/IPE 2017

72


DAIRYING :: COURSE CODE :: 106 :: SECOND YEAR Month &

No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical

Quality Control of Milk and Processing (Theory Paper-I)

Milk Products (Theory Paper-II)

Dairy Economics Extension & Enterpreneurship (Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25/ 22/ 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.COMPOSITION OF MILK (8) 1.1 Composition Of Milk, Pfa Designated

Milks (2) 1.2 Composition Of Milk From Different

Species (2) 1.3 Detailed Composition Of Milk (2) 1.4 Factors Affecting Composition Of Milk

(2) 2. PHYSICO CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MILK(9) 2.1 Colour And Flavour (1) 2.2 Ph And Acidity (2) 2.3 Specific Gravity Of Milk (1) 2.4 Freezing And Boiling Point (1) 2.5 Viscosity and surface tension (2) 2.6 Off-flavours (2) 3. ADULTRANTS AND PRESERVATIVES(8) 3.1 Common Adultrants In Milk Their Detection (3) 3.2 Common Preservatives In Milk Their Detection (2)

Theory Periods: 22 1. LIQUID MILKS(16) 1.1 Flavoured Milks(2) 1.2 Sterlised Milks(1) 1.3 Toned Milks(1) 1.4 Double Toned Milks(2) 1.5 Recombined Milks(2) 1.6 Reconstituted Milks(2) 1.7 Standerdised Milk(2) 1.8 Irradiated Milks(2) 1.9 Humanisation Of Milk(2) 2. FAT RICH PRODUCTS (16) 2.CREAM (06)

2.1.1 Definition, Composition And Types Of Cream (2)

2.1.2 Methods- Gravity And Centrifugal(2) 2.1.3 Factors Affecting Cream Seperation(2)

Theory Periods: 22 1.DAIRY ECONOMICS(15) 1.1 Scope And Importance Of Principles Of Economics In Dairying(1) 1.2 Economic Viability For Different Size Of Dairy Enterprises(2) 1.3 Economic Principles Involved To Enhance Benifits In Dairying(2) 1.4 Economic Instiutions Supporting Dairy Development Programs (3) 1.5 Projects Repots To Be Submitted For Financial Institutions For 2,10,50 And 100 Animal Dairy farms (4) 1.6 Project Reports For 5,000ltrs Processing Centers(3) 2. MLK PROCUREMENT(14) 2.1 Systems Of Milk Collection (2) 2.2 Sysytems Of Milk Pricing(3) 2.3 Principles Involved In Pricing Of Milk

Products(2)

73

Quality Control of Milk and Processing (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods: 23 1.SAMPLING TECHNIQUES(10) 1.1sampling Of Milk For Physical And Chemical Examination(3) 1.2 Platform Tests For Milk(3) 1.3 Sampling Of Milk For Microbiological Analysis(4) 2. PHYSICOCHEMICAL QUALITY CONTROL TEST (25) 2.1 Fat Tests By Greber,S Method(3) 2.2 Determination Of Specific Gravity Of Milk By Lacto Meter(3) 2.3 Determination of Titratable Acidity In Milk(3) 2.4 Sediment Test(3); 2.5 Clots On Boiling(1)

Milk Products (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods: 23 1.LIQUID MILK(17) 1.1 Preparation Of Pasteurised Flavoured Milk(3) 1.2 Preparation Of Sterlised Flavoured Milk(3) 1.3 Preparation Of Toned Milk(3) 1.4 Preparation Of Double Toned Milk(2) 1.5 Preparation Of Recombined Milk(2) 1.6 Preparation Of Reconstituted Milk(2) 1.7 Preparation Of Standardised Milk(2) 2. Fat Rich Products(17) 2.1 Syudy Of Cream Separator (2) 2.2 Cream Separation(2) 2.3 Desi Method Of Butter Preparation(2)

Dairy Economics Extension & Enterpreneurship

(Practical Paper-II) Practical periods: 23 1.Dairy Economics (13) 1.1 Preparation Of Project Reports For 2.10,50 And Animal Unit(4) 1.2 Preparation Of Project Reports For 5000 And 50000 Litres Unit(3) 1.3 Calculation Of Cost Of Milk Production (3) 1.4 Calculation Of Cost Of Milk Products (3) 2. Milk Procurements (13) 2.1 Working On Various Systems Of Milk Pricing(5) 2.2 Planning Of Milk Collection (5)

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 3.3 Adultration Of Buffalo Milk With Cow Milk Hansa Test (1) 3.4 Effects Of Adultrants And Preservation On Human Health(2) 4. MICROBIOLOGY OF MILK(8) 4.1 Types Of Micro Organisms Present In Milk (2) 4.2 Milk Borne Diseases (2) 4.3 Microbial Standards Of Raw And Pasteurised Milk (2) 4.4 Microbial Spoilage Of Milk(2) 5. ESTIMATION OF MICROBES IN MILK(8) 5.1 MBRT And RRT Tests (1) 5.2 Direct Microscopic Count Dmc Test (1) 5.3 Standard Plate Count (2) 5.4 Coliform Count (2)

Theory Periods: 20 2.2 BUTTER 2.2.1 Definition, Composition And Legal Standards(1) 2.2.2 Methods Of Manufacture Desi Method(1) 2.2.3 Creamery Method Of Butter Preparation(1) 2.2.4 Types And Uses Of Butter(1) 2.3 Ghee 2.3.1 Definition , Composition And Legal Standards(1) 2.3.2 Desi Method Of Ghee Preparation(1) 2.3.3 Preparation Of Ghee From Cream(2) 2.3.4 Prestratification Method(1) 2.3.5 Agmark Grading(1) 3. Ice Cream 3.1 Definition And Composition Legal Standards(1) 3.2 Classification Of Ice Cream(1)

Theory Periods: 20 2.4 Planing for milk collection and transportation routes(1) 2.5 Measures To Enhance Milk Collection During Lean Season(2) 2.6 Strategies For Improvement In Collection Comparing With Competitors(2) 3. Dairy Development Programmes:(14) 3.1 Various Dairy Development Programmes Available(2) 3.2 White Revolution Aims Impact On Economy Of Rural People(2) 3.3 Operation Flood Different Phases Aims And Achievements(2) 3.4 National Technology Mission For Dairy Development(2) 3.5 Milk Mission In A.P.(2) 3.6 Role Of Voluntary Organisatios In Dairy

74

5.5 Yeast And Mould Count (1) 5.6 Tests For Pathogenic Bacteria Of Milk (2) 6. Milk Reception (11) 6.1 Milk Collection (1)

3.3 Figuring Of Ice Cream(2) 3.4 Method Of Manufacture Of Ice Cream(2) 3.5 Role Of Ingredients In Ice Cream(2) 3.6 Overrun In Ice Cream(2)

Development(2) 3.7 Concept Of Socio Economic And Cultural Changes For Dairying Programmes(2) 4. Dairy Cooperatives(15) 4.1 History Of Cooperative Movement In India (1)

Practical Periods: 22 2.6 Platform Test(1) 2.7 Detection Of Adultration In Milk(4) 2.8 Detection Of Preservatives In Milk(4) 3. Microbiological Quality Test (25) 3.1 Methylene Blue Reduction (Mbr) Test(5) 3.2 Resazurin Test (4) 3.3 Standard Plate Count(4)

Practical Periods: 22 2.4 Creamy Mrthod Of Butter Preparation(3) 2.5 Desi Method Of Ghee Preparation(3) 2.6 Creamy Method Of Ghee Preparation (3) 2.7 Study Of Agmark Labeling Of Ghee (2) 3. Ice Cream (14) 3.1 Study Of Ingredients For Ice Cream(4) 3.2 Figuring Of Ice Cream(3) 3.3 Ice Cream Preparation(4)

Practical Periods: 22 2.3 Planning For Transportation Routes (3) 3. Dairy Developmental Programmes (10) 3.1 Survey For Selection Of Milk Shed

Area(2) 3.2 Report On Milk Shed Area Survey(3) 3.3 Study Of Dairy Animal Insurance

Forms(2) 3.4 Procedure For Claiming Insurance

Benefits(3) 4. Dairy Cooperatives(10) 4.1 Visit To Village Milk Cooperative

Soceity(1) 4.2 Visit To District Milk Union(4) 4.3 Records Maintained In Milk Societies (4)




August 2016/24

OJT


September 2016/22

OJT



October 2016/15


75

OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods:20 6.1Milk Transportation(2) 6.2 Methods Of Milk Preservation(3) 6.3 Milk Reception At Dock (4) 6.4 Milk Chilling Methods And Storage(2) 7. Filtration And Cream Seperation(12) 7.1 Milk Filtration Method(2) 7.2 Milk Clarofication(2) 7.3 Cream Seperation Methods (2) 7.4 Cream Separator Parts And Arrangements Of Parts(3)

Theory Periods: 20 3.7 Softy Ice Cream20) 4 .Fermented Milk Products(16) 4.1 Starter Cultures Importance Of Types(2) 4.2 Classification Of Fermented Milks(2) 4.3 Dahi Srik Method(2) 4.4 Yoghurt(2) 4.5 Classification Of Cheese Varieties(2) 4.6 Cheddar Cheese(2) 4.7 Cottage Cheese(2) 4.8 Processed Cheese(2) 5. Concentrated And Dried Milks(15) 5.1 Classification Of Concentrated Milks (2)

Theory Periods:19 4.2 Cooperative Movement In Dairy Industry(3) 4.3 Milk Cooperatives Anand Pattern(2) 4.4 Aims And Functioning Of Village Milk Cooperative Society(2) 4.5 Structure And Activities Of District Milk Union(2) 4.6 Role Of State Milk Cooperative Federations(2) 4.7 Records And Registers In Milk A Society (1) 4.8 Coordination With Other Institutions Concerned With Dairy Development (2) 4.9 Insurance Of Dairy Animal And Processing Center(1) 5. Marketing: (11) 5.1 Principles Of Marketting (2) 5.2 Marketting Of Dairy Animals(1) 5.3 Marketing Plans For Liquid Milks(2)

Practical:24 3.4 Direct Microscopic (Dmc) Test(5) 3.5 Coliforns Count(4) 3.6 Yeast And Moulds(4) 4. Unit Operations In Milk Processing(25) 4.1 Study Of Activities At Reception Dock (2) 4.2 Chilling Of Milk Plate Chiller And Farm Milk Cooler(3) 4.3 Study Of Filters And Clarifiers(2) 4.4 Study Of Cream Seperator Parts Assembling(2) 4.5 Seperation Of Cream(2)

Practical:24 3.4 Softy Ice Cream Preparation(5) 4.Fermented Milk Products(14) 4.1 Dahi Preparation(4) 4.2 Srikhand Preparation(5) 4.3 Cottage Cheese Preparation(5) 5. Concentrated And Dried Milks(14) 5.1 Study Of Condensed Milk(6)

Practical:24 4.3 Records Maintained In Milk Societies (2) 5.Marketing(18) 5.1 Planning For Marketing Of Liquid Milk(4) 5.2 Survey For Consumer Demand And Satisfaction(4) 5.3 Planning For Advertisement(4) 5.4 Feedback From Consumer(3) 5.5 Development Of Strategies Of Feed Back (3) 6. Dairy Accounts(13) 6.1 Maintenance Of Financial Records And Registers(4)

UNIT TEST II UNIT TEST II UNIT TEST II

76

ASSIGNMENT III ASSIGNMENT III ASSIGNMENT III December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 7.5 Factors Affecting Efficiency Of Cream Seperator(2) 7.6 Milk Standardisation For Fat And Snf Procedure(2) 8. Heat Treatment To Milk(17) 8.1 Pasteurisation Definition Objectives, Advantages And Disadvantages(2) 8.2 Types Of Pasteurisation(2) 8.3 Batch Pasteurisation(2) 8.4 Htst Pasteurisation(3) 8.5 Uht Pasteurisation(2) 8.6 Sterlization Of Milk(2) 8.7 Homogenisation Of Milk Definition Advantages And Disadvantages(3)

Theory Periods: 20 5.2 Preparation Od Condensed Milk(4) 5.3 Preparation Of Evaporated Milks(3) 5.4 Dreid Milks Definition Types And Standards(3) 5.5 Drum Dried Power(2) 5.6 Spray Dried Milk Power(2) 6. Indegenous Milk Products(14) 6.1 Classification Of Indegenous Milk Products With Examples(2) 6.2 Khoa(2) 6.3 Khoa Based Sweets(2)

Theory Periods:20 5.4 Strategy For Market Promotion(3) 5.5 Role Of Advertisement For Market Promotion (1) 5.6 Analysis Of Consumer Demand And Acceptance(1) 5.7 Role Of Salesman And Marketing Personalities In Marketing Of Dairy Products(2) 6.Dairy Accounts(10) 6.1 General Principles Of Account Keeping(2) 6.2 Single And Double Entry System(2) 6.3 Various Records Pertaining To Financial Aspects(2) 6.4 Preparation Of Balance Sheet(2) 6.5 Auditing(2) 7. Dairy Extension(16) 7.1 Role Of Extension In Dairy Development(2) 7.2 Dairy Extension Methods(1)

Practical:23 4.6 Study Of HTST Passteuriser(3) 4.7 Packing Of Milk Bottles And Cans(2) 4.8 Packing Of Milk Sachets(3) 4.9 Preparation Of Sterilized Milk Batch Method(2) 4.10 Study Of Tetra Packing(2) 4.11 Cleaning And Sanitisation Of Dairy Equipment(2) 5. Steam And Refrigeration(15) 5.1 Study Of Milk Sterilizer(5) 5.2 Study Of Boilers(4)

Practical:23 5.2 Study Of Evaporated Milk(4) 5.3 Study Of Dried Milks(4) 6. Ingredients In Milk Products(16) 6.1 Khoa Preparation(2) 6.2 Peda Preparation(1) 6.3 Burfi Preparation(1) 6.4 Kalakand Preparation(1) 6.5 Gulab Jamun Preparation(2) 6.6 Preparation Of Chana(1) 6.7 Preparation Of Sandesh(2) 6.8 Preparation Of Rosogolla(2) 6.9 Preparation Of Panner(2) 6.10 Preparation Of Kheer(1)

Practicals:23 6.2 Preparation Of Balance Sheet(5) 6.3 Audit Systems(4) 7. Dairy Extension(22) 7.1 Preparation Of Extension Of Teaching Materials Such As Posters, Charts, Bulletins And Models Etc.(4) 7.2 Oranisation Of Milk Producers Meeting(4) 7.3 Planning For Farmer’s Training(3) 7.4 Planning For Organisation Of Cattle Shows(3)

77

UNIT TEST III ASSIGNMENT IV



January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 8.8 Packing Of Milk And Storage(1) 9.Cleaning And Sanitization(14) 9.1 Detergents And Sanitizers Desirable Charecters(1) 9.2 Common Detergents And Sanitizers Used Dairy Plant(3) 9.3 Cleaning And Sanitization Methods Hand Machine And Cip Systems(3) 9.4 Cleaning And Sanitization Of Cans Types Of Can Washers(2) 9.5 Cleaning And Sanitization Of Htst Pasteurizer And Other Equipment(3) 9.6 Dairy Effluents Treatment Measures(2) 10. Steam And Refrigeration(12) 10.1 Properties Of Steam(1) 10.2 Steam Boilers Types Water Tube And Fire Tube(2) 10.3 Steam Requirements In Dairy(1)

Theory Periods: 20 6.4 Channa(1) 6.5 Channa Based Sweets(1) 6.6 Paneer(2) 6.7 Kheer(1) 6.8 Kulfi(2) 7. Dairy By Products(11) 7.1 Classification Of Dairy By Products(3) 7.2 Skim Milk Utilisation(2) 7.3 Whey Utilisation(2) 7.4 Butter Milk Utilisation(2) 7.5 Ghee Residue Utilisation(2) 8. Packing And Storage Of Milk Products(9) 8.1 Definition Objectives Of Packing(1)

Theory Periods: 20 7.3 Role Of Audiovisuals In Dairy Development(2) 7.4 Selection Of Extension Methods For Effective Transfer Technology(2) 7.5 Communications Process Aims(2) Objectives And Problems(2) 7.6 Role Of Information Technology In Dairy Extension(2) 7.7 Organisations Of Training Programmes Cattle Shows Exhibitions Etc.(2) 7.8 Evaluation Of Training Programmes (2) 8.Dairy Entrepreneurship (15) 8.1 Entrepreneur His Behaviour(2) 8.2 Dairying As Self Employment(3) 8.3 Entrepreneur Cycle For Dairying(2)

Practical Periods: 22 5.3 Study Of Refrigeration Plant(4) 5.4 Study Of Bulk Milk Cooler(3) 6. Visits(15) 6.1 Visit To Milk Chilling Center(4) 6.2 Visit To Milk Products Factory(4) 6.3 Study Of Milk Collection(3) 6.4 Study Of Milk Transportation(4)

Practical Periods: 22 6.11 Preparation Of Kulfi(2) 7. Dairy By Products(10) 7.1 Preparation Of Flavoured Skim Milk (4) 7.2 Preparation Of Butter Milk(3) 7.3 Preparation Of Wheyvit(3) 8. Other Items (10) 8.1 Study Of Packing Materials(2) 8.2 Visit To Dairy Plants(2) 8.3 Survey Of Dairy Products Consumption(2) 8.4 Marketing Of Milk(2) 8.5 Marketing Of Milk Products(2)

Practical Periods: 22 7.5 Group Discussion For Dairy Development (4) 7.6 Handling Of Audio Visual Ads-Camera, OHP, Slide, Projector,T.V. And Multimedia (5) 8. Entrepreneurship(13) 8.1 Development Of Entrepreneurship Among Rural Youth(4) 8.2 Visits To Dairy Development Institutions (3) 8.3 Case Study Of Successful Dairy Farmer(3) 8.4 Case Study Of Successful Processing Unit (3)

78

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I February 2017 22

Theory Periods:08 10.4 Direct And Indirect Refrigeration Systems(2) 10.5 Vapour Compression Cycle Compressor Types And Constructional Details(2) 10.6 Bulk Cooler Plate Chillers(2) 10.7 Common Problems In Refrigeration System And Remedies (2) Revision

Theory Periods:08 8.2 Packing Materials(3) 8.3 Packing Of Milk Products(3) 8.4 Storage Of Milk Products Desirable Conditions(2) Revision

Theory Periods:08 8.4 Entrepreneur Development For Rural Youth(3) 8.5 Programmes For Entrepreneurship Development In Dairying(3) 8.6 Risks In Self Employment And Remedies(2) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2

March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

79

FISHERIES

Basic aim of course FISHERIES is to impart the following skills in the students.

1. Morphology and Anatomy of aquatic organisms. 2. Specimen preservation techniques. 3. Identification of seed stages of prawn and fish. 4. Construction and design of fish or prawn farms. 5. Water and soil analysis. 6. Aquatic foods – sea weeds – processing and preservation –

culture practices and management. 7. Aquarium preparation and management. 8. Fish or prawn culturist and seed supplier. 9. Cold storage supervisor. 10. Fish farm supervisor and lab technician. 11. Preparation of craft (boats) and Gears (nets) by fishermen. 12. Identification or estimation of functionality of Fish. 13. Identification and analysis of plankton. 14. Demonstration of eyestalk ablation in shrimp. 15. Identification of supplementary feeds.

80


FISHERIES :: COURSE CODE :: 107:: FIRST YEAR Month &


Taxonomy, Ecology and Biology of Fishes ( Theory Paper I)

Principles of Fisheries and Aquaculture (Theory Paper II)

Seed Production Technology (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1)Introduction 1.1)Introduction to Taxonomy(5) 1.2)Introduction to Ecology and Biology of Fishes(5) 2)Introduction to Fish 2.1)Introduction to Fish(2) 2.2)Classification and General Characters of Fish(6) 2.3)Classification and General Characters of Prawn(5)

Theory Periods: 23 1)Introduction of aquaculture 1.1)History, Scope, Present status of Fisheries in India(4) 1.2)History, Scope, Present status of Fisheries in telangana(4) 1.3)Export trends of aquatic products(2) 2)Types of aquaculture – 2.1)Fresh water(2); 2.2)Brackish water(2) 2.3)Mariculture(1) 3)Culture System a)Open systems (Reservoir and large tanks) b)Semi-closed systems (Cages, Pens) c) Closed Systems (Ponds) d)Recirculatory systems(14) a)Open systems(Reservoir and large tanks)(5) b)Semi-closed systems (Cages, Pens)(3)

Theory Periods: 23 1)Introduction 1.1)Importance of seed(1) 1.2) Present status of fish seed production(3) 1.3) Present status of prawn seed production 3) 1.4)Present status of shrimp seed Production(3) 2)Life cycle of fish, prawn, shrimp and crab, prawn and shrimp migration (13)

Taxonomy, Ecology and Biology of Fishes (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 21 1)Identification of fish and prawn (Museum Study) 1.1)Scoliodon, Torpedo, Exocetus, Hippocampus, Trygon(3) 1.2)Amia, Anabas, Wallago, Oreochromis,

Principles of Fisheries and Aquaculture (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 21 1)Identification of cultivable fishes - Major carps, Minor carps(21) 1.1)Major carps(11) 1.2)Minor carps(10)

Seed Production Technology (Practical Paper III)

Practical periods: 21 1)Identification of development stages of fish / prawn / shrimp 1.1)Identification of development stages of fish(10) 1.2)Identification of development stages of

81

Stromatius(3) 1.3)Chanos, Etroplus, Amblypharyngodon, Ompok, Notopterus(3) 1.4)Gobius, Puntius, Anguilla, Aurichthys Mastacembaus(3) 1.5)Sardinella, Trichiuris, Xenantodon, pristis , Sphyrna(3) 1.6)Penaeus monodon, Penaeus indicus, Metapenaeus dobsoni, Macrobrachium molcomsonii, Macrobrachium rosenbergii(6)

prawn(11)

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I July 2016 23 20/ 19

Theory Periods: 20 2.4)Meristic Characters and measurements, Meristic counts(2) 3)Ecosystem – 3.1)Introduction to Ecosystem(2) 3.2)Types of Pond, Reservoir, Estuarine and Marine, abiotic and biotic factors(2) 3.3)Energy flow(2) 3.4) food chain and web(2) 3.5)Trophic levels and ecological pyramids(2) 3.6)Productivity, Limnology(2) 3.7)Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Nekton, Periphyton and Benthos(2) 4)Soil – Types, abiotic and biotic factors(10) 4.1)Soil Types(2); 4.2)Abiotic factors(2)

Theory Periods: 20 c)Closed Systems (Ponds)(2) d)Recirculatory systems(2) 4)Cultivable fauna in aquaculture - 4.1) Criteria for selection of fish(2) 4.2) Cultivable fishes(3) 4.3)Prawns(2) 4.4)Lobsters(2) 4.4)Crabs(3) 4.5)Molluscs(2) 5)Cultivable flora in Aquaculture – Seaweeds, Azolla, Spirulina(10) 5.1)Seaweeds(2)

Theory Periods: 20 2 .4)Life cycle of crap(2) 2.5)Prawn and shrimp migration(2) 3)Seed resources in India 3.1)Fish Seed resources in India(7) 3.2)Shrimp seed resources in india(9)

Practical Periods: 19 1)Glyptothorax , Arius, Lates, Mugil(3) 2)Use of meristic characters and counts for identification of cultivable fish spices(7) 3)Identification of scales – Cycloid, Ctenoid, Placoid, Gonoid(9)

Practical Periods: 19 2)Identification of cultivable prawns(5) 3)Identification of cultivable Crabs - Scylla serrata, Tranquibarica(3) 4)Identification of Lobsters(5) 5)Identification of cultivable molluscs - Unio - Mytilus - Pinctada - Sepia, Laligo(6)

Practical Periods: 19 1.3)Identification of development stages of shrimp(4) 2)Slide preparation of developmental stages in shrimp(15)




82

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 4.3)Biotic factors(4) 5)Bio-geochemical cycles- 5.1)Gaseous cycles and Sedimentary cycles(13) 5.2)Aquatic pollution and its effect on Fisheries(4) 6)Morphology and skeleton of fish 6.1)Morphology and skeleton of fish(2)

Theory Periods: 23 5.2)Azolla(6) 5.3)Spirulina(4) 6)Fish Biotechnology 6.1)Cryopreservation of gamets(5) 6.2)Transgenic fish(5) 6.3)Hybridization(3)

Theory Periods: 23 4)Seed procurement from natural resources 4.1)Seed procurement from natural resources(8) 4.2)Collection of seed from natural resources(5) 4.3)Factors influencing seed availability(5) 4.4)Disadvantages of seed collection(5)

Practical Periods: 24 3.2)Identification of fins and their modifications(8) 4)Dissection of fish and prawn – 4.1)Dissection of Digestive system, Nervous system, Swim bladder, Urinogenital system, Pitutary gland, , Urinogenital system, Webarian ossicle of fish(7) 4.2)Dissection of - Digestive system, Nervous system, Pitutary gland, Urinogenital system(8)

Practical Periods: 24 6)Identification of Sea weeds(15) 7)Identification of Aquatic weeds – 7.1)Pistia, Eichornia, Typha, Najas(9)

Practical Periods: 24 2.2)Slide preparation of developmental stages in prawn(8) 3)Identification of shooting net, hand net, drag net(8) 4)Demonstration of induced breeding with different inducing agents(20) 4.1)Breeding with different inducing agents(8)

ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II



Sep 2016 22 20/ 18

Theory Periods: 20 6.2)Morphology and skeleton of prawn - External parts and appendages of prawn(15) 7)Digestive System of fish and prawn - 7.1)Digestive System of fish elementary canal, Digestive glands, physiology of digestion(5)

Theory Periods: 20 7)Aquarium Types- Fabrication, Accessories, 7.1)Fabrication, Accessories(3) 7 .2)Ornamental fishes and plants(3) 7.3)Maintenance of aquarium(3) 7.4)Ornamental fish diseases and their control(4) 8)Fishing craft – 8.1)Mechanized and non-mechanized crafts(7)

Theory Periods: 20 4.5)Identification of major carp seed(2) 5)Induced breeding technology 5.1)Brood Stock Management(6) 5.2)Induced breeding with different inducing agents(6) 5.3)Influence of factors on breeding(6)

Practical Periods: 18 5)Identification of appenda Urinogenital system ges of prawn(9) 6)Identification of food materials in gut of fish and prawn(9) 6.1)Identification of food materials in gut of

Practical Periods: 18 7.2)Nymphia, Nelumba, Azolla, Vallisnaria, Hydrilla, Potamogeton, Marcilia(12) 8)Fabrication of Aquarium(10) 8.1)Fabrication of Aquarium(6)

Practical Periods: 18 4.2)Breeding with different inducing agents(12) 5)Demonstration of eye stalk ablation in shrimp(20) 5.1)Demonstration of eye stalk ablation in

83

fish(5) 6.2)Identification of food materials in gut of prawn(4)

shrimp(6)

ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST-III



October 2016 15 12/ 14

Theory Periods: 12 7.2)Digestive System of prawn - Structure of elementary canal, Digestive glands, physiology of digestion(5) 8)Respiratory and Circulatory system of fish and prawn – 8.1)Respiratory and Circulatory system of fish(7)

Theory Periods: 12 8.2)Craft and gear material accessories(4) 8.3)Types of gear(4) 8.4)Fabrication of gear and preservation(4)

Theory Periods: 12 5.4)Breeding of common carp(2) 5.5)Stripping(2) 6)Induced maturation in shrimp – 6.1)Induced maturation in shrimp(4) 6.2)Induced maturation technology(4)

Practical Periods: 14 7)Estimation of fecundity in fish(9) 8)Estimation of length - weight relation in fish(9) 8.1)Estimation of length(5)

Practical Periods: 14 8.2)Fabrication of Aquarium(5) 9)Identification of aquarium fishes (charts, preserved and live fishes)(15) 9.1)preserved fish(9)

Practical Periods: 14 5.2)Demonstration of eye stalk ablation in shrimp(14)






Jan 2017 23 21 19

Theory Periods: 21 8.2)Respiratory and Circulatory system of prawn(7) 9)Nervous and Excretory systems of fish and prawn - Brain, fish kidney, physiology of excretion, Osmoregulation in fresh water and marine fishes(14)

Theory Periods: 21 9)Fishing methods – Electric fishing, Line fishing, Trawling , purse seining, gill netting, use of electronics in fishing(20) 9.1)Electric fishing(4) 9.2)Line fishing(3) 9.3)Trawling(4)

Theory Periods: 21 6.3)Physiological changes after induced maturation(7) 7)Hatchery Management – Types of hatcheries of carps, scampi, shrimps; components and operation of circular , D-variety, Chinese hatcheries ; Artemia and

84

9.1)Nervous and Excretory systems of fish(6) 9.2)Nervous and Excretory systems of prawn(6) 9.3)Osmoregulation in fresh water and marine fishes(2)

9.4)Purse seining, gill netting(6) 9.5) Use of electronics in fishing(4)

diatom culture - 7.1)Types of hatcheries(5) 7.2)Components and operation of circular hatcheries(5); 7.3)D-variety, Chinese hatcheries(4)

Practical Periods: 19 8.2) Weight relation in fish(6) 9)Collection of soil and water samples(9) 9.1)Collection of soil samples(4) 9.2)Collection of water samples(5) 10)Physic - Chemical parameters of water – Conductivity, pH ,Alkalinity, Salinity, Dissolved Oxygen, Total Hardness, Nitrates, Phosphates(10) 10.1)Physic - Chemical parameters of water – Conductivity, pH ,Alkalinity, Salinity(4)

Practical Periods: 19 9.2)Live fishes(9) 10)Identification of aquarium plants (Charts, preserved and live plants)(10)

Practical Periods: 19 6)Field trips to fish / prawn / shrimp seed farms, hatcheries (9) 7)Acclimatization of seed before stocking(10)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I February 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 10)Reproductive and endocrine systems of fish and prawn, 10.1)Reproductive and endocrine systems of fish(7) 10.2)Reproductive and endocrine systems of prawn(8)

Theory Periods: 17 10)Fisheries Institutions – 10.1)State & Central fisheries institutions(6) 10.2)Government Institutions(5) 10.3)Extension Services(5)

Theory Periods: 17 7.4)Culture of Artemia and diatom(6) 8)Bundh breeding – Types of bundhs, management, advantages and disadvantages, seed transportation(10) 8.1)Types of bundhs, management(5) 8.2)Advantages and disadvantages(3) 8.3)Seed transportation(2)

Practical Periods: 21 10.2)Dissolved Oxygen, Total Hardness, Nitrates, Phosphate(8) 11)Identification and analysis of Plankton(5) 12)Study of soil types and estimation of soil pH – alkalinity Nitrates, Phosphates(9) 12.1)Study of soil types(3) 12.2)Estimation of soil pH-alkalinity, Nitrates, Phosphates(6)

Practical Periods: 21 11)Breeding of aquarium fishes —Gold fish , Black Mollies(21)

Practical Periods: 21 8)Identification of Artemia and diatoms and their culture 8.1)Identification of Artemia and their culture(11) 8.2)Identification of diatoms and their culture(10)

REVISION/PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II REVISION/PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

85


FISHERIES:: COURSE CODE:: 107 :: SECOND YEAR

Month &


Pond Management ( Theory Paper I)

Aquaculture (Theory Paper II)

Reservior Fisheries and Post Harvest Technology (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22/ 23

Theory Periods: 22 1)Introduction to Pond Management(5) 2)Lay out of Fish Farms- 2.1)Lay out of Fish Farms(3) 2.2)Site selection criteria(3) 2.3)Designing, construction of fish farm(4) 3)Management of Nursery, Rearing and stocking ponds- 3.1)Management of Nursery(7)

Theory Periods: 22 1)Introduction to Aquaculture(5) 2)Composite fish culture 2.1)Composite fish culture – Advantages(4) 2.2)Composite fish culture management(4) 2.3)Composite fish culture superiority over monoculture(2) 3)Polyculture – Advantages, management(10) 3.1) Polyculture(2) 3.2)Advantages(5)

Theory Periods: 22 1)Introduction for Reservoir Fisheries and Post Harvest Technology(5) 2)Reservoir 2.1)Reservoirs in India and Telangana(5) 2.2)Classification of Reservoirs(5) 2.3)Management of Reservoir Fishery(5) 3)Fisheries of Kolleru and Pulicat Lakes(5) 3.1)Fisheries of Kolleru(2)

Pond Management (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 23 1)Designing of Fish Farm(12) 2)Designing of Fish Seed Farm(11)

Aquaculture (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 23 1)Identification of hatchlings, spawn, fry and fingerlings of major carps 1.1)Identification of hatchlings, spawn of major carps(9) 1.2)Identification of fry and fingerlings of major carps(6) 2)Identification of diseased fish and prawn(5) 3)Study of health status of fish seed(3)

Reservior Fisheries and Post Harvest Technology (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 23 1)Identification of commercially important fishes and prawns 1.1)Important fishes(10) 1.2)Prawns(7) 2)Identification of culturable Prawns(5) 2.1)Culturable Prawns(6)

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I July 2016 23

Theory Periods: 20 3.2)Management of rearing pond(1)

Theory Periods: 20 3.3)management(1)

Theory Periods: 20 3.2)Fisheries of Pulicat Lakes(1)

86

20/ 22

3.3)Management of stocking pond(3) 4)Pre stocking pond management 4.1)Lime, manures and their application in ponds(5) 4.2)Sanitizers, pro-biotics(4) 4.3)Eradication of aquatic weeds, predators and insects(4) 5)Water Quality Management in ponds 5.1)Water Quality Management in ponds physical factors(3)

4)Integrated Fish Farming(15) 4.1)Integrated fish cum agriculture –Paddy, Wheat, horticulture, Azolla(7) 4.2)Integrated fish cum live stock farming- poultry, Dairy, Duckery,Piggary(8) 5)Sewage fed fish culture, cage culture, pen culture(10) 5.1)Sewage fed fish culture(4)

4)Sport fisheries in India(5) 5)Over fishing, effect of dams and barrages on fisheries and fish migration(5) 6)Fish processing, preservation 6.1)Fish processing, preservation(5) 6.2)Reasons for spoilage of fish and prawn(4)

Practical Periods: 22 3)Identification of aquatic weeds, predatory fish, predatory insects 3.1)Identification of aquatic weeds(5) 3.2)Identification of predatory fish(3) 3.3)Identification of predatory insects(4) 4)Identification of different forms of lime and manure, demonstration of liming and manuring in a fish pond(10) 4.1)Identification of different forms of lime and manure(5) 4.2)Demonstration of liming and manuring in a fish pond(5)

Practical Periods: 22 3)Study of health status of fish seed(4) 4)Identification of fish parasites(5) 5)Use of aeration devices(5) 6)Fabrication of cages(5) 7)Culture practices – Trail netting, Stock manipulation, Recording of data(10) 7.1)Trail netting(3)

Practical Periods: 22 2.2)Culturable Prawns(4) 3)Preservation of specimens of local fishes(10) 4)Field Trips (15) a) SIFT, Kakinada(5) b) Kolleru Lake and Pulicat Lake(3)




August 2016/24

OJT


September 2016/22

OJT



October 2016/15


87

OJT HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November 2016 24 20/ 24

Theory Periods: 20 5.2)Chemical factors(5) 5.3)Biological factors(5) 5.4)Water filtration and aeration(5) 6)Feed Management – 6.1)Food and Feeding habits of fish(4)

Theory Periods: 20 5.2)Cage culture(4) 5.3)Pen culture(3) 6)Crustacean and Molluscan fisheries - 6.1)Crustacean fisheries -Scampi, Shrimp, Crab, Lobster(13)

Theory Periods: 20 6.3)Methods of fish preservation(7) 7)By products of fish and prawn, value addition to fishery products (15) 7.1)By products of fish and prawn(13)

Practical Periods: 24 5)Water quality analysis colour 5.1)Water quality analysis colour, pH, Electric conductivity Dissolve oxygen(5) 5.2)Carbonates, Bicarbonates, Calcium, Magnesium, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Nitrites, Phosphates(10) 6)Sediment analysis - pH, Electric conductivity, soil alkalinity, Nitrates, Phosphates, organic matter, CN Ratio(15); 6.1)pH(2)

Practical Periods: 24 7.2)Stock manipulation(3) 7.3)Recording of data(4) 8)Use of water testing and soil testing kits(9) 8.1)Use of water testing kit(5) 8.2)Soil testing kit(4)

Practical Periods: 24 c) Local Reservoirs(7) 5)Identification of Byproducts(5) 6)Identification of Marketing Channels through Charts(5)




December 2016 23 20/ 24

Theory Periods: 20 6.2)Food and Feeding habits of prawn(3) 6.3)Natural food organisms in pond(2) 6.4)Nutritional requirements(2) 6.5)Supplementary feeds and their application(2) 6.6)Significants of Plankton and their culture(2) 6.7)Bio-enriched feeds, feed attractants(2) 7)Health management- 7.1)Common fish diseases and their control(7)

Theory Periods: 20 6.2)Molluscan fisheries Edible oyster, Pearls, Mussel(8) 7)Periphyton based aquaculture 7.1)Periphyton production on added substrates(5) 7.2)Periphyton communities(7)

Theory Periods: 20 7.2)Value addition to fishery products(3) 8)Marketing – 8.1)Types of Markets(5) 8.2)Marketing Intermediaries(5) 8.3)Flow channels and management of markets(5) 9)Fishery Economics – 9.1)Role of Fisheries sector in India’s Economic development(2)

Practical Periods: 24 6.2)Electric conductivity, soil alkalinity, Nitrates(12) 6.3)Phosphates, organic matter, CN Ratio(7) 7)Plankton Analysis, Qualitative, and Quantitative analysis of Plankton(10) 7.1)Qualitative analysis of plankton(6)

Practical Periods: 24 9)Analysis of sewage – Colour, pH, Temperature, Total alkalinity, Chlorides, Nitrates, Phosphates, Sulphates 9.1)Colour, pH, Temperature, Total alkalinity.6 9.2)Chlorides, Nitrates, Phosphates, Sulphates6 10)Methods of feeding and preparation of feeds

Practical Periods:24 7)Demonstration of Preservation Techniques through Charts(11) 8)Demonstration of Processing Techniques through Charts(6) 9)Demonstration of Packaging through Charts (7)

88

10.1)Methods of feeding(6) 10.2)Preparation of feeds(6)




January 2017 23 20/ 22

Theory Periods: 20 7.2)Shrimp diseases and their control(3) 7.3)Diagnostic methods(5) 7.4)Therapeutic methods(3) 7.5)Good health management(4) 8)Routine pond management 8.1)Daily management(2) 8.2) monthly management(3)

Theory Periods: 20 7.3)Effect of periphyton on growth and production of fish and prawn(3) 8)Air breathing , Ornamental Fish culture, Milkfish culture, Sea bass culture 8.1)Air breathing Fish culture (4) 8.2)Ornamental Fish culture(4) 8.3)Milkfish culture(4) 8.4)Sea bass culture(3) 9)Seaweed culture(3)

Theory Periods: 20 9.2)Potentials(2) 9.3)Socio-Economic status of the fishermen(8) 9.4)Co-operatives(8) 10)Export and Quality Control(10) 10.1)Export(2)

Practical Periods: 22 8)Identification of supplementary feeds(22)

Practical Periods: 22 11)Preparation of models for ideal fish seed farm, fish culture farm(13) 11.1)Models for ideal fish seed farm(8) 11.2)Fish culture farm(5) 12)Preparation of models for integrated fish culture farm(9)

Practical Periods: 22 11)Analysis of profitability in different marketing in Intermediaries(22)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I February 2017 22/8

Theory Periods: 08 8.3)Reasons for fish and prawn kills(8) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 9)Seaweed culture(8) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 10.2)Quality Control(8) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

89

SERICULTURE Basic aim of the course SERICULTURE is to impart following skills in student.

1. Soil Testing and raising of rare and new varieties of Plant saplings in nurseries and its supply to farmers. 2. Vermi compost preparation and supply. 3. Egg production. 4. Silk worm rearing. ++Improved methods – Chawki Rearing and its supply to farmers. ++Shoot reaming. 5. Reeling units. ++Cottage basin. ++Charaka reeling. ++Multi end reeling unit. 6. Process of Dying – Punching of cards – Design making 7. Rearing of Non-mulberry Silk worms – Eri and Muga. 8. By products – utilization to generate income in order to make toys, garlands, flower vases, bouquets with the help of waste cocoons.

90


SERICULTURE :: COURSE CODE:: 108 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of

working days /No. of

Periods Theory

practical

Mulberry Cultivation Theory Paper I

Farm Management & Seri-Biotechnology

Theory Paper II

Silkworm Seed Technology Theory Paper III

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods (23) History of Sericulture 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 History (06) 1.3 Silk road (02) 1.4 Silk Production (06) 1.5 Employment details & Schemes (08)

Theory Periods (23) Farm Management 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Systems of farming (09) 1.3 Farm Systems (08) 1.4 Labor Management (05)

Theory Periods (23) Systematic Position of Bombyx mori 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Classification of Silkworm (10) 1.3 Types of Silkworms (12)

Mulberry Cultivation Practical Paper I

Practical Periods (21) 1. Morphology and Taxonomy of Mulberry (12) 2. Identification of Different types of Soils (09)

Farm Management & Seri-Biotechnology Practical Paper II

Practical Periods (21) 1. Identification and control of Leaf diseases (12) 2. Identification and Control of stem diseases 9

Silkworm Seed Technology Practical Paper III

Practical Periods (21) 1. Morphological study of bombyx mori (10) 2. Study of different races of silk worm (11)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods (20) Morphology of mulberry plant 2.1 Introduction (1) 2.2 Distribution of mulberry (01) 2.3 Mulberry varieties (04) 2.4 Systematic position and morphology of mulberry plant (02) Taxonomy of Mulberry

Theory Periods (20) Mulberry Diseases 2.1 Introduction (1) 2.2 Bacterial diseases (01) 2.3 Viral diseases (04) 2.4 Fungal diseases (04) 2.5 Parasitic diseases (04) 2.6 Macro-Micro nutrient deficiency control

Theory Periods (20) Morphology and Life History of Bombyx mori 2.1 Introduction (01) 2.2 Morphology of life stages (03) 2.3 Metamorphosis (02) Parental races 3.1 Introduction (01) 3.2 Global distributions (06)

91

3.1 Mulberry Taxonomy Introduction (1) 3.2 Taxonomy of mulberry plant (03) 3.3 Taxonomy of primary food plants (03) 3.4 Secondary food plants (02) 3.5 Foliar constituents of tasar food plant and climatic conditions required for mulberry (03)

(06)

3.3 Seed organization (04) 3.4 Races (01) 3.5 Voltinism & Moultinism (02)

Practical Periods (19) 3. Soil sampling & recording soil PH (6) 4. Identification of different garden implements (06) 5. Selection & preparation of land (07)

Practical Periods (19) 3. Identification and control of root diseases 9) 4. Identification and control of pests of Mulberry (7) 5. Identification of deficiency diseases (03)

Practical Periods (19) 3. Study plan of model grainage building (05) 4. Identification of grainage equipment (7) 5. Preparation of disinfectants & disinfection of grainage (07)

ASSIGNMENT - II UNIT TEST-I



August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods (23) Soils & Preparation of land 4.1 Introduction (03) 4.2 Types of soil (3) 4.3 Soil of A.P & Telangana State (1) 4.4 Properties of soils (02) 4.5 Selection of land (1) 4.6 Layout and Plantation (02) 4.7 Land Preparation (04) 4.8 Soil erosion and control methods (4) 4.9 Soil moisture conservation (2)

Theory Periods (23) Mulberry Pests 3.1 Introduction (3) 3.2 Lepidopteron Pests (03) 3.3 Jassids (2) 3.4 Mealy bugs (3) 3.5 Scale insects (3) 3.6 Thrips (2) 3.7 Mites (2) 3.8 Beetles (2) 3.9 Gross hopper (02)

Theory Periods (23) Grainage equipments 4.1 Introduction (4) 4.2 Prerequisites of grainage operations (1) 4.3 Grainage building (3) 4.4 Grainage equipment and their uses (5) Grainage Operations 5.1 Introduction (1) 5.2 Selection of seed races (1) 5.3 Procurement of seed (1) 5.4 Sex separation (1) 5.5 Synchronization of moths (1) 5.6 Moth Emergence (1) 5.7 Coupling (1); 5.8 Depairing (1) 5.9 Ovi-Position (1); 5.10 Grainage registers (1)

Practical Periods (24) 6. Soil Moisture and conservation methods (9) 7. Propagation of Mulberry (10) 8. Preparation of cuttings (5)

Practical Periods (24) 6. Maintenance of farm records (9) 7. Estimation of leaf yield (6) 8. Study of different farms in the village (8)

Practical Periods (24) 6. Processing and preservation of seed cocoons 8 7. Sex separation of pupa & moths (5) 8. Synchronization of moth emergence (8)

ASSIGNMENT - III UNIT TEST-II



92

September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods (20) Propagation of Mulberry 5.1 Introduction (1) 5.2 Sexual propagation (2) 5.3 Asexual propagation (06) 5.4 Mulberry nurseries (1) Cultivation & Cultural practices 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Garden implements and uses (2) 6.3 Selection of mulberry variety (1) 6.4 Mixed cropping (1) 6.5 Cultivation methods (1) 6.6 Weeds & inter cultivation (4)

Theory Periods (20) Estimation of leaf yield 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Methods of estimation (3) Economics of mulberry cultivation 5.1 Introduction (1) 5.2 Nurseries (2) 5.3 Rain fed cultivation (2) 5.4 Irrigated cultivation (2) 5.5 Economics 1acre mulberry (2) Seri - Biotechnology 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Tissue and organ culture (2) 6.3 Plant biotechnology (2) 6.4 Silk worm biotechnology (2)

Theory Periods (20) Seed production 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Preparation of laying (06) 6.3 Mother moth examination (03) 6.4 Surface Sterilization (3) 6.5 Assessment of laying (3) 6.6 Incubation of silk worm eggs (4)

Practical Periods (18) 9. Identification of different types of weeds (5) 10. Pruning methods (6) 11. Preparation of compost and vermin compost (8)

Practical Periods (18) 9. Field studies of the pests of mulberry (9) 10. Identification of secondary food plants (4) 11. Preparation of artificial diet (6)

Practical Periods (18) 9. Coupling, decoupling and oviposition (8) 10. Preparation of egg cards (8) 11. Preparation of loose egg cards (3)

ASSIGNMENT - IV UNIT TEST-III



October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods (12) 6.7 Pruning and training (1) 6.8 Irrigation (6) 6.9 Water requirement for mulberry (5)

Theory Periods (12) Secondary food plant and diet 7.1 Introduction (1) 7.2 Secondary food plants (3) 7.3 Artificial diet (3) 7.4 Composition of diet (2) 7.5 Preparation of diet (3)

Theory Periods (12) Acid treatment and cold storage 7.1 Introduction (1) 7.2 Types of eggs (6) 7.3 Physical and chemical stimulants (5)

Practical Periods (14) 12. Leaf harvesting (14)

Practical Periods (14) 12. Preparation of organ culture media (14)

Practical Periods (14) 12. Moth examination (7) 13. Sorting and disinfection of eggs (7)

HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November 2016/24

Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre.

93

OJT

Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining



January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods (20) Manures & Fertilizers 7.1 Introduction (1) 7.2 Manures (6) 7.3 Fertilizers (6) 7.4 Vermi compost (4) 7.5 Application methods & schedules of manures (3)

Theory Periods (20) Cytology & genetics of mulberry 8.1 Introduction (1) 8.2 Cell division (19)

Theory Periods (20) 7.4 Acid treatment (10) 7.5 Cold storage of eggs (8) 7.6 Transportation of eggs (2)

Practical Periods (18) 13. Preparation of herbarium viz mulberry leaf varieties and weeds.(18)

Practical Periods (18) 13. Observation of mitosis on onion root - tip (18)

Practical Periods (18) 14. Collocation and preparation of Bombyx mori life stages (18)


Theory Periods (17) Leaf Harvesting 8.1 Introduction (2) 8.2 Harvesting methods (9) 8.3 Preservation of leaf (6)

Theory Periods (17) 8.3 Amitosis (4) 8.4 Mendal principles of genetics (13)

Theory Periods (17) Seed Economics 8.1 Introduction (2) 8.2 Estimate the economics of grainage (15)

Practical Periods (21) 14. visit to nearest mulberry farms (21)

Practical Periods (21) 14.Collection of mulberry diseased leaves stem, root and peste (21)

Practical Periods (20) 15.Maintanance of grainage records.(10) 16.visit to nearest grainages (10)

REVISION REVISION REVISION PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II

March 2017/22 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017

94


SERICULTURE :: COURSE CODE :: 108 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of

working days/No.

of periods Theory/ Practical

Rearing Requirement and Silkworm Pathology

(Theory Paper I)

Silkworm Rearing Technology (Theory Paper II)

Post Cocoon Technology (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.Non-Mulberry Silkworms-10 1.1 Introduction-1 1.2 Distribution-2 1.3 Salient features of non-mulberry silkworms-7 2.Rearing House-12 2.1 Introduction -1 2.2 Selection of building site-2 2.3 C.S.B. model rearing house -5 2.4 types of rearing houses-4

Theory Periods: 22 1.Hatching and brushing (10) 1.1 Introduction -1 1.2 Incubation -1; 1.3 Handling of eggs -2 1.4 Blackboxing -1 1.5 Hatching and hatching percentage -1 1.6 Brushing and methods of brushing -4 2.Chawki rearing(12) 2.1 Introduction-1 2.2 Quality of leaf ,Leaf selection -1 2.3 Feeding schedules-1 2.4 Bed cleaning -1; 2.5 spacing -1 2.6 Moulting -1 27 Chawki rearing method and Chawki rearing centres -6

Theory Periods: 22 1.Silk rearing Industry (8) 1.1Introduction -1 1.2 Importance of Reeling Industry -2 1.3 Scope and limitations -2 1.4 Properties of silk -3 2. Cocoon Quality (14) 2.1 Introduction -1 2.2 Physical characters -3 2.3 Commercial characters -4 2.4 Principles of assessment -3 2.5 Model problems-3

Rearing Requirements lab (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Identification of different non-mulberry silkworms and cocoons. (8) 2. Study plan of C.S.B. model rearing house . (5) 3. Identification of different rearing appliances and drawings. (10)

Silkworm Rearing Lab (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Identification of blue egg stage and

blackboing -5 2. Calculation of hatching percentage -6 3. Methods of brushing and report -12

Reeling Technology lab (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 23 1.Identification of Parts of cocoons -2 2. Assessment of commercial parameters and Quality tests-13 3. Identification and calculation of good and defective cocoons -8

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I

95

July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 3.Rearing Equipments 3.1 Introduction -1 3.2 Equipment and uses-1 3.3 Disinfectants and uses4 4.Preparation of Rearing 4.1 Introduction-1 4.2 cleaning -1 4.3 Disinfection methods-3 4.4Preparation of Disinfectants-2 4.5 Maintenance of hygienic conditions-2 5.Environmental conditions 5.1 Introduction-1 5.2 Temperature -2 5.3 Humidity -3

Theory Periods: 20 3.Lateage rearing 3.1 Introduction -1 3.2 Quality of leaf -1 3.3 Leaf selection -1 3.4 feeding schedules -1 3.5 Bed cleaning -1 3.6 Spacing -1 3.7 Moulting -1 3.8 Late age rearing methods -4 4.Effective rate of rearing (ERR) 4.1 Introduction -1 4.2 calculation of ERR by weight -2 4.3 calculation of ERR by number-3 4.4 Calculation of leaf cocoon ratio-3

Theory Periods: 20 3.Cocoon Sorting 3.1 Introduction -1 3.2 Selection of raw materials-3 3.3 Tactile and numerical Tests-3 3.4 Good cocoon -3 3.5 Defective cocoon -2 3.6 Model problems -2 4.Cocoon marketing 4.1 Introduction -1 4.2 Types of cocoon markets -3 4.3 Importance of cocoon markets -2 4.4 Rules and Acts -2

Practical Periods: 22 4.Identification of different rearing appliances and drawings -7 5.Preparation of disinfectants and disinfection-8 6.identification of different mountages -7

Practical Periods: 22 4.Rearing methods for Young larvae -7 5.Rearing methods for Late age larvae -12 6.Spacing and bed cleaning in chawki rearing-3

Practical Periods: 22 4.Stifling of cocoons -10 5.Cooking and brushing - 12




August 2016/24 OJT


September 2016/22 OJT



October 2016/15 OJT



96

November 2016/ 24 20 24

Theory Periods(20) 5.4 Air-2 5.5 light-2 5.6 Regulation of environmental conditions-4 6.Equipment required for rearing 300 DFLs 6.1 Introduction -1 6.2 Equipment required for Chawki, Shoot rearing -10

Theory Periods(20) 5.spinning and mounting -20 5.1 Introduction -2 5.2 Ripening of worms -2 5.3 Process of Spinning-2 5.4 Mounting -1 5.5 Types of Mountages-3 5.6 Environmental conditions-3 5.7 Care during mounting -2 5.8 cocoon harvesting -3 5.9 Transport -2

Theory Periods(20) 4.5 Price fixation -3 4.6 Model problems -2 4.7 Markets in Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh-2

5.Cocoon Stifling 5.1 Introduction-1 5.2 Stifling methods -9 5.3 Storage of cocoons -3

Practical Periods: 24 7.maintenance of rearing records -6 8. Identification and control measures of Protozoan diseases -10 9. Identification and control measures of bacterial diseases-8

Practical Periods: 24 7. Spacing and bed cleaning in late age rearing -11 8. Shoot rearing methods -13

Practical Periods: 24 6. Reeling –Charka and Multi end Reeling machines.-18 7.Epprouvette – calculation of filament length -6




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 7.Silkworm Anatomy(Bombyx mori) 7.1 Introduction -2 7.2Digestive system of silkworm larva and moth -5 7.3 Silk gland -3 7.4 Reproductive system of larva and moth -10

Theory Periods: 20 6. Bivoltine Rearing 6.1 Introduction -2 6.2 Bivoltine races -2 6.2 Bivoltine races -4 6.3 Rearing aspects -10 6.4 Advantages of bivoltine Rearing -2

Theory Periods: 20 5.4 sorting of cocoons -2 5.5 Deflossing -2 5.6 Riddling -1; 5.7 Mixing -1 6.0 Cocoon cooking and Brushing 6.1 Introduction -1 6.2 Cooking and methods of cooking -7 6.3 Brushing and methods of Brushing -6

Practical Periods: 24 9.Identification and control measures of bacterial diseases -6 10. Identification and control measures of viral diseases -8 11. Identification and control measures of Fungal diseases -10

Practical Periods: 24 9. Identification of mountages -12 10.Harvesting of cocoons -8 11. Sorting of cocoons -4

Practical Periods: 24 8.Calculation of Denier and Average-Denier -5 9. Re-Reeling -3 10. Silk examination -2 11. Lacing -2 12. Skeining -8 13. Booking -4




97

January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 8. Silkworm diseases and pests 8.1 Introduction -1 8.2 Protozoan diseases -9 8.3 Bacterial diseases -5 8.4 Viral diseases -2 8.5 Fungal diseases -3

Theory Periods: 20 7.Economics 7.1 Introduction -1 7.2 Economics of rearing -19

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Reeling 7.1 Introduction -1 7.2 Reeling operators -2 7.3 Reeling operations-2 7.4 Reeling machines-6 7.5 Re-Reeling -1 7.6 Silk eamination-1 7.7 Lacing,Skeining,Booking -6 7.8 Introduction to non-mulberry Cocoon reeling

Practical Periods: 22 12.Identification and control measures of major and minor pests-12 13. Dissections of silk glands -10

Practical Periods: 22 12. Calculation of ERR and L.C.R -8 13. Preparation of Rearing Report -8 14. Visit to nearest rearing houses -6

Practical Periods: 22 14. Degumming-6 15. Silk Dyeing -5 16. Collection and preservation of By- products of Reeling -5 17.Visit to nearest Reeling centres-6

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 February 2017/22

Theory Periods:08 8.6 Pests-major and minor pests -6 8.7 Integrated disease and pest management-2

Theory Periods:08 7.3 Byproducts -08

Theory Periods:08 8. Raw silk testing and Economics-08 8.1 Introduction -1 8.2 Testing methods and parameters -1 8.3 Standard testing appliances -3 8.4 Classification of silk -1 8.5 Economics -1 8.6 Waste cocoons-1

Revision Revision Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2


98

ACCOUNTING AND TAXATION

The basic aim of the course ACCOUNTING AND TAXATION is to impart the following skills in the student.

A. Towards Wage Employment: a) Cashier. b) Audit assistant. c) Billing clerk. d) Tax Assistant. e) Accounts Assistant. f) Sales Man. g) Sales Assistant. h) Insurance company (Assistant).

B. Towards Self Employment. a) To run a small business – Retailer. b) Insurance agent. c) Sales tax Auditor d) Similar fields as mentioned in wage employment.

99


ACCOUNTING & TAXATION :: COURSE CODE:: 206 :: FIRST YEAR Month &


Business Organization (Theory Paper –I)

Accountancy & Computers (Theory Paper –II)

Taxation – I (Theory Paper –III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: (23) Basic concepts (15) Business Organisation and Scope, Business, Profession, Industry, Trade, Types of trade and aids to trade, Types of Industries. Forms of Business organization (8) Sole trader – Characteristics

Theory Periods (23) Introduction to Accountancy Definition of Accountancy and Book keeping- objectives – merits and Demerits, Accounting concepts – Conventions – single entry system – double entry system – advantages (10) Journal Recording of transactions Types of Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit.13)

Theory Periods (23) Introduction(13) Concept of Tax, Direct and Indirect Tax, Introduction of Income Tax,Act, 1961, History of Income Tax ,Tax rates , Slab rate, flat rates Basic concepts: Assessee, person, Assessment year and previous year, Permanent Account Number 10)

Business Organization (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods: (21) Prepare record on the following: 1. How to fill the application form to open a

medical shop. 2. Fill the application form for establishing

Small scale industry

Accountancy & Computers (Practical Paper –II)

Practical Periods: (21) Problems on Journal Entries 1. Demonstrate deleting of files, folders, un-deleting of files and folders. 2. Create text file using WordPad or notepad 3. Format the text document with all the features available in WordPad. 4. Demonstrate creating of folders and create a text file in notepad. 5. Demonstrate changing date and time, screen settings, printer settings. 6. Change the wall paper on the desktop, Screen saver and change the date.

Taxation – I (Practical Paper –III)

Practical Periods: (21) Prepare record on the following: Application for PAN form 49(a) 1. For Individual 2. For HUF 3. For Firm 4. For Company 5. For Co-operative Society 6. For Local Authority

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT – I

100

July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods: (20) Merits and Demerits of Sole Trader Joint Hindu Family Karta, Merits and Demerits (9) Partnership, Characteristics, Merits and demerits, Partnership Deed, Types of Partners (11)

Theory Periods (20) Journal Journal entries (7) Ledger Classification of recorded transactions, Ledger Meaning ,Types of ledger, Posting the recorded transactions into separate accounts (13)

Theory Periods (20) Indian Company, Foreign Company, Domestic Company (10) Agricultural Income- Non-Agricultural Income – Integration of Agricultural Income with non-agricultural income (10)

Practical Periods: (19) Prepare record on the following: 3 Fill the application for registration of partnership firm. 4. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 5. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?

Practical Periods: (19) Problems on posting Journal entries into Ledger Accounts 7. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Word screen. 8. Demonstrate any 5 the text formatting commands in MS-Word. 9. Demonstrate page formatting commands in MS-Word 10. Demonstrate Mail - Merge in MS-Word 11. Demonstrate cut, copy, paste, paste special, and check spelling 12. Insert an image from clip art and rotate it

Practical Periods: (19) Prepare record on the following: Define income as per income tax act 1961

UNIT TEST- I ASSIGNMENT –II

UNIT TEST – I ASSIGNMENT –II

UNIT TEST –I ASSIGNMENT – II

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: (24) Rights and Duties of Partners (8) Joint stock company Characteristics – Merits & Demerits – Kinds of Companies, Introduction of promoter (16)

Theory Periods: (24) Ledger book and balancing the accounts (8) Subsidiary books -Types of subsidiary books (13) Cash Book -Types of cash book(3)

Theory Periods: (24) Capital and Revenue Capital and Revenue receipts, Capital and Revenue expenditure (15) Residential Status & Incidence of Tax. Introduction (9)

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 4. If you are a minor partner, what are the benefits and losses in partnership business 12. If you are a promoter, what steps you are taking to establish Joint Stock Company?

Practical: (24) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border, cell background color, cell foreground color and center the content. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel.

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 8. Give any FOUR examples for revenue and capital expenditure 9. Give any FOUR examples for revenue and capital receipts 10. What are the conditions for residential status of an individual

101

16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.

11. Mention any TEN incomes are fully exempted from tax.

UNIT TEST- II ASSIGNMENT –III

UNIT TEST – II ASSIGNMENT –III

UNIT TEST –II ASSIGNMENT – III

September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: (20) Promoter (4) Incorporation of joint stock company Procedure and incorporation of Joint Stock company, Memorandum of Association – Articles of Association (16)

Theory Periods: (20) Simple or single column cash book Two column cash book, Three column cash book Petty cash book (20)

Theory Periods: (20) Residential Status & Incidence of Tax. Resident – Resident but not Ordinary resident – nonresident, Incidence of Tax, Indian Incomes, Foreign Incomes Exempted Incomes (20)

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 7. Draw the proforma of incorporation of company. 8. What are the items include in Memorandum of association? 9. What are the items include in Articles of association?

Practical Periods: (18) Problems on single column cash book, two column cash book, three column cash book and petty cash book

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 12. How to identify about Indian income and foreign income

UNIT TEST- III ASSIGNMENT –IV



October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: (12) Prospectus (2) Co-operative Societies Characteristics, Types of Co-operative Societies, Merits and Demerits (10)

Theory Periods: (12) Trial Balance Importance of trial balance, Preparation of trial balance (12)

Theory Periods: (12) Exempted Incomes Exempted Incomes relating to Individuals only (12)

Practical Periods: (14) Prepare record on the following:

10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-

Practical Periods: (14) Problems on trial balance 19. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Word, type some text and save the file. 20. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Excel, type some text and save the file.

Practical Periods: (14) Prepare record on the following: 25. Fill up challan no ITNS 280 26. SAHAJ ITR – I with imaginary figures 27. Acknowledgement ITR-V 28. fill the form no.ITR – II

102

Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Warangal sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.

29. Mention Tax rates for Senior Citizen 30. Mention tax rates of an individual, if age is less than 65yrs.






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: (20) Banking and Insurance services Definition of Bank and Insurance – types of banks, Functions of Commercial banks, Advantages of Insurance, Principles of Insurance, Types of Insurance (16) Transport warehousing & Advertisement Advantages of transport (4).

Theory Periods: (20) Final Accounts . Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, Balance Sheet with Adjustments (20)

Theory Periods: (20) Income from Salary (20) Basis of charge of salary income Allowances (a) Entertainment allowance (b) House Rent allowance (c) Children education allowance (d) Hostel allowance Perquisites. (a) Valuation of rent free accommodation, Motor car, Interest free loans, medical Facilities. Profit in lieu of salary, Provisions relating to gratuity only deductions U/S 16


Practical Periods: (18) Problems on trading account, Profit and loss


103

19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?

account and Balance sheet

13. Problems on Income from salary 15. Draw the proforma of taxable HRA with imaginary figures 16. Draw the proforma of exempted HRA with imaginary figures (in case of assesee residing at Delhi) 17. Fill up FORM no 16 with imaginary figures 18. Draw the statement of value of perquisites Form 12 BA

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I February 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods : (17) Types of transport, Importance of warehousing, Need and Importance of Advertisement, Print media – outdoor media(17)

Theory Periods : (17) Basic Fundamental of computers Advantages of computers, Input, output devices, Operating System, MS – Word, MS-Excel (17)

Theory Periods : (17) Income from house property (17) 1. Annual Value 2. Deduction U/S 24 3. Computation of Income from let-out house. 4. Income/Loss from self occupied house. 5. Income from partly let-out and partly self occupied house

Practical Periods: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Fill the proforma of delivery receipts. 26. Fill the application form for road permit. 27. Explain about various types of ware houses. 28. What are the steps you are taken non-durable goods? 29. What is the importance of electronic media? 30. Narrate the advantages of print media.

Practical Periods: (21) 21. List and Demonstrate four arithmetic operators used in MS-Excel. 22. Write and Demonstrate the steps for changing the left margin, right margin, top margin and bottom margin in MS-Word. 23. Write and Demonstrate the Steps for changing the page color and page borders in MS-Word. 24. Insert five shapes in MS-Word and fill colors within it.

Practical Periods: (21) Prepare record on the following: Problems on Income from House property

March 2017/22 REVISION/ IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017

104


ACCOUNTING & TAXATION:: COURSE CODE:: 206 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of

working days/ No. of

periods Theory/ Practical

Auditing (Theory Paper –I)

Accountancy & TALLY - II (Theory Paper –II)

Taxation – II (Theory Paper –III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: (22) Introduction to Auditing Meaning of Auditing, Importance of Auditing, Advantage of Auditing, Difference between Auditing and Accountancy (12) Objects of Auditing Main objects, Subsidiary objects, Detection of Errors and frauds (10)

Theory Periods (22) Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (12) Accounting of non-trading concerns(10) Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts

Theory Periods (22) Income from Business Depreciation Meaning, Simple problems on depreciation, Income from Business, Expressly allowed and disallowed, Simple problems in computing income from business(22)

Auditing (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods: (23) Prepare record on the following: 1. Explain the importance of Auditing. 2. Explain the advantages of Auditing. 3. Explain the objectives of an Auditing. 4. Explain different types of errors.

Accountancy & TALLY - II (Practical Paper –II)

Practical Periods: (23) Prepare record on the following : 1-6. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a company.

Taxation – II (Practical Paper –III)

Practical Periods: (23) Prepare record on the following: 1. Draw the proforma of Income from Business with imaginary figures. 2. Mention any 10 disallowed expenses under the head of Income from Business. 3. Mention any 10 disallowed Incomes under the head of Income from Business. 4. Mention any 8 admissible expenses under the head of Income from Business. 5. What is meant by admissible Income with examples? 6. Compute Income from Business for the assessment year 2016-17.

105

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT – I July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods: (20) Prevention of errors and frauds (3) Types of Audit Types of Audit, Conduct of Audit Methods of Audit, Audit programme, Advantages & disadvantages of audit programme(7) Qualification and disqualifications of Auditor Provisions of the companies Act, 1956 relating to qualification and disqualification of auditor (10)

Theory Periods (20) Income and Expenditure Account (8) Partnership Accounts – I Problems on profit and loss appropriation account and Admission of partner (12)

Theory Periods (20) Income from profession Computing Income from profession of Chartered Accountant, Doctors, Professional Income- Professional expenses (10) Income from Capital gains ( 10) Capital Assets, Long term capital Assets, Short capital Assets, Computation of Income from capital gains, Exemption U/S 54 & 54 B etc.

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 5. Explain the qualifications of disqualifications of an Auditor. 7. Prepare Audit programme for statutory audit. 8. Prepare Audit programme for Periodical audit 9. Prepare Audit programme for continuous audit. 10. Prepare Audit programme for Interium audit. 11. Prepare Audit programme for private audit. 12. Prepare Audit programme for Government audit.

Practical Periods: (22) 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 7. Draw the proforma of a Doctor’s professional Income and professional expenses. 8. Draw the proforma of a Lawyer’s professional Income and professional expenses. 9. Draw the proforma of a chartered accountant’s professional Income and professional expenses. 13. Draw the proforma of Income from capital gains. 15. Distinguish between short term and long term capital gains.




August 2016/24

OJT


106

September 2016/22

OJT



October 2016/15

OJT



Theory Periods : (20) Appointment and removal of Auditor various methods of appointment of auditor, Provisions of the companies Act, 1956 relating to appointment and removal of Auditor, Remuneration, Rights and Duties of auditor(20)

Theory Periods: (20) Partnership Accounts – II Problems on retirement of partner(15) Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase system Features of hire purchase and installment purchase system (5)

Theory Periods: (20) Income from other sources: Income from interest on securities – computation of income from casual incomes(10) Deductions from Gross total income:- 80C, 80 CCD, 80CCF, 80D, 80E, 80GGA (10)

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 6. Write the Qualities of an Auditor.

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher

Practical Periods: (24) Problems on Income from other sources Problems on deductions from Gross total income


UNIT TEST – II ASSIGNMENT – III


December 2016 23 20

Theory Periods -(20) Remuneration, Rights and Duties of Auditor (15) Vouching, errors and frauds

Theory Periods: (20) Difference between Hire purchase and Installment purchase system, simple problems in hire purchase system (13)

Theory Periods: (20) Assessment of Individual Problems on gross total income – total income from various heads.(20)

107

24 Meaning of vouching –(5)

Company Accounts-I Meaning of company – share capital – Types of shares– Issue of shares (7)

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 13. Draw the proforma of Receipt voucher. 14. Draw the proforma of payment voucher. 15. Draw the proforma of proforma invoice for purchase 16. Draw the proforma of proforma invoice for sales 17. Draw the proforma of debit note 18. Draw the proforma of credit note.

Practical Periods (24) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company. 23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

Practical Periods (24) Prepare record on assessment of Individual for the assessment year 2016-16 with imaginary figures of various heads of income




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods : (20) Objects and importance of vouching, Measures to be taken for vouching - Meaning of error and fraud, Types of errors and frauds (14) Auditing and Investigation Meaning of investigation (6)

Theory Periods: (20) Issue of shares at par, premium and discount (8) Company Accounts – II Company final accounts, Trading, profit and loss accounts & profit loss appropriation account with simple problems. (12)

Theory Periods: (20) Service Tax Introduction, Service Tax in India, Salient features of service tax, service provider, service receiver – registration procedure. (10) VAT History of VAT, Objects of VAT, Advantages and disadvantages of VAT, Difference between VAT and Sales Tax, VAT rates in AP, Registration procedure under AP VAT Act, 2005.(10)

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 29. Explain difference between Accounting

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods: ((22) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the form Service Tax-I

108

and Auditing. 30. Explain the difference between Auditing and investigation.

displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

20. Fill up the application form for registration form-001. 21. Explain the silent features of service tax. 22. Fill up form ITR-I. 23. Fill up form ITR-II. 24. Define person as per service tax. 25. What is registration procedure under A.P VAT Act-2005? 26. Fill up the application VAT- Form-100. 27. Fill the registration certificate VAT form-105. 28. Mention any eight Exempted goods from Tax under section -7 A.P. VAT. 29. Mention any eight goods which are taxable @ 1% A.P VAT. 30. Mention any eight goods which are taxable @ 4% A.P VAT.

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods (8) Difference between auditing and investigation, circumstances investigation conducted (8)

Theory Periods (8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments.

Theory Periods (8) Revision Pre final Exams-2 - 2017

PRE FINAL EXAMS- II PRE FINAL EXAMS- II PRE FINAL EXAMS- II March 2017 22 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017

109

RETAIL MANAGEMENT Basic aim of the course Retail Management is to impart the following skills in student.

1. Creating friendly environment and positive aptitude.

2. Inventory management

3. Presentation of documents registers and records

4. Motivation

5. Office procedures

6. Computer skills.

110


RETAIL MANAGEMENT:: COURSE CODE::207:: FIRST YEAR Month &

No. of working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical



Retail Marketing (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory: (23) Basic concepts (15) Business Organisation and Scope, Business, Profession, Industry, Trade, Types of trade and aids to trade, Types of Industries. Forms of Business organization (8) Sole trader – Characteristics

Theory (23) Introduction to Accountancy Definition of Accountancy and Book keeping- objectives – merits and Demerits, Accounting concepts – Conventions – single entry system – double entry system – advantages (10) Journal Recording of transactions, Types of Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit (13)

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 1: Fundamentals of Retailing Session 1: Basics of Retailing(3) Session 2: Retail Formats(4) Session 3: Functions of Retailer(4) Session 4: Trends in Retailing(4) Unit 2: Retail Marketing Mix(8):- Session 1: Product Mix. (4) Session 2: Price Mix. (4)


Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 1. How to fill the application form to open a

medical shop. 2. Fill the application form for establishing Small

scale industry


Practical: (21) Problems on Journal Entries 1. Demonstrate deleting of files, folders, un-deleting of files and folders. 2. Create text file using WordPad or notepad 3. Format the text document with all the features available in WordPad. 4. Demonstrate creating of folders and create a text file in notepad. 5. Demonstrate changing date and time, screen settings, printer settings.

Retail Marketing (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 21 To visit market and list available brands of selected consumer products and classify them into different categories viz. Vegetables, ghee, oils etc. As non-durable product and colour tv, fan, electric bulb etc. As durable product. Visit sale selling and corporate retail establishments to find out the channels through which selected consumer products reach the ultimate consumer

111

6. Change the wall paper on the desktop, Screen saver and change the date.

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I July 2016 23 20 19



Theory Periods: 20 Unit 2: Retail Marketing Mix Session 3: Promotion Mix.(4) Session 4: Place Mix. (4) Session 5: Process, People and Physical evidence(4) Unit 3: Merchandising Management:- Session 1: Sources of Merchandise(4) Session 2: Functions of Merchandising(4)

Practical Periods: (19) Prepare record on the following: 2. Fill the application for registration of partnership firm. 3. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 4. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?


Practical Periods: 19 2.Visit Sale Selling And Corporate Retail Establishments To Find Out The Channels Through Which Selected Consumer Products Reach The Ultimate Consumer E.G. -Tea – Producer – Distributors – Wholesaler – Retailer – Ultimate Consumer.




August 2016 24 23 24



Theory Periods: 23 Unit 3: Merchandising Management(8) Session 3: Handling of Merchandising. Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Merchandiser. Unit 4: Retail Store Layout and Design. Session 1: Types of Retail Location(5) Session 2: Store Layout. (5) Session 3: Design decision. (5)

112


Practical Periods: (24) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Change the cell border, cell background color, cell Fore ground color and center the content. 15. Write the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.

Practical Periods: 24 3. Visit The Office Of As manufacturer/market of some consumer/industries goods and discuss the distribution channels used by them in order to make their product available to the buyers.




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods : (20) Promoter (4) Incorporation of joint stock company Procedure and incorporation of Joint Stock company, Memorandum of Association – Articles of Association (16)


Theory Periods: 20 Unit 4: Retail Store Layout and Design Session 3: Design decision. (3) Session 4: Functions of Retail Store Associate. Unit 5: Retail Selling Skills:- Session 1: Methods of Selling.(3periods) Session 2: Selling Process.(4) Session 3: Salesmanship (Duties of Sales Personnel). (4) Session 4: Qualities of Goods Sales Person for Handling Queries(4)

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 7.Draw the proforma of incorporation of company. 8.What are the items include in Memorandum of association? 9.What are the items include in Articles of association?


Practical Periods: 18 4. Exercise in identifying, distinguishing features of package of few competitive brands of consumer products followed by group discussion on their plus and minus points as well as suggestion far improvement if any

UNIT TEST- III UNIT TEST- III UNIT TEST- III

113

ASSIGNMENT –IV ASSIGNMENT –IV ASSIGNMENT –IV October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods : (12) Prospectus (2) Co-operative Societies Characteristics, Types of Co-operative Societies, Merits and Demerits (10)


Theory Periods: 12 Unit 6: Customer Relationship Management:- Session 1: CRM Process.(3) Session 2: Duties and Responsibilities of Customer Services Associate. (3) Session 3: Customer Retention Strategies. (3) Session 4: Handling Customer Grievances. (3)

Practical Periods: (14) Prepare record on the following: 10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.


Practical Periods: 14: 5. Students may be required to observe important features of the sales promotion schemes being run for some consumer products in the market or by visiting the market or the advertising in newspaper radio & t.v. 6. Students may be asked to design different ways in which a given product can be promoted in the market. This may be followed by a group discussion on the unit. 7. Collection of data on prices, customers profile (age, occupation, religion, educational background, income, social background etc.) In respect of some of the competitive brands of a specified product (toilet soap, tea leaves) with the help of group discussion on the concerned unit.




skills related to OJT Centre. December 2016/23

Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.

114

OJT


January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods : (20) Banking and Insurance services Definition of Bank and Insurance – types of banks, Functions of Commercial banks, Advantages of Insurance, Principles of Insurance, Types of Insurance (16) Transport warehousing & Advertisement Advantages of transport (4).

Theory Periods: (20) Final Accounts. Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, Balance Sheet with Adjustments (20)

Theory Periods: 20 Unit 7: Health Safety and Hygiene in Retailing:- Session 1: Health Care. (5) Session 2: Personal Grooming. (5) Session 3: Hazards at Workplace. (5) Session 4: Safety Measures at Workplace. (5)

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?

Practical Periods: (18) Problems on trading account, Profit and loss account and Balance sheet

Practical Periods: 18 8. Students May Be Required To Observe Important Features Of The Sales Promotion Schemes Such As Sales Contests, Free Gift Coupons, Economy Packages, Special Discount Being Run For Some Consumer Product In Market, By Visiting The Market/Scanning The Advertisements In Newspaper/Radio/T.V.


Theory Periods: (16) Types of transport, Importance of warehousing, Need and Importance of Advertisement, Print media – outdoor media(16)


Theory Periods: 16 Unit 8: Business Communication:- Session 1: Elements of Communication. (4) Session 2: Forms of Communication & Communication Equipments(4) Session 3: Elements of Business communication. (4) Session 4: Preparation of Project Report.(4)

Practical Periods: (20) Prepare record on the following: 25. Fill the proforma of delivery receipts.

Practical Periods: (20) 21. List and Demonstrate four arithmetic operators used in MS-Excel.

Practical Periods:20 9. Exercise In Identifying Conditions And Warranties In Respect Of Selected Products.

115

26. Fill the application form for road permit. 27. Explain about various types of ware houses. 28. What are the steps you are taken non-durable goods? 29. What is the importance of electronic media? 30. Narrate the advantages of print media.

22. Write and Demonstrate the steps for changing the left margin, right margin, top margin and bottom margin in MS-Word. 23. Write and Demonstrate the Steps for changing the page color and page borders in MS-Word. 24. Insert five shapes in MS-Word and fill colors within it.

Exercise In Weighing, Measuring Evaluating And Grading Products.

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22 Revision/ IPE Examination 2017 Revision / IPE Examination 2017 Revision / IPE Examination 2017

116


RETAIL MANAGEMENT:: COURSE CODE:: 207 :: SECOND YEAR Month &


Retail Management (Theory Paper I)


Elements of Salesmanship (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 1: Essentials of Retailing:- (16) Location: Classrooms, Retail Shop, SuperBazaar, BigBazaar, Malls, Departmental Store, Retail arketing,Agencies etc. Unit 2: Types Of Inventory :- (7) Session1. 1.Describe the concept of inventory and its types. (2 Periods) 2. Identify the methods of Inventory in Retail. (2) Session 2. 1. Identify the types of the inventory. (3)

Theory Periods (23) Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (13) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10)

Theory Periods: 23 Unit-1: Introduction:- (16) Concept of Salesmanship, Changing Roles and Functions of a Salesman. Importance of Personal Selling In the Context of Competitive Environment. Types of Selling. Unit-2: Salesman Career:- (7) Career Counselling & Guidance. - Types Of Salesman – Retail, Whole Sale, Specialized Sales Man. - Duties, Responsibilities, Opportunities And Growth In The Sales Field. - Qualities: Physical, Mental, Psychological, Social and Cultural.

Retail Management (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 23 Visit to different types of retail outlets/shopping complex to observe the following: Types of stores and their location Various ways of stores layout location of department etc. Arrangement of product in racks. Etc. Exterior and interior designing of the store. Holding discussion with the owner’s



Elements of Salesmanship (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 23 Survey with friends, relatives, etc., to find out their feeling about selling as a career. Survey of one or two newspaper/magazines to find:- Personal qualifications prescribed by different firms for the recruitment of salesmen.

117

management of a few retail stores to find out as to how they decide which product to stock and sell.


Theory Periods: 20 Unit 2: Types of Inventory :- (5) 3. Identify the methods of inventory control. (2) Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Inventory Supervisor. (1) 1. Identify the functions of Inventory Supervisor. (2) 2. Describe the duties and responsibilities of Inventory Supervisor. (2) Unit 3: 3. Security Points and Functions of Security Session1. Identify the various security points.(3) Session 2: Safety and Surveillance Equipments. (4) Session 3: Material and Equipment Handling.(4) Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Security & Housekeeping Supervisor. (4)


Theory Periods: 20 Unit-2: Salesman Career(5) Rewards In Selling: Financial and Non-Financial (Incentives) - Sources of Recruitments of Sales Force - Methods Of Training Salesmen.Concept of Salesmanship, Changing Roles and Functions of a Salesman. Importance of Personal Selling In the Context of Competitive Environment. Types of Selling. Unit-3: Product Knowledge:- (15) Importance Of Complete Product Knowledge-Major Areas Of Knowledge-Manufacturers How Used, Life Of Products, Guarantee Price, How Other Customer Liked It Etc. Sources Of Product Information: Published Sources and un Published Sources, Packing, Labelling And Other Specification Enclosure Etc.

Practical Periods: 22 Exercise in assessing the demand for selected products in given area. Exercise in preparation of stock register, bin card etc. stock taking and preparation of list of existing stock. A visit to the school store or some other store during its stock taking period can be quite helpful.

Practical Periods: (22) 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group.

Practical Periods: 22 3. Discussing relevant cases/audio-visuals sales presentation to evaluate the following: -features of the product which are introduced to the customers; -handling of promotional support; -handling objection with respect to price, competitive disadvantages, etc.., and making follow-up calls. 4.Role play exercise in communication and persuasion in some common situation, for example: - A non-smoker tries to persuade a smoker to stop smoking; -A customer durable

118

11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.

products (say T.V., Radio, Washing machine) salesman presenting his Company s product to prospective buyers/handling customer’s objection.




August 2016/24

OJT


September 2016/22

OJT



October 2016/15

OJT



Theory Periods: 20 Unit 4: Accounting procedure in Retailing:- (15) Session 1 Display of Products &Satisfy Customer needs. (3). Session 2 : Sale and Delivery of Products:- (4) Session 3 : Maintenance of Store Area & Communicate effectively with Stakeholders. (4). .Session 4 : Duties and Responsibilities of Sales Supervisor. (4) UN IT - 5. Supply Chain Management in Retailing: Session – 1: Introduction to SCM. (1) Session – 2 Principles of Supply Chain Management. (2) Session 3: Participants in the Process of SCM. (1)


Theory Periods: 20 Unit-4: Buyer Behaviour:- (10) Introduction - Classification of Buyer-Industrial, Government and Ultimate Consumers. Buying Motives- Rational and Emotional Factors Influencing Purchase of A Product. Shopping behaviour-Frequency, Place and Unit of Purchase. Unit-5: Identification Of Potential Customers:- (10) Analysis and consumer profile-age, sex, income, educational, cultural and linguistic background etc.

119

Practical Periods: 24 1. A visit to a few retail stores to find out what

sales promotion scheme being use by them also ascertains their usefulness to the retail stores.

2. Collection of information in respect of shopping behaviour of people.


Practical Periods: 24 5. Field visit to interview sales/purchases manager of some Organization to find out their recent purchases and the factors influencing the same as also the role played by the salesman in this regard. 6. Field visit to some retail outlet to observe selling techniques used by salesman, followed by a discussion.




December 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods: 20 Unit - 5. Supply Chain Management in Retailing:- Session 4: Steps in Supply Chain Management. (4) Unit 6: Non-Store Retailing :- Introduction to E-Retailing:- (4) Session 2: E-Marketing:- (4) Session 3: Telemarketing. (4) Session 4: Internet Business. (4) 1. Concept of internet business 2. Classify various objectives of internet. 3. Discuss various issues on internet business:- 1. Classify the issues. 2. Describe main issues of security, privacy, non repudiation, authenticity data integrity, access control & availability.

Theory Periods: (20) Difference between Hire purchase and Installment purchase system, simple problems in hire purchase system (13) Company Accounts-I Meaning of company – share capital – Types of shares– Issue of shares (6)

Theory Periods: 20 Unit-5: Identification Of Potential Customers:- (10 Periods) Methods Of Identifying Customer Perceptions Influencing Decision Regarding Purchase Of Product - Finding Out Customer’s Needs, Problems And Potentialities. Unit-6: Sales Presentation(10 Periods) Introduction - Planning For Sales Presentation Setting Objectives For The Sales Planning, Sales Talk, Supporting Evidence Etc. - Steps In Sales Presentation - Establishing Report, Introducing Product By Highlighting Benefits And Providing Information Relating To Product Futures And Benefits.

120

Practical Periods: 24 6. Shopping behaviour of people - Say unit of purchase, frequency, reason for purchase with regard to an administered to a select number of shoppers. 7. Practice and simulated exercise in organizing clearance sales and other sales promotion activities.


Practical Periods: 24 Simulation practices in suggestive selling-offering a substitute or economy pack or other product in the shop; or alternatively, a successful salesman manager may be interviewed to know his personal experiences about the use of suggestive selling, handling of objections,(say what objections are most difficult to answer), planning for sales presentations etc.., Visit a local store to make a survey on buying motives of a select number of customers with respect to some of the product, with the help of the questioner are.




January 2017 23 19 22

Theory Periods: 19 Unit 7: Event Management in Retailing 1. Planning and Designing Event:- (5) Session 2: Documentation for conducting events. (5 Session 3: Logistics & Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) (5) Session 4 : Supervising Events. (5) 1.Identify the activities for smoothly conducting events. 2. Describe the steps in the execution of events. 3. Describe the duties and responsibilities being delegated to staff for execution of an event. 4. Describe the social and cultural aspects required in the execution of an event.


Theory Periods: 19 Unit-7: Objections:- Objections Regarding Price, Quality, Compensative Disadvantages, Genuineness - methods/Techniques To Be Followed To Overcome Objections. Unit –8: Specialised Categories Of Salesman Auction Salesman Conductor - Insurance Agent - Real Estate Dealer - Investment Salesman.

121

Practical Periods: 22 9. The student should be aware of handling event management independently. He should be given to handle the live function like college day maintenance, retirement function, fare parties etc.

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow Statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Practical Periods: 22 8.The teachers may help to construct a simple questionnaire in this regard and try to analyze and compiles the information so collected. 9. Collection of detailed information such as price, packaging, etc., about the product of a company and comparing them with those of competitors-a class room presentations and discussion. 10 Analyze how buying decisions in respect of a consumer non-durable product like toothpaste and a consumer durable product like washing machine are made. Identify decision makers and the factors influencing the buying decisions.


Theory Periods: 08 Unit 8: Billing and Accounting Procedure in Retailing:- (2) 1. Describes the Basic Understanding & for Billing Personnel. 2. Understanding basic accounting terminologies related with Billing & Accounting Procedures. Example: Service Tax, Sales Tax, VAT, Other Duties etc. Session 2: Fundamental of Accounting & Journal and Ledger. (2) Session 3: Procedure of Trading and Profit & Loss Account. (2) Session 4: Procedure of Balance Sheet. (2)

Theory Periods(8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments. Pre final Exams-2 - 2017

Theory Periods: 8 Unit –8: Specialised Categories Of Salesman :- Export Salesman - Maintenance Service Salesman - Mail Order Sales - Mobile Salesman/Door To Door - Travel Agency Salesman/Tourism - Health Care (Hospital) Agent.

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22 REVISION/I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 REVISION/I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 REVISION/I.P.E. EXAMS 2017

122

OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP The basic aim of the course OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP is to impart the following skills in the student.

To understand the concepts of Commerce and Business

To keep the student abreast of the Accounting procedures of various types of business

concerns and organization.

To acquire skills of speed, accuracy and efficiency in typing.

To acquire skills of speed, accuracy and efficiency in Shorthand.

To use the computer skills in the modern office.

To enable the student appreciate the role and contribution of an Office Assistant.

To train and develop competent office personnel for wage and self-employment.

Noting, Drafting, filing, indexing, typing copying etc.

To Maintenance of Inward and outward mail.

To use of Modern Office equipment, Computers and Stationery.

To create awareness of various communication skills and banking services available.

To provide knowledge in Data entry using MS-Office.

To Use of Printer in a better way.

To Prepare accounts by using of Tally.

123


OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP :: COURSE CODE :: 208 :: FIRST YEAR Month &




Fundamentals in Shorthand & Typewriting

(Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory: (23) Basic concepts (15) Business Organisation and Scope, Business, Profession, Industry, Trade, Types of trade and aids to trade, Types of Industries. Forms of Business organization (8) Sole trader – Characteristics

Theory (23) Introduction to Accountancy Definition of Accountancy and Book keeping- objectives – merits and Demerits, Accounting concepts – Conventions – single entry system – double entry system – advantages (10) Journal Recording of transactions, Types of Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit (13)

Theory Periods: 23 :- Introduction of phonographic system(5)-consonants(6)-Joining of strokes (5)– Vowels – places – Intervening vowels(5)- position writing – Grammalogues – punctuation(2).


Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 1. How to fill the application form to open a medical shop. 2. Fill the application form for establishing Small

scale industry


Practical: (21) Problems on Journal Entries 1. Demonstrate deleting of files, folders, un-deleting of files and folders. 2. Create text file using WordPad or notepad 3. Format the text document with all the features available in WordPad. 4. Demonstrate creating of folders and create a text file in notepad. 5. Demonstrate changing date and time, screen

Fundamentals in Shorthand & Typewriting

Practical Paper III Practical Periods: (21) Introduction of typing – practice of Guide Row-(10) practice of second Fingering practice of words of 1st and 2nd fingering.(11)

124

settings, printer settings. 6. Change the wall paper on the desktop, Screen saver and change the date.




Theory Periods: 20 Alternative forms for R&H-(5) - Diphthongs-(5) – Trip hones- Abbreviated W(5) – Praseography-(5)

Practical Periods: (19) Prepare record on the following: 2. Fill the application for registration of partnership firm. 3. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 4. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?


Practical Periods: 19 Practice of Third Fingering and its words(5) – use of Shift Keys(5), fingures and punctuation Marks(5) – Practice of sentences (4).




August 2016 24 23 24



Theory : 23 Circle S, Stroke S/Z(5), Large Cicles(5), loops ST and STR(813).

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 4. If you are a minor partner, what are the benefits and losses in partnership business

Practical Periods: (24) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border,

Practical Periods: 24 Practice paragraphs (10) A to Z, Z to A. (14)

125

12. If you are a promoter, what steps you are taking to establish Joint Stock Company?

cell background color, cell foreground color and center the content. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods : (20) Promoter (4) Incorporation of joint stock company Procedure and incorporation of Joint Stock company, Memorandum of Association – Articles of Association (16)


Theory Periods: 20 Initial Hooks(5), Alternative Forms (5), Circles and Loops to Final Hooks(10).

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 7.Draw the proforma of incorporation of company. 8.What are the items include in Memorandum of association? 9.What are the items include in Articles of association?


Practical Periods : 18 Speed drill at 15 wpm.(4) Speed drill at 20 wpm (5) Time for speed at 30 wpm – 10 minutes.(9)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods : (12) Prospectus (2) Co-operative Societies Characteristics, Types of Co-operative Societies, Merits and Demerits (10)


Theory Periods: 12 Shun Hook – Aspirate(5) – Upward & Downward ‘R’ – Upward & Downward, L& SH(5) – Compound Consonants – Vowel Indication(2)


Practical Periods: (14) Problems on trial balance

Practical Periods : 14 Speed drill at 30 wpm. Practice of Proof

126

10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.

19. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Word, type some text and save the file. 20. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Excel, type some text and save the file.

reading symbols – Abbreviations. Statement -importance - Typing of statements with 1+3 Columns(10). Time for Second paper manuscript – 1-1/2 hour. No of words in statements 60 words – 300 strokes. (4)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods : (20) Banking and Insurance services Definition of Bank and Insurance – types of banks, Functions of Commercial banks, Advantages of Insurance, Principles of Insurance, Types of Insurance (16) Transport warehousing & Advertisement Advantages of transport (4).

Theory Periods: (20) Final Accounts . Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, Balance Sheet with Adjustments (20)

Theory Periods : 20 Halving principle, Section I & II, Doubling Principle (10), Essential Vowels & Terminations(10)

127

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?


Practical Periods : 18 Practice of Typing Business Letters(5), Government order(5). No’of words in Business letter – 100 words – 500 strokes, No’ of words in G.O – 100 words – 500 strokes.(8)


Theory Periods: (17) Types of transport, Importance of warehousing, Need and Importance of Advertisement, Print media – outdoor media(17)


Theory Periods : 17 Prefixes and Terminations (5), Suffixes and Terminations (5), General & Special Contractions(6)



Practical Periods : 21 Practice Speed, Statement(7), Business Letters(7), and Government orders (7)

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22 Revision/ IPE Examination 2017 Revision / IPE Examination 2017 Revision / IPE Examination 2017

128


OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP :: COURSE CODE :: 208 ::SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Shorthand Theory Theory Paper - I


Office Management (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 Specialist of contractions, practice Grammalogues(7) Practice Advanced Phraseography sections I to VII Sections.(15)

Theory Periods (22) Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (12) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10

Theory Periods: 22 Office Management And Modern Office And Its Functions. Principles of Management(4) – Functions of Office Management (5)– Modern Office Meaning (5)– Office work – Office Activities – Office functions.(8)

Practical Periods: 23 Practice of Grammalogues(10), Contractions both General and Special(13)

Accountancy & TALLY - II (Practical Paper –II) Practical Periods: (23) Prepare record on the following : 1-6. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a company.

Practical Periods : 23 Principles of Management – Functions of Office Management (5)– Modern Office Meaning (5)– Office work – Office Activities(10) – Office functions.(3)


Theory Periods: 20 Practice taking down dictation at 40 wpm. 1 to 10 Excises (Test Book)(12) Practice taking down dictation from Test book.(08)


Theory Periods: 20 Office Organization and Adminisration. Orgnization Defined Characteristics of organization - Importance of Organization(5)– Steps in Organization Management(5) – Administration – Principles of Organization formal and informal organization(5) – types of organization functions of administrative Office Manager(5).

129

Practical Periods: 22 Transcription drills at 40 wpm .(10) Transcribing from shorthand to longhand (12) (not more than 200 words


Practical Periods: 22. Practice Formal & Informal Organization. Orgnization Defined Characteristics of organization(5) - Importance of Organization(5)– Steps in Organization Management – Administration – Principles of Organization formal and informal organization(8) – types of organization functions of administrative Office Manager(4)




August 2016/24

OJT


September 2016/22

OJT



October 2016/15

OJT

Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary.. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS

November 2016 24 20

Theory Periods: 20 Practice taking down dictation from 11 to 20 Excises Test book.(15) Practice reading of dictation at 50 wpm and

Theory Periods: (20) Partnership Accounts – II Problems on retirement of partner(15) Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase

Theory Periods: 20 Office Accommodation And Environment Introductions – Principles – Location of Office – Office Building- Office Lay out(5) – Office

130

24 60 wpm.(5)

system Features of hire purchase and installment purchase system (5)

Lighting types of lighting (5)– types of lighting system s – Ventilation interior decoration – furniture.(5)

Practical Periods: 24 Transcription from English to shorthand not more than 200 words.(24)

Practical Periods: 24 Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher

Practical Periods: 24 OFFICE ACCOMMODATION AND ENVIRONMENT Introductions – Principles (6)– Location of Office – Office Building (5) Office Lay out(5) – Office Lighting types of lighting (5)– types of lighting system s – Ventilation interior decoration – furniture.(8)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 Speed drills at 70, 80wpm(5). Taking dictation from 21 to 28 Excises Test book(15)


Theory Periods: 20 Office Machines And Equipment: Objects of mechanization – The Criteria of for selection - Types of Office machines – Miscllaneous machines.(10) Records Management And Office Stationery: Records – Importance of Records - Records Management - Filing Methods of filing – Indexing – Type of Indexing(5) – Stationery – Importance Of Stationery – Methods of Purchasing – Stationery control(5).

Practical Periods: 24 Practice of precis – writing.(10) Précis – writing of passage of 450-500 words

Practical Periods (24) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods: 24 Objects of mechanization – The Criteria of for selection - Types of Office machines –

131

in to 150 words. (14)

displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company. 23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

Miscllaneous machines.(4) Records Management And Office Stationery: Records – Importance of Records - Records Management (5) - Filing Methods of filing(5) – Indexing – Type of Indexing(5) – Stationery – Importance Of Stationery – Methods of Purchasing – Stationery control(5).




January 2017 23 19 22

Theory Periods: 20 Practice taking down dictation at 80 wpm & 90 wpm.(6) Taking dictation from 29 to 32 Excises Test book(14)

Theory Periods: 20 Issue of shares at par, premium and discount (8) Company Accounts – II Company final accounts, Trading, profit and loss accounts & profit loss appropriation account with simple problems. (12)

Theory Periods: 20 Office Communication And Correspondence And Mail Services. Importance of communications(5) – Effective communication procedures(5) Office Correspondence Organizing Correspondence(10) –

Practical Periods: 22 Practice Rules.(10) Read Theory Answers and shorthand passages-(12)

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Practical Periods: (22) Office Communication And Correspondence And Mail Services. Importance of communications(7) – Effective communication procedures(5) Office Correspondence (5) Organizing Correspondence(05) –

132


Theory Periods : 8 Revision + Practice 80 wpm. Drills 33 to 36 Excises(8)


Theory Periods : 8 Revision + Office Organization and Mail Services. (8)

PRE FINAL EXAMS- II PRE FINAL EXAMS- II PRE FINAL EXAMS- II March 2017 22

Revision/I.P.E. Exams 2017 Revision/I.P.E. Exams 2017 Revision/I.P.E. Exams 2017

133

BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES The basic aim of the course Banking and Financial Services is understand the basic concepts of Banking & Financial Services and to impart following skills in student.

A. TOWARDS WAGE EMPLOYMENT 1. Cashier. 2. Bank Clerk. 3. Billing Clerk. 4. Banks Assistant. 5. Accounts Assistant. 6. Computer Operator. 7. To acquire computer operational skills with knowledge of accounting packages, etc 8. Stock exchange clerk. 8. Securities dealer (Assistant) 9. To impart skills to the students on the services provided by the Banking & Financial Services industry

B. TOWARDS SELF EMPLOYMENT

1. To run a small business 2. Bank Assistant. 3. Shares and Securities Agent. (Retail) 4. To impart skills in various non banking and allied financial service areas

134


BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES :: COURSE CODE :: 209 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of





Banking - I (Theory Paper –III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: (23) Basic concepts (15) Business Organisation and Scope, Business, Profession, Industry, Trade, Types of trade and aids to trade, Types of Industries. Forms of Business organization (8) Sole trader – Characteristics

Theory Periods (23) Introduction to Accountancy Definition of Accountancy and Book keeping- objectives – merits and Demerits, Accounting concepts – Conventions – single entry system – double entry system – advantages (10) Journal Recording of transactions, Types of Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit (13)

Theory (23) Bank and Banking : 1.1 Origin and Growth of Banking(2) 1.2Meaning and definition of Bank , 1.3Types of Banks (4) 1.4Banking system (1) Branch banking system – meaning , Advantages of branch banking (3) Disadvantages of branch banking (3) Unit banking system – meaning Advantages of Unit banking (3) Disadvantages of unit banking (2) 1.5Commercial banks functions (3) 1.6Credit creation(1) 1.7Role of commercial Banks in a developing economy(2)


Practical Periods: (21) Prepare record on the following: 1. How to fill the application form to open a

medical shop.


Practical Periods: (21) Problems on Journal Entries 1. Demonstrate deleting of files, folders, un-deleting of files and folders.

Banking_ I (Practical Paper –III)

Practical Periods (21) A)Forms: Identification of various forms (5) Saving Bank pay in slip (5)

135

2. Fill the application form for establishing Small scale industry

2. Create text file using WordPad or notepad 3. Format the text document with all the features available in WordPad. 4. Demonstrate creating of folders and create a text file in notepad. 5. Demonstrate changing date and time, screen settings, printer settings. 6. Change the wall paper on the desktop, Screen saver and change the date.

Demand Draft Applications (6) Current account (5)

Assignment –I Assignment –I Assignment –I July 2016 23 20 19



Theory (20) 1.9Unit banking (1) 1.10Franchise Banking (1) 1.11Branch banking (1) II.Commercial Banking in INDIA: 2.1Structure of Indian Commercial banking system (3) 2.2Recent trends in commercial banking (3) 2.3Deposit insurance (2) 2.4Credit Guarantee schemes (2) 2.5Innovative banking (2) 2.6Social banking (2); 2.7Merchant banking (2) 2.8Mutual funds (2); 2.9Venture capital (2)

Practical Periods: (19) Prepare record on the following: 3 Fill the application for registration of partnership firm. 4. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 5. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?


Practical ( 19) Demand loans fixed deposits etc. (5) b) Saving Bank Account 1. Opening of the ordinary Literate savings Account, the formalities required from the customer – Single Account & joint Account (4) 2. Issue of cheque books , passbooks, up dating pass books (6) 3. Stop payment of the cheque – Recording, and the consequences of non-compliance of stop payment (5)

136




August 2016 24 23 24



Theory: (23) 2.10Factoring services (5) 2.11&2.12E-Banking – Banking sector reforms(4) III Banking legislation INDIA: 3.1Banking regulation act (2) Important provisions (2) 3.2 Definition of Banking company (2) 3.3 Capital(1) 3.4 restriction on banking operations(3) 3.5 Powers of RBI (General awareness)(4)


Practical: (24) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border, cell background color, cell fore ground color and center the content. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.

Practical: (24) 4. Issue of a duplicate pass book (9) 5. Transfer of account from one branch to another.(3) 6.Calculation of interest on SB Account(3) 7.Settlement of claim on deceased Constituent (2) 8. Application for ATM card (3) 9. Closure of Account (4)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: (20) Promoter (4) Incorporation of joint stock company Procedure and incorporation of Joint Stock company, Memorandum of Association – Articles of Association (16)


Theory(20) IV Central Banking functions : 4.1 Credit control meaning(1) 4.2 Objectives of credit control (4) 4.3 Quantitative methods (3) 4.4 Qualitative methods (3)

137

Note issue systems (3) 4.5 Principles of note issue(2) 4.6 Methods of note issued (2) 4.7 Role of central banks in developing countries (2)

Practical Periods: (18) Prepare record on the following: 7. Draw the proforma of incorporation of company. 8. What are the items include in Memorandum of association? 9. What are the items include in Articles of association?


Practical: (18) 10. Service charges (yearly to be Debited (2) C) Opening of fixed Deposit: 1. Application form filling up-for minor and pardanashin woman, Joint account (7) 2. Preparation of TDR & entering the particulars in the system (records) (5) 3. Standing instructions for payment of interest to be noted (4)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: (12) Prospectus (2) Co-operative Societies Characteristics, Types of Co-operative Societies, Merits and Demerits (10)


Theory (12) 4.8 Reserve bank of India Organisation Structure(3) V.Negotiable Instruments Act: 5.1 Meaning (3) 5.2 Characteristics of Negotiable instruments-3 5.3Kinds of promissory notes(3)


10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society


Practiclas:14 4. Issue of duplicate at fixed deposit receipt (5) 5. Payment on due date /premature payment (5) 6. If the beneficiary comes after the due date (e.g after a month) what is to be done? (4)

138

and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities. HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS





January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: (20) Banking and Insurance services Definition of Bank and Insurance – types of banks, Functions of Commercial banks, Advantages of Insurance, Principles of Insurance, Types of Insurance (16) Transport warehousing & Advertisement Advantages of transport (4).

Theory Periods: (20) Final Accounts. Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, Balance Sheet with Adjustments (20)

Theory : 20 5.4Bills of exchange (2) 5.5 Cash credit (1) 5.6 Discount &purchase of bank draft(2) 5.7 Parties to negotiable instruments (2) 5.8 Crossing of cheque(2) 5.9 Endorsement (3) 5.10 Collection and payment of cheques(3) 5.11 Dishonour of cheques (1) 5.12 MICR cheques (2) 5.13 Importance sectors relating to Banker(2)


19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in


Practicals (18) D) Opening of Recurring Deposit 1. Application form for different types of customers – Individuals(3) - Partnership firms (4) - Companies – (2)

139

to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?

- Others - (2) 2. Requirements to be taken – formalities – (2) 3. Cheque book to be issued (5)


Theory Periods : (16) Types of transport, Importance of warehousing, Need and Importance of Advertisement, Print media – outdoor media(16)


Theory (16) VI. Banker and Customer: 6.1 Definition of Banker(2) 6.2 Services to customer (2) 6.3 Meaning of Customer (1) 6.4 Customer and banker relationship (4) 6.5 Obligations of Banker (2) 6.6 Rights of Banker (2) 6.7 Rights of a customer under consumer protection Act.(3)



Practical : 20 4. Stop payment of the cheques – recording and consequences of non compliance (7) 5. Service charges (6) 6. Statement of account to be Sent on monthly basis/ etc (7)

March 2017/22 REVISION/ IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017

140


BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES:: 209 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Financial Services (Theory Paper –I)


Banking - II (Theory Paper –III)

June 2016 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods (22) 1.Interest calculations : 1.1Calculation of interest(2) A) Simple interest (2) b) Compound interest (2) c) Compound amount (2) d) Compound rate (2) e) Add on interest (2) f) Reducing Balance rate of interest (2) 1.2 Present value of sum of money reading interest (2) Interest calculations on various types of advances (term loans, overdrafts, cash credit, demand loans) Bills discounting (3) 2.Leasing: 2.1 Concept and classification(3)

Theory Periods (22) Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (12) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10)

Theory Periods (22) 1.Deposit Accounts : 1.2 Types of deposit accounts : fixed deposit, saving bank account current deposit , recurring deposit (4) fixed deposit, opening and operations: payment of interest advance against fixed deposit,(2) 1.3.2surrender of deposit before maturity: deposit in joint names repayment of deposit (2) saving bank deposit accounts ; opening and operations accounts(2) interest calculations(1) Current deposits : account opening and operations (2) recurring deposit accounts: opening and operation.(2) opening of account for different types of customers (4) 1.8 Know your customer (1) 1.9 Anti money laundering(1) 1.10 Multi option Deposit(1) 1.11 cash Key(1) 1.12 Unfixed deposit(1) 1.13 Floating deposit(1) 1.14 Standing Instruction Implementation (1)

141

Financial Services (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods: (23) 1.Calculations: 1. calculation of simple interest (5) 2. Calculation of compound internet (5) 3. Calculation of EMI for Different periods (5) 4. Calculation of present value of Money (8)



Banking - II (Practical Paper –III)

Practical Periods: (23) 1. Loans and advances:1. to verify the sanction of terms, issue of the sanction letter to the barrower(9) 2.To staqrt the documentation for the loan sanctioned as per the documents mentioned in the sanctioned note.(3) 3. stamping of the documents and exc;lusion of the documents by the borrower.(3) 4. filling of charges (form 8 and 13) in the case of company (hypothecation of vehicle, Current assets etc)(5) 5. Recycle of documents in the document excuswion register (entering & witness in the execution (3)


Theory Periods (20) 2.2 Sources of finance to a leasing company 3) 2.3 Tax aspects (3) Lease evaluation (2) 2.4 Legal aspects (2) 2.5 Lease accounting and reporting : Current accounting and reporting Practices (3) Accounting treatment of finance Lease and reporting of operating leases (2) 2.6 Accounting for lease hold &buildings (2) 3. Hire purchase: 3.1 Concept & characteristics of HP (2) 3.1.2 Legal aspects (2) 3.1.3 Income tax aspects(2) 3.2 Accounting aspects (2)


Theory Periods (20) 2.Loans & Advnaces: (10) meaning of the term loans (2) nsiderations for sound lending (3) types : cash credit , over draft, bills discounting and purchase (3) consortium finance, Term loans.(2) .Specific Loans: (20) Personal loans (2) Housing Loans (2) consumer Loans (1) Priority sector advances (2) Loans for Weaker sections, small scale Industries, Agriculture, self employed and professionals etc. (2) Gold – Loans against Hypothecation (2) Duties and Responsibilities of Bank in bursing Loan –(2) Consumer Loan (1) Auto Loan (1) Role of recovery agents (2)

142

modes of recovery (1) Recovery agent Direct selling Agent (1) Verification Agent (1) Bank ombudsman.(1)

Practical Periods: (22) 4. Calculation of present value of Money (7) 5. Calculation of penal interest on loans (2) 5.Calculation of penal interest on loans (3) II.LEASING : 1.a Practical exercising by taking a lease proposal – various consideration by the leasing company (4) 2. Sources of Funding (4) 3. Types of Industries avail leasing (5)


Practical Periods: (22) Creation of EM or regd.mortgage in case of land – calculation of drawing power- both TL and CC.(8) 1.Loans and advances: 7.a) calculation of interest on monthly basis, b) Penal interest in casse of delay of servicing of interest / installment.(3) 8. In case of term loan fixing the EMI.(3) 9. In case it is an advance against auathorised security i.e., (Gold , fixed deposit Receipt NSC, RDetc.,) Discharged foxed deposit receipt a.) arriving at the advance value of the

security. b.) In case of TDR, NSC , RD,. marking of

lien. c.) NSC lein to be marked in the post office

.(4) 10. Processing fee valuation charges advocate fee to be collected for loans other than cash credit TL particularly housing loans, vehicle loans and consumer loans, personel loans. a)post dated cheques EMI To be taken b) Cheque of fecility (employer to giver and undertaking for deducting installment from the salary and payment to the bank . c) standing instructions.(3)

11.Closure of the account –pre payment of the loan , prepayment charges if any to be collected -regular closure after all the repayments have been paid .(3)

UNIT TEST- I UNIT TEST – I UNIT TEST –I

143

ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT –II ASSIGNMENT – II

August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods: (20) 3.2 Accounting aspects (2) Different types of Repayment methods(4) 3.3 Differences between leasing and hire purchases(1) 3.4 Hire purchase Act 1972 (2) 4.Insurance : 4.1 Introduction (1) Types of Insurance (Life & non life) (2) 4.2 Kinds of insurance policies (3) 4.2.1Re-insurance (1) 4.2.2 Insurance premium determination (4)


Theory Periods: (20) Securities For Advances:(20) Meaning (2) Kinds of securities: Term Deposit Receipts, Gold, Vehicles, Land, Buildings (8) Modes of charging the securities :Lien,pledge,Hypothecation,Mortgage.(9)

Practical Periods: (24) 4. Benefits of the lessee (6) 5. Tax implications to the lessee (6) 6.Accounting and reporting of leasing companies (Lessor & lessee)(4) III .Hire purchase 1. Practical Exercises : Hire purchase

proposals eg: Taxi cab, Lorry etc.,(4) 2. Accounting aspects: with hirer and hiree

(3)

Practical Periods: (24) Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as

Practical Periods: (24) II ) Handling of cash;(20) Examination of notes for forged notices.(2) sorting of notes (2) 1. Making packets of 100 pieces each(2) 2. Bundling into 10 packets each(7) 3. Affixing of note slip and signing the same(2) 4. Re counting of notes(2) 5. Scroling of receipts and payments to be

144

today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher

made after the officer authorizes(2) 6. Affixing the receipt / payment stamp(2) exchange of soiled notes(2)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: (20) Contnd 4.2.3 Reading the Insurance premium charts -3 4.3 Calculated surrender values for various types of policies (4) 5.Mutual funds: 5.1 Introduction (2) 5.2 Classififcation of Mututal fund schemes: Open and closed End Schemes (2) Debt fund scheme (2) Tax savings schemes (2) Income and growth schemes (2) 5.3 SEBI guidelines for Mutual funds investments (3) 5.4 Net Asset Value (NAV)of the fund (3) 5.5 Rating of Mutual fund / schemes (3)


Theory Periods: (20) Assessment of Individual Problems on gross total income – total income from various heads.(19)

Practical Periods (24) Contnd Different types of repayment Method –depending open the next surplus (6) Different types of repayment methods(4) IV.Mutual funds : 1.field work along with some Mutual fund Agents and associating with them while interviewing the prospective customers and filling up the proposal forms (10) 2. Discussions with a few mutual funds Agents for understanding the factors taken into account for arriving the net asset value (3)

Practical Periods (24) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company. 23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods (24) III.Negotiable instruments Act: 1.What is a cheque? Different types of crossing on cheques (2) 2.Demand promissory note (7) 3.Hundi , (Bill of Exchange ), presentation and acceptance (2) 4.Calculation of due date of the bill sent for collection.(2) 5. Types of bills 1) Sight bills, 2) Bills of acceptance.(2) 6. dishonour of bills.(2) IV. CLEARING HOUSE:

145

displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

1.Acknowledgement on the counter foil to the depositor(2) 2.Enclosing the particulars of the cheques in the system (2) 3. Affixing of relevant stamps(1) 4. preparation of Bank wise schedule(2)

5. presentation to the clearing house directly through service Branch (2)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: (20) 5.4 Net Asset Value (NAV)of the fund (3) 5.5 Rating of Mutual fund / schemes (3) 6. Micro credit Agencies : 6.1 Introdcution (2) Formation of groups (2) Self Help Group (SHG) (2) 6.2 Micro finance institutions (2) Registration (1) Empowerment of woman (2) 6.3 Role of the Micro credit agencies in meeting the credit needs of women (2)


Theory Periods: (20) sorting bank wise and branch wise, putting Bank’s Endorsement, Returning the Dishonored Cheques.(2) Real Time Gross settlement (RTGS), Electronic funds Transfer, (EFT) Electronic clearing service (ECS),(2) Core Banking –(2) advantages –(2) anywhere banking , Multicity cheque3s, Single window service (1) 7. INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS: Credit cards – (2) debit cards,-(2) ATM cards –(2) NRI Deposits –(2) Foreign Exchange –(3)

Practical Periods: (22) v.Micro credit agencies: 1.TO Know how they operate (1) 2.(a) Regular Savings (!) (b) periodical meetings (2) © Maintainance of accounts (2) (d) economic activities (2) (e) repayment (1) (f) earnings & maintenance minutes book (2) 3.Revolving fund (2) 4.Book keeping and maintenance of accounts (2)

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods: (22) Contnd 5 6.Receipt of inward clearing &entering the same in the system (2) 7. Inwards clearing sheques debiting the following accounts a)preparation of adjustment of vouchers b) Release of the clearing proceeds to the customers.(3): V. ATM OPERATIONS 1. Application for ATM (10) a) Issue of ATM card & PIN(3)

146

5. A mock exercise of an SHG covering the above said aspects. (7)

printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

b) How to operate the ATM (3)

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I February 2017 22

Theory Periods (8) 6.4 Group dynamics (2) 6.5 Bank linkage (2) 6.6 Features of the SHG(2) 6.7 Revolving funds (1) 6.8 Recovery need for control over the Micro credit agencies(2)


Theory Periods (8) Front office –(4) Back office. (4)

PRE FINAL EXAMS - II PRE FINAL EXAMS - II PRE FINAL EXAMS - II March 2017 22 REVISION/I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 REVISION/I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 REVISION/I.P.E. EXAMS 2017

147

Insurance and Marketing The basic aim of the course Insurance and Marketing is to impart the following skills in the student.

A. Towards wage employment: 1. Insurance Agent 2. Marketing Agent 3. Insurance Advisor

In Public and Private sector Insurance companies like Postal Life Insurance, LIC of India, Oriental Insurance of India, United India Insurance, SBI Life Insurance of India, ICICI Prudential Insurance of India and other leading financing companies..etc.,

B. Towards Self-employment: 1. To run a small business (retail) 2. Computer Operator. 3. Similar fields as mentioned in wage employment.

148


INSURANCE & MARKETING:: COURSE CODE :: 210 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. Of

working days/ No.

Of periods Theory/ Practical

Business Organisation (Theory Paper I)

Accountancy & Computers (Theory Paper II)

Principles Of Insurance (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1-Basic Concepts (23) 1.0 Business Organizations and its scope (6) 1.1 Business (2) 1.2 Profession (2) 1.3 Industry (2) 1.4 Trade (4) 1.5 Types of Trade and aids to Trade (4) 1.6 Types of industry (3)

Theory Periods: 23 1 Introduction To Ccountancy 1.1 Definition of accountancy and book keeping (3) 1.2 Objectives(3) 1.3 Merits and demerits(3) 1.4 Accounting concepts(3) 1.5 Convention(2); 1.6 Single entry system(2) 1.7 Double entry system(2); 1.8 Advantages(2) 2 Jouranal(13) 2.1 Recording of transaction(3)

Theory Periods: 23 1 The Conceptual Framwork 1.1 Brief history of insurance(4) 1.2 perils and risks(2) 1.3 Classification of risks(3); 1.4 Hazards(2) 1.5 How insurance works and classes of insurance(3) 1.6 assumptions(2) 1.7 Importance of insurance industry(4) 2 The Business Of Insurance 2.1 Managing risks (3)

Business Organisation Practical Periods: 21 Visiting different type of business firms and industry (19) Fill the different types of Firms application forms (2)

Introduction to Computers Practical Periods: 21 Basics of windows operation (4) Copying (4) Moving of files (3) Creating (3) Deleting (3) Renaming folders (4)

Principles of Life Insuranc Practical Periods: 21 Introduction (3) Internal organization (4) The distribution system (4) Appointment (3) Functions (3) Continuance and Remuneration to agents (4)


149

July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 2 Forms Of Business Oganizations 2.0 Sole Trader (2) 2.1 Characteristics (3) 2.2 Merits and demerits of sole trader (2) 2.3 Joint Hindu family (2) 2.4 karat Merits and demerits (5) 3 Partnership (6) 3.0 Characteristics (2) 3.1 Merits and demerits (4)

Theory Periods: 20 2.2 Types of accounts (3) 2.3 Rules of Debit and Credit (3) 2.4 Journal (3) 2.5 Journal entries (3) 3 Ledger (12) 3.1 Classification of recorded transactions (2) 3.2 Ledger meaning (3) 3.3 Types of ledger (3)

Theory Periods: 20 2.2 Retention (2) 2.3 Life insurance (2) 2.4 managing insurance (2) 2.5 Funds of an insurer (3) 2.6 Trustee (2) 2.7 Reinsurance (2) 2.8 Role of insurance in economic development (2) 2.9 insurance and social security (1) 3 The Insurance Contract 3.1 Utmost good faith (2) 3.2 Insurable interest (2)

Forms Of Business Oganizations Practical Periods: 19 Collections (10) Display and filling of various dummy documents relating to forming of sole trader (9)

Practical Periods: 19 Creating shortcuts (3) Placing shortcuts (3) Operation of control panel (3) Screen setting (4) Mouse setting (3) Viewing files with my computer (3)

Practical Periods: 19 Calculations regarding premiums 3 Various plans of Life Insurance: Basic elements (3) Popular plans (4) Riders (4) Postal life insurance (5)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 3.2 Partnership Deed (4) 3.3 Type of Partners (1) 3.4 Rights and duties of partners (2) 4 Joint Stock Company (16) 4.0 Characteristics (4) 4.1 Merits and demerits (5) 4.2 Kinds of companies (5) 4.4 Promoters (2)

Theory Periods: 23 3.4 Posting the Recorded transactions (4) 3.5 into separate accounts (1) 3.6 Ledger book and balancing the accounts (2) 4 Subsidiary Books(10) 4.1 Types of subsidiary books (10) 5 CASH BOOK 5.1 Types of cash book (3) 5.2 single column cash book (3)

Theory Periods: 23 3.3 Criminal act (5) 3.4 Indemnity (2) 3.5 The insurance contract (2) 3.6 Subrogation and contribution (3) 3.7 Proximate cause (2) 3.8 Personal and non personal contract (3) 4 Insurance Products 4.1 Life insurance : 4.1.1 Non linked policies (2) 4.1.2 linked policies (1) 4.1.3 Annuities (1) 4.1.4 Group Policies (2)

150

Practical Periods: 24 Partnership (9) Joint stock company (15)

Practical Periods: 24 Deleting files (3) Folders and retrieving from cycle bin (9) Installing software/uninstalling software (5) Hardware (4) Printing text documents (3)

Practical Periods: 24 Practice regarding annuities Introduction (6) The nature of annuities (2) Pensions (2) Awareness regarding Industrial life insurance (2) Salary saving schemes (2) Married women’ s property act policies (2) Key man insurance (2) Plans covering handicapped (2) Prospectus, Proposal forms and other related---documents & medical examination and special—reports (4)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 5 Incorporation Of Joint Stock Company (10) 5.1 Procedure and incorporation Joint stock company (3) 5.2 Memorandum of association (3) 5.3 Articles of association (2) 5.4 Prospectus (2) 6 Co-Operative Societies (10) 6.1 Characteristics (4) 6.2 Type of cooperative societies (6)

Theory Periods: 20 5.3 Two column cash book (4) 5.4 Three column cash book (5) 5.5 Petty cash book (5) 6 Trial Balance 6.1 Importance of trial balance (3) 6.2 Preparation of trial balance (3)

Theory Periods: 20 4.2 Non life insurance 4.2.1 Loss of Profits (1) 4.2.2 Marine insurance (1) 4.2.3 Hull insurance (1) 4.2.4 Motor insurance (1) 4.2.5 Personal accident (1) 4.2.6 Fidelity Guarantee (1) 4.2.7 Health insurance (1) 4.2.8 Overseas medical insurance (1) 4.2.9 Liability insurance (1) 4.2.10 Engineering insurance (1) 4.2.11 Boiler and pressure plant (1) 4.2.12 Aviation insurance (1) 4.2.13 Other miscellaneous insurance (1) 4.3 Innovative plans (1) 5 Insurance Terminology (6)

Practical Periods: 18 Co-operative societies like partnership deed (9)

Practical Periods: 18 MS-WORD Creating and saving a document (2)

Practical Periods: 18 Policy documents Need and format (2)

151

Memorandum of association (9) Operation of tool bars (3) Selecting menus from the drop menus (3) Formatting the text (4) Spell checking (3) Mail merging (3)

Policy preamble (2) Schedule (2); Attestation (2) Conditions and privileges (2) Alterations and duplicate policy (2) Premium payment (2) Lapse and revival & surrender values (2) Assignment (2)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 6.3 Merits and demerits (8) 7 Banking And Insurence Services 7.0 Definition of bank and insurance (4)

Theory Periods: 12 7 Final Accounts 7.1 Preparation of Trading account (5) 7.2 Profit and Loss account and Balance sheet with adjustments (7)

Theory Periods: 12 6 The Insurance Market (6) 7 Regulations 7.1 The insurance act 1938 (2) 7.2 IRDA ACT 1999 (2) 7.3 Life insurance corporation act 1956 (2)

Practical Periods: 14 Articles of association (3) Prospectus/statement in lieu of prospectus (5) Invitation of public deposits (3) Invitation of shares (3)

Practical Periods: 14 Printing of document (1) MS EXCEL Introduction to electronic spreadsheets (3) Entering column titles (2); Entering numbers (2) Editing data (2); Selecting cells (2) Calculations using formulas (2)

Practical Periods: 14 Nominations (4) Loans (3) Surrenders (4) Foreclosure (3)






January 2017

Theory Periods: 20 7.1 Different types of banks (4)

Theory Periods: 20 8 Basic Fundamentals Of Computers

Theory Periods: 20 7.4 General insurance act 1972 (4)

152

23 20 18

7.2 Functions of commercial banks (2) 7.3 Advantages of insurance(3) 7.4 Principles of insurance(4) 7.5 Types of insurance (3) 8 Transport,Warehousing & Advertisment 8.1 Advantages of transport (2) 8.2 Types of transport (2)

8.1 Advantages of computers (4) 8.2 Input (4) 8.3 Output devices (4) 8.4 Operating systems (4) 8.5 Ms. Word (4)

7.5 consumer protection act 1986 (4) 7.6 Income tax act (3) 7.7 Other laws (3) 8 The Insurance Customer (6)

Practical Periods: 18 Banking And Insurance Services (10) Visiting a bank and collection various pay-in-slips(2); Withdrawal modes(2) Filling Demand draft forms(2) Fixed deposit forms(2) Forms relating to opening of account in bank etc(2) TRANSPORT ,WAREHOUSING & ADVERTISEMENT(8) Visiting various types of warehouses and collecting flow chart of their activities(8)

Practical Periods: 18 Copying data (3) Moving data (3) Drag and drop feature (3) Clearing cell contents (3) Saving work book (3) Closing a work book (3)

Practical Periods: 18 Calculations regarding policy claims Maturity claims (3) Survival payments (3) Death clams (3) Claim concession (3) Presumption of death (3) Accident benefit and disability benefit (3)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 February 2017 22 16 20

Theory Periods: 16 8.3 Importance of warehousing types of warehousing (4) 8.4 Need and importance of advertisement 4 8.5 Print media(4); 8.6 Outdoor media(4)

Theory Periods: 16 8.5 Ms. Word (4) MS EXCEL (12)

Theory Periods: 16 9 RISK MANAGMENT (4) 9.1 History of insurance (6) 9.2 History of insurance in India (6) Revision

Practical Periods:20 Visiting various nearby transport offices and collecting information (10) Visiting various advertisement agencies and observing their charging tariff and the importance/ advantages of advertisement (10)

Practical Periods:20 Working with work sheet (10) Inserting and deleting worksheets (10)

Practical Periods:20 - Calculate the surrender value (6) - Calculate the maturity value (7) - Nomination facilities (7)

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

153


INSURANCE & MARKETING:: COURSE CODE:: 210 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of


Periods Theory/ Practical

Retail Management (Theory Paper I)


GENERUL INSURANCE (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 Unit 1: Essentials of Retailing Location: Classrooms, Retail Shop, SuperBazaar, BigBazaar, Malls, Departmental Store, Retail marketing, Agencies etc. Unit 2: Types Of Inventory Session1. 1. Describe the concept of inventory and its types. 2. Identify the methods of Inventory in Retail. (2) Session 2. 1. Identify the types of the inventory. (3)

Theory Periods 22 Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (13) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10)

Theory Periods: 22 1 Principles Of General Insurance 1.1 Principles of general insurance (4) 1.2 Insurance documents (3) 1.3 Basis of rate making (3) 1.4 Other acts relating to general insurance (4) 2 Fire Insurance 2.1 Fire insurance (5) 2.2 General conditions (3)

Retail Management (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 23 Visit to different types of retail outlets/ shopping complex to observe the following: Types of stores and their location Various ways of stores layout location of department etc. Arrangement of product in racks. Etc. Exterior and interior designing of the store.; Holding discussion with the owner’s management of a few retail stores to find out as to how they decide which product to stock



Principles Of General Insurance (Practical Paper –III)

Practical Periods:23 Insurance (3) Market (3) Insurance forms (3) Proposals forms (2) Proposals for insurance (3) Certificate of insurance (3) Endorsements (3) Co-insurance (3)

154

and sell. ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT-I

July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods: (20) Unit 2: Types of Inventory 3. Identify the methods of inventory control. 2 Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Inventory Supervisor. (1) 1. Identify the functions of Inventory Supervisor. (2) 2. Describe the duties and responsibilities of Inventory Supervisor. (2) Unit 3: Security Points and Functions of Security Session1. Identify the various security points.(3) Session 2: Safety and Surveillance Equipments. (2) Session 3: Material and Equipment Handling.(2) Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Security & Housekeeping Supervisor. (2)


Theory Periods: (20) 2.3 Tariff system (2) 2.4 Types of policies (2) 2.5 Rules for cancellation of policy (2) 3 Marine Insurance 3.1 Marine insurance (2) 3.2 Marine policies (1) 3.3 Rating and underwriting (3) 3.4 Dody insurance (2) 3.5 Increased value insurance (3) 3.6 Tariff policies claims (3)

Practical Periods: (22) Exercise in assessing the demand for selected products in given area. Exercise in preparation of stock register, bin card etc. stock taking and preparation of list of existing stock. A visit to the school store or some other store during its stock taking period can be quite helpful.

Practical Periods: (22) 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’

Practical Periods: (22) Fire & Marine insurance Fire & Marine coverage’s (3) Standard policies (2) Fire insurance coverage’s (1) Reinstatement value policy (4) Types of marine policies (2) Special declaration policy (2) Duty and increased values insurances (4) Miscellaneous converges (2) Specialized insurances (2)

155

in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods: 20 Unit 4: Accounting procedure in Retailing 15 Session 1 Display of Products &Satisfy Customer needs. (3). Session 2 : Sale and Delivery of Products:- (4) Session 3 : Maintenance of Store Area & Communicate effectively with Stakeholders. (4). .Session 4 : Duties and Responsibilities of Sales Supervisor. (4) Unit 5: Supply Chain Management in Retailing:- (4) Session – 1: Introduction to SCM. (1) Session – 2 Principles of Supply Chain Management. (2) Session 3: Participants in the Process of SCM. (1)


Theory Periods:20 4 Motor Insurance 4.1 Motor insurance (1) 4.2 Legal aspects I & II (1) 4.3 Motor policies I & II (2) 4.4 Motor Tariff (1) 4.5 Documents & underwriting (2) 4.6 Claims, own damage claims and Claims II (3) 4.7 Third party liability claims (1) 5 Other General Insurance Policieas 5.1 Personal accident insurance (1) 5.2 Type of disablement & Policy conditions (2) 5.3 Raising, Risk Group I,II,III & Age limits (3) 5.4 Group personal accident policy (1) 5.5 Claims & New Schemes (1)

156

Practical Periods: (24) 3. A visit to a few retail stores to find out

what sales promotion scheme being use by them also ascertains their usefulness to the retail stores.

4. Collection of information in respect of shopping behaviour of people.


Practical Periods: (24) Rating & Marketing agreements(5) Premium calculation & underwriting practice(6) New business procedure , Renewal procedure & books (4) Claims & Reactionary procedure (3) Investigation & assessment claims (3) Document , settlement & recoveries (3)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 Unit - 5. Supply Chain Management in Retailing Session 4: Steps in Supply Chain Management. (4) Unit 6: Non-Store Retailing Introduction to E-Retailing:- (4) Session 2: E-Marketing:- (4) Session 3: Telemarketing. (4) Session 4: Internet Business. (3) 1. Concept of internet business 2. Classify various objectives of internet. 3. Discuss various issues on internet business:- 1. Classify the issues. 2. Describe main issues of security, privacy, non repudiation, authenticity data integrity, access control & availability.


Theory Periods: 20 6 General Insurance Policieas-I 6.1 Health insurance (2) 6.2 Medi claim policies (2) 6.3 Proposal forms & Schedule of the Policy (2) 6.4 TPAs their role (1) 6.5 Settlement of the claims (2) 6.6 Liaoning with Hospitals & Nursing Homes (2) 7 General Insurance Policieas-II 7.1 Overseas Medical Policy (2) 7.2 Burglary insurance (2) 7.3 Money insurance & Fidelity Guarantees (4)

157

Practical Periods: (24) 6. Shopping behaviour of people - Say unit of purchase, frequency, reason for purchase with regard to an administered to a select number of shoppers. 7. Practice and simulated exercise in organizing clearance sales and other sales promotion activities.


Practical Periods: (24) Investment & Accounting in respect of General insurance of - business (5) General Ledger(4) Income and Outgo (3) Trial balance and Revenue Account (3) Profit and loss account (5) Balance sheet and returns (4)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 Unit 7: Event Management in Retailing 1. Planning and Designing Event:- (5) Session 2: Documentation for conducting events. (5 Session 3: Logistics & Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) (5) Session 4 : Supervising Events. (5) 1.Identify the activities for smoothly conducting events. 2. Describe the steps in the execution of events 3. Describe the duties and responsibilities being delegated to staff for execution of an event. 4. Describe the social and cultural aspects required in the execution of an event.

Theory Periods: 20 Issue of shares at par, premium and discount (7) Company Accounts – II Company final accounts, Trading, profit and loss accounts & profit loss appropriation account with simple problems. (12)

Theory Periods: 20 8.1 Bankers blanket & jewellers Block Policies (3) 8.2 Other Miscellanies Policies like Pedal cycle insurance (2) 8.3 Plat glass insurance (2) 8.4 Missing Documents Indemnity (2) 8.5 Blood stock insurance (2) 8.6 Pet Dog Insurance (2) 8.7 Sports insurance & Shop keeper insurance policy(2) 8.8 House holders insurance policy (2)

158

Practical Periods: 22 9. The student should be aware of handling event management independently. He should be given to handle the live function like college day maintenance, retirement function, fare parties etc.

Practical Periods: (22) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow Statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Practical Periods: 22 Health insurance (8) Sickness (4) Various Health Riders in Policies (6) Practical (4)

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I Pre final examinations – 1 February 2017 22

Theory Periods: 08 Unit 8: Billing and Accounting Procedure in Retailing:- (2) 1. Describes the Basic Understanding & for Billing Personnel. 2. Understanding basic accounting terminologies related with Billing & Accounting Procedures. Example: Service Tax, Sales Tax, VAT, Other Duties etc. Session 2: Fundamental of Accounting & Journal and Ledger. (2) Session 3: Procedure of Trading and Profit & Loss Account. (2) Session 4: Procedure of Balance Sheet. (2)

Theory Periods(8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments.

Theory Periods:08 Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 March 2017 22 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017

159

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN

Basic aim of the course AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN is to impart following skills in student.

1. Should be able to overhaul the engine, clutch, gearbox, propeller shaft, differential and rear axle, brakes / brake system, steering and steering linkages, front axle, front suspensions rear suspension.

2. Should be able to use various hand tools, gauges, instruments and special equipment. 3. Should be able to overhaul fuel injection pump and feed pump, and injectors. 4. Should be able to wash , clean the under chassis and to Lubricate the various paints with oil or grease. 5. Should be able to implement the maintenance schedule.

6. Should be able to perform tyre rotation.

7. Should be able to set the headlights.

8. Should be able to check the tighten the nuts as per the required torque and able to mount the wheels.

160

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 17

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE:: 309 :: FIRST YEAR Month &


Work Shop Technology

(Theory Paper I)

Basic Mechanical and Electrical Engineering (Theory Paper II)

Automobile Power Plant (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 1 : Engineering materials Contents : Properties and uses of common Engineering Materials such as Cast Iron (1) Mild Steel ( 1) High Carbon Steel (1) Alloy Steel (1) Stainless Steel ( 1) Copper( 1) Brass (1) Tin ( 1) Zinc (1) Gunmetal (1) Bronze(1) White metal(1) Aluminum. ( 1) Non Metals : Wood, Plastic, Rubber. (1) Importance of safety Precautions in Workshop (1) Unit 2 : Fitting and Drilling Contents : Cutting Tools – Chisels (2) Hacksaws (2) Files( 2) Scrapers( 1) Drill Bits(1)

Theory Periods: 23 Unit :1 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 1 Definition for system, boundary, surroundings, working fluid and state of system (2) 2. Types of thermodynamic systems, closed, open and isolated systems with examples(2) 3. Properties of systems intensive and extensive with examples(1) 4. Definitions for properties like pressure, volume, temperature, enthalpy, internal energy and their units.(2) 5. Definitions for flow of work and specific heat(1) Unit :2 Laws of perfect Gases 1. Explanation of gas laws, Boyle's law, Charles’s law, Avogadro’s law, Joule's law and Renaults law.(3) 2. Characteristic gas equation, universal gas equation, characteristic gas constant, universal gas constant. (3) 3. Specific heat at constant pressure and constant volume for a gas. Relation between two specific heats with characteristic gas constant(2) 4. Simple problems on gas equations.(2) Unit:3 Laws of thermo dynamics: (5)

Theory Periods: 23 Unit No:1 Introduction to Engines 1.Definition of Engine(1) 2. Types of Engines(2) 3. Function of I.C. Engines(2) 4. Classification of I.C. Engines2) Unit No :2 Petrol Engines 1. Material used, function and constructional details of Petrol Engine components(4) 2. Cylinder arrangement (in line, V-type, opposed-piston, opposed Cylinder, radial) of Petrol Engines(2) 3. Side valve and over head valve operating mechanism, L,I,F, and T type valve arrangements, valve clearance, timing gears (3) 4. Construction and working of 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines (6) 5. Comparison between 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines (1)

161

1. Zeroeth, first, second laws of thermo dynamics Simple problems on conversion of heat into work

Practical Periods: 21 1. Fitting: 1.1. Identification & Usage of tools (3) 1.2. Sawing Practice (7) 1.3. Filing practice(7) 1.4. Chiseling Practice(4)

Practical Periods: 21 1.0. Introduction 1. Scope and objective of the subject(1) 2. Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium (1) 3. Drawing instruments and their uses(2) 4. Scales : Recommended scales, reduced & enlarged(2) 5. Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and its contents(1) 6. Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments (1) 2.0. Lettering and Dimensioning 1. Types of Lettering(1) 2. Guide Lines for lettering(1) 3 Recommended sizes of letters and numbers(1) 4. Single stroke letters.(1) 5. Dimensioning - rules and systems of dimensioning – dimensioning a given drawing.(2) 3.0 Geometric Construction 1. Bisecting a line - perpendiculars - parallel lines division of a line (5) 3.2 Angles – Bisection and Trisection (2)

Practical periods: 21 Overhauling of Petrol Engine 2 Stroke Petrol Engine (21)


Theory Periods: 20 Unit 2 : Fitting and Drilling Contents : Reamers & Tap( 2) Dies ( 2) and Sockets. Striking tools : Hammers (1) Holding Devices : Vices ( 1) Marking Tools (1) & Miscellaneous tools (2) Checking & Measuring Instruments Calipers &

Theory Periods: 20 Simple problems on conversion of heat intowork(1) Unit No: 4 Thermodynamic processes: 1. Types of thermo dynamics processes, Constant volume, Constant pressure, isothermal, Adiabatic, polytrophic equations representing the processes (12) 2. Equations for work done during the processes, calculation of change of internal energy.(1)

Theory Periods: 20 5. Comparison between 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines (1) 6. Valve timing diagram of 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines(3) 7. Firing order of multi cylinder engine(1) Unit No : 3 Petrol Engine Fuel System 1. Line diagram of petrol engine fuel system(1) 2. Constructional details of fuel tank, fuel

162

Dividers (2) Drilling Machines - Sensitive (1) and Radial Drilling Machines (1) Various Fitting and Drilling operations (1) Unit 3 : Sheet Metal Work Contents : Metals used for sheet metal work (1) sheet metal hand tools – measuring (2) and cutting tools (2) stakes (1)

3. Calculation of heat supplied or rejected during the processes(4) Unit No: 5 Fuels 1. Definition of fuels, types of fuels, solid, liquid and gaseous fuels and its uses (1) 2. Calorific values (Higher & lower) of fuels(1)

Lnes (1) 3. Construction and working of fuel pumps(1) 4. Requirements of an automobile carburetor(1) 5. Air fuel ratios for different conditions(1) 6. Arrangement of carburetors-down draught, up draught and side draught(2) 7. Construction and working of Carter, Zenith, Solex and S.U. Carburetors(2) 8. Petrol injection system in Modern vehicles(1) 9. Working principle of a super charger, scavenging(1) Unit No: 4 Diesel Engines 1. Working principle of a 2 stroke and 4 stroke diesel engines(4)

Practical Periods: 19 Fitting: 1.4. Chiseling Practice(1) 1.5. Preparation of T, ‘L’ Sections (11) 1.6. Drilling (3) 1.7 Tapping (4)

Practical Periods: 19 2. Angles - bisection, trisection(1) 3. Tangent lines touching circles internally and externally (1) 3.4. Polygons - Regular polygons - circumscribed and inscribed in circles.(1) 5. Conic sections - Definitions of focus, directrix, eccentricity (i) Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method(3) (ii) Construction of parabola by rectangular method.(2) (iii) Construction of Hyperbola when given the position of point from X-axis and Y-axis.(2) 4.0 Orthographic Projection 1. Definition - Planes of Projection - Four quadrants – Reference line.(2) 2. First angle projection -Third angle projection(7)

Practical Periods: 19 Overhauling of 4 Stroke Petrol Engine (17) Mechanical Fuel Pump (2)




163

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 Sheet metal operations - Shearing, bending, Drawing, Squeezing (4) Sheet metal joints - Hem & Seam Joints (4) Fastening Methods – Riveting (1) Soldering (1) Brazing (1) spot welding. ( 1) Unit 4 : Carpentry Contents : Marking & Measuring Tool ( 1) Cutting Tools Saws (1) Chisels (1) Planes (1) Boring Tools (1) striking tools (1) Holding Devices (1) & Miscellaneous Tools (1) carpentry joints (2) Carpentry process (1)

Theory Periods: 23 2. Calorific values (Higher & lower) of fuels(4) 3. Fuels used in I.C. Engines(2) 4. Qualities of good fuel(2) 5 octane number(2) 6. Cetane number(2) 7 Alternative fuels(1) Unit No: 6 Thermo dynamic cycles 1. Carnot Cycle(2) 2. P-V & T-S diagram(2) 3. Working of carnot cycle(1) 4. Assumption of carnot cycle(1) 5. Efficiency of carnot cycle (without proof)(1) 6. Otto cycle(2) 6.7 Working.(1)

Theory Periods: 23 Unit No: 4 1. Working principle of a 2 stroke and 4 stroke diesel engines(10) 3. Advantages and limitation of diesel engine over a petrol engine(2) 2. Valve timing diagram of 2 stroke and 4 stroke diesel engines(2) 4. Types of diesel engine combustion chambers i.e. direct injection Chamber, pre combustion chamber and turbulence chamber-Relative advantages and disadvantages (4) Unit No :5 Diesel Engine Fuel System 1. Line diagram of diesel engine fuel system(1) 2. Types of diesel fuel feed pump-construction & working(2) 3. Requirements of fuel injection system(1) 5.4. Types of fuel injection systems-Common Rail, Individual System (1)

Practical Periods: 24 2. Tin Smithy 1. Make a Rectangular tray (7) 2. Make a Rectangular Scoop, Funnel (7) 3. Riveting Practice (9) 4. Soldering the Joints (1)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Projections of points(2) 4. Projections of straight lines(4) 5. Projections of planes(11) 6. Projections of solids(7)

Practical Periods: 24 Mechanical Fuel Pump(4) Electrical fuel pump(11) Petrol fuel injection system (4) Solex carburetor, Carter carburetor& S.U.Carburetor(5)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 Unit 4 : Carpentry Contents : Carpentry process (3) wood working Machines (1) Unit 5 : Forging & Welding Contents : Hand Tools (2)

Theory Periods: 20 6.8. P-V and T-S Diagrams(2) 6.9. Efficiency of Otto cycle without proof(1) 6.10. Diesel cycle(1) 6.11. Working(1) 6.12. P-V and T-S Diagrams(2) 6.13. Efficiency of Diesel cycle without proof(1)

Theory Periods: 20 5.5. Construction & working of F.I.P.(4) 5.6. Governing System Function - construction & working of Mechanical & pneumatic type governors(2) 5.7. Function of Injectors-Types of injectors and their construction & working.-Single

164

Heating Devices (2) Smith Operations (5) Machine Forging (2) Forging hammers (2) Forging press(2) Welding : Arc welding (1)

6.14. Simple problems(2) Unit No: 7 Introduction to Transmission of Power 7.1. Types of transmission of power in Engineering(1) 7.2. Power transmitting media like belt, Chain, rope and gears(2) 7.3 Expression for velocity ratio for belts (formula only)(1) 7.4. Definition of the slip(1) 7.5. Belt drives, open and cross belt drive(1) 7.6. Tensions in tight and slack sides of a belt(1) 7.7. Rope drive, chain drive, gear drive, simple gear drive and compound gear drive and their applications.(1) 7.8. Belt fasteler(1) 7.9. Uses of Jockey pulley(1)

hole, Multi hole, & Pintle hole(2) Unit No :6 Lubrication System 6.1. Types of lubricants(2) 6.2. Properties of lubricants & SAE number(2) 6.3. Requirements of lubrication for Automobiles(1) 6.4. Construction & working of different types of lubrication systems i.e. Petroil (or) mist type, splash type, forced feed type and dry sump type(06) 6.5. Function of Oil Filters(1)

Practical Periods: 18 4. Soldering the joints(1) 2.5. Elbow (5) 3. Carpentry 3.1 Planning practice (2) 3.2 Chiseling practice (2) 3.3. Prepare Tee Lap joint(5) 3.4 Plain Tenon Joint (3)

Practical Periods: 18 6. Projections of solids (2) 4.7Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views (5) 5.0. Isometric Projection (4) 5.1. Definition - Isometric axes, lines and planes(3) 5.2 Isometric Scale – Isometric View (4)

Practical Periods: 18 Solex carburetor, Carter carburetor& S.U. carburetor(1) 4 stroke diesel engine and different type of diesel engine combustion chambers (17)




Oct 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 Welding : Arc welding (1) & Gas Welding (3) Unit 6 : Foundry Contents : foundry equipment ( 2) Hand moulding Tools (2) Moulding Boxes (1) Types of sands and properties (1)

Theory Periods: 12 Unit No: 8 8.0. Fasteners 8.1. Introduction (1) 8.2. Screws(1) 8.3. Nuts and Bolts(1) 8.4. Rivets and Clamps(1) Unit No :9 Units of Mechanical work, power and Energy

Theory Periods: 12 6.6. Types of oil filtering systems i.e. full flow & by pass flow system(1) 6.7. Types of filtering elements, i.e. cartridge type, stack type, centrifugal type Etc,.(1) 6.8. Necessity of crank case ventilation-positive crank case ventilation(1) 6.9. Sludge formation in the lubricating oil-effect of sludge to the Lubrications

165

Patterns : Classification &Making; (1) Green sand and dry sand moulding ( 1)

9.1. Definition of work, power and energy with S.I. units(5) 9.2. Simple problems on work, power and energy(3)

systems(1) 6.10. Grades of lubricants used in engine, gear box, differential, steering gear box in different type of Vehicles(1) Unit No :7 Cooling System 7.1. Necessity of cooling system in Automobiles(1) 7.2. Disadvantages of over cooling & under cooling(1) 7.3. Constructional details of Air cooling system(1) 7.4. Construction and working of forced feed type with thermostat water cooling system(4)

Practical Periods: 14 3.4. Plain Tenon joint(1) 3.5. Mortise & Tenon joint (3) 3.5. Mortise & Tenon joint (3) 3.6 Boring Preactice (1) 4 BlackSmithy 4.1 Practice of usage of tools(2) 4.2 Making around Bar from a Square Bar (2)

Practical Periods: 14 5.2. Isometric Scale - Isometric view(4) 5.3. Drawing of isometric views of plane figures(5) 5.4 Drawing of Isometric views of Prisms and Pyramids (5)

Practical Periods: 14 4 stroke diesel engine and different type of diesel engine combustion chambers (6) Fuel Pump (6) Air cooling System and water cooling System (2)






January 2017 23

Theory Periods: 20 Cores & Core making Casitngs : ( 2) Shell Moulding (1)

Theory Periods: 20 9.2. Simple problems on work, power and energy(2)

Theory Periods: (20) 7.5. Construction & working of water pump, radiator(4)

166

20 18

ceramic moulding (1) Special castings (1) Defects in castings. (1) Advantages and limitations of Casting (1) Unit 7 : Mechanical Working of Metals Contents : Hot working process - Rolling, Piercing, Drawing, Spinning, Extrusion. ( 7) Cold Working Process : Rolling, Bending, drawing, spinning Extrusion, squeezing,Peening (4) Cold Working Process : Rolling, Bending, drawing, spinning Extrusion, squeezing,Peening (2)

Unit No : 10 Safety Precautions 10.1. Precaution in handling tools(1) 10.2. Causes of Electric shocks(1) 10.3. Cure of electric shock-first aid, artificial respiration(1) 10.4. Precaution against shock(1) Unit No : 11 Electric Current; Ohm's Law; Kirchhoff’s laws 11.1. Electric Current, Voltage (1) 11.2 Conductors, Semi-Conductors, Insulators(1) 11.3. Conventional, Electric Current Flow Unit(1) 11.4. Idea of Electric Potential unit(1) 11.5. Definition Electrical Resistance Unit(1) 11.6. Definition Specific Resistance 11.7calculation of Resistance of conductor (1) 11.8. Simple problems(1) 11.9. Effect of temperature on resistance, 11.10Temperature co-efficient of resistance (1) 11.11. Ohm’s law and resistance calculations(1) 11.12 Resistance in series and parallel combinations(1) 11.13. Kirchhoff’s laws 11.14 Kirchhoff’s current & voltage laws(1) 11.15 Electrical work, power & energy(1) Unit No: 12 Electrical measuring Instruments 12.1. Classification of electrical measuring instruments(2)

7.6. Anti freezing and anti rusting additives(2) 7.7 Viscous fan(2) Unit No: 8 Manifolds and Mufflers 8.1. Necessity of inlet and exhaust manifold(1) 8.2. Considerations for a good manifold design(1) 8.3. Types of manifolds-inlet & exhaust(2) 8.4. Necessity air cleaner & filters, Types of air Cleaners, Construction and working principle of air Cleaner(4) 8.5. Function of silencer, Construction and working principle of different types of silencers(2) 8.5. Function of silencer, Construction and working principle of different types of silencers(2)

Practical Periods: 18 4.2. Making a round bar from a square bar(3) 4.3. Making a ring of given round rod(6) 4.4. Making of crane hook, S-hook, T-bolt, Flat Chisel, Gib head , sunk key(5) Arc Welding 5.1 Making a Square Butt Joint(2) 5.2 Making a T- Joint , Lap Joint , Corner Joint (2)

Practical Periods: 18 5.4. Drawing of isometric views of prisms and pyramids(3) 5.5. Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones(8) 6. Section of solids 6.1 Need for Drawing Sectional views – Section Planes (2) 6.2 Section of prisms and pyramids (5)

Practical Periods: 18 Air Cooling system& Water cooling system(12) Splash lubrication system( 4) Force Feed Lubrication System (2)

167


Theory Periods:17 Cold Working Process : Rolling, Bending, drawing, spinning Extrusion, squeezing,Peening (2) Advantages and limitations of cold working & Hot working ( 1) Unit 8 : Lathe & Grinding Contents : Lathe main parts simple operations, (6) Grinding – working principle; Grinding wheel materials, Applications of Grinding.(6) Grinding wheel materials (1) Applications of Grinding(1)

Theory Periods:17 12.2. Ammeters and voltmeters and their applications(2) 12.3. Moving coil meters and moving iron(2) 12.4. Method of connecting the Ammeters and Voltmeters(1) 12.5. Wattmeter(2) 12.6. Energy Meter(2) 12.7. Power Factor Meter(2) 12.8. Megger(2) 12.9. Continuity tester(2) 12.10. Measurement of Insulation resistance(2)

Theory Periods:17 Unit No: 9 Performance of IC Engines 9.1. Need for engine performance testing(2) 9.2. Different types of engine powers i.e. BHP, IHP, FHP.(5) 9.3. Different types of engine efficiencies i.e. break thermal efficiency, indicated thermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency(6) 9.4. Specific fuel consumption, heat balance sheet, performance Curves(4)

Practical Periods :21 5.2. Making of T joint, lap joint, corner joint(4) 5.3. Identification of welding positions(2) Gas welding 5.4. Identification of Gas welding equipment (3) 5.5. Setting of Gas welding equipment(2) 5.6. Setting of Gas welding flames(2) 5.7. Practicing of Gas welding techniques (8)

Practical Periods :21 6.0. Sections of Solids 6.2. Sections of prisms and pyramids(3) 6.3. Sections of cones and cylinders.(7) 7.0 Auto –CAD 7.1 Study of Auto-CAD screen, toolbars, menus and various commands(1) 7.2 Exercise on mirror imaging, rotate, array and move commands(2) 7.3 Exercise on dimensioning and hatching(2) 7.4 Exercise on 2D drawings(2) 7.5 Study the 3D solids and solid tool bar options(2) 7.6 Draw bolt and nut in 3D drawings(2)

Practical Periods :21 Forced feed lubrication system (7) Inlet & exhaust manifold (7) Different types of Mufflers (7)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 March 2017/22

REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

168


AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE : 309 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Automobile Transmission System & Electrical

System (Theory Paper I)

Automobile Chassis And Body Engineering

(Theory Paper II)

Automobole Servicing And Gaurage

Management (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Clutch 1.1. Necessity of clutch in automobiles (2) 1.2. Construction and working of a single plate, multiplate, centrifugal and semi-centrifugal clutch. (6) 2.0. Gear Box 2.1. Necessity of gear box in automobiles (2) 2.2. Construction and working of a sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchromesh gear box (6) 3.0. Universal Joints and Propeller Shaft 3.1. Necessity of Universal Joints & Propeller Shaft(2) 3.2. Construction and working of cross or spider, yoke , ball and Trunion, and constant velocity type, universal type (2) 3.3. Construction and working of enclosing type and hollow type propeller shaft (2)

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Chassis, Frame and Body 1.1. Introduction of Chassis frame (1) 1.2. Layout of the Chassis and its main components (2) 1.3. Functions of the Chassis frame (2) 1.4. Types of Chassis frames (1) 1.5. Various loads acting on the frame (2) 1.6. State the different bodies used in automobiles (2) 1.7. Explain the requirements of bodies for various types of vehicles viz. private, commercial etc. (2) 2.0. Steering System 2.1. Requirement of the vehicle steering System (2) 2.2. Types of steering gearboxes, (2) 2.2 Types of Steering Systems and Power Steering(9) 2.3. Steering linkages(2) 2.4 Under steering, over steering,& Turning radius (2)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction 1.1. Garage, Service Station and Specialist repair shop(2) 1.2. Tools and equipment for a garage, service station and specialist repair shop & Power tools(3) 1.3 Layout of a typical garage, service station and specialist repair shop(3) 2. Major equipment for service station Study the construction and working of the following equipment with aid of charts/original equipment 2.1.Car washing machine &Automatic Washing (3) 2.2. Vehicle hoist(3) 2.3. Air Compressor(3) 2.4. Lubrication equipment - Grease guns - Hand and compressed air operated - High pressure lubrication(3)

3. Automobile Engine reconditioning equipment Study the following processes with the help of Charts/Model/ Original Component

169

3.1. Degreasing Plant(2) ATS &ES LAB (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1 Single plate clutch, Multiplate clutch& Centrifugal clutch. (9) 2 Sliding mesh gearbox, Constant mesh gearbox& Synchromesh gearbox (9) 3 Differential unit, Propeller shaft with Universal joints (5)

ACBE LAB (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1 Different types of steering system (14) 2 Different types of Braking system (9)

ASM LAB (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 23 1 Decarburization (5) 2 Cylinder Reboring (6) 3 Cylinder Honing (6) 4 Valve seat cutting, grinding and refacing (6)


Theory Periods: 20 3.5. Construction and working of slip joint, Hotchkiss drive, torque tube drive (3) 4.0. Differential Unit 4.1. Necessity of differential (2) 4.2. Construction and working of a differential (3) 4.3. Differential lock and self locking differential (3) 5.0. Front and Rear Axles 5.1. Necessity of Front & Rear axle (2) 5.2. Construction and working of live and dead axles (4) 5.3. Construction and working of different types of stub axles (3)

Theory Periods: 20 2.5. Ackerman's & Davis Steering gear Mechanism (1) 2.6. Steering geometry - Caster, Camber, King pin inclination, toe in and toe out (1) 2.7 Wheel alignment (2) 2.7. Steering defects - wheel wobble and shimmy (2) 2.8. List out the type of steering system used in various vehicles (2) 3.0. Braking System 3.1. Explain Functions of brakes(1) 3.2. Requirements of automobile brakes(1) 3.3. Explain stopping time and stopping distance(3) 3.4. Types of Braking systems - Disc and Drum braking system(3) 3.5. Construction and workig of Mechanical, hydraulic, and air brakes, - Bleeding of brakes in Hydraulic brakes(4)

Theory Periods: 20 3.2. De Carbonizing (1) 3.3. Cylinder ridge removal(1) 3.4. Cylinder Reboring and honing(2) 3.5. Valve seat cutting and grinding(2) 3.6. Valve refacing(1) 3.7. Crank shaft grinding(2) 4. Reconditioning of Brakes Study the construction and working of the following equipment with aid of charts/model/original components. 4.1. Brake drum lathe (2) 4.2. Brake shoe riveting(4) 5. Reconditioning Diesel Fuel injection system Study the following test procedures with the help of charts/ models/original component 5.1. Fuel injection pump test bench (phasing and calibration tests)(5)

Practical Periods: 22 3 Differential unit, Propeller shaft with Universal joints (2) 4 Front axle,& Rear axle( 5) 5 Leaf Springs (4)

Practical Periods: 22 2 Different types of Braking system (11) 3 Different types of suspension system (11)

Practical Periods: 22 5 Brake drum turning,, Brake shoe riveting,&. Brake bleeding (11) 6 Wheel alignment - Camber, Caster, King pin inclination, toein, toe out - wheel balancing

170

6 Wheel assembly (6); 7 Brake Assembly (5) (11) ASSIGNMENT-II

UNIT TEST-I ASSIGNMENT-II


UNIT TEST-I

August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods:20 5.4. Construction and working of semi floating, three quarter floating and fully floating rear axles (3)

6.0. Wheels and Tyres 6.1. Function of wheel & tyres (1) 6.2. Construction and working of Disc and spoke wheel (1) 6.3. Types of rims and their construction (1) 6.4. Construction & properties of tyres (1) 6.5. Different tyre tread pattern (1) 6.6. Specifications of a tyre (1) 6.7. Tyre rotation (1) 6.8. Vulcanizing and Retreading (1) 6.9. Wheel balancing and static balancing (2) 7.0. Ignition System 7.1. Introduction (2) 7.2. Study of wiring of Magnet ignition, Battery Coil Ignition (5)

Theory Periods: 20 3.6. List out the types of brakes used in various vehicles(4) 4.0. Suspension System 4.1. Requirements of a automobile suspension system (4) 4.2. Types of suspension system - conventional and Independent(4) 4.3. Types of springs - Laminated spring, coil spring, helical spring(4) 4.4. Need of Shock absorber - construction and working of different types of shock absorbers(4)

Theory Periods: 20 5.2. Fuel injector testing(3)

6. Servicing and Maintenance 6.1. General Procedure for servicing and maintenance of Motor Vehicles(2) 6.2. Types of maintenance - periodic maintenance - break down maintenance – preventive maintenance - operation maintenance(2) 6.3 Types of servicing - cleaning of the motor vehicle and its components - greasing of motor vehicle(2) 6.4 Maintenance and its role in trouble shooting of –Automobile, advantage of good maintenance(2) 7. Servicing and maintenance of two wheelers 7.21 Daily, weekly and monthly maintenance or after every 2000 Km - General and periodical Check up – Servicing (9)

Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24 Practical Periods: 24

171

7 Brake Assembly (9) 8 To dismount, dismantle, inspect, repair, service and Reassemble an alternator (8) 9 To Inspect the working and carry out adjustment of voltage And current regulator (7)

3 Different types of suspension system (9) 4 Inspect& repair of door lock mechanisms (8) 5 Inspect& repair of manual window mechanism (7)

7 FIP phasing and calibration test (9) 8 Fuel injector - pressure test, spray test and leak off test (6) 9 Crank shaft grinding (9)

ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-II



December 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods: 20 7.2.1: Electronic Ignition System (02) 8.0. Charging System 8.1. Introduction(1) 8.2. Construction and working of charging dynamo (D.C.Generator) (2) 8.3. Working principle of cut-out (1) 8.4. Voltage regulators-current regulators-construction and working (2) 8.5. Construction & working of Alternator (2) 9.0 Starting System 9.1. State the construction and working of a self starter (D.C.Motor) (3) 9.2. Working principle of bendix drive with a sketch (3) 9.3. Solenoid construction and working (4)

Theory Periods: 20 4.5. Stabilizer bar and torsion bar (3) 4.6. List out the type of suspension system used in various vehicles (2) 5.0. Seat, Door and Window mechanism 5.1. Construction and working of door lock mechanism(1) 5.2. Construction and working of manual window regulating mechanism(2) 5.3. Construction and working of power window regulating mechanism(2) 5.4. Construction and working of seat adjusting mechanism(2) 6.0. Air Conditioning of motor vehicles 6.1. Necessity of automobile air conditioning(8)

Theory Periods: 20 7.2. Adjustment, dismantling, assembling and trouble shooting of 2 Wheelers (8) 8. Servicing and Maintenance of 3 Wheelers (18) 8.1. General and Periodical maintenance of 3 wheelers (12)

Practical Periods: 24 9 To Inspect the working and carry out adjustment of voltage And current regulator (4) 10 To dismount, dismantle, inspect repair, service and Reassemble a self starter motor (8) 11 To dismount ,dismantle, inspect and reassemble a wiper Motor (6) 12 To Check the circuit diagram of an electric horn and to carry out its adjustments (6)

Practical Periods: 24 5 Inspect& repair of manual window mechanism (4) 6 Inspect& repair of power window mechanism (8) 7 Inspect, repair& gas filling of car air conditioning( 8) 8 Practicing of painting procedures (4)

Practical Periods: 24 10 Servicing and Maintenance of Two Wheeler-1. Engine, Clutch . Gear Box,. Brakes,& Electrical System(10) 11 Servicing and Maintenance of 3 Wheeler- Engine, Transmission, Clutch,. Gear Box,. Brakes,& Electrical System (14)

ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-III



January 2017

Theory Periods: 20 10.0. Lighting, Horn and Wipers

Theory Periods: 20 6.2. Construction and working of passenger car

Theory Periods: 20 8.2. Adjustment, dismantling, Assembling and

172

23 20 22

10.1. Introduction (1) 10.2. Working of Head lamp, side or parking light, tail or stop light, dash light, direction signal light (2) 10.3. Adjustments of head lights (2) 10.4. Working of Dipper, Dim light, Door light & Destination board light (2) 10.5. Horn circuit construction and working (2) 10.6. Working of wiper (1)

11.0. Battery 11.1. Introduction (1) 11.2 Types of Batteries:- Primary & Secondary Batteries(2) 11.3. Parts of lead acid battery, alkaline Battery, and its functions (1) 11.4 Electrolyte ratio- by weight & Volume(1) 11.5. Understand the ampere hour and watt-hour efficiency of the battery (2) 11.6 Know the different methods of charging and trickle charging(1) 11.7 Know the different methods of testing of a lead-acid battery for full charged and discharged condition(1) 11.8 Cell damage testing:-sulphation, desulphation(1)

air conditioning(2) 7.0. Painting of automobiles 7.1 Constituents of paints (2) 7.2 Methods of painting(2) 7.3 Painting Procedure(2) 7.4 Reasons for failure of paint(2) 8.0. Automobile Pollution 8.1. Effects of automobile pollution on environment and human beings (1) 8.2. Types of automobile emissions(1) 8.3. Treatment of exhaust gases by using catalytic convertors(1) 8.4. Measurement of percentage of pollutants from Petrol & Diesel vehicles with the help of exhaust gas analyzers(2) 9.0. Legal aspects of motor vehicles 9.1. Traffic signs and signals(1) 9.2. Registration requirements(1) 9.3. Necessity of permits for commercial vehicles(1) 9.4. Insurance coverage(1) 9.5. Procedure for obtaining driving licenses(1)

Trouble shooting of three wheelers (4) 9. Servicing and Maintenance of Four Wheelers Dismantling, over hauling and reassembling of the Four wheeler 9.1. Engine (1) 9.2. Fuel System (1) 9.3. Lubrication System (2) 9.4. Cooling System (1) 9.5. Transmission System (2) 9.6. Ignition System (1) 9.7. Steering, brakes and suspension system (2) 9.8. Testing the engine with the help of engine analyzer (2) 9.9. Alignment of wheels (2) 9.10. Balancing of wheels (2)

Practical Periods: 22 13 To carry out adjustment of head lights (5) 14 To Check a battery charger and carry out charging (6) 15 To check wiring diagram of battery coil ignition system (5) 16 To Check wiring diagram of electronic ignition system (4) 17 Study of Speedo meter and odometer (4)

Practical Periods: 22 8 Practicing of painting procedures (11) 9 Measurement of percentage of pollutants from petrol and diesel vehicles with the help of exhaust gas Analyzers (11)

Practical Periods: 22 12 Servicing and maintenance of four wheeler- Engine, Transmission System, Brakes, Steering, Suspension, .Cooling, lubrication and fuel supply system, Electrical system & Ignition system (22)

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMS – I

173

February 2017 22/08

Revision Chlutch, Gear box, Differential -8

Revision Chassis, frame, streeing system-8

Revision Servicing & Maintenance of 2,3,8,4 wheels (8)

PRE FINAL EXAMS- II PRE FINAL EXAMS- 2 PRE FINAL EXAMS- 2 March 2017 22

I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017

174

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

The basic aim of the course CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) The Students can work under Private/Government

Conctractor/Engineer/Construction Company as

Work inspector

b) The students can do contract works as a contractor

for a construction of house.

c) The students can prepare PLANs for house/buildings

Keeping the standards of Municipalities for permission

for construction/regularisation.

d) The students can draw the PLANs by hand/auto CAD indipendently.

e) Students can do building maintainence works of various

Construction works (Either in private/government)

175


CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY:: COURSE CODE :: 310 :: FIRST YEAR Month &


Construction Materials (Theory Paper I)

Surveying Theory (Theory Paper II)

Engineering Mechanics (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction (2) 1.1. General (1) 1.2. Scope and purpose of the subject (1) 2. Stones(10) 2.1. Introduction (1) 2.2. Classification of Rocks 2.2.1. Geological classification (2) 2.2.2. Physical classification (1) 2.3. Common varieties of stones – their uses (1) 2.4. Availability of important stones (1) 2.5. Dressing of stones(2) 2.6. Different types of surface finishes(1) 2.7. Introduction of aggregates – grading of aggregates(1) 3. Bricks (11) 3.1. Composition of good brick earth(1) 3.2. Requirements of good brick earth(1) 3.3. Manufacture of Bricks (2) 3.3.1. Preparation of brick earth 3.3.2. Moulding ; 3.3.3. Drying 3.3.4. Burning

Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction : (13) 1.1. Concept of surveying (3) 1.2. Purpose of surveying (1) 1.3. linear and angular measurements(1) 1.4. Classification of surveying. 1.4.1. Plane and geodetic surveying (1) 1.4.2.Classification based on instruments (1) 1.4.3.Engineering surveys (3) 1.5. Reconnaissance, preliminary location survey, final location survey. (5) 2. Chain Surveying(10) 2.1. Purpose and principle of chain survey (2) 2.2. Equipments used and their function - chains, arrows, tapes - ranging rods pegs -plumb bob -cross staff (4) 2.3. Conventional signs. (2) 2.4. Errors in chaining (2)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0. Systems of Measurements and Units(6) 1.1. S.I. and M.K.S. System (1) 1.2. F.P.S. System (1) 1.3. Fundamental and Derived units (1) 1.4. Units of Physical quantities used in Civil Engineering like length, area, volume, mass, force etc(3). 2.0. Forces and Moments (17) 2.1. Definition of Force, Moment, Resultant, Equilibrant and Moment of a couple(4) 2.2. Resultant of forces at a point, parallelogram law, Triangle law of forces, polygon law of forces(5) 2.3. Distinguish between scalar and vector quantities, co-planar and non-co-planar forces, parallel and non-parallel forces, like and unlike forces (5) 2.4. Conditions of Equilibrium of rigid bodies (3)

176

3.4. Field tests of good bricks (1) 3.5. Characteristics of good bricks(1) 3.6. Classification of Bricks as per I.S(1) 3.7. I.S.I. Specification for bricks (1) 3.8. Special Forms of Bricks(1) 3.9. Special purpose Bricks (3.9.1,3.3.2) –(2) 3.9.1. Cement bricks, Uses and advantages 3.9.2. Fly ash bricks , uses and advantages Construction Materials Lab (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1.0. Identification of various construction materials and their applications (13) 2.0. Test on Bricks (8) 2.1. Field tests on bricks (2) 2.2. Water absorption test on bricks(3) 2.3. Crushing strength of bricks (3)

Surveying Practice (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 1.0. Chain Surveying -21 1.1. Familiarity with instruments used in chain surveying 1.2. Practicing unfolding and folding of chain 1.3. Ranging and chaining of lines with offsets to objects and recording in field book(5) 1.4. Setting out right angles, by 3,4,5 method 1.5. Chaining a line involving indirect ranging. 1.6 Compass sruveying

Engineering Drawing (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 1.0. Introduction (5) 1.1. Scope and objective of the subject (1) 1.2. Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium 1.3. Drawing instruments and their uses 1.4. Scales : Recommended scales, reduced & enlarged (1) 1.5. Construction of Plain, Diagonal, Vernier Scales, Scale of Chords and Proportional Scales.(1) 1.6. Sheet sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5. Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and its contents (1) 1.7. Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments.(1) 2.0. Lettering and Dimensioning (10) 2.1. Types of Lettering (1) 2.2. Guide Lines for lettering (2) 2.3 Recommended sizes of letters and numbers (2) 2.4. Single stroke letters.(3) 2.5. Dimensioning - rules and systems of

177

dimensioning – dimensioning a given drawing (2)


Theory Periods: 20 4. Clay Products (10) 4.1. Tiles – Types of Tiles 4.2. Roofing Tiles & 4.3. Flooring Tiles 4.4. Stone ware pipes 4.5. Glazing , 4.6. Porcelain & 4.7. Terra- cotta 5. Lime (4) 5.1. Introduction & 5.2. Lime - properties and uses (1) 5.3. Sources of lime (1) 5.4. Calcinations of lime 5.5. Slaking of lime (1) 5.6. Quick lime & 5.7. Classification of lime (1) 6.0.Cement(15) 6.1. Introduction(1) 6.2. Chemical composition of Portland(1) 6.3. Manufacture of ordinary Portland cement 6.3.1. Dry Process(1) 6.3.2. Wet Process(1) 6.4. Field tests of cement (1) 6.5. Tests for cement as per I.S.I. 6.5.1. Fineness test by sieving (1) 6.5.2. Consistency test (1) 6.5.3. Initial and Final setting times test(2) 6.5.4. Compressive strength test(1) 6.6. Types of cement (1) 6.6.1. Grades of Cement (1) 6.6.2. Ordinary Portland cement (O.P.C) (1) 6.6.3. Quick Setting Cement & 6.6.4. Rapid hardening cement (1) 6.6.5. White cement & 6.6.6. P.P.C. (1)

Theory Periods: 20 2.Chain surveying.(16) 2.5. Corrections due to incorrect length of chain or tape. 2.6. Types of survey lines 2.6.1. Base line 2.6.2. Tie line 2.6.3. Check line 2.7. Fixing of survey stations 2.8. Types of survey stations. 2.9. Different operations in chain surveying - chaining – ranging setting out right angles chaining on sloped ground. 2.10. Principles used in chain Triangulation. 2.11. Recording field notes - field book - conventional signs. 2.12. Obstacles in chain surveying. (3) 2.13. Calculation of Areas - Average Ordinate, Simpson, Trapezoidal methods(3) 3. Compass Surveying (4) 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey - description, use and working of prismatic compass.(4)

Theory Periods: 20 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.1. Definition - Centroid, First moment of area, moment of inertia, Radius of gyration (4) 3.2. Position of centroid of Rectangle, triangle, circle, semi circle.(2) 3.3. Determine position of centroids of simple built up sections made of rectangle, triangle, circle, semi-circle(5) 3.4. Determine M.I. of simple and built-up sections, perpendicular axis theorem and parallel axis theorem (6) 3.5. Radius of gyration, polar M.I. of solid and hollow circular sections( 3)

178

Practical Periods: 19 3.0. Tests on Cement 3.1. Field tests of Cement (4) 3.2. Fineness of Cement (4) 3.3. Normal Consistency test(5) 3.4. Initial and Final setting times of cement (6)

Practical Periods: 19 1.0. Chain Surveying 1.6. Measure of land area / chain triangulation and cross staff methods (5) 1.7. Chain triangulation around a building covering a small area with other details, taking offsets and recording in the field book. (5) 1.8. To prepare a layout of the given area covering buildings roads etc.(2) 1.9. Marking of a residential building columns in both F.P.S. and M.K.S. System., for a given building plan.(5)

Practical Periods: 19 3.0 Geometrical Construction (19) 3.1. Bisecting a line - perpendiculars - parallel lines - division of a line 3.2. Angles - bisection, trisection 3.3. Tangent lines touching circles internally and externally 3.4. Polygons - Regular polygons - circumscribed and inscribed in circles. 3.5. Conic sections - Definitions of focus, directrix, eccentricity (i) Ellipse by Concentric circles method (ii) Parabola by rectangular method. (iii) Hyperbola - when given the position of point from X-axis and Y-axis.




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 7. Sand (9) 7.1. Sources of sand (3) 7.2. Natural sand &7.3. Robo sand (2) 7.4. Characteristics of good sand (1) 7.5. Grading of sand (2) 7.6. Bulking of sand (1) 8. Mortars 8.1. General(1) 8.2. Classification of Mortars (1) 8.3. Different proportions of mortars for various construction works(2) 8.4. Precautions in use of Mortars(2) 9. Concrete(8) 9.1. Definition, purpose of concrete (2) 9.2. Types of concrete (2)

Theory Periods: 23 3.Compass Surveying 3.2. Concept of true meridian - magnetic meridian – Arbitrary meridian.(2) 3.3. Bearing - Representation of Bearing WCB, Quadrantal Bearing. Conversion of whole circle Bearing to quadrantal bearing and vice versa. (2) 3.4. Compass traversing in field.(3) 3.5. Local attraction - detecting and correcting bearings.(4) 3.6. Calculation of included angles in compass traverse.(6) 3.7. Errors in compass surveying - natural and instrumental(2)

Theory Periods: 23 4.0. Simple stresses and strains 4.1. Stress and strain - tensile, compressive and shear (7) 4.2. Mechanical properties of materials - elasticity, plasticity, ductility, brittleness, malleability, stiffness, hardness, fatigue(4) 4.3. Stress-strain curves for ductile materials - Mild steel, elastic limit, yield point, ultimate stress breaking stress, working stress, factor of safety. ,(4) 4.4. Hooke's Law - Young’s modulus of elasticity, deformation under axial load (4) 4.5. Longitudinal and lateral strain - Poisson’s ratio - Bulk modulus ,relationship between elastic constants. (proof not required) (4)

179

9.3. Ingredients of plain concrete (1) 9.4.Proportions and uses of different grades of concrete(2). 9.5. Reinforced cement concrete (1) Practical Periods: 24 4.0. Tests on Aggregate 4.1. Bulking of sand (8) 4.2. Standard proctor Compaction test on soils(6) 4.3. Percentage of voids in coarse aggregate (5) 4.4. Percentage of voids in fine aggregate (5)

Practical Periods: 24 2.0. Compass Surveying (15) 2.1. Familiarity with Instruments used in compass surveying - prismatic compass (1) 2.2. Setting up the compass - observation of bearings(2) 2.3. Traversing with prismatic compass and chain - calculation of included angles and check. (4) 2.4. Traversing with prismatic compass and chain - closed traverse covering the given area and recording(4) 2.5. Traversing with prismatic compass and chain - open traverse and recording (4) 3.0. Levelling (8) 3.1. Study of dumpy level, levelling staff (3) 3.2. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level (3)

Practical Periods: 24 4.0 Orthographic Projection 4.1. Definition - Planes of Projection- Four quadrants - Reference line. 4.2. First angle projection - Third angle projection 4.3. Projections of points 4.4. Projections of straight lines 4.5. Projections of planes 4.6. Projections of solids 4.7. Neat Sketches of only 3 views for describing object 4.8. Concept of Front view, Top view, and Side view, sketching of these views for a number of engineering objects




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 9. Concrete (20) 9.6. Pre-cast concrete (1) 9.7. Water - cement ratio (1) 9.8. Mixing of concrete - methods (2) 9.9. Batching of concrete(2) 9.10. Transporting of concrete - methods (3) 9.11. Placing of concrete(2) 9.12. Compaction of concrete - usage of vibrators (2) 9.12.1. Types of vibrators (2)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Levelling(20) 4.1. Purpose of Levelling - Definition of terms, level surface, datum, and bench marks types of bench marks.(2) 4.2. Types of levelling instruments - dumpy level - component parts. - Relationship between fundamental lines of instrument. (4) 4.3. Types of Levelling staves - description.(2) 4.4. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level.(2) 4.5. Field work - field book - reduction of

Theory Periods: 20 5.0. Columns (20) 5.1. Effective Lengths for different end conditions.(4) 5.2. Columns – Long and Short Columns – Comparison(4) 5.3. Slenderness ratio of a column – Rectangular, Square, I, Circular Sections.(4) 5.4. Load carrying capacity by Euler’s and Rankines Formula. - Simple Problems.(8)

180

9.13. Curing of Concrete - methods (2) 9.14. Workability of concrete - slump cone test 2 9.14.1 Ready Mix concrete.(1)

levels by height of collimation method. Rise and fall method.(10)

Practical Periods: 18 4.0. Tests on Aggregate(11) 4.5. Fineness Modulus of coarse aggregate by sieve analysis (5) 4.6. Fineness Modulus of fine aggregate by sieve analysis(6) 5.0. Field work on Materials(7) 5.1. Selection of Materials – Cement – Sand – Brick- Marble – Hardware – Electrical Materials used in buildings –(5) 5.2. Selection of Materials – Sanitary-ware (2)

Practical Periods: 18 3.0. Levelling 3.3. Taking out levels of various points and booking in a level field book(4) 3.4. Differential or fly levelling - reduce levels by H.I. method and rise and fall method (7) 3.5. Differential levelling involving invert levels - Reduction by H.I. and Rise and fall methods (7)

Practical Periods: 18 5.0. Isometric Projection 5.1. Definition - Isometric axes, lines and planes (1) 5.2. Isometric Scale - Isometric view (1) 5.3. Drawing of isometric views of plane figures (7) 5.4. Drawing of isometric views of prisms and pyramids(5) 5.5. Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones(4)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 10. Timber 10.1. Introduction(1) 10.2. Defects in timber (2) 10.3. Common varieties of timber in A.P(3) 10.4. Wood Products(3) 10.5. Characteristics of good timber(3)

Theory Periods: 12 Levelling 4.6. Errors due to curvature and refraction – corrections(5) 5. Theodolite Surveying(7) 5.1. Principles of Theodolite Surveying - component parts, technical terms - temporary adjustments (7)

Theory Periods: 12 6.0. Shear Force and Bending Moment (12) 6.1. Types of beams - cantilevers, simply supported, over hanging -fixed and continuous beams(12)

Practical Periods: 14 Field work on Materials(14) 5.3. Selection of Materials – Tiles work in building 5.3.1. Flooring Tiles(2) 5.3.2. Granite Tiles (2) 5.3.3. Ceramic Tiles (2)

Practical Periods: 14 4.0. Theodolite Surveying (14) 4.1. Study of Theodolite (2) 4.2. Measure of Horizontal angle between given lines (2) 4.3. Measurement of vertical angle(4) 4.4. Determining distance between two

Practical Periods: 14 6.0. R.C.C. Drawing (14) 6.1. Draw the Longitudinal section and cross section of singly reinforced of simply supported beam.(7) 6.1.1. Prepare schedule of reinforcement and quantity of steel. (7)

181

5.3.4. Vitrified Tiles (2) 5.3.5. Market Rates for all the above materials. (6)

inaccessible points by measuring horizontal angle(3) 4.5. Determining height of an object by measuring vertical angle(3)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 11. Metals (20) 11.1. Types of metals(2) 11.2. Properties, chemical composition and uses of cast iron (3) 11.3. Properties, chemical composition and uses of wrought iron (2) 11.4. Properties and uses of steel.(2) 11.5. Commonly used structural steel sections (2) 11.6. Reinforcing steel – types, chemical composition(3) 11.7. Weights of tor steel per meter length of rods of various diameters (2) 11.8. Tests on Metals (4)

Theory Periods: 20 Theodolite Surveying(20) 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal angles by repetition method and reiteration method , vertical angle.(10) 5.3. Determination of heights and distances. (10)

Theory Periods: 20 6.0. Shear Force and Bending Moment(20) 6.2. Calculation of S.F. and B.M. values at different sections for cantilevers, simply supported beams, over hanging beams under point loads and uniformly distributed loads - position and significance of points of contra flexure (14) 6.3. Relation between rate of loading, S.F. and B.M. - drawing S.F. and B.M. diagrams - Location of points of contra flexure (6)

Practical Periods: 18 6.0. Tests on Concrete (18) 6.1. Preparation of cement mortar for given proportion(5)

Practical Periods: 18 5.0. Total Station & Distomat (18) 5.1. Total Station - Parts and the functions- Adjustments of total station for taking

Practical Periods: 18 6.2. Draw the longitudinal and cross section of lintel cum sunshade.(3) 6.2.1. Prepare schedule of reinforcement and

182

6.2. Workability test on concrete - slump test(6) 6.3. Casting of cement concrete cubes and testing for compressive strength(7)

observations.(9) 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope distance, Difference in Height between two points.(9)

quantity of steel (3) 6.3. Draw the plan and longitudinal section of one-way slab, showing reinforcement details.(6) 6.3.1. Prepare schedule of reinforcement and quantity of steel.(3) 6.4. Draw the details of Two-way simply supported slab (3).


Theory Periods: 17 12. Surface Protective Materials 12.1. Introduction (1) 12.2. Paints and Types of paints (1) 12.3. Functions of paints(1) 12.4. Ingredients of paint (1) 12.5. Characteristics of good paint (2) 12.6. Varnishes 12.6.1. Ingredients of varnish (1) 12.6.2. Types of varnishes (1) 12.7. French Polish(1) 13. Miscellaneous Material (7) 13.1. Glass &13.2. Adhesives (1) 13.3. Asbestos &13.4. Thermocole (1) 13.5. Plaster of Paris & 13.6. Fibre Reinforced concrete (1) 13.7. Wall Paper (1)13.8. P.V.C. (1) 13.9. Bitumen and Tar (1) 13.10. Aluminium (1)

Theory Periods: 17 6. Total Station & Distomat 6.1. Total Station - Parts and the functions- Adjustments of total station for taking observations. 6.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope distance, Difference in Height between two points 6.3. Elevation of a Point. 6.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two stations. 6.5. Setting out right angles at different points on a base line. 6.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground. 6.7. Prolonging a straight line. 6.8. Area of a closed Traverse. 6.9. Earth work calculation. 6.10. Distomats 6.10.1. Distomat DI 1000

Theory Periods: 17 7.0. Graphic Statics 7.1. Representation of forces graphically, bows notation(4) 7.2. Parallelogram law of forces, resultant and equilibrants (4) 7.3. Graphical Method of determination of centre of gravity for I,L,T Sections (4) 7.4. Drawing SFD and BMD by graphical method for SSB and cantilever beams (4)

Practical Periods:21 7.0. Study of Manufacturing/ Preparation of construction Materials. 7.1. Observation of manufacturing of different types of bricks in factory (3) 7.2. Observation of manufacturing of different

Practical Periods:21 5.0. Total Station & Distomat 5.3. Elevation of a Point.(1) 5.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two stations.(2) 5.5. Setting out right angles at different points

Practical Periods:21 7. 0. Fundamentals of Computer (10) 7.1. Introduction of Computers 7.1.1. History of Computers - Classification of Computers. 7.2. Basic computer Architecture - Input Output

183

types of Tiles and Clay products in Factory (3) 7.3. Observation of manufacturing of cement in factory(3) 7.4. Observation of manufacturing of pre-cast concrete members in factory (3) 7.5. Observation of concrete mixing methods - Hand mixing and machine mixing at site (3) 7.6. Observation of compaction methods of concrete by tamping and by using vibrators at site (6)

on a base line.(2) 5.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground.(1) 5.7. Prolonging a straight line.(1) 5.8. Area of a closed Traverse.(1) 5.9. Earth work calculation.(1) 5.10. Distomats 5.10.1. Distomat DI 1000. (1) 6.0. Plotting (10) 6.1. Conventional signs in surveying (1) 6.2. Perpendicular and oblique offsets (1) 6.3. Plotting of land survey - chain and cross staff surveying -calculation of areas (2) 6.4. Plotting of chain triangulation of small areas around building(2) 6.5. Plotting of closed traverse by compass surveying - location of details(2) 6.6. Plotting of open traverse by compass surveys - location of details (2)

devices - Different peripherals of Computer. 7.3. Memories and Storage Media 7.4. Types of Software - Types of Languages – Operating Systems 7.4.1. MS- Windows 7.4.1.1. Elements of Windows – XP- My Computer, My Documents, Internet Explorer, Network Neighbourhood, Recycle Bin etc. 7.4.1.2. Start Menu – Programs Menu – Documents Menu – Find and Help Menu 7.4.1.3. Creating and Editing Text files – Deleting and Restoring files and folders 7.4.1.4. Copying and Moving Objects - Drag and Drop objects – using key board Right dragging method- using standard tool bar. 7.4.1.5. Printing from Windows 8.0. MS-OFFICE 8.1. MS-WORD: (7) 8.1.1. Creating, Opening and Modifying Documents(1) 8.1.2. Practice on changing page layout, setting of tab stops, Text block operations (2) 8.1.3. Practice on Formatting Text - Customizing paragraph formats - changing font styles and size - working with tables and printing documents (4) 8.2. MS-Excel (8) 8.2.1. Working with Excel Work Sheet - Formatting - entering Formulae - Inserting Rows and Columns(3) 8.2.2. Practice on Range and Series - Moving and copying cell contents - creating summary reports (2) 8.2.3. Formatting work sheets - Linking Work

184

Sheets - Working with Graphic Data.(1)

Revision PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2




185


CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY :: COURSE CODE :: 310 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Construction Practice (Theory Paper I)

Estimating & Costing (Theory Paper II)

Highways & Construction Management (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction : (2) 1.1. Classification of Buildings as per NBC - Component parts of a building (2) 2. Foundations : (20) 2.1. Definition (1) 2.2. Functions of Foundations (2) 2.3. Shallow and deep foundations ( Definitions ) (2) 2.4. Bearing capacity of soil (1) 2.5. Essential requirements of good foundation (2) 2.6. Classification of foundations (2) 2.6.1.Raft foundations (1) 2.7. Construction details of spread footing (1) 2.7.1. Foundation for walls (1) 2.7.2. Masonry and concrete pillars (2) 2.7.3. Stepped foundations (1) 2.8. Causes and importance of insecticides, pesticides and their treatments (3) 2.9. Causes of failure of foundations and remedial measures (1)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction to the Subject (5) 1.1. Definition of Estimation and costing (2) 1.2. Need for Estimation and costing (3) 2. Measurement of materials and works (17) 2.1. Units of measurement for various items of civil engineering works(4) 2.2. Rules for measurement(3) 2.3. Different methods of taking out quantities - Centre line method - Long and short walls method (10)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction of Highways(10) 1.1. Importance of Transportation Engineering(1) 1.2. Classification of Roads (1) 1.3. Cross Section of Road Structure – Sub-grade - Sub base – Base and Wearing Course – Width of payment – Shoulder – Formation Width – Right of Way – Road Boundaries.(2) 1.4. Road widths for different classification of Roads(1) 1.5. Traffic lane width (1) 1.6. Camber – Recommended IRC values of Camber for different roads(1) 1.7. Gradients - Ruling Gradients (1) 1.8. Super elevation necessity (2) 2. Highway Surveys and Traffic Engineering (12) 2.1. Alignment (1) 2.2. Factors influencing alignment of road in plain and hilly areas(1) 2.3. Surveys – Reconnaissance – Preliminary and Final location of surveys (2) 2.4. Road Junctions (1)

186

2.4.1. Road Intersections- Square Junctions – Acute Junctions- T-Junctions – Y-Junctions – Staggered Junctions – Multiple Junctions (2) 2.5. Traffic Islands (1) 2.5.1. Circular – Elliptical – Rhombus – Turbine – Tangent shape(1) ;2.6. Traffic Signs 2.6.1. Types of Traffic signs (1) 2.7. Pavement Marking and Kerb Marking (1)

Construction Practice Lab (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Introduction(6) 1.1. General clearance of the site. (1) 1.2. Layout for construction – Load bearing section and RCC Structure (3) 1.3. Excavation for an open Trench (2) 2. Setting of Brick for Spread Footing foundation ( Dry Bricks without Mortar) (12) 2.1. Setting of Bricks for 1 ½ Brick thick in English bond up to 2 Meter height ( Dry Bricks without Mortar)(3) 2.2. Setting of bricks for 1 ½ Brick thick wall in Flemish bond 2 meter height ( Dry Bricks without Mortar) (3) 2.3. Setting brick for 2 brick thick pillar up to 1.5 meter height ( Dry Bricks without Mortar) (3) 2.4. To visit a building under construction at various stages of construction from excavation, foundation to completion of building.(3)

Surveying II Lab (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Methods of Leveling(20) 1.1. Simple Leveling (2) 1.2. Differential , Compound or continuous Leveling(5) 1.3. Fly Leveling (3) 1.4. Check Leveling (3) 1.5. Profile Leveling or Longitudinal sections and Cross sections(5) 1.6. Reciprocal Leveling(2) 2. Plotting the Longitudinal and Cross sections (3) 2.1. Plotting the Longitudinal sections and Cross Section for the given 1 kilo meter road. (3)

Autocad Lab (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Basic Concepts (5) 1.1. Command window (1) 1.2. Drop Down Menus (2) 1.3. Tool bars (2) 2. Practice on Basic Commands (9) 2.1. Line command -Drawing the Box - Drawing Units - Drawing Size (9) 3. The Laying out the walls(9) 3.1. Creating Doors & Windows (9)


Theory Periods: 20 3. Masonry 3.1. Stone masonry 3.1.1. Definition(1)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Types of Estimates 3.1. Detailed Estimate(1) 3.1.1. Definition

Theory Periods: 20 3. Highway Constructions and Maintenance 3.1. Purpose of Road Drainage (1)

187

3.1.2. Material required for stone masonry (1) 3.1.3. Classification of stone Masonry( mention names)(1) 3.1.4. Rubble and Ashlar masonry.(2) 3.1.5. Tools required for stone masonry (1) 3.1.6. Types of joints in stone masonry(2) 3.1.7. Supervising points to be observed in stone masonry. (2) 3.2. Brick masonry 3.2.1. Definition(1) 3.2.2. Types of brick masonry (2) 3.2.3. English Bond - Flemish bond 1,11/2 2 Brick walls(3) 3.2.4. Defects in brick masonry(2) 3.2.5. Structures in brick masonry (1) 3.2.6. Tools required (1). 3.2.7. Supervising points to be observed in brick masonry.(2)

3.1.2. Stages of preparation (4) 3.1.3. Details of measurement and calculation of quantities and abstract of estimated cost (9) 3.2. Preliminary or approximate estimate (1) 3.2.1. Plinth area estimate (1) 3.2.2. Cubic rate estimate (1) 3.2.3. Estimate per unit base(1) 3.3. Problems in preliminary estimate (3)

3.2. Surface and subsurface drainage (1) 3.3. Typical Cross section of Highway in cutting and embankment(2) 3.4. Water bond macadam roads – materials used- maintenance of WBM road – Machinery used in construction – construction procedure (6) 3.5. Bitumen roads – types – surface dressing – interface treatments – seal coat – tack coat – prime coat – full grout and semi grout (6) 3.6. Premix – methods – construction procedure (4)

Practical Periods: 22 3. Stones 3.1. Use of dressing Tools (2) 3.2. Sharpening of Chisels for dressing stones (3) 3.3. Dress a stone and finish it to various surface finishes(3) 3.4. Identification of commonly used building stones.(2) 4. RCC Lintels and Arches 4.1. Students be asked to lay dry bricks in various forms , Arches at ground surface (This will include cutting of bricks to required shape) (5) 4.2. Bend Bar a 1,3 meter span brick lintel ( student should be able to make standard hook ) (5) 4.3. Lay a 1,3 meter span lintel at ground surface

Practical Periods: 22 3. Difficulties faced in Leveling 3.1. When the Staff is too near to the instrument (3) 3.2. Leveling across a summit or a depression (4) 3.3. Leveling on steps slopes (4) 3.4. Leveling across a pond or a lake (3) 3.5. Leveling across a River.(4) 3.6. Leveling past a wall.(2) 3.7. Staff station is above the line of sight. (2) 3.8. Staff station much below the line of sight. (3)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Draw the steps and Thresholds (5) 4.1. Balcony – (2) 4.2. Laying out the Kitchen and Bathroom (3) 5. Drawing the Roof (10) 5.1. Develop the drawing depicting the Reinforcement details of typical elements like column, footing, beams and slabs (7) 6. Generating the elevation 6.1. Drawing the front elevation (4) 6.2. Putting the door, step, windows (3) 6.3. Finishing touches (2) 6.4. Hatching the front elevation.(1)

188

(without using mortar) (5) ASSIGNMENT-II



UNIT TEST-I

August 2016/24 OJT



Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and obtaining skills

related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.

October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods: 20 4. Openings (10) 4.1. Doors and Windows(1) 4.1.2. General Terms (2) 4.1.3. Types of Doors (2) 4.1.4. Types of windows (2) 4.1.5. Fixtures and fastenings for doors and windows.(1) 4.2. Ventilators (1) 4.2.1. Types of ventilators - Fixed, Swing. (1) 5. Lintels and Sun-shades (2) 5.1. Types of Lintels (1) 5.2. Definition of sun shade (1) 6. Floors 6.1. General terms (1) 6.2. Types of floors (1) 6.3. Materials required for Cement concrete, Terrazzo, Mosaic, Marble and Stone slab floors (2) 6.4. Method of construction of Cement Concrete,

Theory Periods: 20 4. Detailed and abstract estimate of buildings by using centre line method/long and short walls method 4.1. Single roomed building (Load bearing type structure) (6) 4.2. Two roomed building (Load bearing type structure)(4) 4.3. Single storeyed Residential building with number of rooms (Load bearing type structure) (5) 4.4. Single storied Residential building (Framed Structure type) (5)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Highway Constructions and Maintenance(10) 3.7. Cement concrete roads – Longitudinal joints - Transverse joints – Construction joints – construction of concrete roads – machinery used for construction (10) 4. Introduction of Construction Management (9) 4.1. Construction in India(1) 4.2. Classification of construction work (1) 4.3. Stages in construction work (1) 4.4. Construction team(1) 4.5. Resource of Construction(1) 4.6. Functions of Construction management (2) 4.7. Scientific methods of construction management.(2)

189

Mosaic, Terrazzo and Marble floors.(3)

Practical Periods: 24 5. Doors and Windows (12) 5.1. Students be asked to go to the locality and record various types of doors used and also Timber used for them. 6. Floors(12) 6.1. To list the various operations of the construction of Floors of given type, during the construction of following buildings 6.1.1. Government Residential buildings 6.1.2. Government Public buildings 6.1.3. Private residential buildings (The student will also be asked to list down the deviations from Theory lesson in operations observed)

Practical Periods: 24 4. Methods of Contouring 4.1. Methods of Squares (7) 4.2. Cross section method (8) 5. Plotting the Contours (5) 5.1. Plotting the contours given intervals by the method of squares (5) 6. Land Development and Site Surveys(3) 6.1. Divide the areas in to plots using town planning rules (3)

Practical Periods: 24 7. Controlling the text in a drawing (9) 7.1. Setting up Text styles (2) 7.2. Using Single line Text (2) 7.3. Placing Room Labels in the floor plan (2) 7.4. Creating a Title Block and Border (3) 8. Residential buildings (16) 8.1. Plan, elevation, section of single roomed building 8.2. Single storeyed load bearing type residential building 8.3. One Bed – Room House 8.4. Two Bed Room House 8.5. Single storeyed frame structure type residential building 8.5.1. One bed room house 8.5.2. Two bed room house




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 7. Roofs 7.1. Definition(2) 7.2. Classification of Roofs - Pitched roofs - King post, Queen Post (1) 7.3. Steel Trusses (1) 7.4. Roof Covering Material for pitched roofs -Flat Roof - R.C.C. roof (1) 7.5. Tools required to fix AC sheet GI sheet and Roof covering(1) 7.6. Methods for fixing of AC sheet (1) 7.7. General requirements (1) 7.8. Weather proof course on R.C.C. roof. (1)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Detailed and abstract estimate of buildings 4.5. Primary School building with sloped roof (4) 4.6. RCC Dog legged - Open well stairs (2) 4.7. Two storied residential building (Framed Structure type) (3) 4.8. Detailed estimate of compound wall and steps.(2) 5. Specifications and Analysis of Rates(9) 5.1. Specifications for different items of work (4) 5.2. Cost of materials at source and at site (2) 5.3. Cost of Labour - Types of labour - Standard Schedule of rates (2)

Theory Periods: 20 5. Construction Planning (08) 5.1. Job planning (1) 5.2. Technical Planning (1) 5.3. Pretender and Construction Planning - scheduling (2) 5.4. Procurement of Labour, material and equipment (2) 5.5. Program of work (1). 6. Construction Labour(12) 6.1. Types of Labour(1) 6.2. Labour welfare(1) 6.3. Human relation (1)

190

8. Stairs and Staircases (5) 8.1. Technical terms (2) 8.2. Characteristics of a good Stair (1) 8.3. Types of Stairs - Straight, Quarter turn, half turn, Doglegged, Open well, Bifurcated and Spiral stairs.(2) 9.Form Work(6) 9.1. Requirement of Form work (2) 9.2. Material used for Form work (1) 9.3. Removal of Form work(1) 9.4. Failure of Form work(1) 9.5. Form work for - Column, Footing, Columns and Stairs (1)

5.4. Lead and Lift - Leads Statement(1)

6.4. Labour Insurance(2) 6.5. Payment of wages(2) 6.5.1. Minimum wages Act – Workmen Compensation Act- Contract Labour Act.(5)

Practical Periods: 24 7. Roofs (11) 7.1. Preparation of False ceiling and wood panelling(5) 7.2. Study of Construction of RCC roof and RBC roof of Buildings under constructions. Students will note down details of arrangement. He will also observe the process of mixing and laying of concrete and pipe layout for electrical wiring.(6) 8. Stairs and Staircase (12) 8.1. To study the construction of foundation for Staircase (3) 8.2. To study the shuttering arrangement done for staircase (3) 8.3. To study the Bar laying arrangement done for staircase(3) 8.4. To study the laying of cement concrete for a stair case.(3)

Practical Periods: 24 6. Land Development and Site Surveys(23) 6.1. Divide the areas in to plots using town planning rules 6.2. Prepares the building plan in the given plot as per the town planning rules 6.3. Setting out Centre lines and foundation widths from the given drawings for excavation

Practical Periods:24 8. Residential buildings (9) 8.2. Single storied load bearing type residential building 8.3. One Bed – Room House 8.4. Two Bed Room House 8.5. Single storied frame structure type residential building 8.5.1. One bed room house 8.5.2. Two bed room house 9. Layouts of Electrical, Water supply and Sanitary Lines in Buildings (14) 9.1. One bed room house 9.2. Two bed room house




191

January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 10. Scaffolding, shoring and under pinning (4) 10.1. Definition (1) 10.2. Types of scaffolding (1) 10.3. Shoring and under pinning (2) 11. Carpentry and Joinery (4) 11.1. Technical terms (1) 11.2. Classification of Joints (2) 11.3. Tools used in carpentry (1) 12. Surface Finishing (11) 12.1. Plastering(1) 12.1.1. Purpose (1) 12.1.2. Types of Plastering (1) 12.2. Procedure of plastering (2) 12.3. Pointing (1) 12.3.1. Purpose (1) 12.3.2. Types of Pointing (1) 12.4. Painting (1) 12.4.1. Method of Painting new and old surfaces - wood and metal surfaces(2)

Theory Periods: 20 5. Specifications and Analysis of Rates(11) 5.5. Preparation of Unit rates for finished items of works 5.5.1. Cement Concrete in foundation (2) 5.5.2. R.C.C. Works (2) 5.5.3. Brick masonry in cement mortar (1) 5.5.4. C.R.S. masonry in cement mortar(1) 5.5.5. Plastering in cement mortar (2) 5.5.6. Pointing in cement mortar (1) 5.5.7. Cement concrete flooring (1) 5.5.8. Doors and windows - panelled and glazed(2) 6. Earthwork Calculations (8) 6.1. Trapezoidal - Prismodial - Mid Ordinate - Mean sectional area rules for computing volumes in level sections for roads (4) 6.2. Taking out quantities from L.S. and C.S. in cutting and embankment (4)

Theory Periods: 20 7. Inspection and Quality Control (7) 7.1. Introduction(1) 7.2. Functions of Inspection Department (4) 7.3. Major items of controls(3) 8. Contracts (12) 8.1. Legality of Contracts (1) 8.2. Types of Contracts(3) 8.2.1. Piece work contracts (1) 8.2.2. Item rate contract (2) 8.2.3. Percentage contract (2) 8.3. Merits and Demerits of each contract system(3)

Practical Periods: 22 9. Carpentry(11) 9.1. Use of the carpentry tools for sawing, planning, turning, chiselling, cutting and preparation of various wooden joints. 9.2. Exercises involved in the use of Screws, nuts, bolt and glue etc. 9.3. Visit to saw mill. 10. Scaffolding (11) 10.1. Erection of scaffolding by various materials available ( The student should be able to make various rope knots for the purpose of scaffolding and should be attached in batches with scaffold and

Practical Periods: 22 7. Plotting the details of survey field work by ‘total station’.

Practical Periods: 22 9. Layouts of Electrical, Water supply and Sanitary Lines in Buildings (7) 9.1. One bed room house 9.2. Two bed room house 10. Drawing to be submitted for approval to Corporation or Municipality showing required details in one sheet such as (15) 10.1. Plan – showing dimensions of all rooms 10.2.Section – showing specifications and typical foundation details 10.3. Elevation 10.4. Site Plan – showing boundaries of site

192

carpenter who is executing work locality ) 10.2. Visit to construct site for studying the shuttering and scaffolding use.

and plinth area, car parking, passages and location of septic tank. 10.5. Key Plan – showing the location of building 10.6. Title Block - showing the signature of the owner and licensed surveyors 10.7. Minimum set- backs and height stipulation for all types of norms high rise buildings ( for existing areas / new development areas / lay out areas including specified areas)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods:08 13. Basic Knowledge of Equipment and Construction Machinery (8) 13.1. Bull dozers- Concrete Mixers- Cranes-Pulley Blocks- Pumps- Winches- Excavators etc.(8) Revision

Theory Periods:08 7. Detailed Estimates (08) 7.1. Gravel Road (3) 7.2. Cement Concrete Road (2) 7.3. Septic tank with Soak pit (3) Revision

Theory Periods:08 9. Tender and Tender Notice (8) 9.1. Necessity of Tenders (1) 9.2. Tender notice - EMD - opening of tenders(2) 9.3. Scrutiny of Tenders (1) 9.4. Acceptance of tenders (1) 9.5. Work Order (1) 9.6. Contract agreement(1) 9.7. Conditions of Contract(1) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II

March 2017 22


193

COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

Basic aim of the course COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING (C S E)

is to impart the following skills in the students

1. Computer Operator.

2. DTP Operator and Job works.

3. Maintaining internet centre.

4. Office assistance.

5. Junior computer programmer.

6. Computer maintenance contractor.

7. Computer hardware technician.

194


COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING :: COURSE CODE: 311 :: FIRST YEAR Month &


Computer Fundamentals & Ms Office. [ Theory Paper 1]

Programming in ‘C’ [ Theory Paper 2 ]

Accountancy & Tally [ Theory Paper 3 ]

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-I:- Introduction To Computer Systems And Hardware - [10] Introduction to Computers, generations of computer- 01 , Classification of Computers based on Purpose, Operation & Size – 01, Anatomy of Computers – 01, Number Systems - 01 , Basic I/O Devices -01 , Block Diagram of CPU -02, Memory units- Primary and Auxiliary memory -02 , Programming Languages, general software features trends and utilities.-01 UNIT-II:-. Overview Of Operating Systems - [10] :- Introduction to Operating system , function and its types -01 , Features of DOS -01 . Working with DOS Commands -03 Features of Windows -01, Meaning of Multitasking, File system, desktop components, control panel, Windows Explorer , Device manager, File

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-I:- Introduction To Problem Solving Techniques- [05]:- Procedure and Algorithms -02, Flowcharts – 02 , Pseudo code -01, UNIT-II:- Features Of ‘C’ - [18] :- Introduction to ‘C’ – 02 Structure of a ‘C’ Program - 03 Data types in ‘C’ – Constants & Variables- operators and Expressions – 05, Statements – data definition- assignment- 08

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-I:- - Introduction To Accountancy– [05]:- Book keeping Vs Accountancy- uses of Accountancy- 02, Accounting concepts- Accounting Conventions- Accounting terminology-03 UNIT-II:- Double Entry System - [05] Meaning Theory of double entry system- 02, Classification of Accounts-Advantages of double entry system.-03 UNIT-III::- Journal - [10]:- : Introduction- 01 generalizing of different transactions- 07 Advantages of journal. -02 UNIT-IV:-. Ledger - [03]:- Meaning- 01 , Ledger posting-02

195

Manager and Program Manager , Display properties, taskbar properties etc. – 04. UNIT-III:- - MS-WORD - [03]: Introduction to Word Processing – 02

Editing a Document - 01 Windows & Ms Office –

Practical Paper-I Practical Periods: 21 UNIT – Ia: FAMILIARIZATION WITH WINDOWS –[12] 1. Working With Windows - [05] Starting A Program (Application) [05] 3. Shutting Down The Pc.-[02] UNIT - Ib: MANAGING FILES AND FOLDERS WORKING IN WINDOWS –[09] Opening Multiple Objects:-[06] Configuring Windows For Unique User And Desktop: - [ 03]

C- Programming – Practical Paper-II

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT – I :- PROGRAMMING INVOLVING BASIC INPUT OUTPUT OPERATIONS AND OPERATORS IN ‘C’:- 21 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer syllabus.

Engineering Drawing Practical Paper-III

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT -1:-INTRODUCTION - [06] ;- Scope and objective of the subject -01 Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium -01 Drawing instruments and their uses -01 Scales : Recommended scales, reduced & enlarged -01 Sheet sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5. Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and its contents -01 Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments. -01 UNIT -I1:- LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING – [ 15] Types of Lettering -04 Guide Lines for lettering -04 Recommended sizes of letters and Numbers -04 Single stroke letters. -03


Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III:- MS-WORD - contd,,, Move and Copy Text and Help System Formatting Text and Paragraph Finding and Replacing Text and Spell Checking Using Tabs Enhancing Document Columns, Tables and Other Features Using Graphics, Templates and Wizards

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-II:- Features Of ‘C’ contd-:- I/O control structure (if, if-else, for, while, do-while) – 11 , Structure for looping and nested looping - 10 Branching (switch, break, continue) - 02

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:-. Ledger - [06]:- system of balancing -03 Accounts advantages of ledger. -03 UNIT-V:-. Subsidiary Books:- [ 13]: Meaning and significance -02 , different type of books – 03 purchase books – 02; sales Book – -02 purchase return book- 02 sales returns – 01

196

Using Mail Merge

bills receive books, bills payable book Treatment of trade discount.-03 UNIT-VI:-. Cash Book: [ 01] :- Meaning and significance -01

Practical Periods: 19 UNIT –III: USING ACCESSORIES, DISK TOOLS AND PRINTERS ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE IN WINDOWS: - 09, UNIT-II:-. MS-WORD – [ 14] contd.. :-T Familiarization with MS Word - 03 Text formatting, - 03 Paragraph Formatting,- 03 Searching for text - 03 Inserting Objects - 02

Practical Periods: 19 UNIT – I :- PROGRAMMING INVOLVING BASIC INPUT OUTPUT OPERATIONS AND OPERATORS :- 04 UNIT – II :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING CONTROL STRUCTURES :-19 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical Periods: 19 UNIT -I1:- LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING – [ 05] :- Dimensioning – 01, rules and systems of dimensioning – 02, dimensioning a given drawing -02 UNIT III:- GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION – [18] Bisecting a line - perpendiculars - parallel lines - division of a line -03 Angles - bisection, trisection -03 Tangent lines touching circles internally and externally -03 Polygons - Regular polygons - circumscribed and inscribed in circles. -02 Conic sections - Definitions of focus, directrix, eccentricity,-03 Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method.-02 Construction of parabola by rectangular method -02.




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-III l- MS-WORD - [05] contd,,, Miscellaneous features of Word – 04 UNIT-IV:- MS-EXCEL [18]:- Introduction to Spreadsheet -06 Creating Worksheets & feeding data -06 Using functions – 06

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-II:- Features Of ‘C’ [10] contd:- Unconditional branching ( go to statement)-04 , Simple programs covering above units. – 05 UNIT-III:- Functions –[13] :- What is a function – 02 , Difference between a function and a procedure – 06 , Advantages of functions – 05

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-VI:-. Cash Book: [ 16] :- Meaning and significance- 01 , features – kinds of cash books -04 , single cash book cash book with cash and discount- 05 , cash book with cash – discount and bank- 02, cash book with cash and bank and discount columns- 02, analytical petty cash books.-02 UNIT-VII:-. Journal Proper [07]: Meaning and

197

significance -03, pass book -04 Practical Periods: 24 UNIT-II:-.MS-WORD - [19] contd,,, Working with Page Layout – 04 Additional Tools – 05 Mail Merge – 07 Printing the Documents- 01 Emphasis to be laid on using Shortcut Keys for each task. -02 UNIT-III:-MS-EXCEL – [05] Managing Worksheets - 05

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT – II :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING CONTROL STRUCTURES :-14 UNIT – III :- PROGRAMS TO CREATE AND USE FUNCTIONS:- 10 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus 27

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT III:- GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION – [08]Contd.. Construction of parabola by rectangular method. -04 , Construction of Hyperbola when given the position of point from X-axis and Y- 04 UNIT IV:-ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION –[16] Definition – 01 , Planes of Projection - Four quadrants – 05, Reference line. -02 First angle projection -05, Third angle projection-03




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:-MS-EXCEL [14].. Editing Cells and Using commands and functions -02 Moving and Copying, Inserting and Deleting Rows and Columns-02 Formatting a Worksheet-03 Opening, Saving and Printing a Worksheet-01 Working with Charts -03 Working with Macros-01 Pivot tables-02 UNIT-V:- MS-Power Point [06]:- Creating Presentations using AutoContent Wizard, Template & Blank Presentation-03 Working with Master’s Slide-03

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III:- Functions Contd... User defined and library functions, -06 , main function ,- 06 Return types.-08

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-VII:-. . Journal Proper [09] contd.. : - need for reconciliation cause of difference –05 errors and disclosed and not disclosed by trial balance rectification of errors Suspense Account.-04 UNIT-VIII:- : Trial Balance And Rectification[10]:-- Meaning and significance—02, features and Objective preparation of trial balance- -04, errors disclosed by trial balance rectification of suspense account -04 UNIT-IX:-. Final Accounts:-01 :- (a) Trading Account-01

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT-III:-. MS-EXCEL – Contd... Working with Data -09 Performing Calculations in Excel-9

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT – III :- PROGRAMS TO CREATE AND USE FUNCTIONS Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT IV:-ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION :- Projections of points -05 Projections of straight lines -04 Projections of planes -05

198

refer the syllabus Projections of solids -04 ASSIGNMENT-IV

UNIT TEST-III ASSIGNMENT-IV


UNIT TEST-III October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 UNIT-V:- MS-POWER POINT [12] :- Title handout and Notes-02 Viewing a Presentation -02 Drawing Objects & Inserting OLE -04 Drawing freeform shapes-02 Rotating Objects-02

Theory Periods: 12 UNIT-III:- Functions –[12] contd... Concepts associated with functions – 02, Recursion,- 04, scope of a function, extent of a variable.-06

Theory Periods: 12 UNIT-IX:-. Final Accounts:-12:- (a): Meaning and significance: performance of trading account- adjustments. -05 (b) Profit and Loss account: Meaning and significance – steps in preparation of profit and loss accounts performance of profit and loss account- adjustments-07

Practical Periods: 14 UNIT-III:-. MS-EXCEL – [14] Contd... Charts in Excel -06 Working with Data - 03 Additional Tools in Excel :- 05

Practical Periods: 14 UNIT – III :- PROGRAMS TO CREATE AND USE FUNCTIONS:- 03 UNIT – IV :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING ARRARYS :- 11 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical periods: 14 UNIT IV:-ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION –[03] :- Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-03 UNIT V :- ISOMETRIC PROJECTION -11 Definition - 01 Isometric axes, lines and planes – 05 Isometric Scale - Isometric view -05






January 2017 23

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-V:- ,MS-POWERPOINT [02] : -Animation in slides/objects-02

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III:- FUNCTIONS –[07] contd... Use of various categories of built in functions

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IX:-. Final Accounts:[07] :- Balance Sheet: Meaning and significance- 01,

199

20 18

UNIT-VI:- MS-ACCESS –{18] Concept of data and information. -02 Introduction to Database management systems. -08 Creating a database. - 04 Concepts of related tables and integrity constraints. -04

like math( ), string( ) etc processing.- 07 UNIT-IV:- ARRAYS IN ‘C’ –[13] Array as Data structure- 02 defining single and multidimensional arrays,-05 simple operations on arrays, -02 simple programs on arrays.-04

objectives – 01, preparation of balance sheet- -02, Arrange of assets and liabilities –02, Adjustments.-01 UNIT-X:- Tally Package-[13] :- Introduction to Accounting packages – 04, Features, accounting, data migration capability, duties and taxes, advantages and disadvantages -04 b) Financial functions of Tally – Inventory and application – 01, Creation of company, alteration of company, master configuration, creation of groups, -02, Grouping of ledger accounts, voucher Configuration, recording transactions of sample data.-02

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT-III:- MS-EXCEL – [09] Contd... Printing Excel Sheets Setting the Page Size, orientation and margins. -03 Previewing Excel sheets 02 Inserting header and footer 02 Repeating rows / columns to repeat in all pages. 02 UNIT-IV:- MS – POWER PONT –[09] Starting power point - Power Point Window Description -02 The MS-PowerPoint Views -02 Creating a new presentation -02 Working with Slides -03

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT – IV :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING ARRARYS :- 04 UNIT – V :- STRUCTURES IN ‘C’ :-14 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical periods: 18 UNIT V :- ISOMETRIC PROJECTION -14 Drawing of isometric views of plane figures -07 Drawing of isometric views of prisms and pyramids -07 UNIT VI:- . USING AUTOCAD –[04]:- Introduction to AutoCAD: the Interface -04


Theory Periods: 17 UNIT-VI:- MS-ACCESS – Contd... Designing tables. -05 Use of queries, types of queries and creating queries. - 06 Creating Forms and Reports -06

Theory Periods: 17 UNIT-IV:- Arrays In ‘C’ –[07]contd... simple programs on arrays.-04 File operations like fopen( ), fclose( ), fprint( ), fscan( ) etc.-03 UNIT-V:- Structures In C – [10]

Theory Periods: 17 UNIT-X:- Tally Package--[17] :- c) Display and reports –, Accounting reports, , Balance sheet, profit and loss account, printing reports. -05 d) Ratio Analysis – Classification- Financial ratios,

200

Structures:- definition - declaration – 01 operation on structures, 01, array of structures, -01, array with structures,-01 structure as data types,-01, operations on structures -01 Unions – definition - 01, difference between union and structure.- 01, Creating and using a structure -02

Profitability ratio, Activity ratio analysis.-05 e) Cash flow statement and flow statement- Preparation of funds flow statement, limitations of funds flow statement, analysis of funds flow statement, Cash Flow in tally.-07

Practical Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:- MS – POWER PONT –[01] Running the Slide Show -01 UNIT-V:- MS-ACCESS –[20]:- Familiarization with the access window and objects. -02 Table design Using design wizard -04 Assigning primary key, adding validations, changing the data format in table design-01 Creating fields with lookup data.-01 Creating relationships between tables -02 Creating simple select queries in design mode.-02 Modifying the queries to add criteria, filtering etc.-02 Creating calculated queries -02 Creating Forms and modifying Form Design -02 Creating Reports and modifying Report Design -02

Practical Periods: 20 UNIT – V :- STRUCTURES IN ‘C’ :-06 UNIT – VI :- FILE OPERATIONS :- 15 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical Periods: 20 UNIT VI:- . USING AUTOCAD –[21]:- The Basics of Using AutoCAD Drawing Tools -04 Using AutoCAD Navigation Tools -04 Using AutoCAD Drafting Tools -04 Modifying AutoCAD Drawing Objects using Copy / Move, Scale, Rotate etc. -04 Working with text in AutoCAD -05

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017/22


201


COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING :: COURSE CODE :: 311 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of


periods Theory/No of periods Practical

OOPS and JAVA Theory Paper I

Relational Database Management System (Theory Paper -II)

Data Communication & Computer Networks

(Theory Paper -III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 UNIT -I:- Object-Oriented Programming And JAVA-10 :- Introduction to byte code, JVM, JRE and JIT compiler. Java and the Internet, Platform independence of JAVA. -02 Introduction to Applets. Main features of Java -01, . Introduction to OOPS. Main features of OOPS. Introduction to classes, properties and behaviour. -03 Concepts of Abstraction and Encapsulation. Introduction to Objects. Access specifies- Public, Private and Protected and their use. Concept of Polymorphism and Inheritance. -04 UNIT -II:- The Java Programming Language -12 Data types in Java types. -04, Identifiers, Literals and Keywords in Java. -04, Operators in Java. Writing simple methods and calling them.-04

Theory Periods: 22 :- UNIT -I:-.:concept of DBMS: - 20:- Purpose of Data Base Systems –02, Data abstraction – 03, Data models – -04, Instances, Schemes- 02, Data Independence – Data Integrity – 03, DDL , DML. DCL –04, Responsibility of a Database Manager – 01, Data Base Administrator.-01 UNIT -II:- ENTITY AND RELATIONSHIP-[ 02]:- Entity and Entity sets -02

Theory Periods: 22 :- UNIT -I:- -- Data Communications [10]:- Definition- 01, Modes of data transmission (Analog and Digital)- -02, types of Communications – 01, Bandwidth – Communication channels (Wire cables, Microwave and Fibre optic) – 02 methods of Data transmission (Asynchronous, Synchronous and Isochronous) – 02, Parallel and Serial interface – 01, Transmission Modes( Simplex, Half-duplex and Full-duplex) - multiplexing..-01 UNIT -II:- - Network Types And Topologies [12]:- Definition of Computer network -02. advantages & disadvantages –02, Types of Networks( LAN, MAN, WAN, Private, public & Value added Networks -08

OOPS and JAVA (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT -I:- Programs Using Basic Data Types

Sql,Photoshop & Pagemaker (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT-I :- SQL[15] :- Practice Minimum Of 40

Internet Technologies (Practical Paper-III)

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT -I:-FAMILIARIZATION WITH

202

And Operators -15 UNIT -II :- Programming With Control Statements – 08 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Simple Queries Using Sql Commands UNIT-II :- PL/ SQL[ 08]:- Practice Minimum Of 40 Simple Queries Using Sql And Pl/Sql Commands

COMPUTER NETWORK COMPONENTS – [10]:- Exposure to Network Connectivity Hardware and Devices. Network Devices Such As Modem,; Network Cards ; LAN Cards. Etc UNIT –II:- BASIC TROUBLE SHOOTING OF A PC, CMOS SETUP, FORMATTING , PARTITIONING OF HARD DISK –[13]


Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-II:-- The Java Programming Language [08 Types of methods based on return type and arguments. -03, Type conversion and casting. -03, Using the keyword static. Concept of constructors and destructor-02 UNIT-III:- Control Statements And Arrays-[8] The If, Nested If, If – Else, if- else-if ladder and the switch statement. -03, Java Iteration statements – while, do- while and for statements. -02, Break and Continue statements. -01, One and two dimensional arrays, reading and writing to arrays, mathematical operations on array data.-02 UNIT-IV:- Implementing Oops In Java -04 Creating and using various types of Methods to accept / return basic data types and objects -04

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-II:-Entity And Relationship –[ 13]:- Entity and Entity sets – -02, Attributes – 02, Relationship and Relationship sets – 01, Mapping constraints – 02, E-R representation symbols – Drawing E-R diagrams – -04 Reducing E-R diagrams into Tables-02 . UNIT-III:- RELATIONAL DATA MODEL: [09]:- Structure – 01, table Structure, -04 Domain, Range, degree of a table Tuple, -04

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-II - NETWORK TYPES AND TOPOLOGIES [13]:- Definition of Network topology - 02 Types and structure of topologies( Bus, Ring, Star, Mesh and Hybrid) – 08, Advantages and Disadvantages of topologies -03 UNIT-III:- LAN COMPONENTS –[09]:- Server, Clients, File server. -03 Ethernet cards, HUBS, Switches, Routers, Gateways. -03 Modem and types - V-SAT, ATMS -03

Practical Periods: 22 UNIT -II :- Programming With Control Statements – 10 UNIT -III :- programming with arrays-10 UNIT -IV :- Creating And Using Classes And Objects -02 Note:- Practice more related programs on each

Practical Periods: 22 UNIT-II :- PL/ SQL[ 11]:- Practice Minimum Of 40 Simple Queries Using Sql And Pl/Sql Commands Unit-III:- Image Editing With Photoshop [11] Introduction to the Photoshop-01 -interface Familiarization with the toolbars

Practical Periods: 22 UNIT –II-[06]:- - Basic Trouble Shooting Of A Pc, Cmos Setup, Formatting , Partitioning Of Hard Disk UNIT –III- [14]:- Configuring LAN:- Connecting Or Configuring Simple LAN’s Dial Up And ISDN Connections [14]

203

TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Creating a new Photoshop file , -03, adjusting colour, size and resolution settings Importing and copying images into Photoshop Working with layers-the layers palette, -04 adding, deleting, adjusting the layer effects, layer features like locking, styles, opacity and blending options.-03

UNIT –IV-[02]:-BROWSING , E-Mail, And File Transfer Usage Of Public Internet Services-01 E-Mail -01




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:- Implementing OOPS IN JAVA –[16] contd:- Implementing the concept of polymorphism, -11, Inheritance and Operator Overloading -5. UNIT-V:- Implementing OOPS IN JAVA –[04] Contd:- Inheritance and Operator Overloading.. 04

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III::-. Relational Data Model: [06]:- Types and attributes,-01 types of keys. -01, Formal query languages – commercial query languages – -02, CODD rules -02 UNIT-IV:-. SQL [14]:- Introduction to SQL – 02, data types –-02, DDL,DML and DCL Commands -08, Set operators and joins – 02

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III:- LAN Components: -[07]:-. Adapters- 02, Functions and types. -03, Multiplexers Functions and Types -02 UNIT-IV:- Internet Connectivity And Services. [13]:- Introduction to internet – Advantages, -03, Browsers Services:- Messaging – E-mail and FTP. -06 Introduction to Internet security – viruses, Trojans, worms, phishing and hacking - 04

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT -IV :- Creating And Using Classes And Objects -22

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT-III:- Image Editing With Photoshop – [17]:-contd:-

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT –IV:-Browsing , E-Mail, And File Transfer :- Usage of Public Internet Services

204

UNIT -V :- Implementing Polymorphism And Operator Overloading -02 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Familiarizing with the types of tools in the toolbox. – Working with the selection tools –1 Working with the retouch paint tools –Working with the drawing and type tools – 04 Polygon, Ellipse, Custom shape, Direct selection, Anchor point and Convert Point Tools. -01 Horizontal and Vertical Type and Type Mask tools.- 01 , Working with the annotation and measurements tools. -02 Working with the Image Menu - Image Size, Canvas Size, Image Adjustments, Colour Modes etc. -02 Working with the filter menu - Blur, Sharpen, Extract, Liquefy, Vanishing Point, Distort, Pixelate, Render etc. -02 Working with the View Menu - Zoom In, Zoom Out, Proof Colours, Screen Modes, Rulers, Guides, Snap etc. -02 Exercises involving image modifications using various photo editing and photo effects together.- 02 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER –[07]:- Introduction to Adobe PageMaker - 01 The Page Maker Window - The Toolbox and Pointer Tool - 04 Views - Fixed Views and zooming, -02

for the following protocols -06 Internet Fax -04 Web Surfing -05 File Transfer -05 UNIT –V-[01]:- CREATING WEB PAGES Using HTML:- Introduction to HTML -01




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-V:- Packages And Interfaces –[12] contd.. Concepts and uses of packages. 02, Creating and importing packages.-03, Concepts of interface and its uses-03, .

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:- SQL:- 12 contd:- Sub queries -06, database objects. -06 UNIT-V:- . Pl/SQL -07:- PL/SQL – Introduction – 01,

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV Internet Connectivity And Services 2 Antivirus software etc.—01, Current trends -01. UNIT-V :- HTML & WEB PAGE DESIGN:- HTML basic elements and attributes, -05,

205

Writing and implementing simple interfaces-04 UNIT-VI:- . EXCEPTION HANDLING – 05 :- Exception Handling fundamentals -01 . Exception types, -01, the try, catch, throw, throws and finally keywords. -01, Java’s built in exceptions. Writing simple programs for exception handling. -02 UNIT-VII:- . THREADS -03 :-Concepts of Threads,-03

Advantages – Data types – Logical , Comparisons (Numeric, character and Boolean expressions) -03 Control structures – concept of error handling exception.. -03

HTML heading, body, title, paragraphs, formatting and fonts tags. -08 Tags for Images and tables. -05

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT -V :- Implementing Polymorphism And Operator Overloading -09 UNIT –VI:- Programs Involving InheritancE-10 UNIT –VII:- Creating Packages And Interfaces-04 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER – [23]:- Moving and Resizing Objects - Adding and Deleting Pages -02 Using the Hand Tool -01 Using Guides and Rulers -02 Drawing Tools - Drawing Lines, Rectangles and Ovals, Polygons-03 Fills and Outlines - Outline and Stroke, Colour Fills - Creating Frames and Blocks, Working with the Control Palettes -05 Working with Text- Selecting Text, Managing Fonts, Working with Paragraphs- Justification, Indents, spacing and tabs -05 Working with Graphics – Placing, editing, linking graphics -05

Practical Periods: 24 UNIT –V-[23]:- Creating Web Pages using HTML:- HTML code using the following: 1. Basic Tags for a website – Html, Head, Title and Body - 03 2. Tags for Text - <p>, <br>, <blockquote>, Headings <h1>…<h6>, Bold and italic tags, Horizontal line tags -04 3. Tags for creating lists - Ordered Lists, Unordered Lists -03 4. Tags for creating hyperlinks -03 5. Tags for creating and modifying images -03 6. Tags for creating Tables -02 7. Tables for creating frames Tags for creating forms - 02 Creating and hosting a web page - 03




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:- THREADS -03:- Multithreading and Multitasking. -01, The Thread class and its methods. -01, Writing simple programs involving threads- 01. UNIT-VIII:- THE JAVA APPLET -05 :- Introduction to Java Applets. 01, Basic methods of the Applet class, -01,

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-V:-.Pl/SQL -12:- Tables (Declaration, Referring and inserting, deleting and fetching rows etc).-03, Database Triggers – syntax – parts of triggers (statement, body and restriction) -05 types of triggers (before and after options) Enabling and disabling triggers – Dropping

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-V:- HTML & Web page Design:- Creating Lists and frames.- 02, Creating hyperlinks. -03, Tags to create forma and form objects. -03 UNIT-VI:- DHTML [11]:- Introduction to DHTML -01, Advantages of DHTML. -02,

206

Applet initialization and Termination-01, the HTML applet tag and writing code to create simple applets.-02 UNIT-IX:- - THE JAVA ABSTRACT WINDOWING TOOLKIT –[10]:- The Java AWT concepts, its purpose, -02, commonly used AWT classes,-02 , creating and managing forms with simple controls to implement common arithmetic operations like adding two numbers etc-06 .UNIT-IV:- EVENT HANDLING –{01}:-Concepts of event, event sources and listeners..1

triggers.-04 UNIT-VI:- SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND LIFE CYCLE [07]:- Definition of system, -02, analysis and design -02, Study of software life cycle – 03

Components of DHTML -, , HTML , o CSS , o Scripting , o DOM 05 Events- Mouse events-03

Practical Periods: 22 UNIT –VII:- Creating Packages And Interfaces-07 UNIT –VIII:- Working With Awt, Java Applets And Event Handling -15 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical Periods: 22 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER – [22]:- contd..:- Creating a Keyline Manipulating with the Control Palette -02 Positioning and using the Magic Scale , Rotating, Skewing and Mirroring , Ordering, Aligning, Distributing and Grouping objects, - 03 Image Control and Bitmap Effects Non Printing Items -03 Working with the Story Editor -02 Working in Long Documents - Document Set-up, Setting Up Master Pages -02 Working with layers, Sorting Pages and Managing Links -02 Working with Tables- Creating, Formatting and Exporting Tables -04 Printing, Exporting to PDF, Building a Booklet -03

Practical Periods: 22 UNIT –V-[01]:- CREATING WEB PAGES using HTML:- Creating and hosting a web page - 01 UNIT –V-[20]:-. DHTML:- 1. Writing DHTML code for the following: Create a webpage with HTML to display current date and time using document. -02 Change an HTML element – change the content of a h1 element using java script-02 Change the ‘src’ attribute of an image from one picture to a second using JavaScript-02 Change the content of the h1 element when a user clicks on it -02 Change Style of the Current HTML Element-2 Writing code to change the visibility of text on a page -02 Writing code to change the background colour of a page -02 Writing code to change the objects properties on events like on click, on dblclick, on mouse move etc.-02 Create a form that accepts data and copies it to other controls on clicking a button-02

207

Create dropdown menus to link to relevant websites.-02

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-X:- EVENT HANDLING –{08}:- Common event classes and methods. -03, Creating Forms and writing code to manage simple Events on buttons and mouse.(click, double click, mouse move over)-05

Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-VI:- SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND LIFE CYCLE [08]:- Requirement analysis , -02 , design ,-01, development, -01, testing,-01, implementation and maintenance.-03

Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-VI:- DHTML [08]:- DHTML in Layer TAG -01, Layer Attributes,-01 The Style Object of IE ,-01 Dynamic Contents in IE4-01, Introduction to CSS -04

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

208

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN

Basic aim of the course Electronics Engineering Technician

is to impart the following skills in students during the 2-year Intermediate course.

1. Assembling, Testing and maintenance of Electronic equipment.

2. Repairing of different electronic equipments.

3. Installation and maintenance of electronic equipments.

4. Installation and maintenance of P A System.

5. Installation and maintenance of Inverter type Power supply.

6. Repairing of Radio/Tape recorder/Television.

7. Electronic equipment sales and service.


9. Dealership/agency of Electronic Equipment.

10. Manufacturing of electronic equipments.

11. Computer Assembling.

209


ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN :: COURSE COURSE CODE :: 312 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



Circuit Theory & Electronic Components Theory Paper - I

Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory Paper - II

Digital Electronics & Computer Fundamentals

Theory Paper - III

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods :23 1. RESISTORS 1.1. TYPES OF RESISTORS, Fixed & Variable 1..2. Fixed-carbon film, wire wound, metal film 1.3. Colour codes 1.4. Measurement of resistance 1.5. VARIABLE-types: potentiometers, presets 1.6. Power rating :1/8 watt, ¼ watt, ½ watt, 1 watt, 2 watt, Metal/carbon film resisters, wire wound resisters from 5 watts to few 1000 watts etc. 1.7. Resistors in series and parallel 2.INDUCTORS & TRANSFORMERS 2.1. Electromagnetic induction2.2. Faraday’s laws and Lenz law2.3. Self inductance2.4. Mutual inductance concept2.5. Co-efficient of coupling

Theory Periods :23 1. SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS 1.1. State the electrical properties of solid state Semiconductor materials 1.2. Describe the formation of P type and N type materials 1.3. Identify Majority and Minority carriers in P and N Type materials. 1.4. Explain the formation of PN junction diode. 1.5. Describe the working of PN junction Diode forward/Reverse Bias with graph 1.6. Interpret the manufacturer specifications of a given diode from data sheet 1.7. Know the formation of transistor & Draw the symbol of transistor. 1.8. Explain the working of PNP and NPN Transistors with characteristics 1.9. Define alpha, beta and gamma Factors 1.10. Understand the specifications in DATA SHEET of transistors 1.11. FET & MOSFET principle of working and symbols 1.12. Advantages over BJT

Theory Periods :23 1. NUMBER SYSTEMS 1.1. Explain Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems and compare with decimal system..1.2. Convert a given decimal number into Binary, Octal, and Hexadecimal numbers and vice versa. 1..3. Convert a given binary number into octal and hexadecimal number system and vice versa. .1.4. Perform binary Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division.1.5. Write 1’s complement and 2’s complement numbers for a given binary number.1.6. Perform subtraction of binary numbers in 2’s complement method.1.7. Explain the use of alphanumeric codes (ASCII & EBCDIC)1...8. State different postulates in Boolean algebra. 2. LOGIC GATES & DIGITAL IC FAMILIES 2.1. Explain AND, OR, NOT gates with truth table. 2.2. Explain the working of universal logic gates (NAND, NOR gates) using truth tables.

210

1.13. Understand the naming convention of Semiconductor components 2. POWER SUPPLIES & FILTERS 2.1. Draw the block diagram of regulated DC power supply and explain the function of each block. 2.2. Draw and describe the working of half wave rectifier with waveforms. 2.3. Write the equations for RMS value, average value, ripple factor and efficiency for the half wave rectifier. 2.4. Draw and describe the working of centre tapped full wave rectifier with waveforms. 2.5. Draw and describe the working of bridge rectifier with waveforms.

2.3. Explain the working of an exclusive – OR gate with truth table. 2.4. State and explain De-Morgan’s theorems. 2.5. Develop AND, OR, NOT operations using NAND, NOR gates.

Electronic Devices & Circuits Lab Practical Paper – I

Practical Periods : 21 1. Measurement of Resistance, Capacitance and inductance by E and I method and verification of Resistance by Colour code. 2. Resistors in Series and Parallel Circuits 3. Measurement of Coefficient of coupling of an iron core transformer

Digital Electronics and Computer Fundamentals Lab Practical Paper – II

Practical Periods: 21 1. Logic gates - I - AND, OR, NOT (Using IC's) 2. Logic gates - II - NAND, NOR, EX-OR (Using IC's)

Engineering Drawing Practical Paper III

Practical Periods : 21 Importance of Engineering Drawing Drawing instruments


Theory Periods:20 2.6. Inductors in series and parallel 2.7. Ratings and specifications 2.8. Factors effecting the inductance 2.9. TRANSFORMER – working principle 2.10. Types of transformers: Step UP/DOWN, AF, RF & IF 2.11. Types of cores used and usage 2.12. Power transformer and other types 2.13. Ratings and specifications 3. CAPACITORS

Theory Periods:20 2.6. Derive the equations for RMS value, average value, ripple factor and efficiency for the full wave rectifier. 2.7. Compare the above rectifier circuits. 2.8. Explain the need for a filter in power supplies and list different types of filters. 2.9. Explain the operation of a rectifier circuit using capacitor input, series inductor and CLC filters. 2.10. Define voltage regulation.

Theory Periods:20 2.6. List different digital logic families. 2.7. Explain the characteristics of digital ICs such as logic levels, propagation delay, Noise margin, Fan-in, Fan-out, and Power dissipation. 2.8. Compare the TTL, CMOS and ECL logic families. 2.9. List the numbers of Digital IC Logic gates and understand the specifications

211

3.1. Working principle 3.2. Types of capacitors: Fixed & Variable 3.3. Types of Dielectrics used: air, paper, mica, glass, ceramic, electrolyte and its applications 3.4. Types polarized and non-polarized 3.5. Color codes 3.6. Measurement of capacitance 3.7. Capacitors in series and parallel 3.8. Ratings and Specifications

2.11. Explain the operation of simple Zener regulator 3. SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS 3.1. Explain the need for proper biasing in amplifier circuits and List the types of biasing circuits. 3.2. Explain the need for stabilization 3.3. Draw the different transistor configurations & list applications 3.4. Know cut off, saturation and active regions. 3.5.Compare characteristics of CB, CC and CE configurations

3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS 3.1. Give the idea of combinational logic circuits. 3.2. Draw Half adder circuit using Exclusive OR gate and AND gate and explain its function using truth table. 3.3. Realize a Half-adder using NAND gates only and NOR gates only. 3.4. Draw the full adder circuit and explain its operation with truth table. 3.5. Show that two Half-adders and an OR – gate constitutes a full-adder. 3.6. Draw and explain a 4 Bit parallel adder using full – adders. 3.7. Draw and explain the operation 4 X 1 Multiplexer 3.8. Draw and explain the operation 1 to 4 demultiplexer.

Practical Periods : 19 4. Series Resonance Circuit and determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 5. Parallel resonance circuit, determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 6. PN Diode Characteristics - Forward and Reverse characteristics

Practical Periods:19 4. Full adder - Sub tractor (Using IC Logic gates) 5. Verification of truth tables of RS, RST, D, T 6. To study details of counters IC's like 7490

Practical Periods:19 Geometrical construction Projection of points, Free hand lettering & Numbering Dimensioning Practice

ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST - I

ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST – I

ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST - I

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods:23 4. FUNDAMENTALS OF DC & AC CIRCUITS 4.1. Electrical quantities :voltage, current, resistance, conductance, admittance, power, VA etc 4.2. OHM’s Law 4.3. Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law

Theory Periods:23 4. POWER AMPLIFIERS 4.1. Explain why a voltage amplifier cannot be used as a power amplifier. 4.2. Distinguish between voltage amplifiers and power amplifiers. 4.3. Classify the amplifier circuits on the basis of frequency, period of conduction, and

Theory Periods:23 3.9. Draw and explain 3 X 8 decoder. 3.10. List the applications of multiplexers and decoders. 3.11. List some of the popular digital ICs and appreciate the applications 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 4.1. Give the idea of Sequential logic

212

4.4. Kirchhoff’s Current Law 4.5. Series & Parallel circuits-simple calculations 4.6. Power calculations 4.7. AC Fundamentals : Sinusoidal ac, frequency 4.8. Instantaneous values, peak values, average values, notations used 4.9. AC power : real power & apparent power 4.10. AC circuits containing RL,RC & RLC in Series & Parallel 4.11. Derive expression for Resonance(for above circuits)

configurations. 4.4. Define efficiency of a power amplifier. 4.5. Draw the circuit of a class-A amplifier with resistor load at the collector and explain the operation. 4.6. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.7. Draw the circuit of a class-A amplifier with transformer at the collector and explain the operation. 4.8. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.9. List the advantages of push pull power amplifier 4.10. Explain the operation of class-B push-pull amplifier and mention its disadvantages. 4.11. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.12. List the applications of power amplifiers. 4.13. List different IC numbers for power amplifiers. 5. FEEDBACK APLIFIERS & OSCILLATORS 5.1. Compare Negative and Positive feedback. 5.2. Draw the block diagram of negative feedback amplifier and explain 5.3. List the types of negative feedback amplifiers

circuits. 4.2. Explain NAND and NOR latches with truth tables 4.3. State the necessity of clock and give the concept of level triggering and edge triggering, 4.4. Draw and explain clocked SR flip flop using NAND gates. 4.5. Study the need for preset and clear inputs . 4.6. Construct level clocked JK flip flop using S-R flip-flop and explain with truth table 4.7. Explain the level clocked D and T flip flops with the help of truth table and circuit diagram. 4.8. Give only the truth tables of edge triggered D and T flip flops with their symbols. 4.9. List the applications of flip flops. 4.10. State the need for a Register and list the types of registers. 4.11. Draw and explain working of 4 bit shift left and shift right registers(7475) 4.12. Draw and explain parallel in parallel out shift register 4.13. Explain the working of Universal shift register (74194 ) 4.14. Draw and explain asynchronous decade counter.

Practical Periods: 24 5. Parallel resonance circuit, determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 6. PN Diode Characteristics - Forward and Reverse characteristics 7.ZenerDiode characteristics

Practical Periods :24 6. To study details of counters IC’s like 7490 7. To study shift register IC’s like 7495 8. Observe the output of decade counter 7490 On a seven segment display using a decoder

Practical Periods:24 Lines, Planes and Solids Orthographic Projection

213

ASSIGNMENT-III, UNIT TEST-II



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods :20 5.1 Wires – Single core/multi core 5.2 SWG’s – ratings and wire jointing 5.3 Connections and types 5.4 Termination and types 5.5 Making terminations using tools 5.6 Clasify switches according to the poles and lengths 5.7. Relays: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.8. Contactors: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.9. Microphone: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.10. Loud speaker: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.11. Testing of all above components

Theory Periods:20 5.4. State the condition for an amplifier to work as an oscillator. 5.5. Classify oscillator circuits. 5.6. Draw and Explain the working of an R.C. phase shift oscillator 5.7. Draw and Explain the working of tuned collector oscillator 5.8. Draw and explain the working of Hartley oscillator. 5.9. Draw and Explain the working of Colpitts oscillator 5.10. Write the expressions for frequency of above oscillators 5.11. Explain the disadvantages of RC and LC oscillators. 5.12. List the advantages of crystal oscillators over other types 5.13. Draw and explain the working of transistor crystal oscillator. 5.14. State the reasons for instability in oscillator circuits. 5.15. List the applications of oscillators. 6. ANALOG IC’s 6.1. Explain the operation of transistor series voltage regulator. 6.2. Explain the operation of transistor shunt voltage regulator 6.3. List the types of IC regulators and give the advantage of IC regulators.

Theory Periods:20 4.15. Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous countersation 4.16. List applications of counters. 4.17. List the IC numbers of flip flops, registers and counters. 5. D/A & A/D CONVERTORS 5.1. State the need for A/D and D/A converters. 5.2. Explain the terms resolution, Accuracy, Mono tonicity and settling time of D/A converter. 5.3. Explain D/A conversion using binary weighted resistors. 5.4. Explain D/A conversion using R-2R ladder network 5.5. Explain A/D conversion using counter method. 5.6. Explain A/D conversion using successive approximation method.

Practical Periods :18 9. FET Characteristics 10. SCR Characteristics 11. Zener Voltage regulators and measurement

Practical Periods :18 9. A/D, D/A Converter 10. Identify the various peripherals 11. Know how to open an application program

Practical Periods :18 Sectional views Development of surfaces

214

of percentage of regulation 12. RC coupled Amplifier : obtain the frequency response and calculate the gain 13. Study of Push pull power Amplifier 14. Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier with and without filter, calculate the ripple factor and percentage of regulation

12. Know how to create a folder in a specified location 13. Open MS-word and Identify the components on the screen

October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 6. SOLDERING & PCBs 6.1. Soldering basics 6.2. Soldering irons, de soldering pumps –types, soldering lead-types, ratings, fluxes 6.3. Temperature controlled soldering/De-soldering stations 6.4. PCB-types, single sided, double sided, multilayered 6.5. Soldering drills 6.6. Steps in preparation of PCB 7. SMD COMPONENTS 7.1. SMD components –types 7.2. SMD soldering stations 7.3. Give an idea of Surface Mount Technology (SMT). 7.4. State the advantages of SMT over pin through hole (PTH) mounting

Theory Periods:12 6.4. Explain the operation of fixed positive and negative voltage regulators.( using 7800 series and 7900 series) 6.5. Explain the operation of adjustable voltage regulator (LM317). 6.6. Draw and explain the differential amplifier. 6.7. State the function of an operational amplifier. 6.8. Know the operational amplifier characteristics like Input impedance, Open loop gain, Slew rate, CMRR, Input offset voltage, Input offset Current, 6.9. List the specifications of ideal operational amplifier. 6.10. Draw the block diagram and pin out diagram of IC 741 and explain each block and pin 6.11. Illustrate the use of operational amplifier as summer, integrator, differentiator, inverter and multiplier, voltage follower, voltage to current converter, current to voltage converter, comparator, square wave generator 6.12. Draw the block diagram of 555 IC and explain. 6.13. Explain the working of As table multivibrator using 555 IC. 6.14. State PLL 6.15. Draw and explain the block diagram of PLL – LM565. 6.16. Explain the operation VCO (LM566)ion

Theory Periods:12 6. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORIES 6.1. State memory read operation, writes operation, access time, memory capacity, address lines and word length. 6.2. Classify various types of memories. 6.3. Differentiate between ROM and RAM 6.4. Explain basic principle of working of diode ROM 6.5. Distinguish between EEPROM and UVPROM. 6.6. List different ROM and RAM Ics 6.7. Explain the working of basic dynamic MOS RAM cell. 6.8. Compare static RAM and dynamic RAM 6.9. Explain the working principle of NVRAM 6.10. State difference between Flash ROM and NV RAM 6.11. Give an idea of memory modules used in computers 7. COMPUTER HARDWARE & NETWORKING BASICS 7.1. Study the layout of components in the motherboard. 7.2. List different expansion slots available on the motherboard.

215

6.17. Define lock range of PLL 6.18. Define capture range of PLL. 6.19. List the applications of PLL. 6.20. Explain frequency multiplier and FM demodulator using PLL.

7.3. Describe the functions of chip set & know chipset numbers in use. 7.4. Know the specifications of processor. 7.5. Know different types of RAMs in use. 7.6. Know about cache memory. 7.7. Know about accelerated graphics port/card. 7.8. Study about power supply connectors and external devices.

Practical Periods: 14 15. Measurement of frequency of Hartley and Colpitts oscillators 16. Measurement of frequency of Tuned Collector and Crystal Oscillators 17. Study of different IC packages and pin identification 18. Study of different types of batteries

Practical Periods:14 14. Create a document using MS-word and save it 15. Familiarize with spell checker facility of MS-Word 16. Open MS-Excel and identify the components on the screen 17. Create a Worksheet in MS-Excel and save it 18. Sort and filter data in a worksheet

Practical Periods :14 Sectional views Development of surfaces






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods– 20 8. BATTERIES & CELLS 8.1. Primary cells and secondary cells-uses 8.2. Types: NiCad, Alkaline, Ni-ion, Li-ion, Li-polymer –Uses 8.3. Charging and discharging of cells 8.4. Cells in series and parallel-effect on

Theory Periods -20 7. POWER ELECTRONIC DEVICES 7.1. List different thyristor family devices. 7.2. Sketch the ISI circuit symbols for each device. 7.3. Describe constructional details of SCR. 7.4. Draw & Explain the Volt – Ampere characteristics of SCR.

Theory Periods -20 7.9.Know about Serial, parallel and USB ports(basics). 7.10. Know the connector details for printer, serial port, mouse, keyboard and USB. 7.11. Know different voltages in SMPS and connector details.

216

current/voltage 8.5. Testing of Cells

7.5. Mention the ratings of SCR. 7.6. Give constructional details of DIAC & TRIAC 7.7. Draw & Explain the Volt-ampere characteristics of DIAC & TRIAC under forward / reverse bias. 7.8. State the different modes of TRIAC triggering. 7.9. Draw & Explain SCR circuit triggered by UJT. 7.10. Explain power control circuits DIAC, TRIAC & SCR’s. 7.11. Briefly explain the working of Reverse conducting thyristor (RCT), Asymmetrical SCR (ASCR), Power BJT, Insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), MOS-controlled thyristors (MCT) with characteristics. 7.12. Study of Manufacturer’s data sheet of power electronic devices. 7.13. List the applications of all power electronic devices 7.14. Power control schematic

7.12. Know about SCSI Hard Disk controller. 7.13. Describe the functioning of Network card and list its specifications. 7.14. Understand BIOS, Operating system, application software 7.15. Appreciate the need for networking of computers 7.16. Explain the concepts of router and routing 7.17. Categorise the computer networks 7.18. Explain the working of LAN 7.19. Understand Bluetooth technology 7.20. Write the role of DNS server. 7.21. Explain how email is transferred. 7.22. Explain file transfer operation (FTP) in web applications 7.23. Explain the working of Web server. 7.24. Explain the working of Web browser. 7.25. Discuss about hyperlinks. 7.26. Know the concept of remote login

Practical Periods: 18 19. Photo diode characteristics 20. Know the various cut-in voltages of different LEDs (All colors)

Practical Periods: 18 16. Open MS-Excel and identify the components on the screen 17. Create a Worksheet in MS-Excel and save it 18. Sort and filter data in a worksheet 19. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small unit 20. Backup required files and folders to a CD-ROM

Practical Periods: 18 Sectional views Development of surfaces

February 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods – 17 8.6. Ratings & specifications 8.7. Batteries – Lead acid & maintenance free batteries 8.8. Testing of batteries 8.9. Ratings & specifications

Theory Periods – 17 8. OPTO ELECTRONIC DEVICES 8.1. Classify optoelectronic devices 8.2. Explain the operation of LDR 8.3. Explain the construction, working principle and characteristics of LED

Theory Periods – 17 8. MICROSOFT OFFICE 8.1.Word: Basics of creating a document, editing and formatting 8.2.Excel: Basics of creating a excel sheet, editing and formatting

217

8.4. Understand the generation of different colour LEDs, their forward voltages, and specifications. 8.5. Explain the construction and working principle of LCD. 8.6. Explain the applications of LED and LCD in discrete displays, dot-matrix and seven segment displays. 8.7. Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of photo diode. 8.8. Explain the construction, operation and characteristics of photo transistor. 8.9. List the applications of photo diode and photo transistor 8.10. Give an idea of opto-coupler 8.11. Explain the principle and working of photo conductive cells(LDR)

8.3.Power point: Basics of creating a power point presentation, editing and formatting

Practical Periods: 21 Revision/

Practical Periods: 21 19. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small unit 20. Backup required files and folders to a CD-ROM

Practical Periods: 21 Revision/

PRACTICAL EXAMS PRACTICAL EXAMS PRACTICAL EXAMS PREFINAL EXAMS - II PREFINAL EXAMS – II PREFINAL EXAMS - II

March 2017/22 IPE MARCH 2017 IPE MARCH 2017 IPE MARCH 2017

218


ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE :: 312 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Communication Engineering Theory Paper - I

T.V. & Modern Communications Systems Theory Paper - II

Measuring Instruments & Consumer Electronics

Theory Paper - III

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods :22 1.MODULATION 1.1. Basic elements of a communication system. 1.2. Block diagram of communication system. 1.3. Need for modulation in communication systems. 1.4. Distinguish between base band, carrier, and modulated signals with waveforms. 1.5. Explain the relationship between channel bandwidth, base band bandwidth and transmission time 1.6. Define the modulation index of AM signal 1.7. Measurement of modulation index using oscilloscope. 1.8. Significance of bandwidth in a communication system. 1.9. Introduction to Angle modulation. 1.10. Explain the types of Angle modulation. 1.11. Explain the differences between Amplitude and Angle modulation techniques

Theory Periods :22 1. TV Transmitter 1.1. Introduction to the TV transmitters 1.2. Draw the block diagram of basic TV system and explain the function of each block. 1.3. Explain formation of picture. 1.4. State the need for horizontal and vertical scanning. 1.5. CCIR - B standards and specifications for Monochrome TV. 1.6. Explain the interlaced scanning. 1.7. Sketch the composite video signal as per ISI specification.

Theory Periods :22 1. MEASURING & TESTING OF COMPONENTS V Transmitter 1.1. Measurement of AC/DC Voltages and currents using voltmeters and current meters 1.2. Study and use of various regulated power supply units 1.3. Measurement of voltages, currents and resistance using analogue and digital Millimeters and continuity test. 1.4. Test and measure the values of capacitor using R.L.C meter and compare with the marked/color code value 1.5. Test the given Transformer and measure Primary and secondary DC resistance and Voltages by using Millimeter

Communication Engineering Lab Practical Paper - I

Practical Periods:23 1. Study of Servicing tools and instruments

T V Servicing Lab Practical Paper - II

Practical Periods:23 1. Study of pattern generator and its use

Measuring Instruments and Servicing Lab Practical Paper – III

Practical Periods:23 1. Conversion of Ammeter into Voltmeter.

219

(Soldering Iron, Screw Driver Set, Tweezers, Nose Pier, Cutter, Hammer, File, De-solder pump, Squeezer) 2. Electronic Lab safety precautions (Regarding wiring, Flooring, First Aid Treatment) 3. Soldering Practice on PCB and wiring practice

2. Study of wobbuloscope and its use for alignment of T.V. receiver 3. Study of operating controls and servicing controls of B/W T.V and typical voltages

2. Study and use of Analog Multi-meter 3. Study and use of Digital Multi-meter


Theory Periods :20 1.12. Write the time-domain equation for an FM signal. 1.13. Calculate bandwidth, sideband frequencies of FM signal. 1.14. Define modulation index for FM signal. 1.15. Explain the merits and demerits of FM over AM 2.TRANSMITTERS & BASICS OF DIGITAL COMMUNICATION 2.1. Introduction to transmitters and receivers. 2.2. List specifications of transmitters. 2.3. Distinguish between high level and low level modulation. 2.4. Draw the block diagram of a Low level AM transmitter. 2.5. Draw the block diagram of a High level AM transmitter. 2.6. DIGITAL COMMUNICATION CONCEPT 2.7. Compare analog and digital communication techniques. 2.8. Describe pulse-code modulation 2.9. Describe delta modulation. 2.10. Describe the basic types of digital modulation. 2.11. State the need for digital modulation. 2.12. Briefly explain ASK, FSK and PSK

Theory Periods -20 1.8. State the need for vertical synchronization, horizontal synchronization, blanking pulses, front porch, back porch and equalizing pulses. 1.9. Name the different types of camera tubes. 1.10. Describe the construction and working of Image Orthicon tube. 2. TV RECEIVER 2.1. Draw the block diagram of a T.V. receiver and state the function of each block. 2.2. Sketch the types of signals at various input and output stages in the block diagram. 2.3. Introduction to Color Television System. 2.4. Explain the main characteristic of human eye with regard to perception of colors. 2.5. Distinguish between additive and subtractive mixing of colors. 2.6. Explain complementary colors, hue, saturation, and Color circle.

Theory Periods -20 1.6. Test the given Loud speaker and measure the Voice coil resistance –using Multi-meter 1.7. Test the working of different types of switches ,Relays ,Connectors and Cables 2. CRO AND FREQUENCY GENERATORS 2.1. Study and Use CRO(single trace and Dual Trace) for measuring frequency and amplitude (CRT type) 2.2. Study and use of A.F/R.F signal generators 2.3. Study and use DSO for measuring frequency, Amplitude, Phase, Modulation Index of A.M

Practical Periods -22 Practical Periods -22 Practical Periods -22

220

4. Familiarization and Testing of Electronic Components like resistor, capacitor, inductor, transformer, loud speaker, switches, relays, connectors, fuses and cables and semi conductor devices like diode, transistor, IC packages 5. Study of power supply stage in Radio Receiver (Full wave Bridge Rectifier with Filter) 6. Study of output stage, voltage measurement

4. Tracing of different stages in B/W T.V. Receiver 5. Familiarization of different stages with Transistors, IC's used in B/W T.V., typical voltages 6. Tracing of different stages of Colour T.V. receiver

4. Study and use of Audio Frequency Oscillator 5. Study and use of AMSSG 6. Study and use of Digital R-L-C meter




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods: 20 3.TRANSMISSION LINES, WAVE PROPAGATION & ANTENNAS 3.1. Introduction to transmission lines and different types. 3.2. Know the losses in transmission lines. 3.3. Explain the importance of impedance matching with respect to transmission lines. 3.4. Describe the nature and behavior of radio waves. 3.5. Describe reflection, refraction and diffraction of EM waves.

Theory Periods: 20 2.7. Explain compatibility and reverse compatibility in TV system. 2.8. Mention the different standards of Color transmission system like NTSC, PAL and SECAM. 2.9. Draw the block diagram of a Color TV receiver and state the function of each block. 2.10. State the different Color receiver- operating & servicing controls. 2.11. Describe constructional features of Color picture tubes.

Theory Periods: 20 2.4. Identify leads and testing of different diodes and transistors. 2.5. Study of data manuals/ application manuals for diodes and transistors 3. UPS AND INVERTERS 3.1. Compare online UPS and OFF line UPS 3.2. Classify inverters 3.3. Explain the working of single-phase bridge inverter using MOSFET 3.4. Explain the working of voltage source inverter

221

3.6. Describe the ground wave propagation of EM waves. 3.7. Describe the space wave propagation of EM waves. 3.8. Describe the sky wave propagation of EM waves. 3.9. Know about the impedance of free space. 3.10. Introduction to antenna systems. 3.11. Sketch the radiation pattern of isotropic and half wave dipoles. 3.12. Define radiation resistance. 3.13. Define antenna gain, directivity, beam width, and front to back ratio. 3.14. Explain the basic principles of operation of antenna systems. 3.15. Explain the concept of grounding. 3.16. Describe the principle of Marconi (monopole) antenna. 3.17. Describe the operation and applications of folded dipole. 3.18. Describe the operation and applications of loop, helical antennas.ucation 3.19. Explain radiation pattern and applications of Yagi antenna. 3.20. Explain the principle of parabolic reflector. 3.21. Explain the operation of Dish antenna system

3. LCD/LED TVs 3.1. Understand the principle of LCD/LED monitor 3.2. Understand block diagram of LCD/LED TVs

Practical Periods: 24 7. Study of Detector and AF Voltage Amplifier, Voltage measurement 8. Study of IF Amplifier Stage and Voltage measurement. 9. Study of RF Amplifier, Mixer, Local oscillator stage and voltage measurement 10. Study of FM receiver

Practical Periods: 24 7. Familiarization of different stages with transistors, IC's used in Color T.V. and Typical Voltages. 8. Measurement of picture tube voltages of B/W, Color T.V. and picture adjustments 9. Assemble and erection of T.V. antenna 10. Front panel controls and adjustments

Practical Periods: 24 7. Measurement of DC and AC Voltage using CRO 8. Measurement of Frequency and phase using CRO. 9. Measurement of Modulation Index using CRO 10. Study and use of pattern generator

222




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 4.RADIO RECEIVERS 4.1. Basic functions of a Radio receiver. 4.2. Define sensitivity, selectivity, fidelity of a receiver. 4.3. Compare AM and FM receivers. 4.4. Explain the process of super heterodyning in radio receiver. 4.5. Draw block diagram of super heterodyne receiver and explain its operation. 4.6. Explain the need for AVC (AGC). 4.7. Explain the process of demodulation in FM receivers (Foster-Seely ) 4.8. Draw the block diagram of TRF receiver and explain its working. 4.9. List various ICs used receivers with internal block diagrams 4.10. List common faults and servicing techniques 5.PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM 5.1. Define speech, music and noise. 5.2. Know the nature of sound, reflection, refraction, diffraction and absorption. 5.3. Know the concept of Hi-Fi and Stereo. 5.4. Know the need of bass, treble, balance, and volume control in stereo amplifier. 5.5. Explain a simple circuit showing the above controls.

Theory Periods: 20 3.3. List various ICs USED in the above with a typical schematic circuit 3.4. List advantages of LCD/LED TV technology 3.5. Discuss common faults in all the above with servicing procedures to rectify 4. CABLE TV/DTH SYSTEM 4.1. Draw and explain the block diagram of CATV. 4.2. Explain the cable TV components such as amplifiers directional couplers and converters. 4.3. Explain the necessity of midband and super band channels 4.4. State the need for satellite for TV broadcasting over wide area. 4.5. Explain the DTH reception with block diagram. 4.6. List the deficiencies in the existing TV system. 4.7. Explain how the existing TV system can be improved in HDTV system. 5. OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION FUNDAMENTALS 5.1. Basic Introduction to Fibre Optic communication.

Theory Periods: 20 3.5. State the need for uninterrupted power supply(UPS) 3.6. Explain the working of three-phase inverter 3.7. List different types of UPS 3.8. Draw and explain the block diagram of off-line UPS 3.9. Draw and explain the block diagram of on-line UPS 3.10. Understand a typical schematic of each and 3.11. Discuss ICs used and servicing procedures

Practical Periods: 24 11. Study of IC version 2-band Radio AM/FM Radio receiver 12. Study of Multiband Radio receiver 13. Mention typical faults in a Radio receiver and observe the effect on voltage data and

Practical Periods: 24 11. T.V. picture, sound djustments by using pattern generator 12. Study the faults in various stages of B/W T.V. and rectification 13. Rectify the given faults in various stages

Practical Periods: 24 11. Study of Battery Eliminator and measurement of standard voltages at various points. 12. Rectify the faults in the Battery Eliminator 13. Study of Electronic Stabilizer and

223

performance of the Radio Receiver 14. Study of PA system and measurement of standard voltages at various points 15. Rectifying the faults in PA system

of colour T.V. 14. Study of SMPS and measurement of the output voltages 15. Identify the stages of SMPS, and mention the faults in SMPS and rectification of the Faults

measurement of standard voltages at various points. 14. Rectify the faults in the Electronic stabilizer. 15. Study of Emergency Light and measurement of standard Voltages at various




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 5.6. Briefly describe disc recording of audio signal with block diagram. 5.7. Briefly describe reproduction of audio signal recorded on disc with block diagram. 5.8. Briefly explain the principle of magnetic recording and reproduction. 5.9. List the advantages and disadvantages magnetic recording. 6.MODERN DISC RECORDERS/PLAYERS 6.1. List the types of optical recording. 6.2. Explain the method optical recording of sound on film. 6.3. Explain the method optical recording of sound on Compact Disc. 6.4. List the advantages and disadvantages of CDs. 6.5. Explain optical pick-up system. 6.6. Explain working of compact disc player with block diagram. 6.7. Know the MP3 format and differentiate this with audio CD.

Theory Periods: 20 5.2. Explain total internal reflection phenomena used in optical fibres. 5.3. Define numerical aperture, modes, dispersion. 5.4. List various losses with reference to optical fibre. 5.5. Explain the advantages of optical fibres in communication. 5.6. Explain types of fibre optic cables, 5.7. Mention different splices and connecters, optical couplers, switches and relaysducation 5.8. Explain the operation of LED used in optical fibre communication 5.9. Explain the operation of Laser diodes used in optical fibre communication. 5.10. Explain the operation of PIN diode used as detector in optical fibre Communication 5.11. Explain the operation of APD used as detector in optical fibre Communication 6. FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 6.1. Explain basic fibre optic communication system with block diagram. 6.2. Explain repeaters and optical amplifiers. 6.3. Define wavelength division multiplexing. 6.4. Explain the principle of DWDM.

Theory Periods: 20 4. TELEPHONE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION 4.1. Understand a basic telephone system 4.2. Explain the operation of basic telephone equipment 4.3. Understand the working of digital dialing instrument(push button type) 4.4. Understand a simple intercom system 4.5. Basic concepts of Mobile Communication system 4.6. Intelligent network concept 4.7. Explain cellular concept 4.8. Describe cellular system operation 4.9. Significance of frequency re-use and hand off features.

224

6.5. Discuss use of optical fibre in local area network.

Practical Periods: 22 16. Study of Tape Recorder, Two-in-one and Audio CD player 17. Rectify the faults in the Tape Recorder, Two-in-one 18. Rectify the faults in Audio CD player 19. Rectify the faults in DVD player 20. Familiarization of SMD handling tools used for soldering/ De-soldering

Practical Periods: 22 16. Study of different types of Tuners 17. Study of LCD TV 18. Familiarization of different voltages in LCD TV 19. Familiarization of different voltages in LED TV 20. Connection and Tuning of Cable TV

Practical Periods: 22 16. Rectify the faults in the TV remote control. 17. Identify the different stages of TV remote control Transmitter and receiver. 18. Identify the different faults in cardless telephone and cell phone


Theory Periods:8 6.8. Differentiate CD and DVD. 6.9. Explain the working principle of DVD player. 6.10. Explain the concept of noise reduction using DOLBY system. 6.11. Arrange the Public Address system and test the performance. 6.12. Know the block diagram and understand with a typical schematic diagram

Theory Periods:8 6.6. Discuss Ethernet on fibre and gigabit Ethernet. 6.7. Mention the applications of optical fibres. 6.8. Discuss the applications of optical fibres in local telephone and cable TV applications 6.9. Know the various tools used and methods for measurement of parameters on OFCs 6.10. OTDR applications in servicing

Theory Periods:8 4.10. Concepts of digital cellular mobile system. 4.11. Know GSM standards and service aspects 4.12. List the radio characteristics of GSM 4.13. Basic concepts of CDMA systems used in mobile communication.

IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2017 IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2017 IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2017 Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 March 2017 22 IPE MARCH 2017 IPE MARCH 2017 IPE MARCH 2017

225

ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the course Electricial Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. Basic concept on fundamentals of Electrical Technology

2. Basic concept on Electrical Wiring materials and

Accessories used for Electrical wiring.

3. Design, Installation and Testing of different types of Domestic Wiring.

4. Fundamental principles of Electrical Domestic Appliances

5. Construction, working, troubleshooting and Assembling of

Domestic Appliances.

6. Re-winding of simple machines.

7. Estimation of Electrification for small residential buildings

Work-shops, business establishments etc.,

8. Establishment and maintenance of Electrical workshop.

9. Electrical maintenance of Buildings/Offices

10. Electrical Contractor/wireman.

226


ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE :: 313 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



Elements of Electrical Engineering (Theory Paper I)

Electrical Engineering Materials and Wiring (Theory Paper II)

Electrical Measuring Instruments and Electronic Devices (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Electric Current-Ohms Law - Kirchhoff’s law 1.1 Electric current conductors-Semiconductors- Insulators (4) 1.2 Electric potential resistance laws of resistance (1) 1.3 Problems on laws of resistance(2) 1.4 Effects of temperature simple problems (2) 1.5 Ohms law-simple problems (1) 1.6 Resistance in series parallel simple problems (2) 1.7 Definitions of network elements-junction, branch, loop (3) 1.8 Kirchhoff’s law-Wheatstone bridge (3) 1.9 Solution of networks using Kirchhoff’s law (3) 1.10Transformation of STAR to DELTA and DELTA to STAR simple problems (2)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction (9) 1.1 Structure of Atom (2) 1.2 Atomic number, valence electrons (2) 1.3 Atomic bonds (2) 1.4 Classification of electrical engg. Materials (3) 2.0 Conducting & Semiconducting materials (14) 2.1 Concept on conducting materials (1) 2.2 Conducting materials effect of alloying - temperature –applications (2) 2.2 Low resistance materials and applications (2) 2.3 Properties of Aluminum, Copper (2) 2.4 High resistance materials and applications (1) 2.5 Properties of Eureka, Nichrome and Tungsten (1) 2.6 Concept on semiconducting materials (2) 2.7 Atomic structure of silicon germanium (1) 2.8 Classification and application of semi conducting materials (2)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction to Electrical Measuring System (5) 1.1 Fundamental units, derived units, system of units, SI system (2) 1.2 Multiplication factors, Electrical Quantities and their units. (2) 1.3 Classifications of Measuring Instruments (1) 2.0 Indicating Instruments (18) 2.1 Classification of Indicating type measuring instruments (2) 2.2 Effects of currents used in indicating instruments, torques/forces in electrical instruments (4) 2.3 Basic requirements of indicating instruments (2) 2.4 Moving Iron Instruments (4) 2.5 MC instruments –difference between MI and MC instruments., Extension of MI & MC Instruments (6)

Elements of electrical lab (Practical Paper I) Practical periods: 21 1. Verification of ohms law by using ammeter,

Electrical wiring and workshop (Practical Paper II) Practical periods: 21 1. Study of electrician tools. .(7)

Engineering drawing (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 1. Practice on drawing instruments by drawing

227

voltmeter in dc circuit or low voltage. (6) 2. Verification of the characteristics of dc series circuits (7) 3. Verification of the characteristics of dc parallel circuits. (8)

2. Simple carpentry practice like cutting, chiselling drilling on teak wood..(7) 3. Practice on fixing electrical accessories on switch boards/main boards .(7)

simple figures (sheet1). (11) 2. Practice on dimensioning-aligned system.(10)


Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Units-Work-Power and energy (9) 2.1System of units-SI system (1) 2.2Work-power-energy definitions and units (1) 2.3Conversion of Electrical units to thermal units (1) 2.4 Problems on Work power- energy (1) 2.5 Energy consumption and monthly billing-problems (5) 3.0Heating Effects of Electric Current (11) 3.1 Effects of Electrical Energy (1) 3.2 Heating effect of electric current (1) 3.3 Heat produced by flow of current- Joule’s law- Mechanical equivalent of heat (2) 3.4 Applications of heating effect of electric current (2) 3.5 Simple problems (5)

Theory Periods: 20 3.0Magnetic materials (7) 3.1 Classification of magnetic materials (1) 3.2Permiability- susceptibility currie point magnetostriction (1) 3.3 Soft and hard magnetic materials- general properties & applications (1) 3.4 Properties of pure Iron, Silicon steel, Nickel, Cobalt, Alnico, Ferrites & applications (2) 3.5 B-H curve ,cycle of magnetization, (2) 4.0 Insulating materials (13) 4.1 General properties of insulating materials (1) 4.2 Factors affecting insulation resistance & Di-electric strength, dielectric loss (1) 4.3 Classification of insulating materials & applications (1) 4.4 Properties and uses of Fibrous materials like wood, paper, textiles etc., (2) 4.5Properties and uses of Asphalt, Bitumen, Mineral insulating Liquids , synthetic liquids and special insulating liquids (2) 4.6Properties and uses of Ceramics-mica etc. (2) 4.7Insulating glasses - rubbers – PVC (1) 4.8 Insulating resins-amber, wood resins, shellac, Thermo plastics-thermo sets, Bakelite (2) 4.9 Applications of Insulating gasses- Air, N, H2, SF6 (1)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Indicating Instruments contd (9) 2.6 Dynamometer type and induction type inst., (3) 2.7 Different types of Errors in indicating inst., (5) 3.0 Integrating Instruments (12) 3.1 Definition and classification of integrating instruments (5) 3.2 1-ph, 3-ph phase induction type energy meters (5) 3.3 Errors in energy meters (2)

Practical Periods: 19 4. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws by using Meter Bridge or appropriate method or by

Practical Periods: 19 4. Practice on wire joints-married joint , T joint , pig tail joint and familiar with thimbles/lugs (5)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Practice on dimensioning-Uni directional system. (9).

228

using series and parallel circuits. (7) 5. Verification of Resistance laws by using ohm meter. (6) 6. Testing of accumulator/lead acid battery by hydrometer and tongue tester on charging and discharging. (6)

5. Practice on simple lamp circuits-one lamp controlled by one switch by surface conduit wiring. (6). 6. Lamp circuits- connection of lamp and socket by separate switches in surface conduit wiring. (8)

4. Practice on single stroke lettering (10)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 4.0. Electro Magnetism (23) 4.1 Introduction to magnets (4) 4.2 Magnetic pole magnetic axis-pole strength 4.3 Properties of magnets (1) 4.4 Typical shapes of magnets (1) 4.5 Classification of magnets (1) 4.6 Rules to find polarity (1) 4.7 Magnetic fields (1) 4.8 Inverse square law(2) 4.9 Simple problems (2) 4.10 Magnetic effect of electric current (1) 4.11 Force on a current carrying conductor- Fleming left hand rule (1) 4.12 Field pattern field strength of long straight conductor, solenoid and teroid-(1) 4.13 force between conductors (1) 4.14 Magnetic circuits definitions of flux, mmf, flux density, magnetizing force and reluctance and their relation (2) 4.15Comparison between magnetic circuit and electric circuit (1) 4.16 Simple problems on electromagnetism 2)

Theory Periods: 23 5.0 Di-electric materials and Special purpose materials (10) 5.1 Di-electric strength, Permittivity, Polarization, Di-electric loss, Applications (5) 5.2 Protective materials like lead, steel tapes, wires, strips etc (2) 5.3 Thermocouple, Bimetals, soldering materials(1) 5.4 Fuse, galvanizing and Impregnations (1) 6.0 Wiring accessories (14) 6.1 Types of wires (2) 6.2 Types of switches (2) 6.3 Other accessories like lamp holders, ceiling roses, sockets, fuses etc.(detailed study) (3) 6.4 Main boards, Distribution boards, Switch boards (2) 6.5 Fuses and fuse materials (2) 6.6 MCB & CBs (3)

Theory Periods: 23 4.0 Special instruments (13) 4.1 Power factor meter (5) 4.2 Frequency meter, (1) Synchronoscope (1) 4.3 Multi meter, Megger (4) 4.4 Tongue tester (2) 5.0 Digital Instruments (10) 5.1 Need of digital instruments (3) 5.2 Digital Voltmeter, Ammeter and frequency meter (3) 5.3 Digital multimeter, tachometer (4)

Practical Periods: 24 7. Measurement of Power by wattmeter. (10). 8. Measurement of Power by voltmeter and ammeter. (7) 9. Verification of Faraday laws of

Practical Periods: 24 7. Practice on simple lamp circuits- connects two lamps in series/parallel in casing capping wiring. (11). 8. Practice on simple lamp circuits-install

Practical Periods: 24 5. Geometric construction-bi section of lines, bi section of angles, tangents. (11) 6. Geometric construction-Polygons (sheet 1). (6)

229

electromagnetic induction. (6)

bedroom lighting in casing capping wiring. (6). 9. Simple lamp circuits- install stair case wiring in surface conduit wiring. (6).

7. Geometric construction-conic sections like parabola, hyperbola and ellipse. (6)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 5. Electro Magnetic Induction (20) 5.1 Concept of electromagnetic induction Lenz’s law -Fleming's right hand rule (5) 5.2 Faraday laws of electromagnetic induction- types of emf’s - dynamically induced emf and statically induced emf (6) 5.3 Self and mutual induction and their emf’s-coefficient of coupling (5) 5.4 Energy stored in a magnetic field-lifting power of electro magnet simple problems (4)

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Wiring tools and wire joints (10) 7.1 Wiring tools (3) 7.2 Wire joints (3) 7.3 Soldering, taping and termination of wires/ joints (4) 8.0. Wiring Systems & Types of House Wiring (10) 8.1 Looping system and ring system (2) 8.2 Ring system and distribution box system - selection of particular system of wiring (3) 8.3 Types of house wiring- Cleat wiring, CTS/ TRS wiring, Conduit wiring, Casing capping wiring detailed study (3) 8.4 Comparison between different wiring Methods (2)

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Semi conducting components 6.1Introduction to Conductors, insulators and semi conductors (2) 6.2 P type and N type materials (2) 6.3 PN junction diode-detailed study (2) 6.4 Brief study of special diodes- Zenar diode, LED, LCD, Tunnel diode Varactor diode, solar cell, PV array (4) 6.5 Transistor-construction and working (1) 6.6 Transistor biasing and configuration (1) 6.7 Brief study on special transistors- UJT, FET and SCR (8)

Practical Periods: 18 10. Measurement of Power factor by p.f. meter. (6). 11. Measurement of power factor by voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter. (6) 12. Measurement of energy by energy meter. (6)

Practical Periods: 18 10. Practice on simple lamp circuits- install go-down wiring in conduits.. (6) 11. Preparation of main board/distribution board based on sub circuits. . (6) 12. Testing of wiring by ohmmeter/ megger. (6).

Practical Periods: 18 8. Orthographic projections like projection of points, lines, plans and projection of Solids. (6) 9. Isometric Projections, like Isometric views of prism and Pyramids. (6) 10. Electrical symbols (6)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 6. Cells and Batteries (12) 6.1 Chemical effects of electric current faraday laws of electrolysis- simple problems 6.2 Cells and their components-Definition of battery-Primary cells -defects and remedies,

Theory Periods: 12 9.0. Wiring circuits (12) 9.1 Simple lamp circuit and bedroom lighting Circuits (2) 9.2 Stair case wiring, series and parallel Circuits (3)

Theory Periods: 12 7. Power supplies (12) 7.1 Regulated power supply (2) 7.2 Rectifiers (2) 7.3 Metal rectifiers (1) 7.4 Study of Inverter (2)

230

dry cell-Secondary cell-comparison between primary cells and secondary cells (2) 6.3 Lead acid cell-principle and working of lead acid cell detailed study- Wh & Ah efficiencies of cell (2) 6.4 Charging methods of secondary cells (2) 6.5 Maintenance of Lead acid cell and testing of lead acid battery (2) 6.6Basic concept on Special types of cells- Silver oxide cells-Solar cells- fuel cells. (2)

9.3 Master switch circuits, Corridor wiring circuits (3) 9.4 Fluorescent tube light circuit, flashers, moving lights and sodium vapour and mercury vapour lamp circuits (2) 9.5 Selection of number of sub circuits and selection (2)

7.4 Servo voltage stabilizers Non automatic voltage stabilizers Automatic voltage stabilizers (2) 7.5 Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) (3)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Testing of energy meter. (7) 14. Tracing of magnetic lines of bar magnet. (7)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Installation of pipe earthing.(7) 14. Installation of plate earthing. (7)

Practical Periods: 14 11. D.C. Starters like 3-point & 4-point Starters. (7) 12. A.C. Starters like DOL, Star/Delta Starters. (7)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Electrostatics (20) 7.1Deffination of Electric charge& its Units (3) 7.2Deffination of unit charge (1) 7.3State Coulombs Law of Electrostatics (3) 7.4 Absolute & Relative Permittivity (1) 7.5 Field Pattern of +ve, - ve, Like & Unlike Charges (2)

Theory Periods: 20 10.0 Earthing (11) 10.1 Necessity of earthing definitions of fundamental terms in earthing like earth, earth lead, earth electrode, earth wire etc (4) 10.2 Types of earthing detailed study of pipe earthing ,Strip earthing and plate earthing (3) 10.3 Specifications of materials used for Earthing (3)

Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Amplifiers & ICs (14) 8.1 Definition, working principle and Classification of amplifiers (3) 8.2 What is IC and its advantages (2) 8.3 Discrete Circuits (2) 8.4 Comparison between integrated circuits and discrete circuits (2) 8.5 Classification of Integrated circuits (3)

231

7.6 Field intensity, (1) 7.8 Capacitance Definition and formula (2) 7.9 Types of Capacitors (2) 7.10 Capacitors in series and parallel (3) 7.11 Applications and simple problems. (2)

10.4 Measurement of Earth Resistance (1) 11. Safety precautions and IE rules for wiring (9) 11.1 Precautions in handling tools (2) 11.2 Electric shock-First aid on electric shock (3) 11.3 Precautions to be observed while installing different electric appliances in houses (2) 11.4 I E Rules regarding house wiring (2)

8. 6 Applications of IC’s (2) 9.0 Optical Fiber Cables (6) 9.1Basic introduction to Fiber optics, (1) 9.2 Types of Fiber Optic cables (1) 9.3Properties & applications of optical Fibers (1) 9.4 Cabling and Cable Jointing (1) 9.5 Optical Transmitters (1) 9.6 Optical Nodes and Trouble Shooting (1)

Practical Periods: 18 15. Tracing of magnetic lines of U-magnet.(8) 16. Testing of maintenance free Batteries. (10)

Practical Periods: 18 15. Soldering practice. (6) 16. Connection of Fluorescent lamp/tube light. (4) 17. Prevention of Electric Shock - First Aid. (8)

Practical Periods: 18 13. Drawing of Plate Earthing & Pipe Earthing. (8) 14. Drawing for 1-Phase Energy meter and Distribution Board in a house hold connection.(10)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I February 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Elements of Electrical Engineering

Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Electrical Engineering Materials and wiring

Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Electrical Measuring Instruments and Electronic Devices

Practical Periods: 21 Revision and preparation for practical exams as per the question bank supplied by BIE



PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II March 2017/22

Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017

232

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016 – 16 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE :: 313 :: SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical

Electrical Machines and Power Systems (Theory Paper I)

Domestic Appliances and Rewinding (Theory Paper II)

Electrical Estimating and Utilization (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.D.C.Generators 1.1 Generator Principle, simple loop generator (2) 1.2 Production of induced EMF and its nature (2) 1.3 Construction details of DC Generator Yoke poles- pole shoes - Armature- Commutator - brush assembly bearing Field coils (2) 1.4 Armature winding-lap and wave winding (2) 1.5 E.M.F. equation (2) 1.6 Simple problems (2) 1.7 Types of Generators separately-Self excited series-shunt-compound wound (2) 1.8 Failure of Building up of voltage in a shunt generator ,OCC of DC Shunt Generator (2) 1.9 Losses and efficiency of generators Losses-iron copper- mechanical losses (2) 1.10 Efficiency of generator (2) 1.11 Applications of different types of Generators (2)

Theory Periods: 22 1.Introduction (6) 1.1Classification of domestic appliances (2) 1.2General Procedure for servicing-Drives used in domestic appliances. (4) 2.Heating appliances (16) 2.1Construction,working and trouble shooting of electric room heater, electric stove, Electric Rice cocker, Toaster (4) 2.2Construction,working and troubleshooting of Electric kettle, coffee maker (4) 2.3 Construction, working and troubleshooting Electric iron, immersion heater, geyser (4) 2.4Construction,working and trouble shooting of Hair drier, dish washer and micro-wave oven (4)

Theory Periods: 22 1.Domestic Wiring 1.1Various types of house wiring and basic requirement of various utilities, estimate, and Format of estimation. (2) 1.2. Material and accessories used in domestic wiring and their cost, types of loads and sub Circuits. (3) 1.3Types of service mains. (2) 1.4Design of number of sub circuits and distribution boards as per IE rules. (4) 1.5Preparation of wiring installation plan, layout with light load, power load and control point (switch board). (3) 1.6Selection of main switch, cable etc., based on the load in circuit/sub circuits (2) 1.7Calculation of length of wiring, cable and labour charges. (2) 1.8Preparation of detailed estimate in standard Proforma. (2) 1.9 Estimation of wiring of small residential building, offices and Commercial establishments like shops, sales counter, stores etc. (2)

233

Electrical Machine Lab (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Identification of terminals and measurement of resistance of windings of DC machine by multimeter. (8) 2. Familiarization with various parts and connections of D.C Shunt motor by 3-point starter. (8) 3. Familiarization with various parts and connections of D.C Compound motor by 4-point Starter. (7)

Domestic Appliances Lab (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 23 1. To be familiar with testing of domestic appliances. (8) 2. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric room heater (rod type) (7) 3. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of ordinary/automatic electric iron, Immersion Heater, kettle etc. (8)

Electrical Estimation and Utilization lab (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Making connections of 1-ph service mains, main board and distribution board (load 1000W) (8) 2. Making connections of 3-ph service mains, main board and distribution board (load 4500W) (8) 3. Taking the measurements of residential building and preparation of wiring layout. (7)


Theory Periods: 20 2.D.C.Motors (7) 2.1 Principle of working-Significance of back EMF(Eb) (1) 2.2 Types of dc motors Series-shunt and compound motors(1) 2.3 Losses and efficiency Losses-iron-copper mechanical losses Simple problems (1) 2.4 Speed and Torque equation- Simple Problems (1) 2.5 Speed Control of Motors-Field control method for series & shunt motors-Armature control methods (for shunt motors only) (1) 2.6 DC motor starters-Necessity of starter working of 3-point starter-4-point starter (1) 2.7 Applications of different types of motors 1 3. A C fundamentals & Circuits (13) 3.1Definations of Alternating currents and voltage, different wave forms (1) 3.2 Definition of cycle, time period, Frequency, Amplitude, Instantaneous value ,maximum ,Average and RMS values of A.C

Theory Periods: 20 3.Motarised appliances (20) 3.1Construction,working,troubleshooting of electric fans, mixer, grinder, washing machine (10) 3.2Construction working troubleshooting of room cooler, vacuum cleaner, domestic water pumps. (10)

Theory Periods: 20 2.Power Wiring (20) 2.1Discussion on various loads and wiring methods, circuits and in small industries, agriculture etc (2) 2.2Materials and accessories used in motor installation and their cost. (2) 2.3Designing of distribution boards, cable, motor control panel etc. (2) 2.4Preparation of wiring installation plan and single line diagram. (4) 2.5Calculation of length of wiring, cable and labour charges. (2) 2.6Detailed estimate in the standard proforma. (3) 2.7Related problems on installation of motors for small workshops and irrigation pump sets. (5)

234

voltage & Current (1) 3.3 Form factor , Peak factor of sinusoidal wave (1) 3.4 Phaser representation of A.C, Phase & Phase difference of ac ,Power & Power Factor. (1) 3.5 Simple problems (2) 3.6Single phase A.C. Through Pure Resistive/ Inductive/capacitive circuit-current voltage- phaser diagrams power-power factor (1) 3.7 A.C. through R-L/RC/R-L-C Circuit Current -voltage-phasor diagram- Power-Power factor (1) 3.8 Simple problems on RL- C circuits (1) 3.9 Poly phase circuits- advantages of poly phase over single phase (1) 3.10 Star and delta connection- voltage & current Relation in star connection - Delta or mesh connections (1) 3.11 The vector diagram of star and delta connections-3-phase power equation & simple problems (2) Practical Periods: 22 4. Determination of OCC of D.C. Shunt Generator. (7) 5. Speed control of DC Shunt motor by Armature or Field Control Method. (6) 6. Testing of 1-ph (2 to 5A) transformer-Open Circuit and Short Circuit test . (8)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric stove (7) 5. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric geyser (7) 6. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Table fan and Ceiling fan (8)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Taking the measurements of shop and preparation of wiring layout. (4) 5. Taking the measurements of college block and preparation of wiring layout. (5) 6. Preparation of detailed estimate in standard format for installing surface conduit wiring in a small residential building. (6) 7. Preparation of detailed estimate in standard format for installing casing and capping wiring in a small shop. (7)




235

August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


November 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 4. Transformers (12) 4.1Deffination and working Principle -E.M.F equation (No derivation)-Transformation ratio (3) 4.2 Step up and step down transformers (1) 4.3Construction details and types of transformers Like Auto transformers, Instrument Transformers , Welding Transformers. (2) 4.4 Losses and efficiency of transformer (1) 4.5 All-day efficiency of transformer (1) 4.6 Simple problems (2) 4.7 Cooling systems of transformers (1) 4.8Maintanance of Transformers (1) 5.0 Alternators (8) 5.1 Principle and operation of Alternators (2) 5.2 Relation between speed, no. of poles and frequency. (2) 5.3 Constructional details of alternator – Salient pole type and smooth cylindrical type (2) 5.4 EMF equation and simple problems (2)

Theory Periods: 20 4.Other Appliances 4.1Different lamps(light sources), (6) 4.2Construction,working and trouble shooting of electric bell , buzzer, emergency light, (9) 4.3Construction, working and troubleshooting of voltage stabilizer, Inverters and UPS. (5)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Low Tension(LT)Distribution Lines and Village Electrification (13) 3.1Types of distribution lines, line supports and main components of O.H. lines (3) 3.2Estimation of quantity of material and accessories required for erecting OH lines to meet the requirement of single phase, three phase domestic and industrial consumer with/without street light provision – simple problems. (3) 3.3Load survey in village and location of distribution transformer. (2) 3.4Preparation of single line diagram of OH Distribution line of colony/village/small town. (2) 3.5Preparation of Estimation in standard proforma with quantity of material and accessories only-Simple problems. (3) 4.0 Estimation of Distribution Substation (7) 4.1 Types of transformer substations and various components in errection of transformer substation (2)

236

4.2 Detailed elevation and single line representation of transformer substation (3) 4.3 Preparation of estimation, schedule of materials and accessories for errection of Pole mounted and plinth mounted substations. (2)

Practical Periods: 24 7. Measurement of 3-Ph Power by using Two Watt meter method. (8) 8. To be familiar with parts & connections of 3-Ph Induction motor by DOL starter . (8) 9. Verification of voltage & current relations in 3-Ph star and Delta systems. (8)

Practical Periods: 24 7. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of room air cooler (8) 8. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Voltage stabilizer (8) 9. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Florescent Tube (8)

Practical Periods: 24 8. Install a casing capping/surface conduit wiring in a model building/ class room, make the list of materials. (7) 9. Preparation of main board, distribution board, and motor control panel for controlling of 1-ph motors. (for 1/2/3 motors of different ratings). (5) 10. Preparation of main board, distribution board, and motor control panel for controlling of 3-ph motors. (for 1/2/3 motors of different ratings) . (6) 11. Preparation of an estimate in standard proforma for installation of 5-HP motor in a small work shop. (6)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Three-Phase Induction Motors 6.1 Classification of 3-Ph motors (2) 6.2 Working principle of 3- Ph Induction motors (1) 6.3 Relations between Ns, no. of poles and supply frequency-Definition of Slip & slip speed –Simple problems (2) 6.4 Constructional details of Induction Motors Schematic diagrams of squirrel cage and slip ring Motors (2) 6.5 Losses-iron & copper, mechanical losses-Power stages-efficiency- Problems (3)

Theory Periods: 20 5.General Procedure for Rewinding 5.1Tools required for rewinding- (2) 5.2Removing of stator and rotor, old coils collecting of winding information (2) 5.3Preparation of stator & rotor coils (2) 5.4 End connections & Testing of winding. (2) 5.5 Varnishing, baking and re assembling of motor. (2) 6.0 DC Machine Winding 6.1 Fundamental definitions (2) and materials used for dc winding 6.2 Lap and Wave winding (2)

Theory Periods: 20 5.0Theatre/Auditorium wiring and Public Address system(Field visit) (12) After field visit detailed report should be submitted on the following Units. 5.1Basic requirement of an auditorium. (2) 5.2General wiring layout of an auditorium. (2) 5.3Preparation of estimation for electrification of small auditorium in standard proforma. (2) 5.4Public address system major components of P.A system (2) 5.5Layout of P.A system for a hall, open ground and Estimation of quantity of material,

237

6.6 Starters for Induction Motors-Necessity o f starter-D.O.L starter- Star/delta starter-Rotor resistance starter for slip ring Induction Motor effect of Ra On torque and speed (4) 7.0 Single phase Induction Motors 7.1Principle of operation of Single phase Induction Motors (2) 7.2 Types of 1-Ph Induction motor like Split phase, capacitor start -capacitor start capacitor run-shaded pole motors-universal motor and their applications (4)

6.3 Simple winding diagrams (2) 6.4 Generalized troubleshooting. (2)

accessories and equipments to install P.A. Systems-simple problems. (3) 6.I.E.Rules (8) 6.1Extracts from IE rules 1956 and code of practice by APTRANSCO to supply electric energy. (2) 6.2I.E rules connected with domestic and industrial wiring. (2) 6.3Testing of electrical installation as per IE rules (2) 6.4Deparmental procedure for obtaining a service Connection (2)

Practical Periods: 24 10. To be familiar with parts & connections of 3-Ph Induction motor by STAR-DELTA starter. (8) 11. Identification of terminals of 3-ph induction motor. (8) 12. Connecting, starting, running and reversing the direction of rotation of 1-ph capacitor start motor. And observe the current and speed at different loads . (8)

Practical Periods: 24 10. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of emergency light. (7) 11. Testing of burnt/faulty motor like (ceiling fan, 3-ph motor and mixer motor. (8) 12. Preparation of motor for re-winding. (9) a. -name plate details b. -dismantling the motor c. -noting the winding data, d. -connections e. -stripping off the winding f. -slot insulation

Practical Periods: 24 12. Prepare a detailed schedule of material, layout to install an OH distribution line about 2 km along with street lights (use nearby street light/distribution line). . (6) 13. Prepare a single line diagram of OH distribution line for a model colony/village along with marking of T/f. . (6) 14. Preparation of detailed list of materials and accessories (schedule) of pole mounted Transformer (make a visit and record the observations). (7) 15. Preparation of detailed list of materials and accessories (schedule) of plinth mounted transformer (make a visit and record the observations). (5)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Generation of Power 8.1 Sources of Electrical Energy-conventional-non conventional energy sources (3) 8.2 Generation of Electrical power-working of

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 AC Motor Winding 7.1Fundamental definitions materials used in AC motor winding (2) 7.2Types of AC winding placing of coils-starting winding and running winding (3)

Theory Periods: 20 7.Contracting 7.1Tender form, caution deposit, earnest money deposit (EMD). (2) 7.2Procedure for filling up of tender forms agreement forms for contracting and

238

Hydal, Thermal and Nuclear power stations. 7 9. Transmission and Distribution of Power 9.1Tansmisssion of power from generating station to receiving stations (2) 9.2Use of step-up and step down transformers and associated equipment (1) 9.3Use of Circuit breaker isolators-earth switches, C.T.’s etc. (2) 9.4Line diagram of Transmission line from generating station to receiving station. (1) 9.5Distribution of power. (1) 9.6Line diagrams of a feeder from HV substation to distribution substation. (1) 9.7Transformer substations (1) 9.8Distribution T/F substation-Double Pole structure-Pole mounted and Plinth mounted T/F (1) 9.9Substation associated equipment such as A.B. switch, L.A.-H.G. Fuse- Circuit Breaker. (1)

7.3Diferent motors used in domestic appliances-simple winding diagrams for mixer grinder motor ,ceiling fan , table fan ,water pump (9) 7.4 Generalised troubleshooting and maintenance of domestic motors and starters. (6)

receiving back the EMD after completion of work. (2) 8.0 Utilization of Electrical Energy (16) 8.1 Illumination lighting schemes lamps levels of illumination for various application. (2) 8.2Design of lighting and lighting schemes (2) 8.3Lamps for decoration and Advertisement (4) 8.4Neon sign, flasher, halide lamps. (4) 8.3Industrial application of electric energy like Heating ,welding, (2) 8.4Refrigeration and Air-conditioning –Basic concept and wiring diagrams (2)

Practical Periods: 22 13. Connecting, starting and running of shaded pole motor (cooler pump motor). . (6) 14. Connecting, starting and running of the universal motor (mixer grinder motor). And observe (5) the current and speed at different loads . 15. To study the effects of improvement of power factor by adding a capacitor to an inductive load/ induction motor (concept on static capacitors) . (6) 16. Measurement of power in RLC circuits (Use 1-ph Induction motor /ceiling fan). (5)

Practical Periods: 22 13. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding the table fan. (8) 14. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding the ceiling fan . (7) 15. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding of 3-ph Induction motor. (7) .

Practical Periods: 22 16. Prepare detail schedule of material for Pipe earthing or Plate earthing. (7) 17. Preparation of lighting scheme and Estimation of wiring for classroom/small auditorium/meeting hall.. (6) 18. Visit near-by sub-station and prepare a single line diagram, list of accessories and equipment. (5) 19. Visit nearby auditorium/cinema theatre and prepare a single line diagram, list of accessories and equipment (general wiring layout of auditorium) and PA system. (4)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I

239

February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods: 21 Revision of Electrical machines and power systems

Theory Periods: 21 Revision of Domestic appliances and rewinding

Theory Periods: 21 Revision of Estimating and utilization

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017

240

Mechanical Engineering Technician

Basic aim of the course Mechanical Engineering Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. Technician in fabrication unit.

2. Technician in repairing unit (mechanical).

3. Pump mechanic.

4. Technician in farm equipment.

5. Refrigerator and Air conditioner technician.

6. Tractor mechanic.

7. Non conventional energy appliances technician.

8. Domestic appliances Technician (Electrical).

241


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN ::COURSE CODE:: 314:: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



Basic Work Shop Technology (Theory Paper-1)

Mechanical Technology (Theory Paper-1I)

Electrical Technology (Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 ENGINEERING MATERIALS :(17) Properties and uses of common engineering materials (03) cast iron, types properties (02) classification of steels mild steel, Low Carbon steel, High Carbon steel (02) Non ferrous metals, Copper brass, Tin zinc, Aluminum (03) Non Ferrous Alloy metals, Gun metal Bronze white metal, Aluminum.(03) Non metals Wood, Plastic, rubber (02) Importance of safety precautions of work shop ( 02) 2. MEASURING INSTRUMENTS Introduction (02) 2.1 Venire calipers (02) (B) Micrometer (02)

THERMO Periods: 23 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Thermo Dynamic system (02) 1.3 Types of Thermo Dynamic system (02) 1.4 Properties of Thermo Dynamic Systems (02) 1.5 Definitions of properties like Pressure (P) Volume (V) Temperature (T) Enthalpy, Atmospheric pressure Internal energy Specific heat. (08) 2. LAWS OF THERMO DYNAMICS: (08) 2.1 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics (03) 2.2 First law of thermodynamics.(02) 2.3 Second Law of Thermodynamics.(03)

Theory Periods: 23 1. SAFETY (08) 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Safety Precautions (02) 1.3 Re moral form electric shock (01) 1.4 Methods of Artificial respiration (02) 1.5 Hand tools of an Electrician (02) Basic Electricity(15) : 2.1 Introduction (01) 2.2 Electric Potential,(01) 2.3 Potential Difference, (01) 2.4 Resistance,(01) 2.5 Current,(01) 2.6 Ohm’s Law,(02) 2.7 Problems on Ohm’s Law,(03) 2.8 Laws of Resistance,(01) 2.9 Specific Resistance (02) 2.10 Specific conductivity (02) 2.11 Effects of Temperature on Resistance..1

Work Shop Practice (Practical Paper-1)

Practical periods: 21 1. FITTING & DRILLING: (21) Identification & usage of tools,(02) sawing practice,(04) Filing practice(04)

Engineering Drawing (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods:21 1. INTRODUCTION (06) 1.2 Importance of Engineering Drawing (03) 1.3 Description of Drawing Instruments (03) 2. FREE HAND LETTER WRITING: (15)

Mechanical Electrical Engg. Lab (Practical Paper-III)

Practical Periods: 21 A. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB: (21) 1.1 Flash Point (5) 1.2 Fire Point (5) 2.1 Viscosity Measurement (11)

242

chiseling practice,(04) preparation of ‘T’ (04) ‘L’ sections.(03)

2.1 Free hand letter writing Numbers, Dimensions (08) 2.2 Different types of lines their use (02) capital & small letters (05)


Theory Periods: 20 2.MEASURING INSTRUMENTS(8): Height gauge(03) Dial Indicator (02) Since bar (03) 3. FITTING & DRILLING: (12) Cutting tools – chisels, Hack saws files, scrapers, Drill bits reamers taps and Dies and sockets (3) striking tools, Hammers, (01) Holding Devices (02), marking tools(02), checking and measuring Instruments(02), Miscellaneous(01) various fitting and Drilling Operations(02).

Theory Periods: 20 3.LAWS OF PERFECT GASES: (13) Charles Law, Avogadro’s law, Joules Law, Renaults Law, Boylies Law (05). 3.3 Characteristic of gas (02) Equation 3.4 General gas Equation(01) 3.5 Problems (05). Thermodynamic Process in gases(10) 4.1 Types of thermodynamic processes (02), 4.2 Constant volume process, constant pressure process, Adiabatic Process, polytrophic process,(08)

Theory Periods: 20 2.BASIC ELECTRICITY: (10) 2.12 Series and Parallel connections in Resistance (03), 2.13 Simple Problems on series and parallel (05)2.14 kickoffs Law 2.15 Problems on Kirchhoff’s Law(04) 2.16 Wheat stone bridge.(03) 3. WORK POWER ANO ENERGY: (08) 3.1 work and it’s units (02) 3.2 Power and it’s units (02) 3.3 Energy and it’s units(02) 3.4 Electrical power (02)

Practical Periods: 19 1.FITTING & DRILLING(06) Drilling,(03) Tapping. (03) LATHE & GRINDING: (12) 2.1 Plain turning (03) 2.2 Step turning (03) 2.3 Chamfering (02)2.4 Knurling(02) 2.5Threading(02) 2.6 cylindrical Grinding(02) 2.7 Surface Grinding(03

Practical Periods: 19 3.GEOMETRICALCONSTROCTION:(19) 3.11 Division of line into Equal parts(05) 3.12 Construction of regular polygons(04) 3.13 Construction of Ellipse, Parabolic and Hyperbolic. (10)

Practical Periods: 19 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 3.1 Calorific value tests. (15) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 1. A.C. CIRCUITS: 1.1 Determination of voltage & Current in series (4) 1.2 Determination of voltage & current in parallel. (4)

UNIT TEST-I / ASSIGNMENT-II

UNIT TEST-I / ASSIGNMENT-II

UNIT TEST-I/ ASSIGNMENT-II

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 4.SHEET METAL WORK(12) Metals used for sheet metal work (01) sheet metal hand tools-(02) measuring and cutting tools(02), stakes(01), sheet metal operation(01) -shearing, bending Drawing(01), squeezing, sheet metal Joints Hem & Seam joints(02)

Theory Periods: 23 4. THERMODYNAMIC PROCESS INGASES: 4.3 Equation for work done during the above process and calculations of change of internal energy. (05) 4.4 Equation of heat supplied or rejected during the process (05)

Theory Periods: 23 3.WORK POWER AND ENERGY: 3.5 Electrical Energy (01) 3.6 Simple Problems on electricity bills (06) 4. CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS: 4.1 Conductors (01) 4.2 Properties of conductors (01) 4.3 Insulators(01)

243

Fastening methods-Riveting soldering Brazing and spot welding(02). 5. FOUNDRY: (08) Advantages and limitations of casting (01), foundry Equipment (02) – Hand molding tools(02), molding Boxes (02) Types of sand and properties.(01)

5. FUELS AND COMBUSTIONS: 5.1 Introduction (01) 5.2 Types of fuels Liquid fuels, (03) Gaseous fuels 5.3 Merits and demerits of liquid fuels (03) 5.4 Merits and demerits of gaseous fuels. 5.5 Calorific value (03)

4.4 Properties of insulators (01) 4.5 Semi conductors (01) 4.6 Grading of Conducting wires (01) 5.ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES: 5.1 Electrical Accessories and Their uses (02) 5.2 Switch and their types (02) 5.3 Lamp holders and their types (02) 5.4 ceiling rose. (01)

Practical Periods:24 3.BLACK SMITHY: (20) Practicing of usage of tools (02), making & round bar (05), a square bar. Marking of crane hook.(05) S-hook, T-bolt,(03) Flat chisel Gib head sunk key (03)

Practical Periods: 24 4. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS:20 4.1 Different angle methods of projections(02) 4.2 concept of plan Elevation and side view.(06) 4.3 Orthographic Projections of Triangle square pentagon, and hexagon prisms and pyramids.(11)

Practical periods: 24 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 1.A.C CIRCUITS: 1.3 Calibration of single phase energy meter. (6) 2. DCCIRCUTS: 2.1 Verify the ohms Law (06) 2.2 Practice the Ammeter –voltmeter (07)

UNIT TEST-II ASSIGNMENT-III



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods:22 5. FOUNDARY: (12) Patterns: Classifications and making cores & core mocking castings (03), Green sand and Dry sand molding(02), Shell molding(02). Ceramic molding (02) special casting(01). defects in casting(02) 6. FORGING AND WELDING(08) Hand Forging (01) ,hand tools Heating Devices,(02) smith operations, (01) m/c Forging(01) Forging hammers(01) Forging press, (01) m/c Forging operations(01).

Theory Periods:22 6.AIRSTANDARD CYCLES: 6.1 Introduction (01) 6.2 Study of Carnot cycle (02), Otto cycle,(02) and Diesel cycle.(02) Comparison of Otto cycle and Diesel cycle. (01) 7. IC ENGINES : (12) 7.1 Introduction Heat Engines(01) 7.2 Classification of engines(02) 7.3 Classification of IC Engines(02) 7.4 Working Principle of Two stroke petrol and Diesel Engine.(07)

Theory Periods : 22 5. ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES:(06)

5.5 Pin Plug (01) 5.6 Socket & Adapter(02) 5.7 Fuses (01) 5.8 Wires and Cables.(02) 6. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRO MAGNETISM: (14) 6.1 Some important definitions of Magnetism.(02) 6.2 Magnetic field (01) 6.3 Magnetic Poles (01) 6.4 Magnetic line of force.(02) 6.5 Magnetic Flux(02) 6.6 Flux density (01) 6.7 Magneto motive force (02) 6.8 Reluctance (01)

244

6.9 Care and maintenance of Magnets.(02)

Practical periods : 18 4. TINSMITHY : (14) 4.1 Make a rectangular tray( 03) make a Rectangular Scoop,(03) Funnel.(03) 4.2 Riveting Practice(02) 4.3 Soldering the joints (02) 4.4 Elbow(02) 5. WELDING Arc Welding : 5.1 Making a square(04)

Practical Periods:18 4. ORTHO GRAPHIC PROJECTIONS: 4.3 Circles, cube, cylinder. Cone and different engineering objects in 1st Angle. (11) 5. SETIONAL VIEWS: 5.1 Need for drawing sectional views (02) 5.2 Location of cutting plane (02) 5.3 Meaning of full. Half revolved local (or) partial sections (02); 5.4 Hatching (02)

Practical Periods:18 2.DC CIRUTS(07) 2.3 Practice the Multi Meter. Finding the Resistance (04) 2.4 Practices on Rheostat. (03) .3. DC MACHINES: (12) 3.1 Identify the components in & DC motor 3.2 Identify the components in & DC Machine 3.3 Practice & DC Machine (04)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 6. FORGING AND WELDING: Welding: Arc & Gas welding (03) Welding: T/G & M/G welding (02) 7. LATHE AND GRINDING Lathe main parts,(02) simple lathe operations (03) Grinding-(02)

Theory Periods:12 7. ICENGINES: 7.5 Working Principle of four stroke petrol and diesel engine.(08) 7.6 Comparison between two stroke and four stroke cycle Engine. (04)

Theory Periods: 12 6. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRO MAGNETISM: 6.10 Magnetic Field & around a current carrying conductor (02) 6.11 Comparison Between Electric and magnetic circuits (02) 7. ELECTRO MAGNETIC INDUCTION: 7.1 Friday’s laws of Electromagnetic Induction 7.2 Lenz’s law (02) 7.3 Fleming Right hand Rule (02) 7.4 Self inductance. (01) 7.5 Mutual inductance. (01)

Practical Periods:14 5. WELDING: Making of ‘T’ joint (02) lap joint (02 corner joint, Identification of welding positions (04) G & S Welding: Identification of Gas welding Equipment (06)

Practical Periods:14 5. SECTIONAL VIEW\S(06) 5.5 Conventional Practices to represent the sections of Ribs, shafts, and bolts nuts screws rivets spokes we baskets cotters thin sections etc as per B.I.S. specification. (06) 6. PICTORAL DRAWING(08) 6.1 Brief Description of Isometric oblique and perspective drawings and uses(01)

Practical Periods:14 4. BATTERY: (06) 4.1 Charging procedure of Battery(03) 4.2 Discharging procedure of Battery (03) 5. WIRING: 5.1 Connect one lamp from two different phases in stair case wiring (08)

245

6.2 Isometric drawing of common features like rectangular circular shapes non-isometric lines. 7



Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre. Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc., Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and

obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. December 2016/23 OJT


January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 7. LATHE AND GRINDING: Working Principle of Grinding(03) wheel materials, (03) Applications of Grinding (04) 8. CNC TECHNOLOGY: CNC Machines Advantages. (10)

Theory Periods: 20 7. IC ENGINES: 7.7 comparisons between petrol and diesel engine. (03) 7.8 Carburetor,(03) fuel injection pump (03) 8. PUMPS: 8.1 Introduction (01) Functions of & pumps (03). 8. PUMPS: 8.2 Classification of Pumps (04) 8.3 Applications of Pumps (01)

Theory Periods: 20 8. ELECTRICAL MACHINES: (10) 8.1DC Generator (01) 8.2 Principle of working (01) 8.3 Parts of Generator (01) 8.4 DC motors (01) 8.5 of Principle of working (01) 8.6 Parts of motor (01) 8.7 Fleming left hand Right hand Rule. (02) 8.8 Trouble shooting in an electric motor(02) 9. ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES: 9.1 Immersion Rod (02) 9.2 Electric Iron. (03); 9.3 Electric Stove (03) 9. ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS: 9.4 Geyser(01) ;9.5 Water heater(01) 9.6 ceiling Fan (02)

Practical Periods: 18 5. WELDING: Setting of Gas welding (06) Equipment setting of welding flames practicing (06)

Practical Periods:18 6.PICTORIAL DRAWINGS: (08) 6.3 Use of Box and offset construction (02) 6.4 Preparation Isometric projections (02) for given orthographic drawings(02)

Practical Periods:18 5 wiring: 5.2 Practice Conduct wiring (06) 5.3 Setting of fuse. (06) 5.4 Connect the fluorescent lamp (06)

246

Gas welding techniques (06)

6.5 Oblique drawing of common features like rectangular. Circular and inclines surfaces.(02) 7.CAD: (10) 7.1 Study of Auto CAD Screen Tools bars menus & various commands.(05) 7.2 Exercises on mirror rotate Array move commands.(05)


Theory Periods:16 8. CNC TECHNOLOGY: Comparison between CNC m/c And conventional machines G- codes & M- codes simple CNC programme for plain and step turning , chamfering , corner radius, threading etc.(16)

Theory Periods: 16 8. PUMPS: 8.2 Classification of Pumps (04) 8.3 Applications of Pumps (03) 8.4 Working centrifugal reciprocating jet. Submersible pumps (9)

Theory Periods: 16 10. BATTERIES: 10.1 Batteries -02 10.2 Cell (02) 10.3 Lead Acid cell construction -02 10.4 Applications of Lead Acid cells (02) 10.5 Care and Maintenance of cell (02) 10.6 Charging and Discharging of Batteries (06)

Practical Periods:20 6. CNC LAB: Simple CNC program for Lathe Operations i.e step turning & threading (20)

Practical Periods: 20 7. CAD: 7.3 exercises on Dimensioning & Watching (04) 7.4 Exercise on 2D Drawing (04) 7.5 Study the 3D solids tool bar options. (06) 7.6 Draw bolt & Nut in 3D (06)

Practical Periods: 20 5. WIRING: 5.5Earthing Practice (07) 6. OVERHULING THE APPLIANCES: 6.1 Overhaul an Electric iron (06) 6.2 Over haul & ceiling fan (07)

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22

REVISION IVP EXAMINATIONS-2017



247


MECHANICAL ENGNEERING TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE :: 314 :: SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical

Energy Sources And Power Plant (Theory Paper-I)

Light Motor Vehicles (Theory Paper-II)

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning (Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.ENERGY SOURCES: (08) 1.1 Introduction to Energy (02) 1.2 Different forms of energy (02) 1.3 Energy sources and their availability (03) 1.4 Conventional & Non conventional sources of energy (01) 2. SOLAR ENERGY: (14) 2.1 Introduction (02) 2.2 Solar constant (01) 2.3 Instruments for measuring solar Radiation at the Earth surface (03) 2.4 Instruments for measuring solar Radiation & sun shine (02) 2.5 Solar energy utilization –Basic ideas about the pre historic ways of using solar energy (06)

Theory Periods:22 1.DESCRIPTION OF MOTOR VEHICLES: 1.1General Description of motor vehicles (04) 1.2 Major assemblies (04) 2. WHEELS TYRES & TUBES: 2.1 Description of wheels & tires selection of tires inflation pressure and carrying capacity (08) 3. STEERING MECHANISM: (06) 3.1 Different types of steering boxes power steering description it’s advantages.(06)

Theory Periods:22 1.FUNDAMENTALS OF REFRIGERATION: INTRODUCTION: 1. Methods of refrigeration i<e refrigeration Dry ice refrigeration. Air expansion refrigeration Liquid gas refrigeration vapor compression Refrigeration (08) 2.REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 2.1Compressors condensers & cooling towers(14)

Energy Sources Lab (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods:23 1.SOLAR RADIATION MEASUREMENT: 1.1 Study of solar Radiation by using pyranometer-Aim, Apparatus, procedure (08) 2. SOLAR DISTILLATION: Study of solar Distillation-Aim Apparatus,

Light Motor Vehicles Servicing Lab (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods:23 1.1 General Servicing of vehicles, washing, cleaning, Greasing and lubrication and lubrication of vehicles (06) Wheels tires & tubes: Removing wheel from vehicle dismantling tires & tubes checking

R & AC Servicing Lab (Practical Paper-III)

Practical Periods:23 1.SERVICING & MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION APPLICATION: 1. a) Domestic Refrigerator(12) b) Water Cooler (11)

248

procedure (07) 3.SOALR PUMPING: study water heater Aim, Apparatus procedure (08)

puncture assembling inflating to connect pressure (06) 2.STEERING SYSTEM: (11) 2.1Inspect & adjust steering linkages, alignment steering wheel with respect to front wheel, check and correct toe-in (11)


Theory Periods:20 2.SOLAR ENERGY: (00) 2.6 Solar energy applications (01) solar collectors’ (01) solar cookers solar (01) solar water heater (01) solar distillation (01) solar pumping (01) electricity from solar energy solar photo voltaic applications of solar photo voltaic system in Rural Areas. (01) 3. WIND ENERGY: (05) 3.1 Introduction (01) 3.2 Classification of wind mills (01) 3.3 Horizontal wind mill vertical wind mills (2) 3.4 Advantages and disadvantages of wind energy (01) 4. BIO ENERGY:(10) 4.1 Introduction, History of Bio-gas (02) 4.2 Process of bio-gas generation wet process, Dry process (02) 4.3 Raw materials available for Bio-gas fermentation (02) 4.4 Selecting of site for installation of a Bio-gas plant (02) 4.5 Material required for the construction of bio-gas plant(02)

Theory Periods: 22 4. BRAKING SYSTEM: (06) 4.1Breaking cars & trucks, hand breaks mechanical & Hydraulic breaking system in cars 5. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: (14) 5.1 Different types of clutches used in vehicles layout of transmission system.

Theory Periods: 20 2.REFRIGERRATION EQUIPMENT: (12) Evaporators (05) Expansion devices (07) 3.REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: Definition of Refrigeration unit of Refrigeration (01) Domestic Refrigerator (05) Water cooler, Ice plant (02)

Practical Periods:22 4.Solar cooker: (10) 4.1 Prepare delicious food by using solar cooker –Aim, Apparatus Ingredients Procedure. (05) 4.2 Dismantling and Assembling of a solar

Practical Periods: 22 3.BREAKING SYSTEM: (13) 3.1 Adjusting brake pedal play, dismantling wheel brake assembly, cleaning inspecting brake shoes for proper clearance, bleeding hydraulic brakes &

Practical Periods: 22 1.SERVICING & MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: C& Ice plant (12) D& cold storage (13)

249

cooker-Aim, Apparatus tools required procedure. (05) 5.Solar water heater (15) 5.1 Study of thermo siphon system. 5.2 study of forced circulation system

Disc Brakes (13) 4.TRANSMISSION: (12) 4.1 Adjusting clutch pedal play removing gear box clutch assembly (12)




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods : 20 4.6 Constructional details of Bio-gas plant (03) 5.TIDAL ENERGY: (05) 5.1 Introduction (01) 5.2 Components of Tidal Power Plant (02) 5.3 Snide tidal power plant (02) 5. TIDAL ENERGY : (01) 5.4 Advantages and limitations of tidal power plant 6. FUEL CELLS-10 6.1 Working Principle (03) 6.2 Bacar’s High Pressure Fuel cell construction details and working Principle. (05) 6.3 Aluminum and Fuel cell working Principle. (03)

Theory Periods : 20 6. GEAR BOX 5.TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: Study of hydraulic clutches (03) 6.1 Operations in different gear Positions. (03) 6.2 Common troubles of remedies (03) 6.3 Lubrication in Gear Box.(03) 7. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (07) 7.1 Engine cooling Methods (03) 7.2 Air water cooling radiators, Pump, Thermo stat & Fan. (04)

Theory Periods : 20 4. FUNDAMENTALS OF AIR 3.REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: Cold storage (05) CONDITIONING : (10) 4.1 Introduction (01) Meaning of air conditioning Psychometric and it’s Properties (03) 4.2 Dry Air 4.3 Moist air (02) 4.4 Dry bulb temperature. (02) 4.5 Wet Bulb temperature. (02) 5. AIR CONDITIONING EQHIPMENT 5.1 Fans & Blowers (04)

250

Practical Periods: 24 Solar Lanterns And Street Light: 6.1 Study of solar Lanterns –Aim apparatus, Procedure (03) 7. BIOGAS l (16) 7.1 Study of KVIC Biogas Plant – Aim, Apparatus, Procedure. (04) 7.2 Study of Pragathi Bio-gas plant Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) 7.3 Study of Janatha Bio- gas plant Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) 7.4 Study of Deenubandhu Bio-gas plant -6 Aim, Apparatus, Procedure (04) 8. WIND ENERGY : (04) 8.1 Study of Horizontal wind mill Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04)

Practical Periods: 24 Trans Missions: 4.1 Vehicle cleaning and inspecting parts-10 5. GEAR Box : (13) 5.1 Dismantling of gear Box, identifying noise from gearbox and rectifying, changing oil/in gear Box (13)

Practical Periods: 24 2. SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS : (10) b) Window Air condoner (06) C) Split Air conditioner (07)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods:20 7. STEAM BOILERS : 7.1 Classification, function uses of boilers. (07) 7.2 Cochran Boiler. (05) 7. STEAM BOLIERS: 7.2 Babcock Wilcox boiler (08)

Theory Periods:20 7.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM: 7.3 Reasons for Engine over heating (02) 8. LUBRICATION: (13) 8.1 Need for Lubrication of engine parts (07) 8.2 Lubrication system parts, oil filters & their uses (06) 9. CARBURETORS: (05) 9.1 Types of Carburetors (05)

Theory Periods: 20 5.2 Ducts (04) 5.3 Supply air outlets. (03) 5. AIRCONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: 5.4 Return air out lets (03) 5.5 Filters & dust collectors (03) 5.6 Heating & cooling coils (03) 6. AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: 6.1 Air cooler (04)

Practical Periods: 23 9. FUCELCELLS: 9.1 Study of fuel cells – Aim, Apparatus, procedure (06) 10. BOILERS: 10.1 Study of Boilers (08) 11. NOZZLES: 11.1 Study of Nozzles (09)

Practical Periods:23 6.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM: 6.1checking engine cooling system dismantling & cleaning of radiators testing water pump (08) 7. LUBRICATION SYSTEM: 7.1Study of lubrication oil flow system In engine overhauling oil filters, repairing lubrication system (08)

Practical Periods: 23 2.SERVICING AND MANTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: D & Packaged Air condition system(13) 2.INDUSTRIAL VISIT: Cold Storage Plant (10)

251

8. CARBURETORS: (07) 8.1 Repairs to carburetors adjusting float level (7)

UNIT TEST –III ASSIGNMENT-IV



January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 8. Flow of steam through nozzles convergent nozzle Divergent Nozzle (10) 9. STEMTURBINES: (10) 9.1 working principle of reaction turbines with line diagrams

Theory Periods:20 9.CARBURETORS:08 9.2 Different adjustments and their purposes 10. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMS: (12) 10.1 Fuel feed system in motor vehicles its layout 4 10.2 Study of diesel fuel supply (04) 10.3 FIP timing (04)

Theory Periods: 20 6. AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: 6.2 Window air conditioner (08) 6.3 Split air conditioner (08) 6.4 Packaged air conditioner (04)

Practical periods: 22 12. TURBINES: (10) 12.1 Study of turbines (10) 13. Condensers: 13.1 study of condensers (05) 14. Industrial Visit (06)

Practical Periods: 22 8. CARBURETORS: (10) 8.1 Studying flow circuit in carburetors 9.FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM: (11) 9.1Simple repairs in fuel feed system overhauling of petrol pump, carburetors fuel filters and air cleaners.

Practical Periods: 22 3.INDUSTRIAL VISIT: To cold storage plant (21)


Theory Periods: 08 10.STEAM CONDENSER: (08) 10.1 Functioning of steam condenser (08)

Theory Periods: 08 10.4 Engine idling speed adjustment (02) 10.5 Study of LPG & CNG driving vehicles (02) 10.6 Study of Air conditioning (04)

Theory Periods: 08 7. SERVICING AND MANTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: (08) 7.1Trouble shooting of refrigeration and air (08)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22




252

BUILDING CONSTRUCTON AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN

Basic aim of the Course Building Construction and Maintenance Technician

is to impart following skills in student.

1. Knowledge of plumbing tools, plumbing materials,

fitting of water supply and sanitary items.

2. Preparation of building drawing.

3. Estimate the buildings works including

water supply and sanitary works.

4. Acquire the skill in surveying of the field.

5. Acquire the knowledge of Auto cad.

6. Estimate of different types of Civil Engineering works.

253


BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN :: COURSE CODE :: 315 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



Water Supply Engineering Theory Paper – I

Surveying Theory Theory Paper – II

Engineering Mechanics Theory Paper-III

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory periods :23 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Importance and Necessity for planned water supplies(1) 1.2. Wholesome water(1) 1.3. Status of protected water supply in India(1) 1.4. Planning and Execution of Modern water supply schemes(2) 2.0. Water Demands 2.1. Various types of water Demands((1) 2.2. Per capita demand((1) 2.3. Factors affecting per capita demand((1) 2.4. Variations in demand((2) 2.5. Design Period((1) 2.6. Total requirement of water for a town or a city((2) 2.7. Population forecasting methods and problems(2) 3.0. Sources of water supply 3.1 Hydrological concepts(3) 3.2. Surface sources(3) 3.3. Sub surface sources(2)

Theory periods :23 1.0.Introduction 1.1. Concept of surveying(3) 1.2. Purpose of surveying(3) 1.3. linear and angular measurements(3) 1.4. Classification of surveying.(1) 1.5. Reconnaissance, preliminary location survey, final location survey(3) 2.0. Chain Surveying 2.1. Purpose and principle of chain survey(2) 2.2. Equipments used and their function - chains, arrows, tapes - ranging rods pegs -plumb bob - cross staff(1) 2.3.Conventional signs.(1) 2.4. Errors in chaining –(2) 2.5. Corrections due to incorrect length of chain or tape.(2) 2.6. Types of survey lines(1) 2.6.1. Base line 2.6.2. Tie line 2.6.3. Check line 2.7. Fixing of survey stations(1)

Theory periods :23 1.0. Systems of Measurements and Units-07 1.1. S.I. and M.K.S. System(2) 1.2. F.P.S. System(1) 1.3. Fundamental and Derived units(2) 1.4. Units of Physical quantities used in Civil Engineering like length, area, volume, mass, force(2) 2.0. Forces and Moments 2.1. Definition of Force, Moment, Resultant, Equilibrant and Moment of a couple(5) 2.2. Resultant of forces at a point, parallelogram law, Triangle law of forces, polygon law of forces(5) 2.3. Distinguish between scalar and vector quantities, co-planar and non-co-planar forces, parallel and non-parallel forces, like and unlike forces(6)

254

Civil Engineering Lab ( Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods :21 Collection of samples, sample preservation (2) 1.Prepare standard solution of Na2 Co3(6) 2.Determine the normality of Hydrochlore acid present in given solution(6) 3.Determine the Hardness of a given sample of water(3) 4. Determine the concentration of free chlorine available in water(4)

Surveying Practice (Practical Paper II)

Practical periods: 21 Practicing unfolding and folding of chain (2) Ranging practice, direct and indirect ranging ( 4) 1.Determine area of the given field by the method of Chain Triangulation(6) 2. Determine area of the given field by conducting Cross-Staff Survey.(9)

Engineering Drawing (Practical Paper III)

Practical periods: 21 Drawing instruments and uses (1) Scales, reduced and enlarged scales, sheet sizes ( 2) (a) What are the recommended size of letters and numbers (2) (b) State the object of drawings (1) (c) Print the following in single stroke lettering of given size 12mm.(1) “Vocational Education” (d) Mention the system of dimensioning.(1) (e) State the aligned system of dimensioning 1) (a) Draw an Isometric scale (1) (b) What is an Isometric projection (1) (c) Draw an Isometric projection of a rectangle (d) State the difference between isometric view and isometric projection. (1) (a) Where do you keep object in first angle projection (b) Draw a Projection of point “A” above HP and in front of VP. (1) (c) Where do you keep the object in third angle protection (1) (d) What is the meaning of orthographic projection (2) (e) Draw a projection of line length 70 mm parallel to both H.P and V.P. (1)

ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 20 19

Theory periods :20 3.0. Sources of water supply 3.4. Intakes for collecting surface water, definitions and general introduction(2) 4.0. Quality of water 4.1. General Introduction(1)

Theory periods :20 2.0. Chain Surveying 2.8. Types of survey stations.(3) 2.9. Different operations in chain surveying - chaining – ranging setting out right angles chaining on sloped ground.(4)

Theory periods :20 2.0. Forces and Moments-07 2.4. Conditions of Equilibrium of rigid bodies(3) 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.1. Definition - Centroid, First moment of

255

4.2. Characteristics of Water(4) 4.3. Water Borne Diseases(1) 4.4. Drinking water standards(2) 5.0. Treatment of Water 1. General Introduction(3) 5.2. Treatment unit flow diagram(3)

2.10. Principles used in chain Triangulation.(4) 2.11. Recording field notes - field book - conventional signs.(4) 2.12. Obstacles in chain surveying.(4) 2.13. Calculation of Areas - Average Ordinate, Simpson, Trapezoidal methods(3) 3.0. Compass Surveying-1 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey - description, use and working of prismatic compass.(1)

area, moment of inertia, Radius of gyration(3) 3.2. Position of centroid of Rectangle, triangle, circle, semi circle.(5) 3.3. Determine position of centroids of simple built up sections made of rectangle, triangle, circle, semi-circle.(5)

Practical Periods: 23 5.Determine of PH of a given sample(4) 6. Determine the conductivity of a given sample(6) 7. Determine the Dissolved Oxygen content in the given sample(6) 8. Determine the total solids present in the water sample(7)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Find the bearings of given station points and calculate their included angles.(11) 4. Conduct a Compass Survey along the closed traverse and plot the traverse.(12)

Practical Periods: 23 (a) Identify and list of various input device.(1) (b) Identify and list of various output device.(1) (c) Write different window accessories(2) (d) Write any four uses of computer(2) (e) Write the components of computer (2) (a) Define Hardware and Software (2) (b) What is an Icon.(2) (c) How do you create new document in MS Word.(3) (d) What are the various types of storage devices (2) Inscribe a regular pentagon in given circle of a radius 50 mm.(6)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory periods :23 5.0. Treatment of Water 5.3. Screening(3) 5.4. Sedimentation(4) 5.5. Filtration(4) 5.6. Disinfection(4) 5.7. Defluoridation - by Nalgonda technique(4) 6.0. Distribution System-1 6.1. General Introduction(1)

Theory periods :23 3.0. Compass Surveying 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey - description, use and working of prismatic compass.(4) 3.2. Concept of true meridian - magnetic meridian – Arbitrary meridian.(4) 3.3. Bearing - Representation of Bearing WCB, Quadrantal Bearing. Conversion of whole circle bearing to quadrantal bearing.(4)

Theory periods :23 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.4. Determine M.I. of simple and built-up sections by applying perpendicular axes theorem(4) 3.5. Radius of gyration, polar M.I. of solid and hollow circular sections(5) 4.0. Simple stresses and strains-11 4.1. Stress and strain - tensile, compressive and shear(5)

256

3.4.Compass traversing in field.(4) 3.5.Local attraction - detecting and correcting bearings.(4)

4.2. Mechanical properties of materials - elasticity, plasticity, ductility,brittleness, malleability, stiffness, hardness, fatigue(6)

Practical Periods: 24 9. Determine the concentration of total solids in a given water sample(3) 10. Determine the chemical oxygen demand of a given sample(5) 11. Connecting given length of pipe line using coupling, T-ee and Union(5) 12. Perform connection for a given length of pipe using following specials reducer, Elbow 5

Practical Periods: 24 5. Find the Reduced Levels of the given points using Levelling instrument. Take Bench Mark as 100.000m(10) 6. Find the Reduced Levels of the given points involving atleast one point lying above the line of collimation(9)

Practical Periods: 24 7. Inscribe a regular heptagon in given circle of radius 60 mm.(7) 8. Inscribe a regular hexagon in a given circle of radius 30 mm.(7) 9. Construct an Ellipse by concentric circles method major axis as 120 mm and minor axis 60 mm.(5)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory periods :20 6.0. Distribution System-20 6.1. General Introduction(5) 6.2. Requirements of a good distribution system(5) 6.3. Layouts of Distribution Networks(5) 6.4. Systems of Distribution(5)

Theory periods :20 3.0.Compass Surveying 3.6. Calculation of included angles in compass traverse.(2) 3.7. Errors in compass surveying - natural and instrumental.(2) 4.0. Levelling 4.1. Purpose of Levelling - Definition of terms, level surface, datum bench marks, types of bench marks.(5) 4.2. Types of levelling instruments - dumpy level - component parts. - Relationship between fundamental lines of instrument.(5) 4.3. Types of Levelling staves - description.(6)

Theory periods :20 4.0.Simple stresses and strains 4.3. Stress-strain curves for ductile materials - Mild steel, elastic limit, yield point, ultimate stress breaking stress, working stress, factor of safety. ,(6) 4.4. Hooke's Law - Youngs modulus of elasticity, deformation under axial load(6) 4.5. Longitudinal and lateral strain - poisson's ratio - Bulk modulus,relationship between elastic constants. (proof not required)(5) 5.0. Columns-03 5.1. Effective Lengths for different end conditions.(3)

Practical Periods: 18 13. Perform the cutting and threading of a given G.I pipe / PVC /with diset (4) 14. Prepare pipe line in Bath Room with joints and turns(5) 15. Find out leakages in water supply connections and their Repairing.(5)

Practical Periods: 18 7. Determine the Horizontal Angle between the given points by Repetition method using Theodolite.(10) 8. Determine the Horizontal Angle between the given points by Reiteration method using Theodolite.(9)

Practical Periods: 18 10. Draw a parabola hyperbola through and axis height of 60 mm by rectangular method.(8) 11. Draw a rectangular hyperbola through a point “Q” which is at distance 40mm from “OY” and 60mm from “OX”.(7) 12. Draw a projections of following points on

257

16. Assemble the Hand pump connections(5)

same ground (a) is 40 mm above HP and 25 mm in front of VP. (b) “B” is in the HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(4)




Oct 2016 15 12 14

Theory periods :12 6.0. Distribution System 6.5. Pumps(4) 7.0. Appurtenances in the distribution system-8 7.1. Understand the various appurtenances in a distribution system(2) Uses of sluices valve, air valve, drain valve, water meter, fire hydrants ( 6)

Theory periods :12 4.0. Levelling 4.4. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level.(3) 4.5. Field work - field book - reduction of levels by height of collimation method. Rise and fall method.(3) 4.6. Errors due to curvature and refraction – corrections(3) 5.0. Theodolite Surveying 5.1. Principles of Theodolite Surveying - component parts, technical terms - temporary Adjustments(3)

Theory periods :12 5.0.Columns 5.2. Columns – Long and Short Columns – Comparison(2). 5.3. Slenderness ratio of a column – Rectangular , Square, I , Circular Sections(3). 5.4. Load carrying capacity by Euler’s and Rankines Formula.- Simple Problems(4) 6.0. Shear Force and Bending Moment 6.1. Types of beams - cantilevers, simply supported, over hanging -fixed and continuous beams(3)

Practical Periods: 14 17. Assemble the connections of electric Heaters in building(4) 18. Prepare half lap joint of the given wooden piece(3) 19. Prepare Dovetail joint of the given wooden piece(3) 20. Prepare Tenon joint of with given wooden(4)

Practical Periods: 14 9. Measure the Vertical Angle of a given point with respect to the instrument station and other given point by using Transit Theodolite.(14)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Draw a projection of the following points on same ground (a) “A” is 30 mm below of HP and 25 MM behind the VP. (b) “B” is 40 mm below the HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(4) 14. A line PQ 80mm long is in the HP and make an angle 45, with the VP. Its end 25mm behind VP. Draw projections.(5) 15. A line PQ 75mm long is parallel to both HP and VP and 30mm above HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(5)




skills related to OJT Centre.

258

December 2016/23 OJT


January 2017 23 20 18

Theory periods :20 7.0. Appurtenances in the distribution system-2 7.2. Use of(7.2.6—7.2.7)-(2) 8.0. Water supply plumbing systems in buildings and Houses 8.1. Plumbing System in Water Supplies(2) 8.2. The House Water Connection(2) 8.3. Stop Cocks(2) 8.4. Water taps and Bib cocks(2) 8.5. Pipe fittings(2) 8.6. Storage of water in buildings(2) 8.7. Water piping systems in building(4) 9.0. Rainwater Harvesting-3 9.1. Rain water Harvesting structures into the ground(3)

Theory periods :20 5. 0.Theodolite Surveying 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal angles by repetition method and reiteration method, vertical angle.(10) 5.3. Determination of heights and distances(10) 6.0. Total Station & Dastomate 6.1.Total Station - Parts and the functions- Adjustments of total station for taking observations.(2)

Theory periods :20 6.0.Shear Force and Bending Moment 6.2. Calculation of S.F. and B.M. values at different sections for cantilevers, simply supported beams, over hanging beams under point loads and uniformly distributed loads - position and significance of points of contraflexure(22)

Practical Periods :18 21. Perform the connection of one lamp controlled by a single switch(4) 22. Make L shape job by using M.S.Flate(4) 23. Make the connection of stair case wiring.(5) 24. To prepare earthing in house wiring.(5)

Practical Periods: 18 10. Determine the Height of a given object by measuring Vertical Angle using Transit Theodolite.(18)

Practical Periods: 18 16. Draw the front view, top view, side view of figure shown(6) 17. Draw the front view, top view, side view of the given figure .(6)18. Draw an Isometric view of circle diameter 80 mm.(6)


Theory periods :17 9.0. Rainwater Harvesting 9.2. Rain water directed to Service wells(1) 9.3. Rain water harvesting by percolation pit method(1) 10.0 Liquids and Their Properties-5 10.1. Mass Density – Specific Weight – Specific Gravity(2)

Theory periods :17 6.0. Total Station & Dastomate 6.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope distance, Difference in Height between two points.(2) 6.3. Elevation of a Point.(2) 6.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two stations.(2)

Theory periods :17 6.0.Shear Force and Bending Moment 6.3. Relation between rate of loading, S.F. and B.M. - drawing S.F. and B.M. diagrams - Location of points of contraflexure(7) 7.0.Graphic Statics 7.1. Representation of forces graphically, bows

259

10.2. Adhesion – Cohesion – Surface Tension – Capillarity – Compressibility(2) 10.3. Dynamic Viscosity – Vapour Pressure(1) 11.0.Pressure Head and Measurement 11.1. Atmospheric Pressure – Gauge Pressure – Absolute Pressure(2) 11.2. Pressure Measuring Instruments - Piezometer – Manometer and Differential Manometer(2) 11.3. Pressure Head – Datum Head and Kinetic Head(2) 11.4. Bernoullis Theorm(2) 11.5. Water Hammer(2)

6.5. Setting out right angles at different points on a base line.(2) 6.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground.(2) 6.7. Prolonging a straight line.(2) 6.8. Area of a closed Traverse.(2) 6.9. Earth work calculation.(2) 6.10. Distomats(1) 6.10.1. Distomat DI 1000.

notation(2) 7.2. Parallelogram law of forces, resultant and equilibriants(2) 7.3. Graphical Method of determination of centre of gravity for I,L,T Sections(3) 7.4. Drawing SFD and BMD by graphical method for SSB and cantilever beams(3)

Practical Periods :21 25. To conduct tension test on the given steel specimen(6) 26. To perform torsion test on mild steel specimen for finding out the modulus of rigidity(7) 27. To Determine the characteristics compressive strength of given wooden piece(8)

Practical Periods :21 11. Measure the Horizontal Angle and Distance between given Two Stations using Total Station.(10) 12. Measure the area of a closed traverse using Total station.(11)

Practical Periods :21 19. Draw an Isometric view of a given box .(5) 20. Draw an Isometric view of a regular Hexagon whose side 40 mm.(4) 21. Draw an Isometric view from the following orthographic views.(4) 22. Create soft copy using MS word with assume own statical data.(4) 23. Create soft copy using MS Excel with assume own statical data.(4)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017/22 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017

260


BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN: COURSE CODE: 315 SECOND YEAR Month &


Environmental Engineering Theory Paper – I

Building Materials And Maintenance Theory Paper – II

Estimating And Costing Theory Paper-III

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Objects of providing sewerage works(1) 1.2. Definition of terms - Sullage, Sewage, sewer and sewerage(1) 1.3. Classification of sewage(1) 1.4. Systems of sewage disposal(1) 1.5. Types of sewerage systems and their suitability separate, combined and partially separate systems(1) 2.0. Quantity of Sewage 2.1. Quantity of discharge in sewers, dry weather flow, variability flow 2.2. Determination of storm water flow 2.3. Surface drainage - requirements, shapes, laying and construction 3.0. Sewerage systems 3.1. Different shapes of cross section for sewers, circular and noncircular, merits and demerits 3.2. Brief description and choice of types of sewers - stoneware, cast Iron, cement concrete and A.C. pipes 3.3. Laying of Sewers - setting out alignment of a sewer, excavation, checking the gradient, preparation of bedding, handling, lowering,

Theory Periods: 22 1.Stones 1.1. Classification of rocks 1.1.1 Geological Classification 1.1.2.Physical Classification 1.2. Uses of Stones 1.3 Requirements of good building stones 1.4. Characteristics of stones - Granite, Sand Stone, lime Stone and marble 1.5. Selection of Stones and marble 1.6. Artificial Stones 1.7. Introduction of aggregate - grading of aggregates 2. Bricks 2.1. Definition - Composition of good brick earth – Manufacturing process 2.2. Classification of bricks 2.3. Properties of bricks 2.4. Special types of bricks and their uses 2.5. Grade of bricks as per B.I.S. 3. Cement 3.1. Definition - Composition of ordinary portland cement – Functions of cement, ingredients(2) 3.2. Different types of cements(2)

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Definition – Purpose – Data required for estimation 1.2. Types of estimates 1.2.1. Detailed Estimate - Abstract estimate - Definitions - formats for detailed and abstract estimates 1.2.2. Preliminary estimate or Approximate estimate - plinth area estimate - cubic rate estimate 1.3. Units of measurement of various Items of work as per IS Code 1200 2.0. Methods of Building Estimates 2.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of building using centre line method/long wall - short wall method a) Single room building/b) Single room with verandah/c) Two rooms building/ d) Two rooms building with Varandah

261

laying and jointing, testing and back filling 4.0. Sewer Appurtenances 4.1. Brief description, location, function and construction of 4.1.1. Manholes(1) 4.1.2. Drop Manholes(1)

Civil Engineering Lab – II Practical Paper – I

Practical Periods: 23 1.Construct layer of English bond of 230 mm brick masonry wall(9) 2. Construct a C.R.S stone Masonry of 450 mm thick wall(14)

Civil Engineering Drawing Practical Paper - II

Practical Periods: 23 1. Draw the conventional signs of (i) Concrete (ii) Wood.(3) 2. Draw the conventional signs of (i) Gas (ii) Brick Masonry(3) 3. Draw the Panel door of sizes 1.00 x 2.00 m.(3) 4. Draw a neat sketch of glass window size 1.20 m x 1.20 m.(3) 5. Draw cross section of R.R. Masonry foundation (specify the sizes of the parts).(4) 6. Draw a neat sketch of rectangular column footing of size 1.20 m x1.50 m (Specify the sizes of the parts (7)

CADD LAB Practical Paper - III

Practical Periods: 23 1. Set the limits of given drawing sheet. 2. Draw the given figure by line command. 3. Draw a circle in different methods. 4. Draw a ellipse. 5. Draw a polygon. 6. Modify the given figure by using modify commands. 7. Draw a rectangle with chamfer/fillet


Theory Periods: 20 4.0.Sewer Appurtenances 4.1.3. Street inlets(1) 4.1.4. Catch basins(1) 4.1.5. Flushing tanks(1) 4.1.6. Regulators(2) 4.1.7. Inverted siphon 4.2. Necessity of pumping sewage - location and component parts of pumping station(3) 5.0.Sewage Characteristics 5.1. Strength of sewage, sampling of sewage, characteristics of sewage, physical, chemical and biological 5.2. Analysis of Sewage - significance of the

Theory Periods: 20 3. Cement 3.3. Grades of cement (33, 43 and 53)(1) 3.4. General Uses of Cement(1) 3.5. Admixtures – uses(1) 3.6. Lime as basic ingredient of cement - importance of lime in construction - classification of lime - Fat, Hydraulic and poor lime - modern usage of lime as cement.(2) 4. Sand 4.1. Sources of sand 4.2. Characteristics of good sand 4.3. Grading of sand/4.4. Bulking of sand

Theory Periods: 20 2.0. Methods of Building Estimates 2.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of building using centre line method/long wall - short wall method e) Single bedroom house including with RCC staircase f) Double bedroom house including with RCC staircase g) Compound wall and steps 3.0. Analysis of Rates 3.1. Definition – data required(2) 3.2. Factors effecting Rate Analysis(2)

262

following tests. 1. Solids, 2. C.O.D, 3. B.O.D, 4. PH- value, 5. Chlorides (No details of tests) 5.3. Characteristics of industrial waste water - principles of treatment, reduction of volume, and strength of waste water 6.0.Sewage treatment and disposal 6.1. Preliminary treatment - Brief description and functions of the following units 1. Screens, 2.; Skimming tanks and 3. Grit chambers(4)

5. Mortar 5.1. Definition - Properties and uses of mortar 5.2. Types of mortar - Cement, Lime mortar 5.3. Preparation of cement mortar 6. Concrete 6.1. Definition - Constituents of concrete and their requirements(1) 6.2. Uses of Concrete - Types of Concrete(2) 6.3. Preparation of cement concrete - Hand mixing, Machine mixing and Ready mix concrete(2) 6.4. Compaction of concrete – Methods(2)

Practical Periods: 22 3. Determine the water absorption capacity of burnt clay building bricks(8) 4. Determine the bulking of sand(8) 5. Determine the fineness modulus of coarse and fine aggregates by sieve analysis. (9)

Practical Periods: 22 7. Draw neat sketch of gully trap.(5) 8. Draw sections of P-Trap, Q-Trap, S-Trap(5) 9. Draw a rough sketch of Bath Room with conventional signs of fixtures.(5) 10. Draw a neat sketch of two types of stair case (not to scale)(5) 11. Draw a neat sketch of W.C specify the sizes.(5)

Practical Periods: 22 8. Draw a figure with dimensions lines.(5) 9. Draw a figure hatch with different patterns.(4) 10. Draw a figure and copy, move, etc.(2) 11. Print table by text command.(3) 12. Draw a figure with different colors.(5) 13. Draw a five types of lines.(2) 14. Draw a donut, solid a given figures (4)




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


November Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20 Theory Periods: 20

263

2016 24 20 24

6.0.Sewage treatment and disposal 6.2. Primary treatment - Brief description and functions of plain sedimentation(5) 6.3. Secondary treatment - Brief description of 1. Trickling filters, 2. Activated sludge process.(3) 6.4. Septic tank(3) 6.5. Sewage disposal - dilution, disposal on to lands, groundwater recharge, reuse etc(4) 7.0. Solid Waste Management 7.1. Municipal, Industrial, Hazardous solid wastes, their characteristics, study of solid waste treatment systems (3)

6. Concrete 6.5. Curing of concrete – Methods(2) 7. Timber-09 7.1. Common Varieties of Timber(2) 7.2. Defects in timber - Seasoning of timber(2) 7.3. Wood based products(2) 7.4. Characteristics of good timber(3) 8. Miscellaneous building Materials 8.1. Metals (1); 8.2. Plastics(1) 8.3. Asbestos - Uses of asbestos(1) 8.4. Adhesives - Uses of Adhesives(1) 8.5. Glass (1); 8.6. Thermocole(1) 8.7. Plaster of Paris(1) 8.8. Wall paper & 8.9. P.V.C (1)

3.0. Analysis of Rates 3.3. Cost of material at source and at site(3) 3.4. Standard Schedule of Rates (SSR) of different materials(4) 3.5. Types of Labour - Wages as per SSR(4) 3.6. Lead and lift - preparation of lead statement(4) 3.7. Preparation of unit rates for finished items of works using standard data & SSR(4)

Practical Periods: 24 6. Determine the workability of mixed concrete buy compaction factor test. (7) 7. Determine the intial setting tome and final setting time of cement.(8) 8. Determine the workability of given by slump cone test. (8)

Practical Periods: 24 12. Draw a rough sketch of manhole(6) 13. Draw the bar bending schedule of reinforcement of slab of single room.(4) 14. Draw the cross section of T-Beam specify dimensions(6) 15. Draw plan, section of single room building (specify sizes).(4) 16. Draw plan, elevation of single room building (specify sizes(3)

Practical Periods: 24 15. Array the given object in two methods.(4) 16. Prepare a text document by MS Word.(4) 17. Create cell in MS Excel. (2) 18. Select different fonts and sizes print a sentence.(4); 19. Write a formulae to give cell in MS Excel.(3) ; 20. Set the cell height and enter the data.(3) ; 21. Construct a given figure in different colors and dimensions (specify the figures).(2)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 7.0.Solid Waste Management Sources - collection methods - transportation - disposal methods - dumping, sanitary land fill, incineration - composting – preparation(10) 8.0.Drainage and sanitation in Buildings 8.1. Aims of building drainage and its requirements - General layout of Sanitary fittings to a house, drainage arrangements for a

Theory Periods: 20 8. Miscellaneous building Materials 8.10. Bitumen and tar(1); 8.11. Fal-G Concrete(1) 9. Types of Buildings 9.1. Classification of building as per NBC(2) 9.2. Component parts of building(3) 10. Foundations 10.1. Definition - Functions of Foundation(1) 10.2. Classification of Soil(1)

Theory Periods: 20 3.0.Analysis of Rates 3.8. Methods of claculating quantities of ingredients of various proportions of cement concrete(7) 4.0. Estimation of Open Drains and Roads 4.1. Estimation of open drain in rural area(4) 4.2. Estimation of earthwork by trapeziodal Rule(4) 4.3. Estimation of earthwork by prismoidal

264

single and multi storeyed buildings as per IS code of practice(2) 9.0. Rural water supply and sanitation 9.1. Disinfection of wells(1)

10.3. Types of foundations - Shallow and deep(2) 10.4. Bearing capacity of soil(2) 10.5. Requirements of good foundation(2) 10.6. Causes of failures of foundations and remedial measures(2) 11. Masonry 11.1. Stone Masonry - Definition - Material required for stone masonry - tools required - types of masonry - rubble and ashlar masonry.(2)

method(4)

Practical Periods: 24 9. Determine the normal consistency of cement of vicat needle method(10) 10. Perform connection of stone ware pipe from water closet of septic tank.(6) 11. Perform the water supply connection in a given room(7)

Practical Periods: 24 17. Draw the line diagram of double bed room with details and sizes.(5) 18. Draw the cross section of two storied single room building specify the sizes.(7) 19. Draw the plan section of dog legged stair case of 1.5 m x 3.6 m.(6) 20. Draw a neat sketch of over head tank and specify pipe Connections(5)

Practical Periods: 24 22. Construct a double room building plan/ section elevations in details.(4) 23. Draw a 2BHK building plan with all details in different colors / layers.(3) 24. Prepare site plan / lactation plan with information required.(3) 25. Draw a line diagram of columns, beams, foundations in different layers.(3) 26. Draw a isometric view of given figure (give fig).(3) 27. Draw the reinforcement details slab with T-beam.(3) 28. Draw 1 BHK plan show water supply and sanitary connections.(2) 29. Draw a over head tank, show the pipe connections.(2)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 8.0.Drainage and sanitation in Buildings 8.2. Sanitary fittings - traps, water closets, flushing cisterns, urinals, inspection chambers, antisiphonage inspection, testing and maintenance of sanitary fittings(9)

Theory Periods: 20 11. Masonry 11.2. Brick masonry - Definition - Types of brick masonry – English and flemish bonds(4) 12. Maintenance Problems in Building and Their Solutions

Theory Periods: 20 4.0. Estimation of Open Drains and Roads 4.4. Estimation of roads (abstract estimates) of—(3) a) Water bound Macadam Road b) Cement Concrete Road

265

9.0. Rural water supply and sanitation 9.1. Disinfection of wells(1) 9.2. Rural Sanitation and sanitary latrines, brief description and operational details of bio-gas plant using cow dung, night soil and agricultural waste(9) 10.0. Air pollution and Ecology 10.1. Definition - sources of air pollution - effects of air pollution(1)

12.1. Definition – Objectives of Maintenance – Annual and Special (3) 12.2. Dampness in buildings at various locations – causes (3) ; 12.3. Treatment with standard water proofing chemicals (4) 12.4. Cracks in walls – causes and preventions 2 12.5. Types of floors – construction of cement concrete flore, mosaic floor, and marble floor(2) 12.5.1. Maintenance of floors – Settlement of floors – repairs (1) 12.5.2. Removal of stains (1)

5.0. Estimation of public health engineering works 5.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of a) Septic tank(17)

Practical Periods: 22 12. Perform the cold water distribution in a building and draw plan.(7) 13. Perform sanitation fittings in building and draw plan.(7) 14. Draw plan of rain water harvesting by percolation pit method and explain. (7)

Practical Periods: 22 21. Draw a neat sketch of septic tank with pipe connections and specify the components parts.(7); 22. Draw a neat sketch of deep man hole and specify the components.(6) 23. Draw a neat sketch of reinforcement schedule of the roof slab of double room building.(5); 24.Draw a neat sketch of toilet block and show the drainage connections.(3)

Practical Periods: 22 30. Draw a layout of plots, show the drainage, roads etc.(4) 31. Prepare MS Word document for permission of work.(4); 32. Prepare a estimate in MS-Excel.(5) 33. Prepare analysis of rate of any item in excel.(4); 34. Prepare table in MS Word for lead statement.(4)


Theory Periods: 08 10.0. Air pollution and Ecology-8 10.2. Control of air pollution - methods - air pollution control at source - zoning - installation of control devices and equipment(2) 10.3. Air pollution control by stacks and vegetation(2); 10.4. Environment - Biosphere - Atmosphere - Acid rains, Greenhouse effect - Ozone layer Depletion(2) 10.5. Ecology and Ecosystem - Components of Ecosystem flow of matter in an ecosystem(2)

Theory Periods: 08 12. Maintenance Problems in Building and Their Solutions-08 12.6. Types of Roofs – Pitched roof - flat roof 12.6.1. Roofs – Leakages of Roofs – causes and repairs 12.6.2. Spalling of concrete 12.6.3. Corrosion of Reinforcement – repairs

Theory Periods: 08 5.0. Estimation of public health engineering works-08 5.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of b) Estimation of quantity of sanitary pipes and pipe specials and fittings for a building from the plan of the building



266

COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY

Basic aim of the course COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY is to impart following skills in student.

1. Illustrate fashion figure skill fully.

2. Design garments.

3. Select appropriate fabrics for different garments.

4. Operate the industrial modern machines.

5. Stitch and finish a garment.

6. Assess the quality.

7. Finishing and packing.

8. Beautify garments with embroidery, painting, appliqué etc

267


COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY :: COURSE CODE:: 405 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



Principles of Garment Making

Theory Paper-I

Textile Science Theory Paper-II

Garment Construction Theory Paper-III

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods : 23 1. Terminology a) Fabric (01) b) Garment (01); c) Selvedge (01) d) Sloper (01); e) Bodice Block (01) f) Pattern (01) ; g) Commercial Pattern (01) h) Grain (01); i) Bias (01) 1.1 Tools and equipment a) Measuring tools (01) b) Marking Tools (01) c) Cutting Tools (01) d) Pressing Tools (01) 2. Sewing machines a) Types-domestic and industrial machines 1) b) Parts and Functions (02) c) Machine troubles-causes and remedies 4) d) Care of the sewing machine (03)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Classification & general properties of textile fibers a) Definition of terms-Staple (02) b) Filament (02) c) General properties Texture (01); Resiliency (01) Luster (01); Static electricity (02) Crimp and elasticity (02) d) Difference between Vegetable & Synthetic Fibres (04) 2. Manufacture & Properties of cellulose Fibres- cotton (08)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Taking body measurements a) Points to remember while taking- body measurements (06) b) Taking & recording measurements for different garments Children (06) Women (06) Men (05)

Principles of Garment Making Practical Paper-1

Practical Periods: 21 1. Basic stitches 1.1 Temporary/ Basting stitches

Textile Science Practical Paper-2

Practical Periods : 21 1. A. Identification of textile fibers a) Microscopic (07)

Garment Construction Practical Paper-3

Practical Periods : 21 1. Taking & recording Measurements a) Children (07)

268

a) Even (02; b) Uneven (02) Permanent stitches- c)running (03)/d) Back stitch (03) e) Run and back (02) f) Hemming stitch-Ordinary (04) g) slip (03); h) Knotted (02)

b) Visual (07) c) Burning test (07)

b) Women (07) c) Men (07)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - 1 ASSIGNMENT – 1 July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 3. Pattern making a) Draping (04) b) Drafting (04) c) Flat-pattern (04) d) Contents of paper patterns (04) e) Merits & demerits (02) f) Uses of paper patterns (02)

Theory Periods : 20 3. Manufacture & properties of protein fibers a) Silk (05) b) Wool (05) 4. Manufactured fibers a) Rayon (05) b) Polyester (05)

Theory Periods : 20 2. Study on different types of material Available in the market for Children’s garments. a) Brocade (03); b) Chiffon (03) c) Corduroy (03); d) Crape (03); e) Georgette (03); f) Woven fabric (03) g) Knitted fabric (02)

Practical Periods : 19 2. Seams and seam finishes a) Plain Seams (02); b) French seam (03) c) Run and fell seam (03) d) Lapped seam (03) 2.1 Seam finishes a) Pinked finish (02); b) Edge stitch (02); c) Double stitch finish(02); d) Herring bone stitch finish(02)

Practical Periods : 19 2. Yarn a) Identifying types of yarn (10) b) Measuring cloth count (09)

Practical Periods : 19 2. Drafting, cutting and stitching, fabric estimation of Jhangia (10) 3. Drafting, cutting and stitching, Fabric estimation of Jabla (09)

ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I


ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST – I

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods : 23 4. Preparation of material for cutting a) Strengthening of fabric grain (02) b) Off grain (02); c) Pre-shrinking (01) d) Pressing of material (01) 5. Seams and seam finishes a) Plain seam (01); b) French seam (02) c) Run and fell (02); d) Lapped (02) e) Slot seam (02) 5.1 Seam finishes

Theory Periods : 23 5. Spinning a) Mechanical (03) b) Chemical (03) 5.1 Yarns Classification of yarns a) Types of yarns (02); b) Twist in yarns (02) c) Balance of cloth (02) d) Yarn count (02); e) Novelty yarns (02) 6. Fabric construction methods

Theory Periods : 23 3. Selection of material for various Garments a) Jhangia (05) b) Jabla (04) c) Romper (05) d) A-line frock (04) e) Baby frock with bib (05)

269

a) Pinked (02) ; b) Edge stitch (02) c) Double stitch (02) d) Herring bone stitch seam finish (02)

a) Weaving (03) b) Knitting (02); c) Non woven (02)

Practical Periods : 24 3. Neck line finishes a) Bias (01) b) Joining of bias (03) c) Stay stitching (04) d) Facing- bias (05) e) Fitted facing (05) f) Binding- Single, Double (06)

Practical Periods : 24 3. Preparation of weaves a) Basic weaves and their variations (24)

Practical Periods : 24 4. a)Drafting of Romper (05) b) Cutting of Romper (05) c) Stitching of Romper (09) d) Estimation of Romper (05)

ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST –II



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 6. Fullness in garment Darts a) Single Dart (02) b) Double dart (02); c) Tucks-pin (02); d) Plain (02) e) Cross (01); f) Pleats-Knife (02) g) Box (02) ; h) Inverted box (02) i) Gathers (02); j) Shirring (01); k) Flare (01); l) Godet (01)

Theory Periods: 20 7. Looms a) Steps in weaving (04) b) Weaving process (03) c) Kinds of weaves d) Plain weave & its variations (04) e) Twill (03) f) Satin (03) g) Examples of fabrics with such weaves(03)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Clothing selection a) Factors influencing selection of clothing according to age (05) b) Occasion (03) c) Figure type (04) d) Fashion (04) e) Colour (04)

Practical Periods : 18 4. Fullness in garments a) Single Dart (02) b) Double Dart (02) c) Tucks- pin (02) d) Plain (02) e) Cross pleats (02) f) Knife (02); g) Box (01) h) Inverted Box (01) i) Pinch (02); j) Gathers (01) k) Ruffles – Single & Double (01)

Practical Periods: 18 4. Identification of fabrics and weaves a) Poplin (01) b) Satin (01) c) Voile (02) d) Chiffon (02) e) Crepe (02) f) Rayon (02) g) Terricot (02) h) Ruby (02); i) Blended fabrics (02) j) Wool (02)

Practical Periods: 18 5. a) Drafting of A-line frock (05) b) Cutting of A-line frock (05) c) Stitching of A-line frock (05) d) Fabric estimation of A-line frock (03)

ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST – III



270

October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 7. Placket Opening a) Standards of good placket (02) b) Tailored placket (02) c) Zipper Placket (02) d) Narrow Bound Placket (02) e) Placket for kalidar kurta (02) f) Selection & choice of plackets on various garments (02)

Theory Periods: 12 8. Stains a) Definition (02) b) Classification (04) c) Types of stains (02) d) General rules to be observed in removal of stains on various fabrics (04)

Theory Periods: 12 5. Preparation of material for cutting a) Marking (04) b) Different layouts (04) c) Different methods of marking & laying a fabric and cutting (04)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Plackets and openings a) Continuous Wrap opening (04) b) Two piece placket (05) c) Bound (05)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Stain removal Removing the following stains on a) Cotton- Ballpen (02) b) Ink (01); c) Rust (01) d) Halide (01); e) Blood (01) f) Coffee/Tea (01); g) Scorch (01) h) Paint (01); i) Oil (01); j) Curry (02); k) Pan (02)

Practical Periods: 14 6. Drafting, cutting, stitching and Fabric estimation of baby Frock (07) 7. Drafting basic bodice block and Sleeve block for a child (07)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods : (20) Neckline Finishes: Facings-Fitted and Decorative- Binding-Single and Double.

Theory Periods: (20) Finishes: Calendaring, Singeing, Tentering;Chemical finish- Mercerising,Bleaching

Theory Periods : 20 Revision

Practical Periods: (18) Fasteners:

Practical Periods: (18) Collection of finished samples:

Practical Periods : 18 Characteristics of Well Finished Garment:

271

Buttons and button holes, Shank, buttons, Press buttons, Hooks and eyes

Collect finishes, identifying and analyse any ten samples

Ease, Line, Grain, Set, Balance.


Theory Periods: (16) Fasteners: Buttons and Button Holes, Shank Buttons, Metal buttons, Zippers, Hooks and Eyes, Velcro

Theory Periods : (16) Revision

Theory Periods : 16 Costing of all garments

Practical Periods: (20) Revision

Practical Periods: (20) Revision

Practical Periods : 20 Revision

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22 REVISION/ IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017

272


COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY :: COURSE CODE : 405 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Apparel Manufacture Theory Paper-I

Fabric Embellishment Theory Paper-II

Apparel & Fashion Designing Theory Paper-III

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Adaptation of Basic Sleeve: Adaptation of basic sleeve into different Sleeve types a) Puff sleeve variation (04) b) Bell sleeve (04) c) Bishop sleeve (04) d) Leg-O-Mutton (04) e) Kimono sleeve (03) f) Raglan sleeve (03)

Theory Periods : 22 1. Embroidery Stitches: a) Stem stitch (03) b) Chain stitch (03) c) Feather stitch (03) d) Satin (03) e) Button Hole (03) f) Fishbone (03) g) Couching (02) h) Herring bone (02)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction to design elements: a) Line (05) b) Form (06) c) Colour (06) d) Texture (05)

Apparel Manufacture Practical Paper-1

Practical Periods: 23 1. Sleeves: a) Drafting of plain sleeve (11) b) Adaptation of plain sleeve to Puff sleeve (12)

Fabric Embellishment Practical Paper-2

Practical Periods: 23 1. Embroidery Stitches a) Stem stitch (03); b) Chain stitch (03) c) Twisted Chain (03) d) Magic chain (02); e) Double chain (02) f) Open Chain (02); g) Feather stitch (02) h) Satin stitch (02); i) Long and short stitch (02) j) Button Hole (02)

Apparel & Fashion Designing Practical Paper-3

Practical Periods : 23 1. Principles of Designing a) Designing Garments (05) b) Principles and elements of design (06) c) Line (04) d) Form (04) e) Colour (04)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - 1 ASSIGNMENT - 1 July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 2. Creating Design variety a) Methods of creating variety in designing (05) b) Collar (05)

Theory Periods: 20 1. a) Rumanian stitch (03) b) French knot (03); c) Double knot (03) d) Bullion knot (03); e) Seed stitch (03)

Theory Periods: 20 2. Principles of Design a) Harmony (04) b) Balance (04); c) Rhythm (04);

273

c) Yokes (05); d) Pockets (05) f) Pekinese stitch (03); g) Fly (02) d) Emphasis (04); e) Proportion (04)

Practical Periods: 22 1. Variation of sleeves a) Bell sleeve (03) b) Kimono sleeve (03) c) Raglan sleeve (03) d) Leg-O-Mutton (04) e) Stitching samples of set-in sleeve (03) f) Stitching samples of Raglan sleeve (03) g) Stitching samples of Kimono sleeve (03)

Practical Periods: 22 1. a) Fishbone (03) b) Couching (01) c) Herring bone (03) d) French knot (03) e) Double knot (03) f) Bullion knot (03) g) Seed stitch (02) h) Pekinese stitch (02); i) Fly (02)

Practical Periods : 22 2. a) Texture (04) b) Harmony (03) c) Balance (03) d) Rhythm (04) e) Emphasis (04) f) Proportion (04)




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


November 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 3. Grading: a) Introduction to Grading (02) b) Grading principles (02) c) Methods of Grading (03) d) Grading machine (06) 4. Commercial Sewing machines a) Types of machines (02) b) Features (02) c) Uses (02)

Theory Periods : 20 2. Study of handling different types of fabrics a) Crepe (02); b) Felt (02) c) Lace (02); d) Metallic fabrics (02) e) Jersey pile fabrics (02) f) Plastic fabrics (02); g) Sheer fabrics (02) h) Synthetic fabrics (03) i) Finished fabrics (03)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Colour a) Hue (04) b) Value (04) c) Intensity (04) d) Prang Colour chart (08)

274

Practical Periods: 24 2. Collars a) Developing a bodice block (04) b) Drafting (04) c) Cutting and stitching (04) d) Peter pan collar (04) e) Mandarin (04) f) Sailor collar (04)

Practical Periods: 24 2. Fabric painting a) Handling brushes for various strokes(04) b) Types of strokes (05) c) Filling (05) d) Shading (05) e) Dry and wet techniques (05)

Practical Periods: 24 2. a) Colour (06) b) Prang colour chart (06) c) Colour harmonies (06) d) Application in garments (06)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 5. Production process in industry a) Collecting materials for production (01) b) Laying (02); c) Making (01) d) Cutting (01); e) Stitching (01) f) Finishing (02); g) Checking (03) h) Laundering (03); i) Pressing (03) j) Packaging (03)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Fabric painting a) Tools used (01) b) Types of paints (02) c) Types of brushes (02) d) Techniques used (02) e) Strokes (04) f) Filling (03); g) Shading (03) h) Dry and wet techniques (03)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Colour contd f) Colour Harmonies (06) g) Colour expression (04) h) Warm and cool colours (05) i) Effect of colours (05)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Pockets Cutting and Stitching: a) Cutting and Stitching of Patch pocket (08) b) Cutting and Stitching of Bound pocket (08) c) Cutting and Stitching of pocket in a seam(08)

Practical Periods: 23 3. a) Patch work (05) b) Applique work (06) c) Types (06) d) Quilting (07)

Practical Periods: 24 3. a) Design development (03) b) Basic drawing of fashion (04) c) Details (03) d) Neck lines (04) e) Collar variation (03) f) Sleeve variation (03) g) Incorporating the developed details in garments (04)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 6. Apparel industry terminology a) Costume (02) b) Ethnic (02); c) Apparel (02) d) Boutique (02); e) Classic (02); f) Fad (02); g) Silhouette (02)

Theory Periods : 20 4.Patch Work, Applique Work and Quilting a) Patch Work (03) b) Plain (03) c) Printed (03) d)Quilting(03)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Basic Principles of Fashion Designing a) Factors to be considered in drawing dress designs for women and children(05) b) Structural Line(05)

275

h) Comouflage (01); i) Courtier (01) j) Adaptation (01); k) Custom Made (01) l) Display (01) m) Accessories (01)

e)Material used for filling(03) f)Stitches used for Patch Work, Applique Work and Quilting(05)

c) Choosing a right fabric for different types of figures(05) d)Selecting Style lines for different types of figures(05)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Womens Wear a) Drafting(04) b) Cutting and Stitching of Saree Petticoat(02) c) Saree Blouse (05); d)Kameez(03) e)Salwar or Chudidar Pyjama(03) 5. Material Requirement and Costing a) Calculating the material Requirement for different Garments (04) b) Calculating the cost of Finished Garments (03)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Traditional Textiles a) Kantha Work(03) b) Cut Work(03) c) Kashmiri embroidery (03) d) Lucknow Work (03) e) Mirror Work (04) f) Kasuti of Karnataka Work (03) g)Stitches Used (03)

Practical Periods: 22 4. a)Accessory Designing(03) b)Hats(03) c)Shoes(03) d)Hand Bags(03) e)Jewellery(03) 5. Basic Knowledge of Fashion Designing in Computers(07)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods: 08 7. Quality Control a)Importance of quality control in garment industry (04) b)Specifications and Quality Control (04) Revision

Theory Periods : 08 5.Study of traditional embroidered textiles of India a) Kantha Work (01) b) Phulkari Work (02) c) Kashmiri Embroidery (02) d) Lucknow Work (01) e) Mirror Work (01) f) Kasuti Work (01) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 5. Accessories used in Fashion Designing a) Hats (01) b) Bags (01) c) Shoes (02) d) Scarfs (01) e) Belts (02) f) Jewellery (01) Revision

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-II March 2017/22 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017

276

FASHION AND GARMENT MAKING

Basic aim of the course FASHION AND GARMENT MAKING

is to impart the following skills in student.

1) Illustrate fashion figures skill fully.

2) Design garment which are functional and decorative.

3) Know to select appropriate fabrics suited to the design of the garment with special reference to color, Texture and design of fabric.

4) Operate industrial modern machines.

5) Stitch and finish garment.

6) Quality assessment

7) Finishing and packaging.

277


FASHION GARMENT MAKING:: COURSE CODE:: 406 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of

working days/ No. of Periods Theory/ Practical

Fundamentals of Garment Construction (Theory Paper –I)

Fundamentals of Textile Theory (Theory Paper –II)

Fashion and Apparel Designing

(Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Sewing equipment and tools a) Measuring (01); b) Marking (01) c) Cutting (01); d) General tools (01) e) Pressing tools (01) f) Selection (01); g) Use and care (01) 2. Sewing machines a) Types of sewing machines (01) b) Domestic models (02) c) Parts and Functions (02) d) Threading of machine (01) e) Machine adjustments (01) f) Stitch length (01); g) Tension (01) h) Changing the needle (01) i) Minor defects (01); j) Repair (01) k) Care of the sewing machine (02) l) Cleaning (01); m) Oiling (01)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Textile terms and definitions a) Fiber (01); b) Yarn (01) c) Filament (01); d) Staple (01) e) Count (01); f) Denier (01) g) Thermoplastic (01) h) Elasticity (01); i) Hydrophilic (01) j) Hydrophobic (01); k) Elongation (01) l) Absorbency (01); m) Luster (01) n) Heat (01); o) Sensitivity (01) p) Solubility, Resiliency, Cohesiveness (01) 2.Classification of Fibers: a) Natural (01); b) Vegetable (01) c) Animal (01); d) Mineral (01) e) Manmade Cellulosic (01) f) Synthetic Fibers (01) g) Classification by length, staple, Filament (01)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Introduction to Design: 1.1 Elements of Designing a) Colour (02) b) Line (03) c) Texture (03) d) Shape (03) 1.2. Principles of Design a) Balance (03) b) Rhythm (02) c) Proportion (03) d) Harmony (02) e) Emphasis (02)

Fundamentals of Garment (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods : 21 1. Stitches 1.1Basting stitches (01) a) Even (01) b) Uneven (01)

Fundamentals of Textile Theory (Practical Paper –II)

Practical Periods: 21 1. A. Identification of textile fibers a) Microscopic (10) b) Burning test (11)

Fashion and Apparel Designing Practical Paper III

Practical Periods: 21 1. Apparel Designs and their analysis a) Collection of Different dress

278

c) Running (01); d) Back stitch (01) e) Run and back (01) ; f) Hemming (01) g) Slip hemming (01); h) Knotted hemming (2) 2. Seam and Seam Finishes a) Plain Seams (01) b) French seam (01); c) Run and fell seam (1) d) Lapped seam (02); e) Slot seam (01) f) Bound seam (01); g) Counter (01) 2.1 Seam Finishes a) Pinked finish (01); b) Edge stitch (01); c) Herring bone (01); d)Double stitch finish(1)

designs from magazines (03) b) Papers (03) c) Other Publications (03) d) Analysis for Design Principles (05) e)Analysis of Design Elements (07)


Theory Periods: 20 3. Hand Sewing Techniques a) Temporary Stitches b) Uneven and Even (01) c) Permanent Stitches (01) d) Running (01); e) Back Stitch (01) f) Run and Back Stitch (01) g) Hemming (01); h) Slip Hemming (01) i) Knotted Hemming (01) j) Suitability of Stitches for various fabric types (01) 4. Seam and Seam Finishes 4.1Importance and Types a) Plain Seams (01); b) French seam (01) c) Flat and fell seam (01) d) Lapped seam (01) e) Bound seam (01); g) Counter (01) h) Suitability of seams to various fabric types and end uses (01) 4.2 Seam Finishes a) Pinking finish (01); b) Edge stitch (01) c)Double stitch finish (01) d)Suitability on different fabrics (01)

Theory Periods : 20 3. Processing of cotton fibers and its properties a) Opening (01) b) Blending (01) c) Carding (01) d) Combing (01) e) Drawing (01) f) Spinning (01) g) Physical Properties (01) h) Chemical Properties (01) 4. Processing of Wool fibers and its properties a) Types of Wool (01) b) Pulled Lambs Wool (01) c) Processing (01) d) Shearing (01) e) Sorting (02) f) Scouring (02) g) Oiling (01) h) Dying (01) i) Physical Properties (01) j) Chemical Properties (01)

Theory Periods : 20 2. Colour and Colour Theory a) Colour (02) b) Prang colour chart (02) c) Hue (01) d) Value (01) e) Intensity (01) f) Tints (01) g) Shades(01) h) Colour Harmonies (02) i) Monochromatic (02) j) Complementary(02) k) Split Complementary (02) l) Analogous (01) m) Triad (01) n) Use of colour in designing (01)

279

Practical Periods: 19 3. Fullness a) Tucks (03) b) Pleats (03) c) Gathers (04) d) Shirring (04) e) Ruffles (02) f) Godets (02) g)Smocking (01)

Practical Periods: 19 2. Preparation of weaves a) Plain(06) b) Twill (07) c) Satin (06)

Practical Periods: 19 2. Exercises on Colour a) Prang colour chart (03) b)Preparation of Prang colour chart (03) c) Creation of Colours for Hue and Intensity (03) d) Colour Value (03) e) Shades Charts (04) f) Creation of harmonies (03)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods : 23 5. Creating Fullness in garments a) Tucks (02) b) Pleats (02) c) Pin (02) b) Shell (02) e) Cross (02) f) Knife (02) g) Inverted Box (02) h) Gathering (02) i) Shirring(01) j) Ruffles (01) k) Godets (02) l) Smocking (01) m) Preparation and Stitches used (02)

Theory Periods: 23 5. Processing Silk Fiber and its properties a) History of Silk(01) b) Cultivation of silk worm (01) c) Processing (01) d) Sorting(01); e) Softening(01) f) Reeling (01); g) Spinning (01) h) Gathering (01) 5.1 Properties a)Physical (01); b)Chemical (01) 6. Origin Manufacture and Properties of man made cellulose Rayon Fiber a) Manufacture (01) b) Processing (01); c) Spinning (03) d) Dyeing (02) 6.1 Properties a)Physical (03); b)Chemical (03)

Theory Periods : 23 3. Introduction to elements of fashion a) Classification of fashion(01) b) Definition of fashion (01) c) Fashion Terminology(01) d) Fashion(01); e) Style (01) f) Garment (01) ; g) Silhouette (01) h) Avant Garde (01) i) Fad (01); j) Craze (01) k) Classic (01); l) Couture (01) m) Knock-offs (01) n) Fashion Cycle (01) o) Importance and lengths of cycles(01) p) Fashion Theories (02) q) Trickle down (01) ; r) Bottom up (01) s) Trickle across (01) t) Silhouettes and their types (03)

Practical Periods: 24 4. Plackets a) Continuous (06) b) Bound (06) c) Zipper(06) d) Kalidar Kurta Placket (06)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Identification of weaves a) Plain(07) b) Twill (09) c) Satin (08)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Sketching croqui a) Sketching of normal and fashion croqui (11) b) Planning page and proportions (04) c) Drawing 10 head figure (04) d) Drawing stick figure (06) e) Drawing geometric figure (07)

280

d) Fleshing out (04)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 6. Placket Openings a) Standards of a good placket (02) b) Types (01) c) Continuous (01) d) Bound and Faced (01) e) Zipper (02) f) Tailored (03) 7. Methods of finishing neck lines a) Bias strip and its preparation (03) b) Application of bias facing (03) c) Application of bias binding(02) d) Application of fitted facing (02)

Theory Periods: 20 7. Origin, Manufacture and Properties of man made synthetic fiber Polyester a) Manufacture (01); b) Processing (02) c) Spinning (02); d) Dyeing (02) 7.1 Properties a)Physical (01); b)Chemical (01) 8. Types of Yarns A. Classification a) Simple (01); b) Double (01) c) Ply(01); d) Cord (02) e) Novelty Yarns (01) f) Fancy Yarns (02); g) Yarn Twist (02) h) Yarn Fineness (01)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Designing Process a) Theme based designing fashion(08) b) Designing fashion illustrations (06) c) Colours (03) d) Textures (03)

Practical Periods: 18 5. Fasteners a) Types of Fasteners used for various garments (08) b) Selection(05) c) Application Methods(05)

Practical Periods: 18 4. a) Collection of samples (9) b) Identification for construction processes (09)

Practical Periods: 18 4. Drawing facial Features front view, profile view in different levels a) Placing hair line(03) b) Mouth(02); c) Eyes (03) d) Nose (03) 4.2 Drawing hair styles a) Sketching basic silhouette(04) b) Drawing clusters and filling in hair (03)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 8. Types of Fasteners and their suitability to different openings a) Buttons & Button holes (01) b) Hooks & Eyes (01); c) Metal buttons (01) d) Thread (01); e) Press Buttons (01) f) Fancy Buttons (01)

Theory Periods : 12 9. Fabric Construction Methods a) Weaving (02) b) Knitting (01) c) Felting (02) d) Non Woven (03) e) Laces (02)

Theory Periods: 12 5. Designers of India a) Famous Designers of India (06) b) Explain about any ten designers and their work for fashion Industry (06)

281

g) Suitability (01) ; h) Positioning (02) i) Stitching of fasteners (03)

f) Nets (02)

Practical Periods : 14 6. Neck-line finishes a) Making bias strip (01) b) Bias Facing (01) c) Binding, Fitting facing (01) 7. Embroidery a) Chain (01); b) Stem (01) c) Feather (01); d) Button Hole (01) e) Fish Bone (01); f) Couching (01) g) Hering Bone (01); h) Rumanian (01) i) French Knot, Double Knot, Bullian Knot (02) j) Seed Stitch, Fly (01)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Collection of different types of Yarns (14)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Figure Analysis a) Explain about Figure Analysis (05) b) About proper placement of Style Lines(04) c) Moving the figure for various poses (05)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 9. Importance of paper patterns a) Types of paper patterns (08) b) Contents of patterns (08) c) Uses(04)

Theory Periods: 20 10. Textile Finishes a) Classification of finishes (04) b) Mechanical(04) c) Chemical (04) d) Calendaring (04) e) Singeing (04)

Theory Periods: 20 6. Fashion and Fabric Information a) By Different media like films (08) b) News papers (06) c) Magazines (06)

Practical Periods : 18 8. Taking Body Measurements and making paper patterns

Practical Periods: 18 6. Collection of different types of Finishes (18)

Practical Periods : 18 6. Analysis of Hand ,Legs and Feet a) Rectangle Formula of Hands (06)

282

a) Basic Bodice (06) b) Sleeve Patterns (06) c) Marking Patterns (06)

b) Drawing Geometric Form (06) c) Drawing Front view (06)


Theory Periods : 17 10. Body Measurements a) Principles and Rules in measuring (09) b) Direct and standard system of measurements (08)

Theory Periods: 17 10. Textile Finishes f) Tentering (04) g) Napping (04) h) Mercerising (05) i) Bleaching, Burnt Out (05)

Theory Periods : 17 6. Fashion and Fabric Information d) Fashion Services (08) e) Fashion Advertisements (09)

Practical Periods : 21 9. Drafting cutting and stitching of children’s Wear

a) Jhangia(11); Jabla(10)

Practical Periods : 21 6. finishes and their analysis(21) Revision

Practical Periods : 21 6. Analysis of hand , legs and feet d)Drawing Profile view(11) e) feet formula (10) Revision

Revision /PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II Revision /PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II Revision /PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017/22 REVISION/ IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017 REVISION / IPE EXAMINATION 2017

283


FASHION GARMENT MAKING :: COURSE CODE:: 406 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Advanced Dress Designing (Theory Paper –I)

Traditional Textiles (Theory Paper –II)

Fashion Garment Designing (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Garment Making Principles a) Drafting (01); b) Draping (01) c) Flat Pattern Designing (01) d) Advantages and Disadvantages of above(02) 2. Handling methods for various Fabrics: a) Handling of Chiffon (01) b) Georgette (02); c) Pile Fabrics (02) d) Velvets (02); e) Lace Fabrics (02) f) One way design Fabrics (02) g) Satins (01) h) Fabric Preparation Techniques (02) i) Types of layouts (01) j) Cutting Methods (02)

Theory Periods : 22 1. Study of Motifs: a) Types of motifs (04) b) Geometric (04) c) Natural (04) d) Abstract (05) e) Stylized (05)

Theory Periods : 22 1. Designing through flat pattern technique: a) Principles (05) b) Terminology (05) c) Material Used (06) d) Techniques followed (06)

Practical Periods : 23 1. Designing Yoke Designs: a) Cutting and stitching record samples with various yoke designs(23)

Practical Periods : 23 1. Motifs: a) Collection of designs and identification of different types of motifs(06) b) Geometric (01); c) Natural (01) d) Abstract (01); e) Stylized (01) f) Types of layouts (03) g) Side and Half Drop (02)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Sketching Garments and garment details a) Sketching different Neck Lines(11) b) Sketching different Collars(12)

284

h) Border (02); i) All Over (01) j) Creating different designs for record(05)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - 1 ASSIGNMENT – 1 July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 3. Selection of clothing a) Selection of fabrics (02) b) Garment Styles According to age(01) c) Occasion (01); d) Figure Type (01) e) Fashion (01) f) Colour suitability for children (01) g) Colour suitability for Adolescents (01) h) Colour suitability for Adults (01) i) Colour suitability for Old age People(01) 4. Types of sleeves a) Basic sleeve and its adaptation into different sleeve types (02) b) Puff sleeve and its variation (01) c) Bell sleeve (01); d) Bishop sleeve (01) e) Kimono sleeve (01) f) Raglan sleeve (01);g) Umbrella sleeve 1 h) Leg-O-Mutton (01) i) Suitability of sleeve types to figure types(01)

Theory Periods : 20 1. B.Types of Layouts a) Side and Half Drop(05) b) Border (05) c) All Over Motifs of India (06) d) Styles and Colour Combinations (04)

Theory Periods : 20 2. Designing through Draping a) Basic Tools (10) b) Principles of Draping (10)

Practical Periods: 22 1. Creating different Sleeve Styles a) Drafting of plain sleeve (02) b) Adoptation of plain sleeve to puff sleeve and its variation (03) c) Bell sleeve (02); d) Kimono sleeve (03) e) Raglan sleeve (03) f) Bishop sleeve (03); g) Leg-O-Mutton (03) h) Preparation of samples for record (03)

Practical Periods: 22 2. Stencil Printing a) With Traditional and Stylized motifs for pillow cover (07) b) Tray Cloth(07) c) Fabric Painting (8)

Practical Periods: 22 1. c) Sketching Sleeves(04) d) Skirts (04) e) Pants (04) f) Blouses (6) g) Overcoats and cowls (04)




August 2016/24

Familiarization with main activity of work place and personnel working at OJT Centre. Familiarization with main terminology/important terminology/technical terms related to OJT Centre.

285

OJT Familiarization with tools, materials and other important things related to OJT Centre. Safety measures to be observed while using tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, records etc.,




October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods: 20 5. Drafting Yokes: a) Definition (05) b) Types of yokes(05) c) Selection of yoke design for different dresses (05) d) Creating variety (05)

Theory Periods: 20 2. Hand Woven fabrics of India a) Study of Ducca Muslins (02) b) Chanderi (02); c) Patola (02); d) Paithani (02); e) Pithambari (02); f) Himrus-Amrus (02); g) Baluchar (02); h) Buttedar (02); i) Pochampalli (02) j) Motifs used ,colours used in these textiles (02)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Fashion Scenario (10) 4. Status of Indian Apparel Industry (10)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Creating different Collars a) Developing collars using bodice blocks (03) b) Peter pan collar (04) c) Mandarin (04) d) Scalloped collar (04) e) Sailor collar (03) f) Preparation of samples for record (06)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Simple Dyeing a) Dyeing fabrics with direct dyes(24)

Practical Periods: 24 2. Fashion Accessories a) Sketching Accessories (07) b) Bags (02) c) Hats (03) d) Shoes (03) e) Scarves (03) f) Belts (03) g) Buckles (03)

Assignment –III Unit Test –II



December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 5. Drafting of collars a) Introduction to different collar types (07) b) Terms used in collars (07) c) Creating variety in collar designs (06)

Theory Periods : 20 3. Traditional Dyed, Painted,and printed textiles of India a) Bandhanis (05) b) Kalamkari (05) c) Mahubani Batik (05)

Theory Periods: 20 5. Fashion Accessories a) Bags (03); b) Shoes (02) c) Jewellery (02); d) Hats (02) e) Scarves (02); f) Ties (02) g) Belts (02); h) Buckles (02)

286

d) Other Resist Dyed Textiles (05)

i) Terminology used in various designs (03)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Women’s Wear a) Drafting,Cutting and Stitching (06) b) Six Gore Saree Petticoat (04) c) Saree Blouse (06) d) Kameez (04) e) Salwar or chudidar pyjama (04)

Practical Periods: 24 4 Tie and Dye. a) Techniques (10) b) Making ten samples with direct dye (14)

Practical Periods: 24 3. Themes Profiles a) Developing various themes and designing garment lines with swatch board (07) b) Colour Board (05) c) Forecast for different Seasons (07) d) Adopting Traditional Costumes of India (05)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 7. Pattern Grading a) Introduction to grading(03) b) Grading principles (04) c) Methods of grading (04) d) Grading machine (04) e) Grading Procedure for basic slopers (05)

Theory Periods: 20 3. e)Printed Textiles of Rajasthan(09) f) Process (05) g) Designs and colours used for different types mentioned above (06)

Theory Periods: 20 6. Study on different Costume Styles of India a) Andhra Pradesh(03) b) TamilNadu(02) c) Karnataka(03) d) Maharastra (02) e) Punjab (02); f) Rajasthan (03) g) Kashmir (02) ; h) Gujarat (03)

Practical Periods: 22 5.Designing garments for different age groups a) Designing garment styles suitable for Children (03) b) Designing garment styles suitable for Adolescents (06) c) Designing garment styles suitable for men and women and rendering them in colour (03) d) Collection of dress designs and adaptation of the same to new designs(04) 6.Garment Costing

Practical Periods: 22 5. Embroidered Textiles a) Creating traditional designs for different end uses (07) b) Sample making of any two types of traditional embroideries for record(08) 6. Visit to Museum / Trade Shows (07)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Designing through flat pattern technique a) Principles (03) b) Terminology (03) c) Material Used (03) d) Techniques Followed (04) 5. Designing through Draping a) Basic Tools (03) b) Principles of Draping (06)

287

a) Estimating the material Requirement for different Garments stitched (03) b)Calculating the cost of Finished garments(03)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods: 08 8. Automation in garment industry a) Importance (02) b) Laying (02) c) Cutting(01) d) Sewing (02) e) Finishing Equipment (01) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 4. Traditional embroidered textiles of India a) Banjara Work (01) b) Kutch Work (01) c) Kasheeda Embroidery (01) d) Kasuti Work (01) e) Kantha Work (01) f ) Chickankari Embroidery (01) g) Chambarumals Work (01) h) Phulkari Work (01) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 7. Fashion Merchandising and marketing a) Basic Terminology (02) b) Core concepts (02) c) Product Development (01) d) Product Pricing (01) e) Branded versus Unbranded items (02) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMS- II PRE FINA1L EXAMS- II PRE FINAL EXAMS- II March 2017 22 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017 I.P.E. EXAMS 2017

288

HOTEL OPERATIONS

The basic aim of the course HOTEL OPERATIONS is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Front Office Assistant.

b) Bill Desk assistant.

c) Captain/Supervisor.

d) Butler/personal valet.

e) Steward.

f) Room attendant

g) Hospital catering.

h) Industrial catering.

289


HOTEL OPERATIONS :: COURSE CODE: 407 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



FOOD PRODUCTION-I (Theory Paper I)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE-I (Theory Paper II)

ROOM DIVISION MANAGEMENT-I (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction To Cookery (2) 1.1 Culinary History: Indian Regional Cuisine, French & International Cuisines (6) 1.2 Aims & Objectives of Cooking – Effect of cooking, characteristics of raw materials: salt, liquids, sweetening, fats & oils, thickening & binding agents, flavourings & seasonings, spices & herbs (6) 1.3 Preparation of Ingredients: (5) Mise-en-place Terms used inpreparation of food 1.4 Texture (3)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction To Hospitality Industry 1.1 Growth and development of catering industry (4) 1.2 Career opportunities (3) 1.3 Classification of catering industry (10) 1.4 Types of service operations (6)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction To Hospitality Industry 1.1 Evolution and growth of the Hospitality Industry (5) Indian; International 1.2 Classification of hotels (10) Size; Target Market Levels of service Management & affiliation Star categorization in India 5.3 Types of rooms (5) 5.4 Examples of hotels in each category (3)

Food Production-I (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 21 1. Identification of various Kitchen

Equipment, their utility, precautions in handling & maintenance (7)

2. Introduction to raw materials – identification & uses of perishable & non-perishable materials (5)

3. Basic vegetable cutting: Fish Cuts, Chicken cuts(9)

(Food And Beverage Service-1) (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 21 a) Introduction to various terms used in F&B service (6) b) Display of commonly used cutlery, crockery, flatware, hollowware, glassware, furniture (10) c) Display of special equipment (5)

Room Division Management-I (Practical Paper III)

Practical periods: 21 1.Grooming for hotel front office & housekeeping staff (10) 2.Understanding various forms used at Front office and filling with relevant data (11)


290

July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Principles Of Cooking & Menu Planning (3) 2.1 Cooking techniques (10) Methods of heat transfer; Different methods of cooking & their basic rules; Infra-red cooking Microwave cooking 2.2 Principles of Menu Planning – points to be considered while planning (10)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 F&B Service Organization (23) 2.1 Classification of F&B service department in a hotel (4) 2.2 Staff organization of F&B service department– Duties & responsibilities (8) 2.3 Coordination with other departments (5) 2.4 Attributes of a waiter (6)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Rooms Division – Introduction (1) 2.1 Functional organization of an all service hotel (3) 2.2 Functional organization of a Rooms division (3) 2.3 Understanding the difference in functional organization, service & facilities between different star categorized hotels (4) 2.4 Hierarchy of Front Office & House Keeping brigades(3) 2.5 Job descriptions of the Accommodation department staff (4) 2.6 Interdepartmental coordination between Front Office & other departments (2) 2.7 Attributes of Front office & Housekeeping staff (3)

Practical Periods: 19 4. Menu 1: Plain Rice, Cabbage foogath, Tomato dal, Cuchumber salad (5) 5. Menu 2: Plain rice, Rasam, Sambar, Bhendi fry (5) 6. Menu 2: Pulihora/Lemon rice, Tomato peanut chutney (5) 7. Menu 3: Tomato rice, Cucumber raita, Aloo Jeera, Chapati (4)

Practical Periods: 19 2.0 Mise-En-Scene And Mise-En-Place (3) 2.1 Cleaning and polishing of cutlery crockery, flatware, hollowware, glassware, furniture (8) 2.2 Setting up the side station (3) 2.3 Laying and relaying table cloth (3) 2.4 Laying different types of covers (2)

Practical Periods: 19 3.Understanding various forms used at Housekeeping and filling with relevant data (9) 4. Drafting layout of Front Office department – Front & back areas (10)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 3.0 Understanding Major Cooking Ingredients (1) 3.1 Cooking Pulses, rice & cereals (3) 3.2 Vegetable cookery –Classification, composition, cuts & dishes (3) 3.3 Egg Cookery – Structure, composition, use in cookery & bakery, dishes (3)

Theory Periods: 23 3.0 Restaurant Operations (20) 3.1 Restaurant equipments : Types, standard sizes,care & maintenance, cleaning & polishing (5) 3.2 Duties of a waiter (2) 3.3 Mise-en-scene & Miseen-place (3) 3.4 Rules to be observed while laying a table

Theory Periods: 23 3.0rooms Division Layout (1) 3.1 Layout of hotel lobby (3) 3.2 Layout of hotel housekeeping (3) 3.3 Linen room & Laundry (3) 4.0 Front Office Operations (10) 4.1 Guest cycle (3) 4.2 Formats and equipment used in front

291

3.4 Fish cookery –Classification, cuts, selection & purchase guidelines, dishes (3) 3.5 Poultry & Game Cookery –Classification, cuts of chicken, dishes (3) 3.6 Meat Cookery – Pre slaughtering stages, factors affecting quality of meat, tenderizing meat, various cuts of Beef, veal & pork (4)

and waiting at a table (3) 3.5 Guest cycle (2) 3.4 Types and styles of food & beverage service (5)

office (2) 4.3 Categorization of guests (3) a. FIT b. Groups c. Crews etc… 4.4 Associated functions in the guest cycle and the operating staff (2)

Practical Periods: 19 8. Menu 4: Jeera Rice, Dal fry, Egg curry, Roti, Green salad (6) 9. Menu 5: Vegetable Pulao, Boondi Raita, Bagara baingan, Rava kesari (6) 10. Menu 6: Egg preparation (boiled egg, fried egg, scrambled egg, omlette, poached egg ) (7)

Practical Periods: 19 2.5 Napkin folds (19)

Practical Periods: 19 5.Drafting layout of House Keeping department – Linen room, laundry, Housekeeping (9) 6.Bed making Practical (10)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 4.0 Basic Preparations (1) 4.1 Stocks: Definition, types & preparation (3) 4.2 Sauces: Definition, types & preparation, dishes (4) 4.3 Soups: Definition, classification, preparation, International soups (5) 4.4 Salads: parts of salad, classification & types, dressings, classical examples (4) 4.5 Garnishes & Accompaniments (3)

Theory Periods: 20 Factors To Be Considered while deciding upon style of service (20) i.Table service: Silver service; American Service English service; French service Russian service; Gueridon service Bar ii. Assisted service Carvery; Buffet iii. Self service Counter service; Free flow; Echelon Super market; iv. Single point service Take away; Drive through Fast food Vending Kiosk; Food court v. Specialized form of service; Tray service; Trolley; Home delivery; Lounge; Room service Drive in Room service 4.4 Meals & Menu Planning 4.1 Origin and functions of menu

Theory Periods: 20 4.5 Basis of charging room tariff (5) a. Check in checkout basis b. 24 hr basis c. Packages 4.6 Different types of tariff (6) a. Rack rate/printed tariff b. Discounted rates 4.7 Food plans (4) 4.8 Basis for pricing a room (5) a. Hubbart’s formula b. Rule of thumb c. Market condition approach d. Day rate. e. Hourly rate

292

4.2 Objectives of menu planning 4.3 Types of menu 4.4 Courses of French

Practical Periods: 18 11Menu 7: Preparation of stocks (6) 12 Menu 8: Preparation of basic mother sauces (13)

Practical Periods: 18 3.0 Service: Guest Cycle (Welcoming to Farewell) (19) 3.1 Welcoming (4) 3.2 Escorting (2) 3.3 Seating (2) 3.4 Water service (1) 3.5 Placing the napkin (2) 3.6 Presenting the menu (2) 3.7 Order taking (3) 3.8 Soup service and clearance (3)

Practical Periods: 18 7.Uses of various cleaning equipment – brooms, mops, vacuum cleaners etc…(14) 8. Telephone etiquettes (6)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 5.0 Kitchen Operations (1) 5.1 The Hierarchy (1) 5.2 Attitude towards work (3) 5.3 Grooming & Personal hygiene (2) 5.4 Duties & responsibilities (3) 5.5 Coordination with other (2)

Theory Periods: 12 4.0 Meals & Menu Planning (2) 4.1 Origin and functions of menu (3) 4.2 Objectives of menu planning (2) 4.3 Types of menu (5)

Theory Periods: 12 5.0 Reservations (1) 5.1 Importance of reservations (1) 5.2 Formats & reports used at reservations (2) 5.3 Handling telephonic reservations (2) 5.4 Telephone etiquettes (3) Telephone equipment used Standard phrases Handling calls for reservations Handling calls for enquiries 5.5 Handling reservations via other media (2) 5.6 Understanding CVGR and credit lists (1)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Menu 9: Cream of spinach soup, parsley potato, Vegetable au gratin,Fruit custard (4) 14. Menu 10: Cream of tomato soup, glazed vegetables, Potato croquettes, Roast chicken (5) 15. Menu 11: Peas pulao, Kadhai vegetables, Kadhai chicken, Rice kheer (5)

Practical Periods: 14 3.9 Main course service (Platter to plate and pre-plated) and clearance (6) 3.10 Crumbing down procedure (1) 3.11 Service of dessert (2) 3.12 Settling the bill (3) 3.13 Farewell (2)

Practical Periods: 14 9.Taking reservations – phone, Travel agents, Companies, Groups, crews etc… (14)


293





January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Kitchen Controls (1) 6.1 Standard recipe system (2) 6.2 Portion control(2) 6.3 Food cost control (2) 6.4 Waste management (2) 6.5 Garbage disposal (2) 7.0 Introduction To Bakery& Confectionery (1) 7.1 Basic principles of Bakery & bakery terms (4) 7.2 Bread (4) Role of various ingredients in bread making Methods of bread making Faults & remedies

Theory Periods: 20 4.4 Courses of French classical menu (6) 4.5 Types of meals: (4) i.Early morning tea; ii.Breakfast (Continental,English, American,Indian) iii.Brunch; iv.Lunch v.Afternoon / High tea vi.Dinner; vii.Supper 4.6 Non-alcoholic beverages (6) i. Classification (Nourishing, Stimulating & Refreshing); ii. Tea: Origin, manufacturing, types & brands; iii. Coffee: Origin,manufacturing, types & brands; iv. Juices & soft drinks: Brand names of juices, softdrinks, mineral water, tonic water, energy drinks; v. Cocoa and malted beverages: origin and manufacture 4.7 Tobacco (4) i. History; ii. Processing of cigarettes, pipe tobacco and cigars; iii. Cigars: Parts, shapes, colours, sizes, service, storage

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Bell Desk/Concierge –Uniformed Staff 6.1 Organization of bell desk (1) 6.2 Hierarchy of bell desk (1) 6.3 Duties & responsibilities of bell desk staff (2) 6.4 Role of bell desk during check in & check out of guests (2) 6.5 Information directory (2) a. Local site seeing b. Shopping 6.6 Attributes of bell desk personnel (2) 7.0 House Keeping (1) 7.0 Cleaning Equipment and its uses (4) Classification of equipment Mechanical equipment Containers, brushes, mops & broom 7.3 Cleaning agents and their uses (4)Classification of cleaning agents Types

Practical Periods: 18 16. Menu 12: Coconut rice, Mutton korma, Vegetable korma, Semia payasam (5) 17. Menu 13: Mulligatawny soup, Vegetable

Practical Periods: 18 4.0 Service Of Non- Alcoholic Beverages & Tobacco: 4.1 Tray setup for tea and coffee service (4)

Practical Periods: 18 1. Bell desk responsibilities (10) 2. General knowledge – countries,

294

cutlets, Fish Colbert MDH butter, Bread rolls (5) 18. Menu 13: Bread rolls (8)

4.2 Service of juices and aerated water (4) 4.3 Tray setup for breakfast and afternoon tea service (6) 4.4 Service of cigarettes and cigars (4)

capitals, currencies & airlines Local sightseeing shopping, Places of Tourist, Pilgrim interest in India & International (8)


Theory Periods: 17 7.3 Cakes – Types,manufacturing process,faults & remedies (5) 7.4 Cookies: Types, making, faults & remedies (5) 7.5 Sugar: Importance of sugar, types of sugar, various Stages of sugar cookery (7)

Theory Periods: 17 5.0 Simple Control Systems (1) 5.1 Necessity of control system in a restaurant (2) 5.2 Functions of a control system (3) 5.3 Forms of KOTs’ and Bills (4) 5.4 Triplicate checking system (2) 5.5 Cash handling equipment (3) 5.6 Record keeping (2)

Theory Periods: 17 7.4 Guest Supplies (2) 7.5 Bed making (2) 7.6 Various formats used in House keeping (4) 8.0 Computerization Of Hotels 8.1 Names of software used at hotel (3) 8.2 Advantages & disadvantages of computers (2) 8.3 Equipment used in IT department (3)

Practical Periods:21 19. Cake making: Basic sponge (14) 20. Cookies: Nan khatai, melting moments (7) Revision

Practical Periods:21 5.0 ROOM SERVICE 5.1 Tray setup for breakfast lunch, dinner, tea etc (10) 5.2 Order taking, service and clearance(11) Revision

Practical Periods:21 11.Information directory: Train timings, Flight timings, Theatre & show timings, Local handicrafts & handlooms (21) Revision

PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMS – II March 2017 22 Revision/ IPE Examination 2017 Revision / IPE Examination 2017 Revision / IPE Examination 2017

295


HOTEL OPERATIONS COURSE CODE: 407 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



Food Production-II (Theory Paper I)

Food And Beverage Service-II (Theory Paper II)

Room Division Operations-II (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Indian Cuisine (1) 1.1 Introduction to Indian food (2) 1.2 Spices used in Indian cookery (4) 1.3 Masala mix used (2) 1.4 Basic gravies (2) 1.5 Famous cuisines of India– (concise) (12) Kashmiri Punjabi Mughalai & Awadhi Hyderabadi

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Alcoholic Beverage(2) 1.1. Introduction and definition (1) 1.2 Production of alcoholic (4) Fermentation process; Distillation process Classification with examples 1.3wines (4) A. Definition & history B. Classification with example Table/still/natural; Sparkling Fortified; Aromatized 1.4. Production of wines (2) 1.5 Food & Wine Harmony (2) 1.6 Storage of wines Wine terminology (English &French) (2) 1.7 Beer (5) A. Introduction & Definition B. Types of Beer; C. Production of Beer D. Storage

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Front Office Basics(1) Guest Cycle –recapitulation (5) Understanding the relation between Reservations & Registration (4) 1.3Interdepartmental coordination between Front Office & House Keeping (5) Glossary of terms used at Front Office & House Keeping (8)

Food Production-II Practical Paper I

Practical Periods: 23 1. Basic Indian gravies – Red, yellow, green, brown & white gravy (13) 2. Menu 1: Kashmiri Pulao, Mutton roganjosh,

Food And Beverage Service-II Practical Paper II

Practical Periods: 23 1.0 Dispense Bar – Organizing Mise-en-place (3) 1.1 Task-01 Wine service equipment (3)

Room Division Operations-II Practical Paper III

Practical Periods:23 1.Filling of various forms used during registration during check-in and check-out at Reception, Cash counter, Bell desk & House

296

Chaman kaliyan,Dum aloo kashmiri, Kongeh Phirin(Suji phirni with saffron) (5) 3. Menu 2: Moti pulao, Amritsari machchi, Rajma masala, Tandoori murgh, Tandoori roti, Gajar ka halwa (5)

1.2 Task-02 Beer service equipment (3) 1.3 Task-03 Cocktail bar equipment (3) 1.4 Task-04 Bar stock - alcoholic & non-alcoholic beverages (3) 1.5 Task-05 Bar accompaniments & garnishes (3) 1.6 Task-06 Bar accessories & disposables (5

Keeping (23)


Theory Periods: 20 Gujarati (2) Rajasthani (2) Marathi (3) Bengali (3) Goan (2) Chettinad (2) Kerala (4) Andhra (4)

Theory Periods: 20 1.8 Sprits ( 2) A. Introduction and Definition (2) B. Production of spirits (6) Pot –still method; Patent still method C. Production of (8) Whisky; Rum; Gin; Brandy Vodka; Tequila D. Different Proof spirit (4) American Proof British Proof (Sikes scale) Gay Lussac (OIML Scale)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Registration (2) 2.1 Formats used at hotel reception (4) 2.2 A day as a front office assistant (4) a. Pre registration of guests b. VIP blocks c. Rooms inventory d. Flight schedule 2.3 Check in procedure for (6) a. FIT- i. DFIT; ii. FFIT b. Group/Crew c. VIP/CIP/DG d. Walk in 2.4 Check in procedure (5) a.Receiving of guests b.Filling of relevant forms c.Key handling d.Mode of payment & advance payment policy 2.5 Room allotment (1)

Practical Periods: 22 4. Menu 3: Galouti kabab, Yakhni pulao, Mughlai paratha, Gosht do pyaza, Paneer pasanda, Muzzafar (5) 5. Menu 4: Kachche gosht ki/Vegetable biryani, Dum ka murgh, Mirchi ka saalan, Khubani ka meetha (5) 6. Menu 5: Saarki, Brown rice, Oondyu, Gujrati

Practical Periods: 22 2.0Service of Wines (6) Task-01 Service of Red Wine Task-02 Service of White/Rose Wine Task-03 Service of Sparkling Wines Task-04 Service of Fortified Wines Task-05 Service of Aromatized Wines 2.1 Service of Beer (5)

Practical Periods: 22 2.Guest pre-registration & registration procedure (15) 3. Bell desk operations (10)

297

dal, Mohanthal (5) 7. Menu 6: Gatte ka pulao, Dal, Bhati, Choorma, Laal maas, Moongdal halwa (5) 8. Menu 7: Masala bhat, Kolhapuri mutton/ vegetable, Amti, puranpoli (5)

Task-01 Service of Bottled & canned Beers Task-02 Service of Draught Beers




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS November 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods:20 2.0 International Cuisines (3) 2.1 French & nouvelle cuisine (6)) 2.2 Italian cuisine (4) 2.3 Oriental cuisine (4)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Dispense & Cocktail Bars (2) 2.1. Introduction and definition (2) 2.2 Bar layout- physical layout of bar (5) 2.3 Bar stock- alcohol & non alcohol beverages (5) 2.4 Bar equipments (5)

Theory Periods:20 3.0 Responsibilities During Guest Stay (1) 3.1 Message handling (1) 3.2 Paging (1) 3.3 Mail handling (2) 3.4 Complaint handling etc…(2) 4.0 Check Out And Settlement Of Bills (1) 4.1 Standard guest check out procedure (2) 4.2 Check out procedure at Front Office & House Keeping (4) 4.3 Handling various methods of payment (5) a. Cash; b. Credit card c. Bill to company; d. Travel agents vouchers etc…

Practical Periods:24 9. Menu 8: Ghee bhat, Luchi, Macher jhol, Shukto, Mishti doi (4)

Practical Periods: 24 2.2 Service of Spirits (13) Task-01 Service styles – neat/on-the-

Practical Periods: 24 4.Guest complaint handling role plays (10) 5. Care of surfaces – metals, glass,

298

10. Menu 9: Prawn pulao, Mutton vindaloo, Tur daal sorak, Dodal (4) 11. Menu 10: Coconut rice, Chicken chettinad, Malabar paratha, Palpayasam (4) 12. Menu 11: Aapam, Stew, Meen poriyal, Avial, Pumpkin erissery,Ada pradaman (5) 13. Menu 12: Plain rice , Mudda pappu, Chepala pulusu, Bendakaya vepudu, Khaja (5)

rocks/with appropriate mixers Task-02 Service of Whisky Task-03 Service of Vodka Task-04 Service of Rum Task-05 Service of Gin Task-06 Service of Brandy Task-07 Service of Tequila 2.3 Matching Wines with Food (10)

Task-01 Menu Planning with accompanying Wines; Continental Cuisine; Indian Regional Cuisine Task-02 Table laying & Service of menu with accompanying Wines; Continental Cuisine; Indian Regional Cuisine

etc…cleaning & polishing (13)




December 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods:20 3.0 Kitchen Hygiene And Sanitation 3.1 Food laws (3) 3.2 Food additives (3) 3.3 Food adulteration (4) 3.4 Causes of food spoilage (4) 3.5 Common food & water borne diseases and their Prevention (5)

Theory Periods: 20 3.0 Function Catering Banquets (1) 3.1 History (2) 3.2 Organization of banquet department (2) 3.3. Duties and responsibilities (3) 3.4 Sales (2) 3.5 Booking Procedure (1) 3.6. Banquet menus (2) 3.7 Banquet Protocol & Toasting (6) BUFFET: a. Introduction and types b. factors to plan buffet c. equipment

Theory Periods: 20 5.0 Introduction To Guest Accounting (1) Vouchers (1); Folios(1) Ledgers (1); VTL (1) 6.0 Cleaning Routines (1) 6.1 A day as a House keeping assistant(1) 6.2 Guest room cleaning (4) Cleaning process; Contents of guest room Furniture; Fixtures; Bed, Mattresses, Bedding Soft furnishings 6.3 Public area cleaning (4) Lobby; Corridors Public restrooms; Elevators & Staircases etc… 7.0 House Keeping Supervision (1) Role of a HK supervisor (1) Duties & responsibilities of a supervisor (2)

Practical Periods: 24 14. Salads & Sandwiches (4) 15. French menu (5) 16. Italian menu (5)

Practical Periods: 24 3.0Function catering –Banquets (3) Planning & organizing formal & informal Banquets (5)

Practical Periods: 24 6. Guest room cleaning – check out room, occupied room, vacant room (23)

299

17. Chinese menu (5) 18. Puff Pastry: veg. puff, egg puff, chicken puff (4)

Planning & organizing outdoor caterings (5) Planning & organizing various types of Buffets (5)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 4.0 Advanced Bakery (2) 4.1 Pastry (10) Short crust Laminated Choux Puff 4.2 Icings and pastry cream (8) Basic icing and pastry cream

Theory Periods: 20 4.0. Food Cost Control (2) 4.1 Introduction to Cost Control (2) 4.2 Define Cost Control (1) 4.3 The Objectives and advantages of Cost Control (3) 4.4 Basic costing (4) 4.5 Food costing (4) Food Control Cycle Stages in food control cycle (4)

Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Different Surfaces Used In Hotels And Their Care (1) 8.1 Wood & laminates (2) 8.2 Stone & ceramics (1) 8.3 Leather, rubber & rexine (2) 8.4 Metals (1); 8.5 Glass (1) 9.0 Fabrics Used At Hotels And Their Care 9.1 Construction of cloth (warp/weft) (3) 9.2 Uniforms (1) 9.3 Upholstery (2); 9.4 Soft furnishings (2) 9.5 Washing/dry cleaning– chemicals used (3)

Practical Periods:22 19. Flaky Pastry: khari, tie-biscuit, cheese straws (5) 20. Danish Pastry: Danish, croissant, cinnamon rolls (5) 21. Short Crust Pastry: (5) Biscuits: vanilla, fruit, osmania Pies: apple pie; Flans: fruit flan Tarts: jam tarts, lemon cream tarts 25. Desserts: (6) Mousse: chocolate, coffee; Soufflé: lemon, vanilla Puddings: caramel custard, bread & butter pudding

Practical Periods: 22 4.0 Kitchen Stewarding (3) Using & operating machines Exercise-physical inventory (18)

Practical Periods: 22 7. Public area cleaning (21)


Theory Periods:08 Uses in confectionary (8)

Theory Periods:08 5.0 Kitchen Stewarding 5.1 Importance (1) 5.2 Duties and responsibilities (2) 5.3 Staffing (1)

Theory Periods:08 10.0 Safety & Security (1) 10.1 Theft by employee & guests (1) 10.2 Fire, Bomb threats (2) 10.3 Types of Keys & Key control –

300

5.4 Record keeping (2) 5.5Inventory (2)

guestroom keys, department keys (2) 10.4 First aid (2) a. Breathing disorders –asthma b. Cardiac arrest; c. Burns & scalds d. Fainting

Revision /Pre final examinations – 2 Revision /Pre final examinations – 2 Revision /Pre final examinations – 2 March 2017 22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

301

PRE-SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING

The basic aim of the course PRE-SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. Ability to plan and organize activities of pre school

2. Preparation of teaching aids

3. Preparation of suitable diets to pre school children

4. Establish and maintain crèche / care centres

5. Establish and organize pre schools

302


PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING :: COURSE CODE :: 408 :: FIRST YEAR Month &

No.of working days No.of Periods

Theory/ Practical

Introduction to Child Development (Theory Paper-I)

Organization and Management of Creches Theory Paper – II)

Health and Nutrition (Theory Paper –III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods -23 1.0 Concepts in child development 1.1 Meaning of growth (1) 1.2 meaning of development (1) 1.3 principles of growth and development (3) 1.4 Meaning of maturation (1) 1.5 meaning of learning (1) 1.6 Interrelation ship (2) 1.7 Meaning of Heridity and importance (2) 1.8 meaning of environment and importance (2) 1.9a) Developmental needs i) biological needs (1) ii) psychosocial needs (3) iii) Egoistic needs (2) b) developmental tasks of children from (birth to 2 years ) -4

Theory Periods -23 1.0 Introduction to crèche 1.1 Definition of the crèche (1) Introduction to child care (5) 1.2 Aims and objectives of crèche (5) 1.3 Types of crèches a) crèches based on organization (6) i) Govt ii) private iii) voluntary iv) industrial b) crèches based on location (6) i) Rural ii) urban iii) tribal iv) mobile

Theory Periods -23 1.0 Immunization 1.1 need and importance of immunization (5) 1.2 immunization schedule (5) 1.3 care after vaccination (4) 2.0 weaning (1) 2.1 Importance of weaning (2) 2.2 supplementary feeding stages: i) liquid stage (2) ii) semi solid (2) iii) solid (2)

Practical Periods –21 Introduction to child development 1.0 Observation of physical and motor development in children. (06) 1.1 Anthropometric measurement measuring height and weight of creche children (06) 1.2 preparation of growth chart (09)

Practical Periods -21 1.0 building plan of a crèche 1.1 preparation of model building plan for urban crèche (11) 1.2 preparation of model building plan for rural crèche –(10)

Practical Periods -21 1.0 planning and preparation of weaning foods for children between 6-2 years a) liquid food (7) i) soups ii) juices b) semi solid foods -7 i) kheer ii) kheer iii) banana c) solid food -7 i) idly; ii) chapathi; iii) rice

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – I

303

July 2016 23 20 19

Theory periods (20) 2.0 Areas of development Development during infancy (1) 2.1 Physical development meaning of physical development (1) pattern of physical development (1) 2.2 motor development Meaning of motor development (1) Types of motor development (2) 2.3 Emotional development Meaning of emotional development (1) Types of motor development (2) 2.4 Social Development Meaning of social development (1) Stages of social development (2) 2.5 Cognitive Development Meaning of cognitive development (1) Stages of cognitive development (3) 2.6 Speech Development Meaning of speech (1) Listening and expressive skills (3)

Theory Periods (20) 2.0 importance of crèche 2.1 need for crèche (5) 2.2 role of crèche in meeting the needs of children parents and community (10) 3.0 Physical set up of a crèche 3.1 Location of the crèche (5)

Theory Periods -20 2.3 supplementary foods during 6 months to 2 years -4 2.4 principles to be followed while introducing supplementary foods -3 3.0 Nutritional needs of children (Birth -3 years ) 3.1 Importance of nutrition -5 3.2 Nurtient requirement of -4 3.3 Planning of balanced children diet -4

Practicals (19) 1.3 Recording of gross motor skills exhibited by children ..Ex: Jumping, running, climbing tricycling etc. (8) 1.4 Recording of fine motor skills exhibited by children (11)..Ex: Feeding, dressing, playing..

Practical periods (19) Visit to different types of crèches i) Govt crèche -5 ii) private creche -5 iii) industrial creche -4 writing observation report -5

Practicals -19 2.0 Planning of preparation of diets for infants between 1-2 years -19

ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST –I



August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods -23 3.0 Delayed Development 3.1 Meaning of delayed development -5 3.2 Identification of differently abled children-4 3.3 Mentally challenged (Gifted and mentally retarded children) Meaning -1 Causes and categories -2 3.4 Physically challenged

Theory Periods -23 3.2 Building requirements of a crèche -8 3.3 Space requirement of crèche child -8 i) indoor space ii) out door space 3.4 selection of equipment (7)

Theory Periods -23 4.0 Nutritional deficiency diseases 4.1 i) P.EM (3) ii) Kwashiorkar (4) iii) Marasmus (4) iv) vitamin A deficiency (6) v) vitamin B deficiency (6)

304

i) Blind -2 ii) Deaf and Dumb -2 iii) orthopedically -2 3.5 Services for differently abled children -5 Practical Periods -24 2.0 Observation of emotional and social development in children 2.1 Recording of different emotions observed in children -12 2.2 Recording of different social skills observed in children -12

Practical Periods-24 Preparing the list of equipment and maintenance of records in crèche – 5 admission register-03 Attendance register-03 Stock register-03 Individual case register-04 Health register-03 Accounts register-03

Practical Periods -24 3.0 planning and preparation of diets for the following nutritional deficiency diseases in children. a) Kwashiorkar -8 b) marasmus -8 c) vitamin A -8




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods -20 4.0 New born baby 4.1 meaning of new born baby -2 Characteristics of new born baby -10 Care of new born baby -6 Infantile Jaundice -2

Theory Periods -20 4.0 Creche Staff 4.1 Staff pattern -4 4.2 Responsibilities of creche Supervisor -6 4.3 Responsibilities of crèche Ayah -6 5.0 Planning Activities for crèche 5.1 importance of planning daily activities 5.2 Free play -4

Theory Periods -20 i) vitamin c deficiency -4 ii) vitamin D deficiency -4 iii) Iron deficiency -3 5.0 common Ailments of children a) red sore buttocks -3 b) constipation -3 c) Diarrhoea -3

Practical Periods -18 3.0 observation of cognitive and speech development in children. 3.1 Recording of vocabulary and Pronunciation in Children -9 3.2 Recording of cognitive skills in children -09

Practical periods -18 4.0 preparation of charts -5 Preparation of simple toys -6 Preparation1 of soft toys -7

Practical periods -18 3.0 B- complex deficiency disease -6 d) vitamin C deficiency Diseases -6 e) vitamin D deficiency disease -6

ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST –III



October 2016 15

Theory Periods -12 5.0 Pre mature Baby 5.1 meaning of premature baby -1

Theory Periods -12 5.3 Feeding -3 5.4 Toilet training -3

Theory Periods -12 e) cold cough and ear ache -3 f) fever -4

305

12 14

5.2 identification of pre mature baby-4 5.3 causes of pre maturity -1 5.4 care of pre mature baby -4 5.5 feeding methods -2

5.5 Bathing and washing -3 5.6 sleeping -3

g) colic and vomiting-4 Precaution for treating sick child -1

Practicals -14 4.0 Observation of a challenged child. 4.1 Recording of development of physically / mentally challenged children-07 4.2 writing report on observation-07

Practicals -14 5.0 Planning and participation in crèche 5.1 Planning crèche programme -14

Practical Periods -14 g) Iron deficiency -6 4.0 Writing report on common ailments observed in children -8






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods -23 6.0 Post Natal Care 6.1 care of mother – diet, bathing, clothing, medical aid, and care of breast -12 6.2 Care of infant -7 i) breast feeding ii) bottle feeding (Advantages of disadvantages ) 6.3 Importance of sterilization -3

Theory Periods -23 6.0 Maintenance of records - 3 6.1 types of records i) Admission register -3 ii) Attendance register -3 iii) Health register -3 iv) Individual case report -3 v) stock register -2 vi) accounts register -3 vii) menu register -3

Theory Periods -23 Pre cautions for treating a sick child -3 Teething problems -4 6.0 Habit formation (1) 6.1 importance of habit formation -5 6.2 types of habits

a) Eating habits -4 (2) b) Sleeping habits -4

Practical Periods -18 5.0 Observation of a new born/pre mature baby. 5.1 Recording of observation of new born/pre mature baby -9 5.2 writing report on observations -9

Practical Periods -18 6.0 participation in crèche programme-18

Practical Periods -18 5.0 planning and preparation of charts on good habits -18

306


Theory Periods -17 6.4 Methods Bathing, clothing, diapering and sleeping -17 Revision

Theory Periods -17 Advantages and importance of record keeping -17 Revision

Theory Periods -17 c) toilet -8 e) dressing -9 Revision

Practical periods -21 Writing report on observations (21)

Practical periods -21 Participation in crèche programme (21)

Practical Periods -21 Preparation of charts on good habits(21)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II March 2017/22 Revision /IPE -2017 Revision /IPE -2017 Revision /IPE -2017.

307


PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING :: COURSE CODE :: 408 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No.of

working days No.of periods

Theory/ Practical

Early childhood Care and Education (Theory Paper-I)

Organization and Management of Pre-Schools

Theory Paper – II)

Parent Education, Nutrition (Theory paper –III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods (22) 1. Pre school period Significance of pre school years (2) Characteristics of pre school children(6) Developmental needs (5) Developmental tasks (4) Interests (5)

Theory Period :22 1. Physical set up of pre school selection Of site (2) Building requirements (6) Selection of equipment (4) Care of equipment (2) 2. Methods of pre school education 2.1 Kindergarten method (4) 2.2 Montessori method (4)

Theory Periods (22) 1. Parent Education : 1.1. meaning (1) 1.2 importance of parent education(3) 1.3 methods of parent education Individual (5) Group (5) 1.4 Parent teacher meetings (3) 2. Nutrition for Pre school children Need and importance of nutrition(5)

Practicals :23 1. Plan and write activities for physical Development (11) 1.1 plan and write activities for motor Development( 12)

Practical periods (23) 1. Visit and study different types of pre School programmes Anganwadi (11) Pre Schools (12)

Practical periods (23) 1. Planning of parent education Programmes (12) 1.1. Organizing parent education Programmes (11)

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – I July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Period (20) 2. Development during early childhood period (2-6 years) a) physical development pattern (2) factors influencing physical development (2) b) motor development pattern (1) Factors influencing motor development (2) c) Emotional development : Pattern (2) Factors influencing emotional development (2) d) Social development Pattern (2)

Theory Periods (20) 2.3 Nursery schools (3) 2.4 play way method (3) 2.5 Anganwadi (3) 3. Management of Pre schools 3.1 Staff pattern (2); Qualifications (2) 3.2 Importance of Records and Reports (2) Different records (7) Attendance, Health, Stock, Records Of the child.

Theory Periods (20) 2.2. Nutritional requirements of pre school children (3) 3. Dental Health : 3.1 Importance of dental Care in children (4) Care of teeth (3) Complications during teething (3) Prevention of dental caries (3) 4. Health of Pre school child. 4.1 Role of pre school in promoting childs

308

Factors influencing social development (2) e) cognitive development pattern (1) factors influencing cognitive development (2) f) speech development pattern (2) factors influencing speech development (2)

Record of Teachers estimate on the individual child Home visit , record of PTA meetings (etc)

health (6)

Practical Periods (2) 2.1.Plan and write activities for emotional development (12) 2.2.Plan and write activities for social development (10)

Practical Periods :22 2. Writing of observation of different pre school programmes (10) Types of pre school programmes (12)

Practical periods :22 2. Arranging parent teachers Meetings in teaching practice school Planning (9) Preparation(8) Participating in PTA meeting. (05)




August 2016/24 OJT



Learning Human relations and Communication skills. Assisting the Skilled Technician/Personnel in handling tools, equipment, machinery, appliances, materials, finished products, etc., and

obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.

October 2016/15 OJT


HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS November 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods (20) 3. Concept development Importance of concepts (5) Learning of various concepts Size, shape, colour (14) Weight, time, number and social concept.

Theory Periods (20) 3.3 Budget income and expenditure (5) 4.0 Pre school teacher : Characteristics (5) Responsibilities (5) Need for parent teacher co operation (5)

Theory Periods (20) 4.2 Common communicable diseases: symptoms, causes and prevention of a) pneumonia (5) b) malaria (5) c) typhoid (5) d) Diphtheria (4)

Practical periods (24) 3.1 Plan activities and prepare materials for Congnitive development (12) 3.2 Plan activities and prepare materials for

Practical Periods : (24) 3. Planning and preparation of Lesson plans: 3.1 Daily lesson plan (12) 3.2 Weekly lesson plan (12)

Practical periods (24) 3. Preparation of charts for dental care structure of infected tooth (8) Steps to better tooth brushing (7)

309

speech development (12) Steps to keep your teeth healthy (9)




December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods (20) 4.0 Play: Definition (1) Categories (2) Stages of play (7) Factors influencing play (4) 5.0 Pre school education : 5.1 Importance of pre school education (3) Need for pre school education (3)

Theory Periods (20) 5.0 Pre school planning programmes 5.1 Principles involved in planning pre school proigramme (6) 5.2 Types – Long term planning (4) Short term planning (4) 5.3 Importance of rhymes /songs(3) 5.5 Importance of stories (3)

Theory Periods (20) 4. E.Measles (2) F. Mumps (2) G. Chicken pox (2) H. Whooping cough (3) I. Tuber culosis (3) J. conjunctivitis (2) K. Scabies (2) 5. Behavior problems: Common behavior problems symptoms, causes and prevention of aggression, Jealousy

Practical Periods (24) 4. Plan and write games /organized play activities (10) 5. Plan and prepare teaching aids for developing concepts. a) colour (7) b) size (7)

Practical Periods (24) 4. Planning and preparation of teaching aids.

a) conversation charts (7) b) story aids (8)

c) Rhyme charts (9)

Practical periods (24) 4. Prepare a report for a pre school child suffering from communicable diseases Measles (4) Pneunonia (4) Malaria (4) Typhoid (4) Whooping cough (4) Tuber culosis (4)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods (20) 5.2 Aims and objectives of pre school education (10) 6.0 Disciplining children 6.1 Definition (2) Importance of discipline (8)

Theory Periods (20) 5.6 Importance of creative activities (3) 5.7 Importance of science experiences (3) 5.8 Importance of field trips (3) 5.9 Puppet show/dramatization (3) 6. Organizations working for pre school education : NIPCCD – objectives and activities (4) NCERT – objectives and activities (4)

Theory Periods (20) 5. Thumb sucking (2) Nail biting (2) Pica, Hair pulling (4) Negativism, temper tantrums (4) Stealing, masturbation, (4) Bed wetting (2) 6. First aid and safety measures 6.1 Importance of first aid (2)

310

Practical periods (22) 5. Plan and prepare teaching aids for developing concepts. c) shape (5) d) number (5) e) weight (5) f) time (4) a) social concepts (3)

Practical Periods (22) 4. D.Puppets (11) 5. Practice teaching in pre schools (10)

Practical periods (22) 5. Prepare an individual case report for a pre school child with behavior problems : Any 7 problems (22)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS –I February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods (08) 6.2 Methods of disciplining the children Authoritarian technique (3) Permissive Technique (2) Democratic Technique (3) Revision

Theory Periods (8) 6. ICDS objectives and activities (3) UNICEF – objectives and activities (3) CARE – objectives and activities (2) Revision

Theory Periods (8) 6.2 contents of first aid box (2) 6.3 providing child safe pre school environment (6) Revision.

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II March 2017 21 REVISION /IPE -2017 REVISION /IPE -2017 REVISION /IPE -2017.

311

COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION Basic aim of the course Computer Graphics and Animation is to impart the following skills in students.

1. DTP Operator and Designer.

2. Animation and Graphics development.

3. Computer Operator.

4. Junior computer programmer.

5. Computer maintenance contractor.


312


COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION :: 503 :: FIRST YEAR Month & No.

of working days/ No. of


Computer Fundamentals & MS OFFICE (Theory Paper I)

Programming In ‘C’ (Theory Paper – II)

Fundamentals Of Computer Graphics & Animation

(Theory Paper –III)

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods : (23) 1. Introduction to computer Systems and hardware. Introduction to computers, generations of computer. (3) Classification of Computers based on purpose, operation & size. (3) Anatomy of computers. (3) Number Systems. (3) Basic I/O Devices. (3) Block Diagram of CPU. (3) Memory units-Primary and Auxiliary memory.(3) Programming languages, general software features trends and utilities. (2)

Theory Periods : (23) 1.Introduction to Problem Solving Techniques. (23) Procedure and Alogorithms. (8) Flow charts.(8) Pseudo code. (07)

Theory Periods : (23) 1. What is Multimedia.

Definition, Multimedia elements like text.(2) Graphics. (3) Audio(2) Video(2) Animation. (3) Interactivity.(4) Where to use-business, schoolas, home, public places, virtual reality. (4) Delivery multimedia (1) Internet (2).

WINDOWS & MS OFFICE (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods (21) 1. Familiarization with to windows –

working with the following: (5) 2. Working with windows- (6) 3. Starting a program (application)- 4. Windows manipulation. (4) 5. Shutting down the pc. (2)

C PROGRAMMING (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods (21) Area of a Circle, (5) Lowercase to Uppercase Character Conversion.(5) Lowercase to Uppercase Text,(5) Reading a Writing a line of Text,(2) Averaging Student exam codes. (4).

ENGINEERING DRAWING. (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods (21) Introduction: Scope and objective of the subject, (5) Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium, (3) Drawing instruments and their uses. (3) Scales: Recommended scales, reduced &

313

enlarged,(3) Layout of drawing sheet, sizes of title block and it content.(3). Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments.(4)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods : 20 1. Overview of Operating Systems. Introduction to Operating System, function and its types.(3) Features of DOS. (3) Working with DOS Commands. (3) Features of Windows (4) Meaning of Multitasking, File System, desktop components, control panel, Windows Explorer, Device Manager, File Manager and Program Manager, Display Properties, taskbar properties.(7)

Theory Periods : 20 1. Features of “C” Introduction to ‘C’ (4). Structure of a ‘C’ program (8) Data types in ‘C’-constants & Variables-operations and Expressions (8).

Theory Periods : 20 2.Text or Typography:

About Fonts & Faces (3). Using Text in Multimedia (6). Computers and text (6). The power of text with examples (Ads) (5).

Practical Periods (19) 1. Managing files and folders working in

windows (7) 2. Opening multiple objects: (7) 3. Configuring windows for unique user and

desktop (5):

Practical Periods : (19) 1. Compound Interest Calculation (7). 2. Real Roots of Quadratic Equations,

Evaluating a polynomial (7). 3. Generating multiplication table of given

number ‘n’, averaging list of numbers.(5

Practical Periods : (19) 1. Lettering and Dimensioning: 2. Types of Lettering. (4) 3. Guide lines for lettering. (4) 4. Recommended sizes of letters and

numbers.(4). 5. Single stroke letters(3). 6. Dimensioning-rules and systems of

dimensioning-dimensioning a given drawing. 4)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods : 23 2. Ms-word. Introduction to Word Processing (4). Editing a Document(4). Move and Copy Text and Help System (2). Formatting Text and Paragraph(2).

Theory Periods : 23 Statements-data definition-assignment(8). I/O control structure(if-else,for,while,do-while) (4). Structure for looping and nested looping.(4). Branching(switch,break,continue) (4)

Theory Periods : 23 Images: Making still images – Bitmaps (7). Vector drawing (3). Vector vs bitmap (3). 2d-3d drawing. (3).

314

Finding and Replacing Text and Spell Checking (2). Using Tabs (2). Enhancing Document(2). Columns, Tables and Other Features. (2). Using Graphics, Templates and Wizards(1). Using Mail Merge.(2) Miscellaneous features of Word. (1)

Unconditional branching (go to statement) simple programs covering above units.(4).

Color – Understanding natural light and color (3) computerized color (3) color palettes. (2) Image file formats (1).

Practical Periods (24) Using accessories,disk tools and printers accessories available in windows: (24)

Practical Periods (24) Calculation of students results and division. (7) Converting several line of text to Uppercase. (3) Encoding a String of Characters. (3) Calculation of compound interest with error trapping.(3) Solution for algebraic equations.(7)

Practical Periods (24) Geometric Construction: Bisecting a line-perpendiculars-parallel lines-division of a line (7) Angles-bisection (3) trisection, Tangent lines touching circles internally and externally (3) Polygons-Regular polygons-circumscribed and inscribed in circles (3). Conics - Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method (3). Construction of parabola and hyperbola by rectangular method.(4).

ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods : 20 3. MS-EXCEL: Introduction to Spreadsheet (3). Creating Worksheets & feeding data (3). Using functions. (4). Editing Cells and using commands and functions. (4). Moving and Copying. (2). Inserting and Deleting Rows and Columns (2) Formatting a Worksheet (2)

Theory Periods : 20 Functions: What is a function (4) Difference between a function and a procedure (4) Advantages of functions. (4) User defined and library functions, main function.(8)

Theory Periods : 20 Sound: Sound Theory (3) digital audio(3) Midi audio (3) Midi vs. digital audio (3) Sound in multimedia (3) Audio file formats(3) The power of sound.(2)

Practical Periods 18 1. Familiarization with Ms Word – (2). 2. Features of Word Processor, (3).

Practical Periods 19 1. Searching Palindrome (3). 2. Check whether given number is Armstrong

Practical Periods 19 Orthographic Projection: 1. Definition-Planes of projection-Four

315

3. Text Formatting (3). 4. Paragraph Formatting - (3) 5. Searching for text – finding and

Replacing Text, Jumping to the required section using “GoTo”. (3).

6. Inserting objects-, inserting text box, word art, auto text, working with headers and footers, inserting page number,hypelinks.Working with tables, working with page Layout, Additional Tools, Mail Merge – Creating and storing data for mail merge, creating the mail merge documents. (4).

7. Editing and printing (4)

Number or not. (3) 3. Large of three given numbers (3) 4. Calculation of Factorial to given number.(3) 5. Generating Pascal Triangle. (6).

quadrants-Reference line (4) 2. First angle projection-Third angle

projection (4). 3. Projections of points (4). 4. Straight lines, planes, solids, Conversion

of pictorial views into orthographic views. (6).

ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST - III

ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST – III


October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods : 12 Opening, Saving and printing a Worksheet(2) Working with Charts. (3) Working with Macros, Pivot tables. (3).

Theory Periods : 12 Functions: Return types, Concepts associated with functions-Recursion (6) scope of a function, extent of a variable, Use of various categories of built in functions like math (),string () etc processing.(6)

Theory Periods : 12 Animation: About motion graphics (2) Principles of animation (2) Animation by computer (2) Animation techniques (2) Animation file formats (2) Display of animated content.(2).

Practical Periods: 14 1. Features of Ms-Excel. (3) 2. Contents of the Ms-Excel window. (2) 3. Title Bar, Menu Bar, Toolbars, Cell,

Formula Bar. (2) 4. Managing Worksheets. (2) 5. Working with Data, Performing

Calculations in Excel. (2). 6. Charts in Excel, Working with Data,(3) 7. Additional tools in Excel, Printing of

Excel sheets (3)

Practical Periods: 14 1. Printing Backwards, Finding sum of series

(3). 2. Finding length of given text of lines (3). 3. Search for maximum(3). 4. Generating Fibonacci numbers. (5).

Practical Periods: 14 Isometric Projection: 1. Definition-Isometric axes (4) 2. lines and planes (4) 3. Isometric Scale-Isometric view (6).


316





Jan 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods : 20 4. MS-POWER POINT Creating Presentations using AutoContent Wizard, Template & Blank Presentation. Working with Master’s slide, Title handout and Notes. Viewing a presentation. Drawing Objects & Inserting OLE, Drawing freeform Shapes, Rotating Objects, and Animation in slides/objects.

Theory Periods : 20 Arrays in ‘C’: Array as Data Structure-defining single and multidimensional arrays, simple operation on arrays, simple programs on arrays. (10). File operations like fopen (), fprint (), fscan () etc. (10).

Theory Periods : 20 Video: Using video (1); Analog video (1) Digital video (1); Characteristics of video (1) Digital video containers – Codec, video format converters (1); Video formats (1) How to get video clips, (1) shooting and editing video (1) lighting, (1); Composition, titles and text chroma keys Nonlinear editing (NLE). (1). Creating Multimedia Content: Stages of Multimedia project (1) Creativity & Observation skills (1) Organizing of multimedia assets, communication ; Hardware,Software,word processors(1); OCR software (1) Painting/drawing tools (1). 2d/3d modeling and animation software image and sound editing. (5).

Practical Periods: 18 1. The Ms-Power Point Views – Slide Sorter

view, Outline view, Notes pages view, Slide Show View. (7)

2. Creating a new presentation – using templates, Using slide layouts, Inserting,

Practical Periods : 18 Matrix Addition/Subtraction Reordering list of numbers 1. A Piglet Generator (2) 2. Adding two tables of numbers (3) 3. Reordering list of strings.(2)

Practical Periods : 18 Isometric Projection: 1. Drawing of isometric views of plane

figures (6). 2. Drawing of isometric views of prisms

and pyramids (7).

317

deleting and rearranging slides Creating Spearker’s notes. (6)

3. Working Slides – Inserting and formatting text, shapes, pictures, tables, charts, hyperlinks, music, video, Running the slide view.(5)

4. Matrix multiplication.(2) 5. Displaying the Day of the year.(2) 6. Concatenation of two strings. (2) 7. Updating customer records. (2). 8. Locating customer records. (3).

3. Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones. (5).


Theory Periods : 17 MS-ACCESS: Concept of data and information and Introduction to Database management systems (1) Creating a database (1) Concepts of related tables and integrity constraints.(1) Designing tables, (1) use of queries and creating queries, (1) Creating forms and reports.(1)

Theory Periods : 17 Structures in C: Structures – definition-declaration-operation on structures, (3) array of structures, array with structures, (4) Structure as data types, operations on structures.(4). Unions-definition-difference between union and structure, creating and using a structure. (5).

Theory Periods : 17 Multimedia Jobs/skills: Project manager, (1). multimedia designer,(1); writer, (1) video specialist, (1); audio specialist, (1) multimedia programmer, (1); Animator. (1). Multimedia & Internet: Designing and Producing (2) Content and Talent (2). The internet and Multimedia (2). Designing for WWW; Delivering Multimedia content. (4).

Practical Periods: 21 1. Familiarization with the access window

and objects, Table design using design wizard, Assigning primary key, adding validations, changing the data formatting table design, Creating fields with lookup data, creating relationships between tables. (10).

2. Creating simple select queries in design mode, modifying the queries to add criteria, filtering etc, creating calculated queries, Creating Forms and modifying form design, Reports and modifying Report Design. (10).

Practical Periods: 21 1. Raising a number to power (3). 2. Creating a Data file (lowercase to uppercase)

(3). 3. Reading Data File (3) 4. Creating a file containing customer records

(4). 5. Updating a File containing customer records

(4) 6. Displaying in Bit pattern. (4).

Practical Periods: 21 Using AutoCAD: 1. Introduction to AutoCAD: the Interface 2. The Basics of Using AutoCAD Drawing Tools 3. Using AutoCAD Navigation Tools 4. Using AutoCAD Drafting Tools 5. Modifying AutoCAD Drawing Objects using Copy / Move, Scale, Rotate etc. Working with text in AutoCAD

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 March 2017/22 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017 REVISION / IPE 2017

318

ANNUAL ACADAMIC PLAN 2016 – 17 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION::COURSE CODE :: 503 :: SECOND YEAR

Month &


Graphic Design (Theory Paper – I)

3d Animation (Theory Paper – II)

Internet Technologies (Theory Paper – III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods : 22 All about design: What is design – Introduction to design, Graphic design.(5) Role of Design in society-Impact/function of design, Indigenous design practices, Finer Communication Techniques, Printing/publishing technology, Role of a design in the changing social scenario.(3) Role and Responsibility of Designers.(3) Introduction to Digital Photography: How digital camera works.(6) Technical specifications & terminology.(5)

Theory Periods : 22 Fundamental Module: Animation Principles and History.(5) Animation Process.(2) importance of drawing in animation Context.(2) types of Animation.(1) Animation Software tools. (1) Introduction to Maya: (11) Learn Basics of 3D Computer Graphics using Autodesk Maya

Theory Periods : 22 Basics of Internet: (8) What is Networking, types of networks, about internet, history, browsing, search engines, email, social media and online forum, Basics of Web designing: (8) Introduction to HTML: (6) What is HTMl, Tags Syntax, Create HTML

GRAPHIC Design (Practical Paper – I)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Handling the digital camera .(6) 2. Create posters on any festival theme

(paper).(6) 3. Create rough layouts for any given

Advertisement. (11)

3D Animation (Practical paper – II)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Model a Cartoon Living room set with nurbs

surface. (12) 2. Model a Cartoon Character Using

Polygon Surface. (11)

Internet Technologies (Practical Paper – III)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Create a simple webpage using basic

HTML.(12) 2. Create a Simple webpage using basic

HTML tags like Bold, italic, Underline along with meta tags. (11)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT - I July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods : 20 7. Color Theory: (6)

How color works, Colors of light & pigments,Primary,Secondary & tertiary, Color

Theory Periods : 20 1. Modeling: (9)

Surface Modeling Polygon modeling

Theory Periods : 20 1. Html Document – html Document,

Meta data, basic Content (basic tags). (6)

319

mixing techniques, psychology of color 8. Elements and Principles of Design: (8)

Elements of design Principles of design

9. Drawing for Designers: (6) Define drawing & sketching Basic drawing & sketching

2. Texture Mapping/Shading: (11) Learn the Texturing Techniques and Shading Techniques

2. Hyperlinks – Hyperlinks and link options. (8)

3. Embedded Contents – Image, video. (6)

Practical Periods : 22 1. Draw or sketch any human made or natural

object/element (12) 2. Create a typographic poster on paper. (10)

Practical Periods : 22 1. Assign Shades to the Cartoon living room set.

(10) 2. Texture the Cartoon Character by Unwrapping

it and painting the Textures in Photoshop. (12)

Practical Periods : 22 1. Create a Multiple Webpage Structure

using Hyperlinks. (7) 2. Create a Rich Media Content page

using video and Images. (7) 3. Create a HTML table structure for

Students List with their Marks.(8) ASSIGNMENT – II

UNIT TEST - I ASSIGNMENT – II

UNIT TEST - I ASSIGNMENT – II

UNIT TEST - I

August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods : 20 10. Introduction to Typography: (7)

What is Typography The Anatomy of Fonts

11. Introduction to Illustrator: (13) Getting started,Toolbox, Making selections, working with layers,

Theory Periods : 20 4. Lighting and Rendering. (11) 5. Rigging: (09)

Setup a Character for a Wide Range of Complex Body Movement with controls that are in active and flexible

Theory Periods : 20 7. Tables – Creation tables.(07) 8. Forms – Form, Form controls. (06) 9. Sections. (07)

320

creating basic shapes, inserting and formatting text, Placing images, arranging, grouping, locking, working with symbols, saving. Applying transparency, styles, effects, and appearences.

Practical Periods: 24

1. Create symbols, Create Logos, Create Corporate Identities, and Visiting Card.(12)

2. Illustrator – Create Envelope cover, Letterhead, create a digital illustration. (12)

Practical Periods: 24 1. Setup 3 point lighting for the Cartoon

Character.(9) 2. Setup Interior Lighting for the Living Room

set. (8) 3. Setup a Rigging Character for a Wide Range

of Complex Body Movement with controls that are in active and flexible. (7)

Practical Periods: 24 1. Create a feedback Form Structure

using Form tags.(9) 2. Create a Simple Ecommerce Section

page for a business house. (8) 3. Create simple page and embed a style

along with the basic script.(7)


ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST – II


Dec 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods : 20 12. Introduction to Photoshop: (06)

Getting started, interface layout, palettes, toolbox, selection tools, alteration tools, drawing and selection tools, assisting tools.(07) Color boxes and modes, basic image editing, cropping, resizing, correcting, sharpening/softening, saving.(07)

Theory Periods : 20 Animation (20) Types of Animation, Keyframeanimation, 2d/3d Animation, FK and IK

Theory Periods : 20 Style and Script – Style Sheet, Script.(08)

10. Introduction to CSS – what is CSS, Syntax, Selectors, Create CSS. (07)

11. Styling – Texts, fonts, List, Links.(05)

Practical Periods : 23 7. Create a vector poster on any theme (8). 8. Photoshop: 9. Create a photo composition using

selection tools, retouch & repair a damaged photograph(9)

10. Create a poster with social message, colorize, Featherer effects, working with layers etc. (7)

Practical Periods : 24 Animate the Cartoon Character (Character entering into room and sitting on sofa). (24)

Practical Periods : 24 Create a Basic CSS page(12). Create and Control a HTML page Styles through CSS. (12).




321

January 2017 23 19 22

Theory Periods : 20 12. Introduction to In design:

Getting started, Toolbox, organizing the document, column specifications.

Theory Periods : 20 13. Dynamic Effects.

Theory Periods : 20 13. Box Model:(05)

Box Model, paddings, Margins, Background, Borders.

14. Layout – Layout Floating. (6) Practical Periods: 22 1. Create a cover page for a magazine.(7) 2. Create a Brochure.(7) 3. Create a Newsletter; create a landing page

for a website.(8)

Practical Periods: 22 Lighting and Rendering-setup day light for the above shot and render the file.(21)

Practical Periods: 22 Create a CSS based table less HTML structure.(8) Create a CSS based simple floating structure. (7) Create a full – fledged personal website structure using all HTML and CSS tags. (7)


Theory Periods : 08 Introduction to In design: (8) Rulers, guides, working with objects, placing images, layers andarranging, grouping, saving and export to pdf.

Theory Periods : 08 Visual Effects.(8)

Theory Periods : 08 Advanced CSS: (8) Inheritance, priority level of selector.

REVISION / PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II



March 2017/22 Revision / IPE 2017 Revision / IPE 2017 Revision / IPE 2017

322

TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES The basic aim of the course Tourism and travel techniques is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Ability to communicate verbally/written about tourist places

other information.

b) Crisis management

c) Handle foreign tourists and guests

d) Foreign exchange calculation

e) Handle basic computer operations.

f) Tour organization

g) Photography and its collection

h) Coin and philatelic exhibition

i) Bed making and table arrangement.

323


TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES: COURSE CODE: 504:: FIRST YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of periods Theory/ Practical

FUNDAMENTALS OF TOURISM &

TRAVEL (THEORY PAPER - I)

TOURISM GEOGRAPHY, CULTURAL HERITAGE

(THEORY PAPER - II)

TOURISM PRODUCTS (THEORY PAPER - IIII)

June 2016 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods : 23 I. INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM (20) 1.1 Meaning, definition of Tourism (1) 1.2 Nature and scope of Tourism (3) 1.3 Tourist Meaning and Types (3) 1.4 Definition by W.T.O (1) 1.5 Other Definitions of Tourism (2) 1.6 Tourism-Abbreviations (2) 1.7 Types of Tourism (4) 1.8 History of Tourism (4) II. TOURISM ROLE (30) 2.1 Introduction (3)

Theory Periods : 23

I. INTRODUCTION GEOGRAPHY (20)

1.1 Meaning of Geography (2) 1.2 Importance of Geography for Tourism (2) 1.3 Climate Variations (3) 1.4 Study of Maps (3) 1.5 Longitude & Latitude (2) 1.6 International Date line (2) 1.7 Time Variations (3) 1.8 Time Difference (3) II. INDIAN GEOGRAPHY (30) 2.1 Physical features of Indian Geography (03)

Theory Periods: 23 I. INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM PRODUCTS (20) 1.1 Meaning and definition of Tourism Products (3) 1.2 Characteristics of Tourism Products(5) 1.3 Different types of Tourism Products (12) II. NATURE BASED PRODUCTS (20) 2.1 Various tourism products based on climate, Landscape (3)

Practical Periods : 21 A) Visits to department of Tourism, Govt. of India, Tourism Department Organizational Structure, Functions, Departments, various Policy and Planning. (21)

Practical Periods: 21 A) Visit To ASI (21)

Practical Periods: 21 A) Visit to APTDC office to study the various tourism products (21)

ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I

July 2016 23 20

Theory Periods: 20 2.2 The Role of Tourism for a Nation, State, or

Region (10)

Theory Periods: 20 2.2 Political features of Indian Geography (9) 2.3 Various Climate Conditions (11)

Theory Periods: 20 2.2 Mountains (2) 2.3 Rocks (2); 2.4Valleys (2) ;

324

19 2.3 Various advantages and disadvantages of Tourism (10)

2.5 Caves (1) ; 2.6 Deserts (1); 2.7 Rivers (2) ; 2.8 Lakes (1) ; 2.9 Beaches and Waterfalls (2) 2.10 Wildlife Sanctuaries (2) 2.11 National parks (2) III. CULTURE BASED PRODUCTS -I 3.1 Historical places (3)

Practical Periods : 19 B) Visits to State Department Organizational structure, Various Departments, Functions, various Policy and Planning. (19)

Practical Periods: 19 B) Visit To State Archaeology Department (19)

Practical Periods: 19 B) Visit to natural sites(Godavari river, Borra Caves, Parks etc) (19)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 24 2.4 Benefits of Tourism (8)

III. TOURISM IMPACTS 3.1 Impacts of Tourism on Economy, Culture and Society (16)

Theory Periods: 24 2.5 forests of India (8)

III. A.P GEOGRAPHY & TOURISM RESOURCES 3.1 Physical features Of Andhra Pradesh Geography (8) 3.2 Various Climate Stages Of AP (8)

Theory Periods: 24 3.2 Archaeological sites (10) 3.3 Heritage sites (8) 3.4 Museums (6)

Practical Periods : 24 C) Visits to Professional Research and Development Organization, knowledge about conducting Research work, conducting Field Surveys, Research Report Preparation. (24)

Practical Periods: 24 C) Visit To Local Weather Bureau (24)

Practical Periods: 24 C) Visit to any cultural site(museum , art gallery, Golconda fort, etc) (24)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods : 20 3.2 Environmental Impacts (9) IV. TOURISM ORGANIZATION (20) 4.1 Government organisations - MoT,DoT,STDC,ITDC (6) 4.2 Non Governmental organisations - TAAI,FHRAI,IATO (5)

Theory Periods : 20 3.3 Various Natural And Man- Made Tourism Resources Of Andhra Pradesh (9) IV. OUTLINE OF INDIAN HISTORY (20) 4.1 Evolution Of Indian Culture (11)

Theory Periods: 20 3.5 Art Galleries (4) IV. CULTURE BASED PRODUCTS –II (25) 4.1 Religious and spirituals centres (4) 4.2 Dance forms (4) 4.3 Music (4) 4.4 Fair & Festivals (4)

325

Practical Periods : 18 D) Visits to TAAI, Regional Office (18)

Practical Periods : 18 D) Visit To Forest Department and Nature Study Centres (18)

Practical Periods: 18 D) Visit to fair and festivals (tourism festival, Hyderabad festival, medaram fair etc (18)




Oct 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 4.3 International organisations - IATA, WTO,PATA,UFTAA (9) V. TOURISM AS INDUSTRY (20) 5.1 Introduction (3)

Theory Periods: 12 4.2 Brief History of Andhra Pradesh And Culture Features (9) V. CULTURAL HERITAGE OF INDIA (20) 5.1 Heritage Meaning And Importance (3)

Theory Periods: 12 4.5 Folk arts (4) 4.6 tourist festivals (5) V. RECREATION BASED PRODUCTS 5.1 Duty free shops (3)

Practical Periods : 14 E) Visit to FHARI office, PATA Regional Office or branch (14)

Practical Periods: 14 E) Visit To National Parks And Sanctuary (09) F) Visit to any Heritage site(05)

Practical Periods: 14 E) Visit to recreation parks (malls- Gbk, Theatre, duty free shops, I-max,) (14)






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 5.2 Tourism as an Industry (5) 5.3 Features of Tourism Industry (5) 5.4 Current trends and Tourism as a system (7) VI. TOURISM IN ANDHRA PRADESH 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Physical features of Andhra Pradesh (2)

Theory Periods : 20 5.2 World Heritage Site and Criteria For Selection (8) 5.3 The Indian Monuments And Architects (9) VI. MANAGING HERITAGE 6.1 Introduction of Managing Heritage (1) 6.2 How To Managing Heritage (2)

Theory Periods : 20 5.2 malls (3) 5.3 cinema halls (3) 5.4 Theatre (3) 5.5 Theme parks / Amusement parks (4) 5.6 Resorts. (4) VI. ADVENTURE BASED PRODUCTS 6.1 Introduction of land based, water based, air based Tourism (3)

326

Practical Periods: 18 F) Visit to APTDC office, CRO office, Paryatic Bhavan Office (18)

Practical Periods : 18 G) Visit To Historical Monuments Of AP; Know The Preservation, Protection And Conservation (18)

Practical Periods: 18 F) Visit to theme park , film city and resorts(18)


Theory Periods : 17 6.3 Various Tourist places of Andhra Pradesh (7) 6.4 APTDC Role and Contribution in Tourism (3) 6.5 Tourism Trends and Scenario (6)

Theory Periods: 17 6.3 Protection Conservation & Preservation Of Cultural Heritage (5) 6.4 Marketing of Heritage (6) 6.5 INTACH (5)

Theory Periods : 17 6.2 Various land based sports (5) 6.3 water sports (5) 6.4 Air sports (6)

Practical Periods:21 G) Visit Various Tourist places of A.P (20) Revision

Practical Periods:21 G) Visit To Any One World Heritage Sites (20) Revision

Practical Periods:21 G) Visit to Adventure place(Anant giri hills, orkuvally, vizak, Elagandula fort) (20) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2 March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

327


TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES COURSE CODE: 504 SECOND YEAR

Month & No.



Tourism profile in Andhra Pradesh (Theory Paper - I)

Travel agency and Tour Operation (Theory Paper - II)

Application of computer for Tourism & Travel

(Theory Paper - III)

June 2016 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 I. HISTORY OUTLINE OF ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 Early History of Andhra Pradesh (5) 1.3 Medieval History of Andhra Pradesh (7) 1.4 Modern History of Andhra Pradesh (7) II. TOURISM PROFILE IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 2.1 Tourist flows to the state (2)

Theory Periods : 22 I.INTRODUCTION TO TRAVEL AGENCY (20) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 travel Agency Meaning & Types (5) 1.3 Travel Agency Role and Importance (6) 1.4 Online Travel Agency (8) II. HISTORY OF TRAVEL AND TOUR OPERATIONS (25) 2.1 Introduction (2)

Theory Periods: 22 I. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER (10) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 Meaning and definition of Computer (1) 1.3 Historical evolution of Computer (1) 1.4 Computer Terminology - Abbreviations & Definitions (1) 1.5 Components of Computers (1) 1.6 Types of Computers (1) 1.7 Characteristics of Computer (1) 1.8 Uses of Computers (1) 1.9 Role of Computers (1) 1.10 The applications of Computers in Tourism Industry (1) II. HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE (5) 2.1 Hardware (3); 2.2 Software (2) III. MS – OFFICE (30) 3.1 Introduction to MS - Office (7)

Practical Periods: 23 A) Visit to APTDC- know the currents trends in Tourism (23)

Practical Periods: 23 A) Visit to a travel Agency (like Thomas cook , SOTC ,COX-&-Kings) their various departments , functions and structure (23)

Practical Periods:23 A) Windows Live Demonstration on

wording on window (17) B) Hard ware & soft ware(06)

ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I

328

July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods : 20 2.2 Tourism attractions of the state (6) 2.3 Types and Forms of Tourism in Andhra Pradesh (10) III. TOURISM DESTINATIONS OF ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Tourist spots in Andhra Pradesh –Religious destinations (3)

Theory Periods : 20 2.2 Orgin (4) 2.3 First Travel Agent (7) 2.4 Travel Business in America (9)

Theory Periods : 20 3.2 Orgin of MS - Office (2) 3.3 Components of MS - Office (3) 3.4 Main Features of MS - Office (4) 3.5 Importance & Advantages of MS-Office (5) 3.6 Introduction to MS-Word (1) 3.7 MS-Word Documents Preparation (5)

Practical Periods: 22 B) Visit to state department of Tourism:- statistical information (22)

Practical Periods: 22 B) Visit to tour company :- Understanding the tour Operations , functions and Various packages (22)

Practical Periods: 22 c) MS-WORD:-Preparation of MS-WORD documents with all application of MS-WORD(22)




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


Nov 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods :20 3.3 Tourist spots in Andhra Pradesh-Museums, Galleries , Eco-adventure, nature, Beaches (11) 3.4 Tourist spots in Hyderabad(06) IV TOURISM SIGNIFICANCE IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Impacts of Tourism (2)

Theory Periods : 20 2.5 American express (2) III. FUNCTIONS AND STGRUCTURE OF A TRAVEL AGENCY 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Functions of a Travel Agency (4) 3.3 Travel Agency Structure (4) 3.4 Travel Agency Revenue and Linkages (4) 3.5 Tour Operator Functions and Role (5)

Theory Periods :20 3.8 Using Word Commands (2) IV. MS - EXCEL & POWER POINT 4.1 Introduction to MS - Excel (1) 4.2 Components (2) 4.3 Uses and Advantages (2) 4.4 Main Functions (4) 4.5 Operation Procedures (2) 4.6 Introduction to MS - Power Point (2)

329

4.7 Preparation of MS - Excel Sheets (5)

Practical Periods :24 C) Visit to various Destinations (within AP) (24)

Practical Periods : 24 C) Making package tour :-Creation of small tour itinerary coasting of package cost (24)

Practical Periods : 24 d) MS-Excel:-Preparation of Excel sheet at computer with all application of Excel (24)




Dec 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods :20 4.2 involvement of the private sector (7) 4.3 Andhra Pradesh Culture (11) V. TOURISM FACILITIES IN ANDHRA PRADESH 5.1 Introduction (2)

Theory Periods : 20 3.6 Tour Operator Revenues (3) IV. RECOGNITION OF TRAVEL AGENCIES AND TOUR OPERATORS 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Setup for a Travel Agency (4) 4.3 Travel Agency Approval By MoT (4) 4.4 Travel Agency Approval by IATA (4) 4.5 Setup for a Tour Operator (4)

Theory Periods : 20 4.8 Excel Command Practices (5) 4.9 Power Point Presentation (4) 4.10 Power Point Commands (4) V. NETWORKING 5.1 Introduction to Networking (1) 5.2 types of Networking (2) 5.3 Network Topology (2) 5.4 Understudy LAN (1) 5.5 Main Features of LAN (1)

Practical Periods : 24 D) Visit to Local Destinations (In Hyderabad) 11) E)Visit to such departments involve in tourism planning and policy making (12)

Practical Periods: 24 D) Visit to APTDC OFFICE :- knowledge about various types of Booking systems and reservations , preparation of APTDC various Tour packages ,coach-tour , Daily tour ,Religious tour (23)

Practical Periods: 24 E) MS-Power point:-Preparation of Power Point Slides (12) F) Create a e-mail at any website (11)




Jan 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods : 20 5.2 Tourist Accommodation (4) 5.3 Transportation (6) 5.4 Super Structure (7) VI TOURISM PLANNING AND POLICY OF ANDHRA PRADESH (10) 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 State level agencies associated with tourism (1)

Theory Periods : 20 4.6 Tour Operator Approval as Domestic Tour Oprator by MoT (3) 4.7 Tour Operator Approval as Inbound Tour Operator by MoT (4) V. PACKAGE TOUR OPERATIONS (20) 5.1 Meaning of Package tour (1) 5.2 types of Package Tours (11)

Theory Periods: 20 5.6 LAN Networks (1) 5.7 Understudy WAN (1) 5.8 Networks of WAN (1) VI. INTERNET & CRS 6.1 Introduction to Internet (1) 6.2 History & Development of Internet (3) 6.3 Advantages & Disadvantages of Internet (3) 6.4 Functions of Internet (5) 6.5 Role of Internet in Tourism Industry (4)

330

Practical Periods : 22 F) Small survey on tourism facilities of AP at various destinations (22)

Practical Periods : 22 E) Visit to Railway stations :- Reservation office, systems of Booking, Various Railway package (14) F) Visit to Airport (8)

Practical Periods: 22 G) Preparation of a presentation (only five slides),with help of MS_POWER-POINT and DEMONSTRATION. (22)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 Feb 2017 22 08

Theory Periods :08 6.3 Tourism related festivals (4) 6.4 tourism Planning and Policy (4) Revision

Theory Periods :08 5.3 Preparation and costing of Various Package tour (4) 5.4 Various Packages of APTDC (4) Revision

Theory Periods :08 6.6 Browsing Internet (2) 6.7 Google Search (1) 6.8 E-Mail (2) 6.9 Computer Reservation System & Practices (3) Revision



331

DENTAL TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course Dental Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Proper Identification and use of dental materials.

b) Proper handling of the dental laboratory equipment.

c) Fabrication of different types of Prosthesis and

Orthodontic appliances bases on the scientific knowledge and

Clinical requirements.

d) Set – up and running of own laboratory to cater to the needs of

Private dental practitioners.

e) Dental Technician demonstrator.

332

ANNUAL ACDEMIC PLAN 2016-17

DENTAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE:: 601::FIRST YEAR Month/No. of Working Days/ No. of


Applied Oral Anatomy Theory Paper: I

Dental Mechanics ( Primary) Theory Paper: II

Dental Materials Theory Paper: III

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods: (23) 1.Dental Formulas(3) A)FDI Notation; B)Palmar Notation C)Universal Notation 2.Cronology (4) A)All Decidious Teeth B)All Permanent Teeth 3.Parts Of Tooth (2) A)C.S of Tooth(2); B)T.S of Tooth(2) 4.Elementary Anatomy of structure of denture bearing area (8) 5.Anatomical Land Marks(2) a)Maxillary Edentulous cast b)Mandibular Edentulous cast

Theory Periods: (23) 1.Dental Formulas(3) A)FDI Notation B)Palmar Notation C)Universal Notation 2.Cronology and its Types(4)

A)All Decidious Teeth B)All Permanent Teeth

3)Anatomical Land Marks (3) A)Maxillary Edentulous Cast (3) B)Mandibular Edentulous Cast(3)

4.Impression Tray Classification(4) 5.Primary Impression Care(3)

Theory Periods: (23) 1.Introduction to All Dental Materials(2) 2.Gypsum & Gypsum Products(6) 3.Impression Material (Rigid type) –(5) 4.Elastic Impression Materials(5) 5.Irreversible Hydrocollides (5)

APPLIED ORAL ANATOMY Practical Paper - I

Practical Periods: (21) Plaster Block Preparation(10) Carving of plaster block(11)

DENTAL MECHANICS (PRIMARY) Practical Paper - II

Practical Periods: (21) 1.Impression Trays Identification(5) 2.Pouring of Maxillary Cast(8) 3.Pouring of Mandibular cast(8)

DENTAL MATERIALS Practical Paper - III

Practical Periods: (21) 1.Identification of Dental Materials(11) 2.Identification of Dental Instruments(10)

ASSIGMENT TEST - I ASSIGMENT TEST - I ASSIGMENT TEST - I July 2016 23 20

Theory Periods: (20) 1.Human Dentition & Occlusion(5) a)Maxillary(6)

Theory Periods: (20) 1.Final Impression Care(3) 2.Beading &Boxing (3)

Theory Periods: (20) 1.Elastomeric Impression Materials(5) 2.Denture Base materials

333

19

b)Mandibular(6) 2.Functions Of Teeth(3)

3.Construction of special Tray: A)Shellac Base Plate (4) B)Self-Cure Acrylic(4) C)Without Spacer(2) D)With Spacer(2)

A)Self-cure(5) B)Heat-Cure(5)

Practical Periods: (19) Tooth Carving On Plaster 1.Anterior Teeth Carving(8) 2.Posterior Teeth Carving(11)

Practical Periods: (19) 1.Primary & Final Impression Care(10) 2.Beading &Boxing (9)

Practical Periods: (19) 1.Mixing of Gypsum & Gypsum Products(9) 2.Pouring of Dentulous & Edentulous Casts(10)

UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II



August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: (23) 1.Morphology of crowns of Teeth A)Maxillary Anterior Teeth (10) B)Maxillary Posterior Teeth (5) 2.Morphology Of Crowns Of Teeth: A)Mandibular Anterior Teeth (4) B)Mandibular Posterior Teeth (4)

Theory Periods: (23) 1.Cast Preparation & Trimming (5) 2.Prepration of Occlusal Rims (4) 3.Articulators (2) 4.Selection of Teeth (2) 5.Principles Of Teeth Setting (4) A)Maxillary B)Mandibular 6.Articulation (1) 7.Occlusal Plane (1) 8.Curve of spee (1) 9.Compensating curves(1) 10.Balance Occlusion(1) 11.Overjet, Overbite (1)

Theory Periods: (23) 1.Dental Cements (5) 2.Classification of Dental Cements(3) 3.Temporary Filling Material(3) 4.Permanent Filling Material(4) 5.Luting Cements(2) 6.Cavity Varnishes(2) 7.Cavity Liners(2)

Practical Periods: (24) 1.Tooth Carving On Wax Blocks: A)Maxillary Anterior Teeth Carving (8) B)Maxillary Anterior teeth POP model (8) C) Maxillary Anterior teeth chart (8)

Practical Periods: (24) 1.Preparation of special Tray using: A)Shellac base plate(7) B)Self-cure Acrylic without spacers(4) 2.Self-Cure special tray with spacer(4) 3.Base Plate Adaptation(3) 4.Occlusal Rims Preparation(4) 5.Articulation (2)

Practical Periods: (24) 1.Aliginate –Mixing(6) 2.Zinc-Oxide-Eugenol impression paste Mixing (6) 3. Impression compound missing (6) 4. Mixing of zinc Oxide Eugenol Cement (6)

UNIT TEST-II ASSIGMENT-III



September Theory Periods: (20) Theory Periods: (20) Theory Periods: (20)

334

2016 22 20 18

1.Muscles Of Matication (10) 2.Muscles Of Facial Expressions (10)

1.Key Of Occlusion (1) 2.Flasking (2) 3.Dewaxing (2) 4.Packing (2) 5.Curing (2) 6.Deflasking(3) 7.Trimming(3) 8.Finishing&Polishing(1) 9.Denture Relining &Rebasing(3)

1.Direct Filling Gold(2) 2.Dental Casting Alloys(2) 3.Dental Waxes(3) 4.Classification of Dental Waxes(2) 5.Properties Of Dental Waxes(3) 6.Inlay Wax(2) 7.Sticky Wax(1) 8.Modelling Wax(1) 9.Carving Wax(1) 10.Base Plate Wax(2)

Practical Periods: (18) 1. cont.Maxillary Anterior Teeth Carving on wax block (6) 2. Maxillary post POP model (6) 3. Maxillary post teeth chart (6)

Practical Periods: (18) Teeth Setting 1.Maxillary Anterior Teeth Setting(9) 2.Mandibular Anterior Teeth setting(9)

Practical Periods: (18) 1.Elastomeric Impression Material Mixing (6) 2.Mixing of Denture Base Materials cold cure (6) 3.Mixing of OBM reatcure (6)

UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV



October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: (12) 1. Trigeminal Nerve (4) 2. Facial Nerve (4) 3. T.M.J. (4)

Theory Periods: (12) 1.Principles Of Partial Denture Design(3) 2.Surveyor(5) 3.Duplication Of Cast(1) 4.Clasps, Parts Of clasps And Design Of Clasps(4)

Theory Periods: (12) 1.Phosphate Bond Investment Materials(3) 2.Silica Bond Investment Materials(2) 3.Model Cast & Die Materials(2)

Practical Periods: (14) 1.Mandibular Anterior Teeth Carvings(5) 2. Mandibular Anterior teeth POP model (5) 3. Mandibular Anterior teeth chart (4)

Practical Periods: (14) 1.Maxillary posterior Teeth Setting(7) 2.Mandibular Posterior Teeth Setting(7)

Practical Periods: (14) 1.Mixing Of Dental Cements(9) 2.Identification Of Dental Waxes & Their Manipulations(5)

HALF-YEARLY EXAMS HALF-YEARLY EXAMS HALF-YEARLY EXAMS



skills related to OJT Centre. December Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre.

335

2016/23 OJT

Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained. Report preparation/Job chart preparation/Recording of work/activity done. Planning and scheduling the work, related with OJT Centre and preparation of daily activity report/diary..

January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: (20) 1.Jaw Bone: A)Maxilla(10) B)Mandible(10)

Theory Periods: (20) 1.Principles Of Wire Bending(6) 2.Occlusal Rest(4) 3.Lingual Bar (4) 4.General Principles Of Denture Retention(6)

Theory Periods: (20) 1.Ideal Properties of Die materials(6) 2.Dental Ceramics(8) 3.Abrasive Agents(3) 4.Polishing Agents(3)

Practical Periods: (18) 1.Mandibular Posterior Teeth Carving (4) 2.Mandibular post teeth POP model (4) 3. Mandibular post teeth chart (2) 4. POP model of maxilla (4) 5. POP model of mandilla (4)

Practical Periods: (18) 1.Finishing & Polishing(1) 2.Flasking(2); 3.Dewaxing(1) 4.Packing(1); 5.Curing(3) 6.Deflasking(2) 7.Trimming,Sandpapering, Finishing & Polishing(1) 8.Clasp Bending(5) 9.Fabrication of Partial Dentures with & without Clasps(2)

Practical Periods: (18) 1.Making Impressions Using Impression Compound (3) 2.Making impression using Zinc Oxide Evgnal paste (3) 3.Mixing Dental stone for pouring casting(3) 4. Making impression using Alginate(3) 5. Making impression using rubber base(3) 6. Mixing Dental Cement. (3)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I February 2017 22 16 20

Theory Periods: (16) 1.Nerve supply of Maxillary & Mandibular teeth (9) 4.Blood Supply To Maxillary Teeth (7)

Theory Periods: (16) 1.Immediate Denture (4) 2.Denture Repair Using A)Self-Cure (5); B)Heat –Cure (5) 3.Kennedy’s Classification(2)

Theory Periods: (16) 1.Dental Casting Investment Materials (5) 2.Ideal Properties OF Dental Investment Materials (6) 3.Gypsum Bond Investment Materials (5)

Practical Periods: (20) REVISION



PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - II March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017 REVISION/IPE 2017

336

ANNUAL ACDEMIC PLAN 2016-17 DENTAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE :: 601:: SECOND YEAR

Month/ No of

working days/ No of


Dental Mechanics (Final) Theory Paper: I

Orthodontics Theory Paper: II

Dental Metallurgy Theory Paper: III

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods : (22) 1.Introduction(1) A)Crowns & Bridges(4) B)Importance of Crown & Bridges(2) C)Advantages Of Crowns & Bridges(2) 2.Casting(2) 3.Types of Machines Casting (1) A)Centrifugation Casting(2) B)Pressure Casting(2) 4.Casting Machines(1) Casting Furnaces(2) 5.Procedure Of casting (4)

Theory Periods : (22) 1.Introduction(1) 2.Definations(1) 3.Nature of Malocclusion(2) 4. Need Of Orthodontic Treatments(3) 5.Malocclusion(3) 6.Classification Of Malocclusion(2) 7.Malpositon of Individual Tooth(3) 8.Appliance Theory(2) 9.Removable Appliances(3) 10.Services provided by Ortho dentic (2)

Theory Periods : (22) 1.Introduction(1) 2.Metallurgical Terms(1) 3.General Properties Of Metals(2) 4.Metals Used In Dentistry(3) A)Gold(4) B)Silver(4) 5.Study of metals: 1.Copper(2) 2.Zinc(2) 3.Tin(2)

Practical Periods : (23) 1.Wax Pattern Preparations (12) 2.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(5) 3.Investing of Wax Pattern(6)

Practical Periods : (23) 1.Study Model Preparation(5) 2.Short Labial Bows(6) 3.Long Labial Bows(6) 4.Begg’s Retainer(6)

Practical Periods : (23) 1.Preparation of Wax Patterns Primary(9) 2.Preparation Of Wax Pattern Final(8) 3.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(6)

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I

337

Practical Periods : (22) 1.Investing Wax Pattern(4) 2.Burn out Wax Pattern(6) 3.Dental Casting(6); 4.Metal Trimming(6)

Practical Periods : (22) 1.Adam’s Clasp Preparation(7) 2.Bite Plane Construction(6) 3.Habit Breaking Appliances fabrication(9)

Practical Periods : (22) 1.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(7) 2.Investing Of Wax Pattern(15)




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Burn Out Procedures(8) 2.Metal Trimming, Finishing & Polishing(2) 3.Inlay Classification(2) 4.Types Of Abutments(5) 5.Pontic Designs(3)

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Removable & Functional Appliances(2) A)Removable Appliances In which Screws Are Incorporated(1) B)Removable Appliances With Maxillary Splints(2) 2.Fixed Appliances & Their Types(2) 3.Attachments Of Fixed Appliances(1) 4.Molar Bands(1); 5.Brackets(2) 6.Labiolingual Appliances(2) 7.Spring Bows(2); 8.Flexible Bows(5)

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Solders((2) 2.Fluxes(1) 3.Anti-Fluxes(1) 4.Tarnish(2) 5.Corrosion(2) 6.Electro Deposition(2) 7.Dies(5) 8.Counter Dies(5)

Practical Periods : (24) 1.Finishing(4) 2.Polishing(4) 3.Preparation of Cast Partial Dentures(12)

Practical Periods : (24) 1.Space Maintainers(4) 2.Expansion Appliances(4) 3.Surgical Appliances(4) 4.Z-Spring(4); 5.T-Spring(4) 6.Fingure Spring(4)

Practical Periods : (24) 1.Cont.Invsting Of Wax Pattern(12) 2.Burn Out Wax Pattern(12)

UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II

338

ASSIGMENT-III ASSIGMENT-III ASSIGMENT-III December 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Bridge Retainers(9) 2.Cobalt-Cromuim Denture Bases(5) 3.Wrought Alloy Denture Bases(6)

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Local Fixed Appliances(7) 2.Surgical Orthodontics(7) 3.Computers In Orthodontics(6)

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Electro Forming(12) 2.Soldering(4) 3.Welding(4)

Practical Periods : (24) 1.Cont. Preparation Of Cast Partial Dentures(12) 2.Preparation Of Maxillofacial Prosthesis(12)

Practical Periods : (24) 1.Oral Screen(7); 2.Activator(6) 3.Fabrication Of Activator(4) 4.Frankel Appliance(4); 5.Welding & Soldering(3)

Practical Periods : (24) 1.Casting(24)

UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT-IV



January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Cast Gold Restoration(5) 2.Ceramics(5) 3.Maxillofacial Prosthesis(5) 4.Obturator(5)

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Retention Appliances(20)

Theory Periods : (20) 1.Chrome Cobalt Casting(20)

Practical Periods: (22) 1.Ceramics(11) 2.OverDentures(11)

Practical Periods : (22) 1.Indirect bonding (6) 2.Blaster(2) 3.Boxing(6); 4.Face Bow(3) 5.Retention Appliances(5)

Practical Periods : (22) 1.Metal Trimming(10) 2.Finishing(6) 3.Polishing(6)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I February 2017 22 8

Theory Periods : (8) 1.Splints(2) 2.Mouth Guards(2) 3.Immediate Dentures(2) 4.Over Dentures(2) REVISION

Theory Periods : (8) 1.Study Models(8) REVISION

Theory Periods : (8) 1.Metal Polishing Agents(8) REVISION

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 22/2017


339

DENTAL HYGIENIST

The basic aim of the course Dental Hygienist is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Scaling, polishing of teeth and application of fluorides.

b) Processing and developing of Dental Radiographs.

c) Performing oral diagnostic tests and interpretation of case to dentist.

d) Mixing of filling/impression materials and preparing models.

e) Assisting the Dental Surgeon during dental procedure.

f) Post operative care and providing oral health care instructions to

Patients.

g) Thorough knowledge about the dental materials and procedures.

h) Able to manage medical emergencies in dental practice.

340


DENTAL HYGIENIST COURSE CODE:: 602 :: FIRST YEAR

Month /No of working

days/ Periods Theory/ Practical

Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Histology Theory Paper-I

Oral Pathology, Bacteriology, Dental Pharmacology

Theory Paper-II

Dental Radiology- Food Nutrition Theory Paper-III

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods -23 1.0 Osteology & embryology-10 1.1 Terminology-02 1.2 Oral mucosa structure-04 1.3 Oral mucosa functions-04 2.0 Bones of cranium-13 2.1 Bones of face-04 2.2 embryology-03 2.3 Development of maxilla & mandible-06

Theory Periods -23 1.0-General Principles of pathology-10 1.1- Inflammation-03 1.2- Repair-03 1.3- De-generation & necrosis-02 1.4- Immunity-02 2.0- Introduction to Pharmacology-13 2.1- Definitions in pharmacology-03 2.2- Nomendature f pharmacology-04 2.3- Sources of various drugs-03 2.4- Routes of drug –administration-03

Theory Periods -23 1.0- Basics in Radiology-10 1.1-Properties of X-Rays-2 1.2-Production of X-rays-3 1.3- X-ray film composition-2 1.4- Classification of x-ray film-3 2.0- Basics in Nutrition-13 2.1- Oral Health & food chemistry-3 2.2- Carbohydrates-3 2.3- Proteins -4 2.4- fats-3

Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Histology Practical Paper-I

Practical Periods -21 Bones of skull-04 Slides on oral mucosa-05 Bones of the face-03 Charts on tooth development-03 Charts on development of maxilla & mandible-06

Oral Pathology, Bacteriology, Dental Pharmacology

Practical Paper-II Practical Periods -21

Models & charts on Inflammation-04 Repair-05 Degeneration & necrosis-02 Nomenclature in pharmacology-02 Sources of drugs-04 Routes of drug administration-04

Dental Radiology- Food Nutrition Practical Paper-III

Practical Periods -21 Introduction to X-ray machine-5 Processing of X-ray film-5 Intraoral radiographic technic-3 Charts on vitamins-2 Charts showing proteins & carbohydrates-2 Ill effect of refined sugars-4

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I July 2016 23

Theory Periods -20 3.0-Muscles of the cranium-10 3.1- Structure of muscle-2

Theory Periods -20 3.0- Developmental defects-10 3.1- Developmental defects in teeth-2

Theory Periods -20 3.0- Hazards of Radiation-7 3.1-Gen effects of radiation-2

341

20 19

3.2- Function of muscle-2 3.3- Muscles of mastication-3 3.4-Muscles of facial expression-3 4.0- Blood vessels-10 4.1- Structure of blood vessels-2 4.2- Functions of blood vessels-2 4.3- Blood supply to face-2 4.4- Blood supply to jaws-4

3.2- Developmental in enamel & dentine-2 3.3- Developmental defects in jaws-3 3.4- Developmental lips, palate & tongue-3 4.0- Pharmacological action-10 4.1- Pharmacological actions of drugs-4 4.2- Therapeutics-2 4.3- Absorption, excretion & side effects of drugs-4

3.2- Protection from radiation effects-3 3.3- Protection of pregnant women-2 4.0- Vitamins & minerals-13 4.1- Fat soluble vitamins-3 4.2- Water soluble vitamins-5 4.3- Micro & macro minerals-5

Practical Periods -19 Charts on muscles of mastication-5 Charts on muscles of facial expression-4 Charts on structure of blood vessels & charts on structure of blood supply to the face-5 Record-5

Practical Periods -19 Charts on developmental defects of teeth-4 Charts on developmental defects of enamel & dentine -4 Charts on developmental defects of jaws-4 Charts on developmental defects lips, palate & tongue-5 Collection & identification of drugs-2 Records-3

Practical Periods -19 Intra oral radiographic technic-4 Mounting of x-ray films-2 Processing of x-ray films-2 Collection of x-ray films for discussion-3 Charts on calcium, magnesium , Iron & fluorides-3 Records-5

ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST-I



August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods -24 5.0- Nervous system-14 5.1- Structure & functions of nerves-8 5.2-Cranial nerves-02 5.3- Trigeminal & facial nerves-4 6.0- Salivary glands-10 6.1- Structure & functions of salivary glands-5 6.2- Composition & functions of saliva-5

Theory Periods -24 5.0- Precancerous conditions-15 5.1- Precancerous lesions of the oral cavity & neoplasm-8 5.2-Differences between malignant & benign & lesions-2 5.3- Oral manifestations of systematic diseases-3 5.4- White lesions of oral cavity-2 6.0 Infections of oral cavity-3 6.1 ANUG, Herpes, candidiasis, HIV, Hepatitis.-3 7.0-Antibiotics & Analgesics-6 7.1-Classification of antibiotics-4 7.2-Narcotic analgesics-1 7.3 -Non narcotic analgesics-1

Theory Periods -24 5.0-Classification of intra oral x- rays-10 5.1-Periapical, bitewing & ocelusal films-10 6.0-Intraoral radiographic technic-5 6.1- Position of patient , angulations-2 6.2-Developing & fixing-3 7.0--Dental caries & prevention-9 7.1- Effects of carbohydrates-3 7.2-Prevention of dental caries -3 7.4 –Fluorides-3

342

Practical Periods -24 Charts on trigeminal nerve-8 Charts on facial nerve-5 Charts on salivary glands-7 Charts on composition of saliva-4

Practical Periods -24 Charts, slides on precancerous lesions-8 Charts , slides on neoplasm-5 Oral lesions with systemic diseases-5 ANUG, candidiasis-3 Antibiotics & analgesics-3

Practical Periods -24 Intra oral x-ray technic & processing of film-9 Collection of films & pasting on the charts-4 Charts on cariogenic & healthy food-6 Charts on prevention of caries-5

ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST -II

ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST –II


September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods -20 7.0- Joint & Tongue-10 7.1 – Types of Joints-3 7.2- Temporomandibular joint-4 7.3- Tongue-3 8.0- Nomeinclature of Teeth-10 8.1- Types of Teeth-03 8.2- Dental formulae-03 8.3- Tooth numbering system-04

Theory Periods -20 8.0-Sterilization & infection control-10 8.1-Classification of sterilization technics-08 8.2 – Infection control-02 9.0- Sedatives & hypnotics-05 9.1 – classification-03 9.2- Barbiturates-02 10.0- Anaesthesia-05 10.1- types of anaesthesias-02 10.2- stages & classification of L.A- 03

Theory Periods -20 8.0-Intensifying screen &grids-05 8.1-Intensifying screens-02 8.2 – grids & cassettes-03 9.0- causes of faculty radiographs-05 9.1 – problems in film exposure-03 9.2- Problems in film development-02 10.0 nutritional disorders-05 10.1- vitamin deficiency-03 10.2- mineral & protein deficiency-02 11.0- special diet patients-05 11.1- diet chart for pregnant & lactating women-05

Practical Periods -18 Charts on types of joints-02 Demo on skull & bones of the face-04 Charts & diagrams on tooth numbering system-6 Dental formulas-06

Practical Periods -18 Sterilization of instruments-06 Charts on infection control-06 Charts on sedatives & hypnotics-06

Practical Periods -18 Practising x-ray technic--03 Practising processing of film-03 Charts on nutritional deficiencies-06 Chart on diet for pregnant & lactating women-06




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods -12 9.0-Tooth Morphology-08 9.1-Morphology Permanent Teeth-4 9.2-Morphology Of Deciduous Teeth-04 10.0- Eruption-04 10.1- Eruption Of Teeth-02 10.2- Shedding Of Teeth-01

Theory Periods -12 11.0- Microbiology-06 11.1- Bacteria-2 11.2- Viruses-02 11.3- Protozoa-02 12.0- Haemostatic Drugs-06 12.1- Physical Measures-02

Theory Periods -12 12.0- Extra Oral Radiography-8 12.1- Lateral Skull Projection-2 12.2- Submentovertex-2 12.3- Water Projection-2 12.4- Postero Anterior Skull Projection-02 13.0- Water-04

343

10.3- Occlusion Of Teeth-01 12.2- Chemical Measures-02 12.3- Astringents-02

13.1- Functions Of Water-02 13.2 Water Balance-02

Practical Periods -14 Collection of natural teeth & study them-04 Charts on tooth morphology-05 Sequence of tooth eruption-05

Practical Periods -14 Study if bacteria-03 Study of micro scope & its –parts-06 Collection of haemostatic drugs-06

Practical Periods -14 OPG projection-04 Extra oral radiographic techniques-05 Charts on water balance-05






January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods -20 11.0- mastication, deglutition & phonation-09 11.1- structure involved in mastication-03 11.2- deglutition steps-03 11.3 phonation-03 12.0 – study of cells-11 12.1- structure of human cell-02 12.2- enamel structure-02 12.3- structure of dentine-02 12.4- pulp, cementum, periodontal, membrave gingiva , alveolar bone 05

Theory Periods -20 13.0- dental caries-10 13.1- bacteria of dental caries-05 13.2- etiology of dental caries-05 14.0- antiseptics & disinfectants-10 14.1- classification of antiseptics-5 14.2- disinfection of instrument-5

Theory Periods -20 14.0- study of normal radiographs-10 14.1- systemic radiographic examination-04 14.2- radiographic features of caries-02 14.3- radiographic features of periodmtal diseases-02 14.4- radiographic features of fractures of teeth & jaws-02 15.0 diet for special patients-10 15.1- diet for pt with fractured jaws-05 15.2- diet for pt with cleft palate-05

Practicals-18 Charts on mastication, deglutition & phonation-05 Charts on human cell-07 Charts on enamel, dentine pulp cementum & gingiva -06

Practicals-18 Charts on bacteria of dental caries-05 Etiology of dental caries-05 Antiseptics of dental caries-04 Disinfectants of dental caries-04

Practicals-18 Collection of old extra oral radiographs for study-06 Diet charts for pt with fractured jaws-06 Diet charts for pt with cleft palate-06

344

PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –I PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –I February 2017 22 16 20

Theory Periods 16 13.0- Oral Histology-9 13.1- Enamel-02 13.2- dentine-02 13.3- pulp, cementum , gingival periodontal membrane-05 14.0- Haematology -07 14.1-- histology of RBC-03 14.2- histology of WBC-02 14.3- histology of platelets-02

Theory Periods -16 16.0 Bacteria-05 16.1- disease transmission-03 16.2- normal flora of mouth-02 17.0 Mouth washes &gum paints-11 17.1- composition & uses of a mouth wash-03 17.2- gum paint , composition & uses-03 17.3 disclosing solutions-03 17.4- Obtundents-02

Theory Periods -16 16.0 Specialized radiographs-08 16.1 panoramic imaging-05 16.2- open mouth projection-03 17.0 Specialised diet-08 17.1- diet for denture wearer-04 17.8 diet for diabetics-04

Practical Periods 20 Charts on enamel-03 Charts on dentine-02 Charts on pulp, cementum, gingiva, peri. Membrane-05 Slide study on RBC-03 Slide study on WBC-03 Slide study on platelets -04

Practical Periods 20 Charts on different types of bacteria-05 Preparation of mouth washes-04 Preparation of gum paints-05 Demo of disclosing solutions on patients-05

Practical Periods 20 Extra oral radio graphic technic-06 OPG projection-07 Revision on intra oral radio graphs-07

PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –II PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –II PRE FINAL EXAMINATION –II March 2017 22


345


DENTAL HYGIENIST COURSE:: 602 :: SECOND YEAR

Month /No of working

days/ Periods Theory/ Practical

Dental Hygiene & Oral prophylaxis (Theory Paper – I)

Public Health & Dental Public Health (Theory Paper – II)

Chair Side Assistance, Dental Ethics Jurisprudence & Dental Materials

(Theory Paper – III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods 22 Definitions of hygiene & dental hygiene-02 Objectives of dental hygiene-02 Periodentium-04 Classification of perio dental diseases.-06 Etilogy of gingival & periodontal diseases-08

Theory Periods 22 Health definition-02 Definition of dental health-04 Definition of dental health education-04 Aims & objectives of dental health education-06 Materials required for dental health education-

06

Theory Periods 22 Reception of patients-02 Appointment control-04 Management of waiting patients-04 Ethics & code ethics-06 Basic dental materials-06

Dental Hygiene & Oral prophylaxis (Practical Paper – I)

Practical Period -23 Basic periodontal instruments-13 Demo of scaling on models-10

Public Health & Dental Public Health (Practical Paper – II)

Practical Period -23 Preparation of models-05 Preparation of charts-09 Charts on dental caries & oral prophylaxis-9

Chair Side Assistance, Dental Ethics Jurisprudence & Dental Materials

(Practical Paper – III) Practical Period -23 Dental chair parts-08 Operating dental chair-07 Collection of gypsum products & pasting in the records-08

ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I ASSIGNMENT –I July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods -20 Periodontal microbiology-04 Plaque-02 Calculus-02 Theories of calculus formation-04 Role of plaque & calculus-04 Classification of gingival enlargements-04

Theory Periods -20 1. Dental health education to public-03 2. Dental health education to groups & to

individuals-02 3. Dental health education to parents-02 4. Dental health education to pregnant mother

& pre- school child-05 5. Dental caries – etiology & prevention-04 6. Oral cancer- etiology & prevention-04

Theory Periods -20 1. Role of a dental hygienist as a chair side

assistant-02 2. Assisting during surgery- 3. Post surgical care- {02} 4. Preparation of patient 5. Sterilization of instruments-04 6. Periodontal pack-02 7. Dentist act 1948-02 8. Duties of a D.H according to 1948 act.-02

346

9. Gypsum products-02 10. Waxes.-04

Practical Period -22 Scaling on patients , only lower anterior teeth-08 Scaling on upper teeth demo-09 Scaling on patient only upper anterior teeth-05

Practical Period -22 Dental health education to public , groups to individuals & parents-08 Arrangements for dental camp-08 Attending dental camps-06

Practicals-22 Role of a dental hygienist a chair side assistant-8 Hair side assistance, during surgery , post Operative Care-08 Collection on of waxes-03 Charts on sterilization -03




August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods -20 Acute infections of oral cavity-02 ANUG-04 Herpes-03 Candidiasis-03 gingivitis & periodontitis-04 pericoronitis-04

Theory Periods -20 definition of epidemiology-04 aims & objectives of epidemiology-04 OHTs-03 Bleeding index-03 Mobility index-03 Ressell’s index-03

Theory Periods -20 1. Care & maintenance of equipment-05 2. Care of dental instruments-02 3. Layouts of an idea dental-03 4. IDA Indian dental association-03 5. Negligence-03 6. Impression materials-03

Practical Periods -24 Scaling on patients-05 Polishing of teeth-07 Fluoride application-06 Charts on acute infections-06

Practical Periods -24 Attending camps-07 Charts on oral hygiene-08 Motivating the patient about oral hygiene-09

Practical Periods -24 Collection of impression materials-07 Model of an ideal dental clinic-09 Charts on Indian dental association-08

ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III ASSIGNMENT-III

347

UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II UNIT TEST-II December 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods -19 Classification on periodontal pockets-02 Description of pockets-02 Supra & infra bony pockets-02 Pathogenesis in pockets-03 Periodontal instruments-03 Perio probes-04 Oral prophylaxis in detail-03

Theory Periods -19 Equipment to the camp-04 Materials to the camp-04 Organising dental camp in a slum-03 Dental health camp in a school -04 Dental health camp in a rural area-04

Theory Periods -19 Tooth numbering systems-02 Procedure of surgery before surgery, during

surgery-04 Post operative instructions-02 Health organisations in India-04 Technique of silver amalgam preparation-04 Continuation of impression materials -03

Practical Periods-23 Sharpening of instruments-06 Disclosing solutions application-04 Brushing methods-08; Ultrasonic scaling -06

Practical Periods -23 Brushing techniques demo on models-07 Charts on brushing methods-08 Attend dental health camps-08

Practical Periods -23 Silver amalgam preparation-07 Preparation of periodontal packs-08 Collection of dental materials-08

ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST -III

ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST –III

ASSIGNMENT-IV UNIT TEST -III

January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods -20 1. Classification & description of probes-9 2. Brushing techniques-04 3. Juvenile periodontitis-02 4. Aggressive periodontitis-02 5. Gum massage-02

Theory Periods -20 1. Fluoridation of water-05 2. Safety dose of fluorides-04 3. Various brushing methods-04 4. Inter dental cleaning agents-04 5. Mouth washes-02

Theory Periods -20 1. Parts of dental chair-03 2. Various chair adjustments-04 3. Medical emergenies; ermorahage –

management; Shock—management-06 Syncope-management; Denture- base materials -06

Practical Periods -22 Splinting on models-06 Patients education on plaque control-08 Ultrasonic scaling-08

Practical Periods -22 Attend dental camps-06 Plays & dramas on plaque control-08 Display posters pm plaque control-08

Practical Peridos -22 Collection of denture base materials 6 Identification of dental materials-08 Collection of emergency medicines-08

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I February 2017 22 08

Theory Periods -8 1. Inter dental cleaning methods-02 2. Patients education-02 3. Mouth washes & gum paints-02 4. Desensitizing pastes -02

Theory Periods -8 1. Gum paints-02 2. Dental health team-02 3. Dentifrices-02 4. Dental auxiliaries-02

Theory Periods -8 1. Polishing agents-03 2. Legal & illegal practice by dental

hygienist-03 3. Methods of payments for dental care-02

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II March 2017/22

Revision /IPE 2017 Revision /IPE 2017 Revision /IPE 2017

348

MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Train the student to work in diagnostic labs.

b) Train the student to work in manufacturing units of

Diagnostic reagents.

c) Laboratory Technicians in various departments of Medical and

Pharmacy colleges.

d) Self employment: Setting up of diagnostic laboratory and sale of

readymade reagent kits and media.

e) Laboratory technicians in hospitals of various sectors.

349


MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE::612 :: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of


periods Theory/No of periods Practical

Biochemistry (Theory Paper I)

Microbiology & Pathology (Theory Paper II)

Anatomy & Physiology (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction to Bio-Chemistry including code of ethics for Medical Lab Technicians and Medical Lab Organizations. (06) 2. Reception, Registration and Bio-Chemical Parameters investigated. (08) 3. Glassware and plastic ware used in Biochemical laboratory. (09) 1. Glass ware: (01) 2. Types of glass and composition. (01) 3. Types of glassware, their identification, applications and uses (05) 4. Cleaning, Drying, Maintenance and storage of glassware (01) 5. Plasticware : Brief Outline (01)

Theory Periods: 23 1. Historical introduction to Microbiology contribution of famous Scientists in the field of Microbiology in brief. (04) 1.1 Antony Von Leuwenhoek (01), 1.2 Robert Koch (01), 1.3 Edward Jenner, 1.4 Louis Pasteur (01), 1.5 Joseph Lister (01), 2. Microscopy (05) 2.1 Principle, working and maintenance of Compound Microscope. (03), 2.2 Principle of Fluorescent Microscope & Dark, Field Microscope. (02) 3. Sterilization and disinfection – classification and methods of sterilization (06) 3.1 Principle and Methods of sterilization by heat., 3.1.1 By Dry Heat - Flaming, Red Heat, Hotair oven, incineration.(01), 3.1.2 By Moist heat-Pasteurization, Inspissations, Tyndallisation autoclave.(01) 3.2 Filtration Methods – inbrief.(01) 3.3 Ionising Radiation (01), 3.4 Disinfection – Mode of action and uses of important chemical

Theory Periods: 23 I Basics in Human Anatomy 1. Introduction to Human Anatomy (06) 2. Cell – Definition, Structure and properties (06) Tissue – Classification in brief [epithelial, connective, muscular, nervous] (06) 3. Respiratory system (05)

350

disinfectants – phenol and phenolic compounds, alcohols, aldehydes halogens , dyes, acids and alkalies (01), 3.5 Gaseous methods of sterilization (01) 4. Cleaning, drying & Sterilization of Glassware, disposal of contaminated material i.e. Clinical Infective material and inoculated culture media. Handling and disposal of Biomedical waste.(04) 5. Morphology and classification of Bacteria (04) 5.1 Structure of Bacterial Cell, Capsule, Flagella, Spore etc (03) 5.2 A Anerobic methods of cultivation of bacteria

Biochemistry (Practical Paper I)

Practical Periods: 21 1. Reception and registration (11) 2. Collection of capillary blood (10)

Microbiology&Pathology (Practical Paper II)

Practical Periods: 21 1.Lab instructions for personal safety precautions(11) 2. Receipt and recording a specimen in the lab and discarding after processing (10)

Anatomy&Physiology (Practical Paper III)

Practical Periods: 21 I Human Skeleton 1. Names of Bones (05) 2. Identification points (05) 3. Surfaces of Skull (02) 4. Scapula, clavicle, humerus, radius (02) 5. Ulna, carpal bones, meta carpal bones (02) 6. Phalanges – In nominate bone (02) 7. Femur, patella (03)


July 2016 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 Instrumental methods of Bio-Chemical analysis (9) 4.1. Colorimetry : Visual and photoelectric Methods ,involved ,construction, operation, applications, care and maintenance.(05) 4.2. Spectrophotometry: Principle, theory, types, construction ,operation and applications.(04) 5. Basic lab operations like (06)

Theory Periods: 20 6. Methods of Collection of Clinical Specimen for Microbiological investigations [ in detail] like (05) 6.1 Sputum – Pettroff’s method of Concentration (02) 6.2 urine, swabs, stool, blood, CSF and Aspirates (03) 7. Processing of clinical specimen collected for

Theory Periods: 20 3. Respiratory system (01) 4. Digestive system & Hepato Biliary system(06) 5. Cardio-vascular system (05) 6. Lymphatic system. (02) 7. Bones & Joints(05) 7.1 Bones (02)) 7.2 Joints (03) 8. Nervous system – CNS (01)

351

5.1. Separation of solids from liquids (02) 5.1.1 Centrifugation: Principle, Different types of centrifuges, construction of electrical centrifuge, care and maintenance, applications.(01) 5.1.2 Filtration – using funnel.(01) 5.2 weighing (01) Different types of balances – simple balance, electronic balance – Operation, uses, care and maintenance. (2) 5.3. Evaporation (01); 5.4 Distillation (01) 5.5 Refluxing (01) 5.6 Drying different salts (01) 6. Water, Chemicals and related substances (01) 6.1 Purity of chemicals ; 6.2 Corrosives; 6.3 Hygroscopic Substances

Isolation and identification of organism (08) 7.1 Preparation of direct smear and staining (03) 7.2 Different Techniques of inoculation for isolation of bacteria.(04) 7.3 Hanging drop preparation and its use (01) 7.4 Preparation and Inoculation of various media for Bio-Chemical reactions.(02) 8. Composition and preparation of staining reagents and different methods of staining.(6) 8.1 Simple staining (01)

a. Grams Staining(01) b. Giemsa’s Staining (01) c. ZIehlneelson Staining (1) d. Albert Staining 01) e. Negative Staining (01) f. Fluorescent Staining (01)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Collection of venous blood. (8) 4. Collection of arterial blood (8) 5. Separation of Serum and plasma from blood.(03)

Practical Periods: 19 3 .Cleaning and care of glassware, syringes, Apparatus, preparation of Pasteur pipettes (05). 4. Handling and care of Microscope(7) 5. Operation of (08) 5.1 Autoclave 5.2 Incubator

Practical Periods: 19 8. Tibia, fibula, tarsal bones (03) 9. Meta tarsal bones (01) 10. Phalanges (02) 11. Ribs-classification (02) 12. Vertebrae (01); 13. Sternum (01) II. Human Organs[POP Models ] 1. Brain (02); 2. Stomach (02) 3. Lungs (02); 4. Intestines (02) 5. Heart (02)




Aug 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 7. Prevention, Safety and first aid in lab (11) 8. Collection of specimens.(12) 8.1 Blood – Phlebotomy [ How to draw the blood and precautions] (03) 8.2 Blood- types of Specimens, processing

Theory Periods: 23 9. Culture Media – Classification of Media, Composition, preparation and uses.(13) a) Basal Media- Peptone Water, Nutrient, Agar, Glucose broth (01). b) Enriched Media-Blood agar, Loffler’s serum

Theory Periods: 23 8. Nervous system – CNS (07) 9. Excretory system – Urinary system (05) 10. Endocrine system (05) 11. Reproductive system (05) a ) Male (02)

352

and preservation.(05) 8.3 Urine (04) Types of specimen collection of 24 hours urine and preservation, preservatives

slope, chocolate agar (01) c) Enrichment Media – Selenite Fbroth, Tetrathionate broth, Alkaline peptone water (01). d) Differential Media- Mac Conkey’sAga (01) e) Indicator & selective media –Lowenstein’ Jenson, Media, Potassium tellurite Media, TCBS, Wilson and Blair Media. Deoxycholate citrate Agar media (01). f) Media for Blood culture – Brain heart infusion broth, Typticase soya broth (01) g) Anaerobic media – Robertson’s Cooked Meat Media, Thioglycolate media (01) h) Sugar Media for Bio-Chemical Reaction – Glucose broth, Hartley’s broth, bile broth.(01) i) Media for Biochemical reactions –In dole, MR,VP, Citrate ,Urease ,Oxidase , Catalase test, Nitrate reduction test, Phenyl Alkaline Deaminase test, gelatine liquefaction test (01) j) Fungal media – Sabouraud’s dextose (01) PATHOLOGY 1. Urine Analysis (13) 1.1Collection –a) Collection of samples (04) 1.1b)Type of Samples, labelling & preservatives.(01) 1.2. Physical Examination: Colour Appearance Quantity, Odour ,Specific gravity, Albumin, P.H.(02) 1.3. Chemical Examinations: Sugar, Ketone bodies, Albumin ,Bile salts, Bile pigments, Blood, Strip method. (03) 1.4 Microscopic Examination – Centrifuging Crystals, RBC & Casts ,WBC& Casts, Epithelial cells &Casts ,Hyaline casts, Granular casts. Atypical cells. (03)

b) Female (03) 12. Sense organs (01); 12.1 Eye (01)

353

Practical Periods: 24 5. Separation of Serum and plasma From blood. (contnd…) (13) 6. Preparation of protein free blood filtrate (11)

Practical Periods: 24 5.3 Water bath (03) 5.4 Seitz filter (02) 6. Preparation of various media.(14) 7. Preparation of stains and smears (05)

Practical Periods: 24 6. Kidney (03); 7. Liver (02) 8. Uterus (01); 9. Spleen (02) 10. Fallopian tubes (02) III. Human Slides [ Permanent Slides] (14) 1. Epithelial Tissue, Connective Tissue (09) 2. Muscular Tissue, Nervous Tissue (05)




Sep 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 9. Urine biochemical parameters (04) 10. Units of measurements. (04) 11. Solutions (12) 11.1 Types based on solute and solvent (04) 11.2 Types based on method of expressing concentration, calculations (08)

Theory Periods: 20 2. Preparation of reagents, procedures, principles and Interpretation (05) 3. Sputum Analysis (15) 3.1 Physical Examination (02) 3.2 Preparation (02); 3.3 Making a smear (02) 3.4 Staining (2); 3.5 Mounting (2) 3.6 Microscopic examination (5)

Theory Periods: 20 12.2 Ear (01); 12.3 Skin (01) 12.4 Nose (01); 12.5 Tongue (01) II. Basics in Human physiology 1. Introduction to Human Physiology (04) 2. Muscle physiology & Nerve physiology (6) 3. Blood & Lymph (06) 3.1 Blood (04); 3.2 Lymph (03)

Practical Periods: 18 7. Lab glass ware: (11) 7.1 Identification (03) 7.2 Handling (03) 7.3 Care and Maintenance (02) 7.4 Uses (02) 8. Lab instruments (07) 8.1 centrifuges (02) 8.2 Balances (01) 8.3 Photo Electric Colorimeter (02) 8.4 Spectrophotometer (02)

Practical Periods: 18 8. Methods of collection of microbiology specimen and its importance (8) PATHOLOGY 1. Collection of blood (10) 1.1 Receipt of requisition forms (02)

Practical Periods: 18 3. Liver (01) 4. Kidney (02) 5. Spleen (02) 6. Pancreas (02) 7. Lymph nodes (02) 8. Skin (02) 9. Testes(02) 10. Ovary (02) 11. Uterus (02) 12. Tonsil (01)




354

Oct 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 12. Carbohydrates and lipids. (08) 12.1 Carbohydrates (04)

- Definition (01) - Biological importance (01) - Classification (01) - Qualitative tests. (01) 12.2 Lipids (04) - Definition (02) - Biological importance (02)

Theory Periods: 12 4. Semen Analysis (05) 4.1 Collection – after counselling (01) 4.2 Physical Examination- colour, quantity, nature etc. (01) 4.3 Microscopic Examination- count, motility, Morphology[Normal Abnormal]- staining (03) 5. Body fluids- collection , labelling (7) 5.1 Peritoneal fluid (02) 5.2Pericardial fluid (03) 5.3Pleural fluid (02)

Theory Periods: 12 4. Respiratory system. (06) 5. Digestive system (06)

Practical Periods: 14 9. Preparation of (10) 9.1 Percentage solutions (04 9.2 Normal Solutions (03) 9.3 Molar Solutions (03) 10. Qualitative identification tests for sugars (04)

Practical Periods: 14 1.2 Receipt of samples (04) 1.3 Labelling (04) 2.Universal precautions (6)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Stomach layers (01) 14. Small intestine (02) 15 Large intestine (02) 4. Blood pressure-Estimation of Blood pressure (08)






Jan 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 12.2.Classification (01); Clinical importance (01) 13. Amino Acids and proteins (08) 13.1 Amino Acids (04); Definition (01); Biological importance (01); -

Theory Periods: 20 5.4 Cerebrospinal Fluid [ C.S.F] (02) 5.5 Diluting fluids. Charging the improved Neuberger chamber (02) 5.6 Identifying & counting the cells (01) 6. Haematology (15)

Theory Periods: 20 6. Cardio – Vascular system (05) 7. Excretory system –Urinary system (08) 8. Endocrine system (07)

355

Classification (01); Qualitative tests. (01) 13.2. Proteins: (04) - Definition(01) - Biological importance (01) - Classification (01) - Qualitative tests. (01) 14. Diagnostic Tests (19) 14.1 Blood Sugar- [GOD –POD Method] (05) 14.2 Blood urea [ DAM-TSC Method, Enzymatic Method] (05)

6.1 Collection of blood.Universal precautions, Methods of collection, venous puncture, finger puncture and vacutainer methods, materials required, procedures, precautions, uses of the sample And advantages of Each method. POCT [Sample Collection, At bed side] also for children. (03) 6.2 Preparation of anti coagulants-Double oxalate, sodium citrate, EDTA ,Heparin, action of each preparation, uses, disadvantages, quantity Required (02). 6.3 RBC,WBC count: Methods [Micro dilution and bulk dilution], materials required, diluting fluids, preparation, procedures advantages of each method, precautions, formula for calculation and clinical significance (07) 6.4 Platelet count: Morphology and functions of platelet, diluting fluids, procedure, formula for Calculation and clinical significance (01). 6.5 Reticulocyte Count: Methods [dry & wet] staining, diluting, fluids, normal Morphology And values, clinical significance (02).

Practical Periods: 18 10. Qualitative identification tests for sugars (contnd…) (08) 11. Qualitative identification tests for proteins. (10)

Practical Periods: 18 3. Preparation of anticoagulants (05) 4. RBC, WBC & Platelet count (07) 5. ESR stands & ESR estimation (06)

Practical Periods: 18 5. T.P.R. [ Temperature, pulse, respiration ] chart (08) 6. TC,DLC [ RBC Total Count, WBC Total Count, differential Leucocytes count ] 6.1 RBC Total count (10)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Feb 2017 22 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 14.3 Glucose tolerance Test [ GTT] (02) 14.4 Serum Uric Acid (03) 14.5 Serum Creatinine [ Jaffe’s method /Alkaline Picrate method] (03) 15. Vitamins and Minerals (09) 15.1 Vitamins (05)

Theory Periods: 17 6.6 Haemoglobin Estimation: Materials, procedure of Tall Quist, Sahli’s, Alkali, Haldane, Cyan meth haemoglobin and Specific Gravity [S.G] method, advantages and disadvantages and clinical Significance (01). 6.7 Estimation of PCV Macro & Micro methods,

Theory Periods: 17 8. Endocrine system (02) 9. Reproductive system (05) 9.1 Male (02) 9.2 Female (03) 10.Nervous system [ CNS] & Sense organs [ Eye , ear, skin, nose, tongue] (10)

356

- Vitamins classification (01) -Water soluble vitamins(01) -Fat Soluble Vitamins (01) -Sources, Daily requirements ,Deficiency diseases (02) 15.2 .Minerals (04) - Sources ,Daily requirements (02) - Deficiency diseases (02)

procedure of filling the tube, centrifuging and reading, values advantages of each method – Normal values and clinical significance. Estimation of Erythrocyte indices calculation and importance MCV,MCH, MCHC, RDW, colour index.(04) 6.8 ESR- methods used, procedure, stages, factors Affecting and clinical significance (02). 7. Disposal of hospital waste (05) 7.1Cotton, swabs ,needles (02) 7 .2 syringes, blood, urine and other material.(03) 8. Glass slides ,cover slips- Cleaning & maintenance.(05)

Practical Periods:20 12. Quantitative determination of Blood Sugar (10) 13. Semi Quantitative determination of Urine Sugar (10) Revision

Practical Periods:20 6..PCV – estimation (04) 7. Hb estimation by different methods.(08) 8. Urine- physical examination, Chemical examination&Microscopic examination- collection - Preservatives -Strip method (07) Revision

Practical Periods:20 6.2 WBC total count (9) 6.3. DLC[differential Leucocytes count ] (11) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22


357


MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN (MLT):: COURSE CODE 612 :: SECOND YEAR

Month & No.


periods Theory/No of

periods Practical

Biochemistry-II (Theory Paper -I)

Microbiology -II (Theory Paper -II)

Pathology -II (Theory Paper -III)

June 2016 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 I. Instrumental methods of Bio- Chemical Analysis (10) 1.1 Flame photometry: Principle, Theory, Construction of Flame Photometer, General and Clinical applications, study of electrolytes using flame photometer, clinical importance of determination of electrolytes. (05) 1.2 Fluorimetry: Fluorescence, Principle and Theory, construction of Fluorimeter, general and Clinical applications. (05) II. Separation Techniques. (10) 1. Chromatography: Definition, Basic Principles, (02) different types and their techniques, General and Clinical applications. (03) 2. Electrophoresis: Definition and basic principle involved, (02) Different types, procedures, general and clinical applications, (02) electrophoretic fractionation of serum proteins and lipo proteins. (01) III. Immuno Assays – Definition, Basic

Theory Periods: 22 I. Normal Flora of Micro- organisms in the Human Body (05) II. Introduction to Immunology: (10) a) Brief outline of Immunity (01) b) What are antigens? (01) c) What are antibodies? (01) d) Different types of antigen and antibody reactions, their applications in the diagnostics- agglutination, precipitation, (03) complement fixation, Neutralisation, RIA. (02) e) Principle and method of ELISA Test. (02) III. Collection and processing of faecal samples, concentration techniques of stool for Microscopic Examination (07) Parasitology : - E – histolytica (01) - Giardia lambia (01) - Plasmodium spp. (02) - Ascaris lumbricoidis (01) - Taenia solium (01) - Enterobius vermicularis (01)

Theory Periods: 22 I. Preparation of blood smears and examination:(08) - Thin & thick blood films. (01) - Making an ideal blood film. (01) - Methods – slide method, Cover slip method (01) - Staining – composition, preparation & procedure of leishman stain. (01) - Knowledge about Romano sky Stains.(01) -Examination – Morphology & Identification of RBC, WBC & Platelets (02) -Counting – DLC – Counting methods, Normal values, clinical significance and limitations. - Oils used for immersion- types (01) II. Special stains for Bone marrow smears : (05) Giemsa, Wrights, Myeloperoxidase stain, (03) Periodic Acid Schiff [PAS]- Composition, Preparation, procedure and interpretation.(02) III. Bone Marrow Aspiration / trephine

358

Principles of Immuno chemical reactions and immune assays. (02) 1. Radio immune assays. (02)

biopsy : (05) Setting up of tray for bonemarrow aspiration(02) Preparing smears–methods-Imprints, crush.(02) Staining, clinical significance. (01) IV Identification of hemoparasites : (04) Morphology of malaria parasite, microfilaria, leishmania, trypanosomiasis. (02) Importance of sample collection time. Making thick and thin smears. Procedure of making & staining the smears. (02)

Biochemistry-II (Practical Paper-I)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Electrophoretic fractionation of serum proteins and lipo proteins – Demo. (07) 2. Separation of amino acids and carbohydrates by paper chromatography – Demo. (07) 3. Determination of plasma prothrombin time (06) 4. Oral glucose tolerance test [GTT]- Demo (03)

Microbiology-II (Practical Paper-II)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Collection of clinical samples like blood, urine, stool, sputum, swabs etc. (8) 2. Parasitology (08) a) Collection, preservation and transportation of faecal material for examination of parasites.(03) b) Concentration techniques of stool for ova and cysts. (02) c) Wet preparation of faecal sample for ova and cysts. (02)

Pathology –II (Practical Paper-III)

Practical Periods: 23 I Unit (10) I.1. Maintenance, Cleaning and care about Automatic tissue processor (03) 2. Microtomes & knives – sharpening (03) 3. Water bath- tissue floatation (02) 4. Incubator. (01) 5. Maintenance & Cleaning. (02) 6. Care about equipment. (01) II. Maintenance & Preservation of cytology slides (07) Histopathology blocks & slides – Histopathology specimens & Processing. Preparation of formalin for fixation. (03)


Theory Periods: 20 III. Immuno Assays (Contd..) (04) 1.Introduction to radioactivity, Radioactive substances, Safety and precautions, Hormone assays [ T3,T4,TSH] (02)

Theory Periods: 20 III. Collection and processing of faecal samples, concentration techniques of stool for Microscopic Examination (Contd…) (01) Wucheraria bancrofti. W.Malayi . W.Loaloa.(01)

Theory Periods: 20 IV Identification of hemoparasites: (Contd..) (01) Identification of the parasite. (01) V Absolute Eosinophil count : (03)

359

2. Enzyme linked immuno assays. Description of instruments used in these assays. (02) IV. Metabolism: (10) 1. Carbohydrate metabolism – Glycolysis and TCA Cycle. (06) 2. Lipid metabolism- β- Oxidation of Fatty Acids. (02) 3. Protein metabolism – Urea cycle (02) V. Titrimetric methods of quantitative determination, preparation of various solutions used in Titrimetric analysis.(05) VI. Liver Function Tests[ LFT]: (01) 1. Classification of LFT (01)

IV. Antibiotic sensitivity Test – preparation of Antibiotic discs. (05) V. Preservation methods of stock cultures and their importance and principle procedure. (05) VI. Brief outline of Morphology cultural characteristics and Lab diagnosis of imp. Pathogens. (09)) a)Gram Positive – Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Pneumococcus (03) b)Gram Negative cocci– Gonococci, Meningococci. (03) c) Gram Positive Bacilli- Corynebacterium – diphtheriae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae (03)

Materials required, diluting fluids, procedure, (1) Identification and counting of cells (02) VI Sickle cell preparation: (05) Principle, procedure, methods, Materials required, (04) clinical significance. (01) VII Osmotic fragility test : (05) Methods used, materials required, procedure, observation, reporting, Normal values, (04) factors affecting and interpretation. (01) VIII Coagulation Tests: (06) a) Bleeding time- methods- Dukes method, lvy’s method – procedure, normal values and clinical significance. (03) b) Clotting time – methods- Lee & White, capillary tube method procedure, materials, normal values, factors affecting coagulation and clinical significance. (03)

Practical Periods: 22 5. Estimation of serum calcium and inorganic phosphate. (05) 6. Practice and use of automated pipettes. (05) 7. Estimation of HDL cholesterol. (7) 8. Determination of urine proteins by turbidmetric method – [Sulfosalysilic Acid] (05)

Practical Periods: 22 3. Procedure, processing of sputum for AFB (05) 4. Procedure of skin clipping of leprae bacilli. (05) 5. Identification of organisms with Biochemical reactions of common organisms like – taphylococcus, E.coli, Klebsiella, Shigella, Salmonella, Proteus, Pseudomonas. (7) 6. Antibiotic Sensitivity Tests. (05)

Practical Periods: 22 III. Glass Ware (05) - Slides, Cover slips, sample collection jars, test tubes and watch glasses. (05) IV. Immuno Hematology & Blood Banking - ABO Blood grouping techniques (03) - RH Factor (03) - Cross matching. (02) - Coombs test- Direct & indirect methods. (04)




August 2016/24 OJT


September 2016/22


360

OJT obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.

October 2016/15 OJT


HALF YEARLY ESAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY ESAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY ESAMINATIONS Nov 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 VI. Liver Function Tests[ LFT]: (Contd…) (10)) 2.Basic concepts-including normal & abnormal bilirubin metabolism (2) 3. Determination of Serum Bilirubin – Malloy & Evelyn method, Vandenbergh’s method. (02) 4. Determination of total Serum proteins & A/G Ratio. (02) 5. Estimation of Enzymes – Transaminases [SGOT, SGPT], Alkaline Phosphatase & Acid phosphatase (04) VII. Kidney function tests[KFT/RFT]: (10) 1. Classification of KFT (01) 2. Basic concepts (01) 3. Estimation of Blood urea [DAM-TSC & Enzymatic methods ] (02) 4. Estimation of serum creatinine [Jaffe’s method / Alkaline picrate] (02) 5. Clearance tests [ Urea, Creatinine] (02) 6. Concentration & dilution tests. (02)

Theory Periods: 20 VI. Brief outline of Morphology (Contd….) (17) d) Gram Negative Bacilli– enterobacteriaceae E.coli, Klebsiella, Salmonella, Shigella. (05) e) Anaerobic Bacteria-Bacteriodes, Clostridium spp (03) f) Vibriocholera, Pseudomonas. (02) g) H.influenza, B.pertusis. (02) h) Spirochetes- Treponema, Leptospira. (02) i) Actinomyces & Nocardia. (03) VII. Bacteriological Examination (03) of Water (03)

Theory Periods: 20 VIII Coagulation Tests: (Contd….) (03) c) Prothrombin time [PT] (02) d) APTT (01) IX Buffy coat preparation : (05) L.E. cells, microfilaria & Abnormal cells. (05) X. * L.E cell Test : (05) - Principle, procedure, material required, reporting, (04) Clinical significance. (01) XI. Basics of coulter counter : - Diluting fluids - Maintenance of counter. (05) XII. Histopathology : (02) - Maintenance of Registers – receiving register, gross register, Slide register and report issue register. - Biopsy (02)

Practical Periods: 23 9. CSF analysis – Pandy’s test Nonne- Apelt – Sugars, Proteins (08) 10. Demonstration of working of Auto analysers. (08) 11. Training of Computer basics. (07)

Practical Periods: 23 6. Antibiotic Sensitivity Tests.(Contd………) (06) 7. Preservation of Stock Cultures. Mycology processing. (05) 8. Collection of specimen for fungal examination like skin scrapings, CSF&Nail clippings. (5) 9. Fungal Examination by wet preparation (07)

Practical Periods: 23 V. Histopathology : (15) 1. Fixation of Tissue; 2. Processing (02) 3.Dehydration (02) ; 4.Clearing (01) ; 5. Impregnation (01) 6. Paraffin embedding and block making. (01); 7. Trimming of block (01) 8. Staining of the sections (02)

361

9. Special stains– PAS, Perls, Reticulin, Masson’s Trichrome.(02) 10. Mounting & labeling (03) 11. Decalcification(04) VI. Cytology : Fixatives. (05)




Dec 2016 23 20 24

Theory Periods: 20 VII. Kidney function tests[KFT/RFT]: (Contd…) (03) 7. Urine Examination in assessing KFT Proteins, Sugars, blood [Qualitative] (03) VIII. Gastric Function Tests [GFT] (05) 1. Introduction & Basic concepts. (03) 2. Estimation of Free HCL combined Acids – Clinical significance. (02) IX. Thyroid Function Tests [ TFT] (05) 1. Introduction & Basic Concepts. (02) 2. Estimation of Thyroid Hormones [T3,T4,TSH] – [ RIA & Chemiluminiscence methods], Clinical Significance. (03) X. Pancreatic Function Test [PFT] (05) 1. Introduction of Basic concepts. (02) 2. Determination of Serum amylase. (03) XI. Clinical Enzymology : (02) 1. Introduction & Basic concepts of Enzymes, Co- Enzymes, Iso Enzymes. (01) 2. Importance of Enzymes. (01)

Theory Periods: 20 VII. Bacteriological Examination (Contd…) (08) of Milk (04) & Food (04) VIII. Mycology. (12) Morphology, cultural characteristics & lab diagnosis of : Candida, (03) Cryptococcus, (03) Dermatophytes, (03) Aspergillus, (03)

Theory Periods: 20 XII. Histopathology: (Contd...) (12) tissue specimens – Example: Thyroid, GIT, breast, soft tissue, bone etc. Fixatives - processing Dehydration - clearing (03) Impregnation - paraffin embedding and block making - Trimming of blocks - Tissue cutting [ Microtomes] - Staining of the sections. - Mounting & Mounting Media, cover slips, labeling. Decalcification of bone & calcified tissue.(4 Routine Hematoxylin & Eosin staining. Immuno histochemistry. (02) Special stains- PAS, Reticulin, Perls, Masson’s Trichrome etc. Filing of slides, storing of blocks etc. (03) XIII. Microtomes & Knives: (08) Types of Microtomes –Maintenance. (03) Sharpening of Knives – Honing & stropping Advantages and dis-advantages of frozen section cutting (05)

Practical Periods: 24 12. Estimation of serum sodium and potassium by Flame photometry. (05) 13. Qualitative identification of urine sugars. (05) 14. Qualitative identification of urine

Practical Periods: 24 10. Fungal Culture (05) 11. Germ Tube Test. (05) 12. Serology (14) CRP, ASO (03) RA, VDRL (04), Widal (04),

Practical Periods: 24 VI. Cytology : (Contd….) (08) Cytological exam of all fluids Slide preparation , staining (04) Pap smears – staining, labeling, mounting & preservation (05) VII Sickle Cell preparation (08)

362

proteins [ Heat Coagulations} (07) 15. Qualitative identification of urine Bile Salts & Bile Pigments (07)

Brucella (03) VIII Buffy Coat preparation (07)




Jan 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods: 20 XI. Clinical Enzymology : 3. Gamma Glutamate transaminase [GGT](1) 4. Cardiac Enzymes – CPK, LDH, SGOT (1) 5. Acid Phosphatase. (01) XII. Body Fluids: (05) 1. Outlines of formations of different body

fluids (01) 2. Composition & Analysis of CSF

including. a) CSF Sugar estimation b) CSF Proteins estimation (02) c) CSF Chlorides estimation. Including interpretation of results. (02) XIII. Automation of Biochemistry Labs and usage of Computers. (04) XIV Quality Control (05) Introduction and importance of quality assurance, General principle. (02) Internal and external quality control. (03) XV Diagnostic Tests Lipid profile – Serum Total cholesterol, HDL Cholesterol, LDL cholesterol.(03)

Theory Periods: 19 VIII. Mycology. (Contd….) (03) Morphology, cultural characteristics & lab diagnosis of : Penicillum. (03) IX Virology- Classification, General properties and cultivation of imp.pathogenic (17) viruses such as Polio (02), Hepatitis (02), Rabies(02), HIV (02), Dengue (02) X. Quality Control in Laboratory. (07)

Theory Periods: 20 XIV Cytology : (08) FNAC - Guided aspiration - Pap smear Cytosine – equipment – machine, Procedure, material, laying a tray for the procedure. (04) Making smears, staining & mounting cover slip, labeling. Identification & Interpretation – basics. (04) XV Museum techniques: (05) Labeling (01) Storage of specimens Methods of color maintenance Presentation of specimen. Mounting, Labeling and cataloging the specimen (02) Maintenance and cleanliness of the Museum. Disposal of waste, - Safety in the lab. (02) XVI Autopsy : (05) Aims & methods of performing Autopsy, Cleaning, suturing and restoring the body. (03) Cleaning the autopsy instruments, tables and rooms, preservation of organs. (02) XVII. Immuno Hematology and Blood Banking: (02) - Introduction (02)

Practical Periods: 22 16. Determination of Serum Bilirubin, SGPT & Alkaline Phosphatase [ LFT] (06) 17. Determination of Blood Urea and serum creatinine [KFT] (08) 18. Practice and interpretation of lipid profile. (08)

Practical Periods: 22 12. Serology (Contd…) (12) ELISA (06), Western blot tests(06) 13. Incubation of fertile eggs & Inoculation by various routes. (10)

Practical Periods: 22 IX Bone marrow smears- preparation & staining. (11) X. Coagulation tests – B.T. , C.T. (11)

363

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Feb 2017 22 8

Theory Periods: 08 XV Diagnostic Tests : Contd……(08) 2. Glycosylated hemoglobin. (02) 3. Serum calcium (02) 4. Inorganic phosphate. (02) 5. Blood gas analysis [ PCo2 & PO2] (01) 6. Analysis of Renal & BiliaryCalculi [Stone analysis] (01) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 X. Quality Control in Laboratory. (Contd….) (03) XI Automation in Clinical Laboratories - in brief. (05) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 XVII. Immuno Hematology and Blood Banking: (Contd…) (08) - Human blood group antigens, their inheritance and antibodies. - ABO Blood group systems. RH Blood group system. (03) Techniques of grouping & cross matching.(02) Blood collection, screening of donor preservation and maintenance of records.(02) Coombs Test -a) Direct b) indirect. (01) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017 Revision/IPE 2017

364

OPTHALMIC TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course ophthalmic technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. To provide through knowledge of lenses & various optical instruments

2. Participation in eye screening camps & dispensing optical outlets

3. Multidisplinary & clinically oriented education

4. Early inroduction to lenses, instruments & patient care via observation

5. Learn basic examination procedures during the consecutive years

6. Participation in ophthalmological sub speciality & surgical management

7. Extensive knowledge & utiliaxation of pre clinic laboratory during years 1 & 2.

365


OPHTHALMIC TECHNICIAN, COURSE CODE:: 613::FIRST YEAR Month & No.



Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology

(Theory Paper I)

Physical & Physiological

Aspects of spectacles (Theory Paper II)

Community Ophthalmology &

Health Education (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye(9) 1.1 Lids (4) 1.2 Conjunctiva Cornea and sclera (5) 2.0 Physiology(7) 2.1 General Physiology of the Eye and Introduction (4) 2.2 Cornea and Lens (3) 3.0 Pharmacology(7) 3.1 Ocular Pharmacology and Pathology (4) 3.2 Mode of therapy Eg. Drops, Oral, Injection etc. (3)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (12) 1.1 Principles of Refraction (6) 1.2 Retinoscopy, Principles & Practise (6) 2.0 Optics (11) 2.1 Ophthalmic Glasses (5) 2.2 Physical forms & Sizes and Shapes [Spherical – Concave and Convex ] (6)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Examination Of The EYE (6) 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (6) 2.5 Refractive Errors (3) 2.6 Eye Donation (3) 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (5) 3.5 Reading problems in children (3) 3.6 Statistical evaluation of the surveys (2) 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.4 Specific Measures for a): Xerosis (2); b): Trachoma (2) c ): Conjunctivitis (2)

Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1. Drawing of different parts of the Eye. .

Physical & Physiological aspects of Spectacles (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 1. Diagrams of refraction

Practical periods: 21 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps.; d. At Industries


Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (10) 1.3 Iris and Ciliary body 2.0 Physiology (5) 2.2 Pupillary Reflexes (3)

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10) 1.3 Eye as Refractive Apparatus 2.0 Optics (10)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (18) 2.1 Conjunctivitis

366

2.3 Visual Acuity and Form Sense (2) 3.0 Pharmacology (5) 3.3 Commonly used Drugs in Ophthalmology (3) 3.4 Antibiotics (2)

2.3 Astigmatic Lenses [ Cylindrical & Ptoric Lenses ]

3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.1 Screening and Survey of the school children 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.1 Blindness and causes

Practical Periods: 19 2. Recording of distance vision, near vision, Colour vision (19)

Practical Periods: 19 2. Hypermetropia (19)

Practical Periods: (19) 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (19)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (11) 1.4 Lens and vitreous (7) 1.5 Retina and Choroid (4) 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.4 Night vision (3) 2.5 Colour vision (3) 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.5 anti-inflammatory (3) 3.6 Anti-Allergic (3)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (13) 1.4 Myopia and its correction 2.0 Optics (10) 2.4 Prisms and its Uses

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (11) 2.2 Cataract 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.2 Eye Screening of the Industrial workers 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.2 Nutrition

Practical Periods: 24 5. Visual fields Recording

Practical Periods: 24 3. Myopia

Practical Periods: 24 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (10) b. Old age homes, (14)




September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.6 Ocular muscles 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.6 Accommodation 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.7 Mydriatics & Miotics 3.8 Antiseptics

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10) 1.5 Hypermetropia and its correction 2.0 Optics (10) 2.5 Prismatic effect

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (8) 2.3 Vitamin-A Deficiency 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.3 Eye Camps 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.3 Environmental Sanitation and Water supply, sewage, disposal

367

Practical Periods: 18 6. Lacrimal test [18]

Practical Periods: 18 4. Astigmatism (18)

Practical Periods: 18 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (9) b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes (9)




October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (4) 1.7 Cranial Nerves – I, II, III, IV and VII (3) 2.0 Physiology (4) 2.7 Convergence 3.0 Pharmacology (4) 3.9 Methodology of Applying medication to the eye. (2) 3.10 Aseptic Techniques. (2)

Theory Periods: 12 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (6) 1.6 Astigmatism and its correction 2.0 Optics (6) 2.6 Chemistry of Lenses

Theory Periods: 12 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (4) 2.4 Injuries and Occupational hazards 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (4) 3.4 Detection of the Blind and their rehabilitation, and with note on preventable, permanent and reversible blindness and visually handicapped 4.0 Health Education (4) 4.4 Specific Measures for ( i ): Blindness & Causes

Practical Periods: 14 7. Uses of Mydriatics & Myotics (14)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Aphakia (14)

Practical Periods: 14 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps.






368

January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.8 Lacrimal apparatus 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.8 Production of Aqueous (3) 2.9 aqueous dynamics [I.O.P] (3) 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.11 Urine examination (3) -Albumin &-Sugar Deposits. 3.12 General Information On (3) -Infection; -Inflammation -Hypersensitivity -Blood Pressure level (B.P) -Blood Sugar Level (Diabetics)

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10) 1.7 Presbyopia and its correction (5) 1.8 Prescription of glasses (5) 2.0 Optics (10) 2.7 Optical Aberrations (5) 2.8 Chemistry of Frames (5)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (6) 2.7 Certain Terms 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.7 Detection of Eye diseases due to Nutritional disorders (3) 3.8 Industrial hazards and Eye Protection (3) 4.0 Health Education (8) 4.4 Specific Measures for ( i ): Blindness & Causes ( ii ): Xerosis; ( iii ): Trachoma ( iv ): Conjunctivitis; ( v ): Cataract

Practical Periods: 18 8. Methodology of Applying Medications (18)

Practical Periods: 18 7. Reflection, refraction of light (18)

Practical Periods: 18 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (4) b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes (4) c. Eye Camps (5) ; d. At Industries(5)


Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (6) 1.1 Lids (3) 1.2 Conjunctiva Cornea and sclera (4) 2.0 Physiology (5) 2.1 General Physiology of the Eye and Introduction (3) 2.2 Cornea and Lens (2) 3.0 Pharmacology (5) 3.1 Ocular Pharmacology and Pathology (2) 3.2 Mode of therapy Eg. Drops, Oral, Injection etc (3) Revision

Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (8) 1.9 Aphakia, Pseudophakia and its correction (5) 1.10 Low Visual Aids (4) 2.0 Optics (8) 2.9 Measurement of Power [ lens meter and Geneva Lens Measure ] (4) 2.10 General Introduction of Contact Lenses (4) Revision

Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Examination Of The EYE (4) 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (4) 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (4) 4.0 Health Education (4) Revision

Practical Periods:21 1. Drawing of different parts of the Eye. a)Lids

Practical Periods:21 1. Prism (10) 2. Practical demonstration of: (11)

Practical Periods:21 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools

369

b)cornea c)anterior segment

a. Refraction through prism b. Refraction through convex lens c. Refraction through concave lens.

b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps. d. At Industries

March 2017 21


370


OPHTHALMIC TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 613: SECOND YEAR

Month & No.


periods Theory/No of

periods Practical

Spectacle Lens Grinding, Dispensing of Spectacles

(Theory Paper I)

Common Occular Diseases & Primary

Operation Theatre Procedures (Theory Paper II)

Refractive Errors, Maintenance of

Investigative Instruments & Equipment (Theory Paper III)

June 2016 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (11) 1.1 Types of Lenses (3) 1.2 Principles of grinding (4) 1.8 Ingredient of Material (4) (i): Grinding (ii): Powder (iii): Pads (iv): Tools (v): Laps, etc. 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (11) 2.1 Human Eye and Spectacles, Intrapupilary distance 2.2 Bifocals and Multifocal requirements, types centering 2.9 Cylindrical 2.10 Measurement of spectacle lens, power and focimeter.

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases.(9) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.1 Conjunctivitis (5) 1.2 Lid infection (4) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.1 Tension Taking [Tonometer] (5) 2.2 Colour vision (4) 3.0 Operation Theatre Procedure [Minor] (4) [ Introduction to techniques & preparation of the patient ] 3.1 Asepsis – How to achieve and sterilization (1) 3.2 Anaesthetic agents and where indicated (1) 3.3 Carrying out pre-operative and post-operative instructions(1) 3.4 Bandaging the Eye(1) 3.5 Lacrimal sac-syringing (1)

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.1 Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia (5) 1.2 symptomatology and management of myopia (5) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (6) 2.1 Trial set (3) 2.2 Torches (3) 3.0 Special Investigations (6) 3.1 Visual Acuity Charting a) Distant b) Near c) With Pin Hole d) Colour vision

Spectacle Lens Grinding, Dispensing of Spectacles

(Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses

Common Ocular Diseases & Primary Operation theatre Procedures.

(Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management

Refractive Errors, Maintenance Of Equipments

(Practical Paper III) Practical Periods:23 1. Examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of

371

b) Grinding c) Finishing d) Polishing 2. Dispensing spectacles in Opticals.

a) Conjunctivialtis b) Lid Infection c) Styes d) Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage e) Eye-Allergy f) Cataract g) Injuries h) Practise of Retinoscopy. 2. swab smears and cultures

Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia; 3. Aphakia 4. Contact lens- prescription and practise


Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (11) 1.3 Bifocal Grinding (6) 1.4 Cylindrical Grinding (5) 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (9) 2.3 Protective glasses

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (11) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.3 Styes (6) 1.4 Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.3 Visual fields

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Refractive Errors (11) 1.3 Symptomatogy and management of Astigmatism 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (9) 2.3 Ophthalmoscope

Practical Periods: 22 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses

Practical Periods: 22 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Conjunctivitis

Practical Periods: 22 1. examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia




August 2016/24 OJT





372

October 2016/15 OJT


HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS Nov 2016 24 20 24

Theory Periods:20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.5 Prismatic Lens Grinding 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.4 Lens form and thickness effective, equivalent and vertex power.

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. [ Symptoms and Detection of ] (10) 1.5 Eye-Allergy (5) 1.6 Corneal Ulcer (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) 2.4 Various instruments and their principles

Theory Periods:20 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.4 Presbyopia 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (10) 2.4 Slit-Lamp

Practical Periods:24 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding

Practical Periods: 24 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Conjunctivitis b) Lid Infection c) Styes

Practical Periods: 24 1. Examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint.




Dec 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods:20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.6 Aberrations’ and base curves 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.5 Trial lenses and frames

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (10) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.7 Cataract (5) 1.8 Vitamin-A Deficiency (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) 2.5 Fluorescence staining and techniques (5) 2.6 Lacrimal test (5)

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.5 Aphakia 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (10) 2.4 Slit-Lamp (5) 2.5 Keratometers (5)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses

Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management

Practical Periods: 23 1. examination of Refractive errors (13) a) Symptomatology and management of

373

b) Grinding c) Finishing

a) Conjunctivialtis b) Lid Infection c) Styes d) Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage

Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia (10)




Jan 2017 22 19 22

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.7 Aphakic glasses 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.6 frame types and specific indications

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (10) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.9 Injuries. 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) 2.7 Urine test – (I). Albumin (II). Sugar

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.6 Suint (5) 1.7 Contact lens: prescription and practice.(5) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (10) 2.6 Surgical Instruments (5) 2.7 Foci-meter [ Lensometer ] (5)

Practical Periods:21 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding c) Finishing d) Polishing

Practical Periods: 21 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Injuries b) Practise of Retinoscopy. 2. swab smears and cultures

Practical Periods: 21 examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia ; 3. Aphakia 4. Contact lens- prescription and practise

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I Feb 2017 22

Theory Periods:08 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (4) 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (4)

Theory Periods:08 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (4) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 2.0 Routine Investigations (4)

Theory Periods:08 1.0 Refractive Errors (3) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (3)

374

Revision

Revision

4.0 Maintenance of Medical Records and Statisticals. (2) Revision

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – II March 2017 22


375

PHYSIOTHERAPHY The basic aim of the course Physiotheraphy is to impart the following skills in the student.

1) Recognize various systems and function of body parts.

2) Proper use and handling of Electrotherapy equipment.

3) Usage and handling of exercise therapy equipment.

4) Proper assessment of Orthopaedics and Neurological cases.

5) Selection of suitable treatment method and rehabilitation

technique of various conditions.

6) Develop skills in

a) Massage.

b) Hydrotherapy.

c) Electrical stimulation.

d) Exercise therapy techniques.

e) Pre and post operative rehabilitation.

376


PHYSIOTHERAPY, COURSE CODE: 614 :: FIRST YEAR Month &

No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical

Anatomy &Physiology (Theory Paper -I )

Pscychology & Abnormal Psychology (Theory Paper-II )

Bio-Mechanics & Exercise Therapy (Theory Paper - III )

June 2016 25 23 21

Theory Periods :23 1.Topographical and Functional aspects of Anatomy. (06) 1.1) Planes of the human body(02) 1.2) Systems of the body (02) 1.3) Units of structure & Function of cell (02) 2. Osteology (17) 2.1) Anatomical position planes ,surfaces ,relationship of parts of body- proximal & distal (03) 2.2) Types of bones (02) 2.3) Structure of long bone (04) 2.4) Vertebral column (03) 2.5) Vertebral bones (02) 2.6)Surface land marks(03)

Theory Periods :23 1.What is psychology(05) 1.1) Introduction(02) 1.2)Definition (01) 1.3)various branches of psychology.(02) 2. Behaviour(10) 2.1)Definition(01) 2.2)Types of behaviour(02) 2.3)Factors influencing behaviour(02) 2.4)Definition of abnormal behaviour(01) 2.5)types of abnormal behaviour(01) 2.6)Methods of studying behaviour(03) 3.Intelligence(08) 3.1)definition(01) 3.2)Types of intelligence(02) 3.3)Theories of intelligence(02) 3.4)Evaluation of intelligence(02) 3.5)Intelligence quotient &Mental retardation(01)

Theory Periods :23 1.Bio Mechanics(10) 1.1)Mechanical Principles((01) 1.2)Def.of biomechanics,Axis, Planes,kinematics(01) 1.3)Gravity,centre of gravity,line of gravity,base of support(01) 1.4)equilibrium,fixation,stabilization force and types of force(01) 1.5)levers of body and their mechanical advantage (01) 1.6)pulley, spring, elasticity(01) 1.7)Types of muscle contraction(01) 1.8)range of muscle work(01) 1.9)Group action of muscles(01) 1.10)limb length measurement(01) 2.Gait(10) 2.1)Definition(01) 2.2)stages of gait (05)) 2.3)Pathological gaits (04) 3.Exercise Therapy 3.1)Introduction to PT, role &principles of PT(01) 3.2)Starting positions(02)

377

Anatomy &Physiology (Practical Paper-I ) Practical Periods : 21 1)Bones : (15) 1.1)Identification & description of bones(03) 1.2)Upper limb Bones (03) 1.3) Lower limb bones (03) 1.4) Vertebral bones (02) 1.5) Skull bones (02) 1.6) Thoracic cage (01) 1.7) Identification of surface land marks (01) 2)Joints- 06 Identification of joints(05) 2.1 Upper limb joints (01)

Pscychology & Abnormal Psychology (Practical Paper-II ) Practical Periods:21 1)Intelligence Evaluation(20) 1.1)Intelligence quotient(05) 1.2)Various methods(15) 2) Intelligence test (01) 2.1 Evaluation (01)

Bio-Mechanics & Exercise Therapy (Practical Paper - III ) Practical Periods:21 1)Gait and gait training.(10) Gait analysis: 1.1)Assessment of patient(02) 1.2)Preparation of patient(01) 1.3)Instructions to patients(02) 1.4)Precautions(01) 1.5)Safety measures.(01) 1.6)Limb length measurement(02) 2.Suspension therapy(10) 2.1) Assessment of patient(02) 2.2)Preparation of patient(02) 2.3)Instructions to patient(02) 2.4)Position of patient(02) 2.5)Technique of treatment.(02) 3. Passive movements (01) 3.1 Assessment of patient (01)

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I July-2016 23 20 21

Theory Periods:20 2)Osteology continued : (01) 2.6)Surface land marks (01) 3.Arthrology(12) 3.1)Classification of joint (02) 3.2)Construction of joints (04) 3.3) Motion of joints (04) 3.4) Articulation & Articular surfaces & Types of joints (02) 4) Myology :(06) 4.1) Types of muscles & fascia(02) 4.2)Muscle spindle in detail(01) 4.3)Muscles of upper limb(02) 4.4)Muscles of lower limb(01)

Theory Periods:20 4). Aptitudes 5). Motivation a) Types and methods

Theory Periods:20 3.3)Introduction to Exercise Therapy : (8) a)Aims of E.T(02) b)Techniques of E.T(02) c)Goniometry in detail (04) 3.4)Passive movements(05) : a)Definition(01) b)Classification(02) c)principles(01) d)Effects &Use(01) 3.5)Active Movements : (07) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(03) c) Techniques(03)

Practical Periods (21) 2)Joints continued (10)

Practical Periods (21) 2)Intelligence test continued(19)

Practical Periods (21) 3)Passive movement continued (9)

378

2.1)Upper limb joints (02) 2.2) Lower limb joints (02) 2.3)Movements taking place in joints (03) 2.4)Muscle origin , insertion ,nerve supply, action(04) 3)Study of microscope(05) 4)Demonstration of Thorax with organs in situation :(04) 4.1) Heart (04)

2.2)Evaluation (15) 2.3)Various tests(1) 3) Binets scale (03)

3.1) Assessment of patient(01) 3.2)preparation of patient (01) 3.3)instructions to patient (02) 3.4)position of patient (01) 3.5)technique of treatment(03) 3.6)Precautions(01) 4)Active movements(8) 4.1) assessment of patient(02) 4.2)preparation of patient(01) 4.3)instructions to patient(02) 4.4)position of patient(01) 4.5)technique of treatment(02) 4.6)Precautions(01) 5) Resisted exercise (02)




August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods :24 4) Myology continued(04) 4.4)Muscles of lower limb(02) 4.5)Muscles of trunk, eye & face (02) (Origin, insertion nerve supply &action ) 5)Cardio vascular system (13) 5.1)Heart structure (04) 5.2)Properties of Heart muscle(02) 5.3)Cardiac cycle (02) 5.4)Arteries, capillaries &veins(03) 5.5) B.P(01) 5.6)Systemic ,Pulmonary &Lymphatic circulation(03) 6)Blood(05) 6.1)composition of blood(01) 6.2)plasma (01) 6.3)Blood group(01)

Theory Periods :20 6)Personality development continued :(03) 6.6)Clinical features of disorders(01) 7)Learning :(08) 7.1)Definition (01) 7.2)Theories of Learning (03) 7.3)Methods of Learning(02) 7.4)Factors influencing learning(02) 8)Remembering &Forgetting :(08) 8.1)Definition (02) 8.2)factors influencing forgetting(03) 8.3) factors influencing remembering(03) 9)Thinking, perception & attending:(05) 9.1)Definitions(04) 9.2)Various types of perception (01)

Theory Periods:24 3.5)Active movements continued: (04) d)Effects & uses(04) 3.6)Relaxation :(20) a)Definition(01) b)Principles(02) c)techniques of general relaxation(14) d)local relaxation techniques(03)

Practical Periods: 24 4)Demonstration of Thorax with organs in situation :(10)

Practical Periods:24 3)Binets scalec (10) &Stanford Binets scale (10)

Practical Periods:24 5)Resisted exercise(05) 6)Goniometry in detail (15) :

379

4.1) Heart (01) 4.2)Lungs(05) 5)Recording of BP(10) 6)Identification of various organs with the abdomen (03)

4) Personality evaluation (03) 4.1 Human figure test, drawing test (03)

6.1) assessment of patient(02) 6.2)preparation of patient(02) 6.3)instructions to patient(02) 6.4)position of patient(02) 6.5)technique of treatment(06) 6.6)precautions (01) 7)Joint mobilization techniques (04) : 7.1)shoulder (04)

ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST –II



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods:20 6)Blood continued(02) 6.4)Coagulation phenomenon(02) 7)Respiratory system (17) 7.1)Anatomy of Respiratory organs(05) 7.2)Air passages(02) 7.3)Mechanism of Breathing(03) 7.4)Lung volume &Capacitance(03) 7.5)Dyspnoea(01) 7.6)Bronchial tree &Segments(03) 8)Animal cell (01)

Theory Periods:20 9)Thinking, perception & attending continued (05) 9.2)Various types of perception (01) 9.3)Factors influencing perception ,thinking &attention(04) 10)Individual differences (08) 10.1)introduction (02) 10.2) Definition(02) 10.3)Causes(01) 10.4)Factors influencing I.D(02) 10.5)Disadvantages of I.D (01) 11)Frustation &Conflicts(07) 11.1) Definition(01) 11.2)Factors leading to frustation(02) 11.3) Factors leading to conflicts(01) 11.4)Types of conflicts(02) 11.5)Disadvantages (01)

Theory Periods:20 3.6)Relaxation continued (02) d)Local relaxation techniques(02) 3.7) Joint mobility(10) a)Introduction(01) b)Classification of joint(02) c)Limitation of joint ROM(02) d)Hip mobilization methods(02) e)Knee mobilization methods (02) f)Ankle mobilization methods (01) 3.8)Muscle strength (08) a)Introduction(01) b)Type of muscle work(01) c) Range of muscle work(01) d)Muscular weakness (02) e)Paralysis(03)

Practical Periods : 18 6)Identification of various organs with the abdomen (06) 7)TPR description(10) 8)Records of various system diagram &labelling(Anatomy) (02)

Practical Periods:18 4)Personality evaluation continued (16) 4.1:Human figure test, drawing test painting &play(06) 4.2)Wechrlers memory scale (10) 5)Visit to psychiatric institutions(02)

Practical Periods:18 7)Joint mobilization techniques continued(11) 7.1)shoulder (01) 7.2)Elbow (02) 7.3)Hip (05) 7.4)Knee(03) 8)Manual muscle testing (07) 8.1)Introduction(02)

380

8.2) Upper limb(03) 8.3) Lower limb (02)

ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST –III



October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 9)Nervous system:(12) 9.1)Division &Function of nervous system(01) 9.2)Nerve tissue –neuron &nerve fibre(01) 9.3)Spinal cord ,brain &their structures(03) 9.4)Neuromuscular junction(01) 9.5)Synapse(01) 9.6)functions of cerebellum, cerebrum, thalamus & hypothalamus (04) 9.7)Phenomenon of muscle contraction, degeneration &regeneration (01)

Theory Periods:12 11)Frustation &Conflicts continued (01) 11.5)Disadvantages (01) 12)Psychosomatic & psychoneurotic disorders (08) 12.1)Definition (01) 12.2)Signs &symptoms of psychosis &neurosis(04) 12.3)Various types of psychosomatic disorders(02) 12.4)Characteristic features of psychosomatic disorders(01) 13)Child ,Adolescent &Geriatric psychology (03) 13.1)Definition(01) 13.2)Factors influencing(02)

Theory Periods:12 3.8)Muscle strength(02) f)Prevention of muscle wasting (02) 3.9)Stretching (05) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(03) C)Effects &uses (01) 3.10)Neuromuscular coordination (02) a)Frenkel ‘s exercise(02) 3.11)Proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation (03) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(02)

Practical Periods: 14 8)Records of various system diagram &labelling(Anatomy) (08) 9)Description of Brain &Peripheral nerves(06)

Practical Periods:14 5)Visit to psychiatric institutions(14)

Practical Periods:14 8)Manual muscle testing continued (03) 8.3)Lower limb(01) 8.4)Back(02) 9)Muscle strengthening techniques (11) : 9.1) assessment of patient(02) 9.2)preparation of patient(01) 9.4)instructions to patient(02) 9.5) Oxford techniques (04) 9.6) Deloreme techniques (02)

HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS HALF YEARLY EXAMS November 2016/24 OJT


381




January 23 20 18

Theory Periods:20 9) Nervous system continued(06) 9.8)Changes in body during exercise(02) 9.9)Names the peripheral &CN supplying the major functional group(03) 9.10)CSF (01) 10)Digestive system :(05) 10.1) Anatomy of digestive organs (03)-Oesophagus, stomach &intestines. 10.2)Digestive glands (02) 11)Metabolism :(03) 11.1)Fat (01) 11.2)Carbohydrates(01) 11.3)Protein(01) 12)Excretory system (06) 12.1)Anatomy of Urinary Organs(04)-Kidney & urinary bladder B)Functions of kidney(01)) C)Micturation phenomenon (01)

Theory Periods:20 13)Child ,Adolescent &Geriatric psychology continued:(12) 13.3)Causes for abnormal behaviour (01) 13.4)Various types of child behaviour(02) 13.5)Dementia, depression, delirium in old age(03) 13.6)Steps to overcome the abnormal behaviour in individual(02) 13.7) Psycotherapy for child ,adolescent& old(02) 13.8)Old age home (02) 14)Alcoholism &Drug addiction:(08)

Theory Periods:20 3.11)Propioceptive neuromuscular facilitation continued c)Effects &uses (02) 3.12)Hydrotherapy (03) a)Definition b)Indications; c)contra indications d)Dangers; e)Precautions 3.13)Breathing exercise &Postural drainage(07) a)definition(01),;b)Types (02); c)Technique(02); d)Indications(01); e)contraindications(01) 3.14)Posture (04) a)Definition(01); b)Classification(02) c)Postural training(01) 3.15)Exercise therapy equipments (04) a)Suspension therapy(02) b)Mat exercise(01) c)Re education board &Swiss ball (01)

Practical Periods : 18 9)Description of Brain &Peripheral nerves Continued(14) 10.Records of various physiological systems with labels(04)

Practical Periods:18 6)Visit to psychiatric institution continued(04) 7)Evaluation of psychiatric patients (14) A)Assessment B)Evaluation

Practical Periods:18 9)Muscle strengthening techniques continued (04) 9.6)Deloreme technique(02) 9.3)Macqueen(02) 10)Breathing exercise& Postural drainage (14)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS-I

February 22

Theory:17 12)Excretory system continued : (03)

Theory:17 14)Alcoholism &Drug addiction continued

Theory:17 3.15)Exercise therapy equipments

382

17 21

C)Micturation phenomenon(01) D)Skin function & temperature regulation(02) 13)Reproductive system :(08) A)Male &Female reproductive organs(03) B)Menstruation(02) C)Physiological changes during Pregnancy(02) D)Contraceptive methods(01) 14)Endocrine system :(05) a)Functions of Pancrease(02) B) Functions of Pitutary(02) C) Functions of Thyroid(01)

(02) 15)Menopausal syndrome(05) 16)Functional psychosis (9)

continued(06) d)shoulder wheel(01) e)CPM (01) f)Finger ladder(01) g)Parallel bars (01) h)Medicine ball(01) i)Equilibrium board (01) (Definition &Uses of all above equipments to be covered) 3.16)Walking aids& Gait training (03) 3.17)Massage in detail(07) a)Definition (01); b)Classification(02); c)Techniques(03); d)Effects &uses (01)

Practicals : 21 10.Records of various physiological systems with labels continued(06) 101)Recording of changes during exercise(15) A)BP(05) B)Pulse rate(05) C)Respiratory rate(05)

Practicals:21 7)Evaluation of psychiatric patients continued (01) B) Evaluation (01) 8)Treatment of patients with alcoholism &Drug addiction continued (10) 9)Treating different psychiatric conditions (10)

Practicals:21 10)Breathing exercise& Postural drainage continued (01) 11)Description of exercise therapy equipments & Uses continued (05) 12)Massage Techniques(15) A)Upper limb(04); B)Lower limb(04); C)Facial(02); D)Back massage(05)

Revision Revision Revision PREFINAL EXAM – II PREFINAL EXAM – II PREFINAL EXAM – II

March 2017/ 22 REVISION /I VP E 2017 REVISION /I VP E 2017 REVISION /I VP E 2017

383

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2016-17 PHYSIOTHERAPY COURSE CODE 614::SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of periods

Theory/No of periods Practical

Medical & Surgical condition (Theory Paper -I )

Orthopaedics & Neurology (Theory Paper-II )

ElectroTherapy (Theory Paper-III)

June 2016 25 22 23

Theory Periods :22 1)Infectious diseases : Bones & Joints (15) 1.1)Osteomyelitis (Acute & chronic(03) 1.2)Acute Pyogenic Arthritis(03) 1.3)Tuberculosis of spine(03) 1.4)Tuberculosis of hip(03) 1.5) Tuberculosis of shoulder (03) 2)Nutritional disorders(06) 2.1)Rickets(02) 2.2)Scurvy(02) 2.3)Osteo malacia(01) 2.4)Osteoporosis(01) 3)Respiratory disorders(01) 3.1)Introduction(01)

Theory Periods :22 1)Introduction, orthopaedic surgery, definition & scope brief history (04) 2)Sprains &strains ,dislocation(04) : 2.1)Its types 2.2)Causes 2.3)Principle of treatment 3)Fractures(04) : 3.1)Types 3.2)Displacements 3.3)General symptoms 3.4)Healing process 3.5)Delayed union , malunion &non union 4)Fractures of upper limb & Lower limb , Pelvis fracture,MP & IP Joint dislocation colle’s ,montegia,l Gallezi ,phalanges & metacarpals fractures (04) 5)Crush injury of hand(04) 6)Bennet’s fracture, mallet finger(02)

Theory Periods:22 1)Physics &basic electrical components(20) 1.1)Current, EMF &Electromagnetic radiation(03) 1.2)Conductors &Non conductors of electricity(03) 1.3)Transmission of heat &static electricity(03) 1.4)Physical effects of heat(03) 1.5)Capacitance, resistance, ohms law &fuse(03) 1.6)Electric shock(03) 1.7)Earth shock (02) 2)Methods of heating tissue(02) 2.1)Physiological effects of heat(02)

384

Medical & Surgical conditions (Practical Paper -I ) Practicals Periods: 23 I.Case history of respiratory conditions(20) 1)Assessment of patient(03) 2) Taking case history(03) 3)Breathing exercise(03) 4)Postural drainage(03) 5)Coughing &Huffing technique(03) 6)Relaxation(03) 7)Strengthening exercise(02) II. Case history of cardiac conditions continued:(3): 1)Assessment of patient(02) 2) Taking case history(1)

Orthopaedics & Neurology ( Practical Paper-II ) Practicals Periods:23 I.Case history of orthopaedic conditions(15) 1)Assessment of patient(03) 2)Taking case history(03) 3)Pain reducing modalities(02) 4)Teaching exercise(04) A)Home programme B)Do’S & Dont’s C)Mobilization 5)Stretching(03) II. Case history of neurological conditions(08) 6)Assessment of patient(02) 7)Taking case history(03) 8)Pain reducing modalities(03)

ElectroTherapy (Practical Paper-III) Practicals Periods:23 1)Details of electro therapy equipments its knowledge& its operation(15) 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(08)

ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – I ASSIGNMENT – I July 2016 23 20 22

Theory Periods:20 3)Respiratory disorders Continued:(04) 3.2)Asthma(02) 3.3)Bronchitis(02) 3.4)Emphysema(01) 3.5)Bronchiectasis(01) 4)Cardiovascular disorders (13) 4.1)Myocardial infarction (04) 4.2)Angina (02) 4.3)Congenital heart diseases (04) 4.4)Ischemic heart disease(03) 5)Endocrine disorders (03) 5.1)Dwarfism(02) 5.2)Gigantism(01)

Theory Periods:20 6)tenosinovitis &trigger finger (02) 7)Myositis(01),Tennis elbow(02),Supracondylar fracture(01) 8)Volkmans contracture(01),recurrent dislocation of shoulder(01) Peri arthritis of shoulder(02) 9)Brachial plexus injury(02),Carpal tunnel syndrome (02) 10)Osteoarthritis, Rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosis, spondylitis (04) 11)Metabolic disorders-Rickets, scurvy, osteomalacia & osteoporosis(02)

Theory Periods:20 2)Methods of heating tissue(16) 2.1)Paraffin wax bath(04) a)Physiological effects b)Techniques &application c)Indications& contraindications. d)Dangers 2.2)Moist heat 02) 2.3)Hot packs(02) 2.4)I.R rays (05)&U.V.RAYS(03) a)Production(01) b)Physiological effects(02) c)Techniques &application(01) d)Indications& contraindications &d angers(01) 3)Low frequency currents 3.1)Faradic current(04) a)Production(01) b)Physiological effects(02)

385

c)Techniques &application(01) d)Indications& contraindications(01)

Practical Periods : 22 II.Case history of cardiac conditions continued:(22) 1)Assessment of patient(02) 2) Taking case history(02) 3)breathing exercise(02) 4)Coughing &Huffing technique(02) 5)Relaxation(02) 6)Strengthening exercise(01) 7)Inscisional support(06) 8)Cardiac rehabilitation(05)

Practical Periods:22 II.Case history of neurological conditions continued(06) 9)Teaching exercise(03) a)Home programme b)Do’S &Dont’s c)Mobilization 10)Stretching(03) 11)Identification of different orthotics&prosthetics (8) 12)Description &physiotherapy management for(08): A) different types of fractures(05) B)Amputation(03)

Practical Periods:22 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(22)

ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST-1



August 2016/24 OJT





October 2016/15 OJT


HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS November 2016 24 20

Theory Periods:20 6)Tetanus (04) 7)Gas gangrene (03) 8)S.T.D: (03)

Theory Periods:20 12)Spinal deformities:(04) A)Scoliosis, Kyphosis, lordosis (01) B)Cervical spondylosis(01)

Theory Periods:20 3)Low frequency currents continue : d)Indications& contraindications(02) B)Galvanic current(05)

386

24 A)AIDS, B)Syphylis, C)Gonorrhoea 9)Leprosy(02)&Tuberculosis(03) 10)Surgery: A)Anaesthesia types(02) B)Types of incision(03)

C)Lumbar spondylytis(01) 13)C.T.E.V.,C.D.H. ,Torticolis(03) 14)IVDP (03) 15)Knee deformities(03) A)Genu varum B)Genu valgum C)Genu recurvatum 16)Tuberculosis of bones(03) 17)Amputations(03) A) types (01) B)Role of P.T(01) C)Counselling(01) 18)Orthopaedic appliances-Splints,Prosthosis&Orthotics(01)

a)Production, b)Physiological effects c)Techniques &application d)Indications& contraindications. C)SD Curve(03) a)Preparation of apparatus &patient b)Indication &contraindications D)Iontophoresis(02) E)TENS(05) a)Definition b)Types c)Physiological effects d)Techniques &application e) Indications& contraindications. 4)Cryotherapy (03) a)Definition , b)Physiological effects

Practicals periods: 24 III.Breathing exercise & postural drainage continued :(08) IV)Description &physiotherapy management for:(16) A)Leprosy(10) B) Burns(6)

Practicals periods :24 3)Description & physiotherapy management for :(24) b)Ampitation (02) c)OA (04) D) R.A (04) E)TKR(04) F)Paraplegia(04) G)Hemiplegia(01)

Practicals periods:24 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(03) 3)Treatment or application of equipment on model (21) A)wax bath(05) B)Moist pack(05) C)Hot packs(05) D)Infrared (05); E)TENS(01)




December 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods :20 C)Burns :(10) a)definition(01), b)Classification(03) c)Degree of burns (03) d)Contactures(01); e)Skin graft(01) f)Flaps (01) D)Pre&post operative PT Management of :(10) a)Cardiac surgery(05) b)Respiratory surgery(03) c)TKR (02)

Theory Periods :20 18)Orthopaedic appliances continued(02)-Splints,Prosthosis&Orthotics(02) 19)Quadriceps contracture(03) 20)Foot deformities (03) A)Flat foot(01); B)Calcaneal spur(01) C)Plantar Fascitis(01) 21)Paraplegia ,quadriplegia(04) 22)Introduction to neurology(03) A)Structure &function of a)Cerebral cortex

Theory Peridos :20 4)Cryotherapy (08) c)Techniques &application(05) d)Indications& contraindications(02) e)Dangers(01) 5)Medial frequency currents –IFT(12) a)Definition (02) b)Physiological effects(04) c)Techniques &application(04) d)Indications& contraindications(02)

387

b)Pyramidal tracts; c)Extra pyramidal tracts; d)Cerebellum e)Spinal cord; f)Peripheral nerve 23)Cerebral circulation & its disorders(03) A)Hemiplegia; B)Coma 24)Infection & inflammation of CNS (02)

Practical Periods : 23 IV)Description &Physiotherapy management for:(04) B)Burns continued (04) V. Pre and post operative management of: (19) A)Cardiac surgery(10); B) respiratory surgery (09)

Practical Periods :23 12.Description and physiotherapy management continued of:(23) G.Hemiplegia (04) H)Poliomyelitis(05); I)Parkinsonism(05) J.Multiple Sclerosis (05); K.GBS (04)

Practical Periods :23 3. Treatment and application of equipment on model(23) E)Tens (04) F)Iontophoresis(05); G)U.V.Rays (05) H. Stimulator (05); I.IFT (04)




January 2017 23 20 22

Theory Periods :20 c)TKR continued (01) 11)Gynaecology(07) A)Various stages of labour(02) B.clinical management of labour (02) C.physiological changes during pregnancy and physiotherapy management(03) 12.Paediatric Periods (11) A.cerebral palsy and PT Management (04) B.Developmental milestones(03) C.Hydrocephalus (02) D.Meningiocele (01) E..Polio(01)

Theory Periods :20 24)Infection & inflammation of CNS (01) 25)Extra pyramidal syndrome(03) A)Chorea; B)Athetosis C)Hemiballisums ; D)Tremors & rigidity E)Parkinsonism 26.Syphiliis and its neurological complications(03) 27.demyelinating and degenerative disorders: (03) A.Multiple sclerosis(02) B.Motor neurone disorder(01) 28.Disorders of peripheral nerves(02) 29.Polyneropathy,GBS,Diabetic neuropathy (03) 30.Disorders of spinal cord: (03) spinabifida, syringomyelia, spinal tumours, Transverse myelitis 31.Convulsive Disorders(01)

Theory Periods :20 IFT continued(03) e)dangers &precautions(03) 6.High frequency currents: A.SWD: (08) a) Definition(01); b) Production(01) c)Physiological effects(02) d)Techniques &application(02) e)Indications& contraindications(01) f)dangers(01) B. MwD (05) a)Definition ; b)Production c)Physiological effects d)Techniques &applications e)Indications& contraindications C.Ultrasound therapy(03) a)Definition(01) b)Physiological effects(01) c)Techniques &application(01)

388

Practical Periods : 21 B.respiratory surgery continued (01) VI.Physiotherapy management for (20) A.Acne Vulgaris (10) B.psoriasis(10)

Practical Periods :21 12.description and physiotherapy management of (21): K.GBS (01); L.spina bifida (05) M.Cerebral Ataxia (05); N.Head Injry (05) O.Peripheral nerve injuries(05)

Practical Periods :21 3.Treatment or application of equipment on models: (21) I.IFT (01); J.Traction (05) K.SWD (05); L.US (05) M. cryotherapy (05)

Revision Revision Revision PRE-FINAL EXAMS -I PRE-FINAL EXAMS -I PRE-FINAL EXAMS -I

February 2017/ 22

Theory Periods :08 12.Paediatrics continued:(03) E.Polio continued(03): causes,stages,prevention,medical and PT Management 13. Dermatology: (05) A.Dermatitis; B.Eczema, C.Acne,; D.psoriasis E.leucoderma; F.Alopecia

Theory Periods :08 31.Convulsive Disorders(02) 32.Ataxia(03) types, clinical features ,pathology, medical and PT management 33. Head injury (03)

Theory Periods :08 C.Ultrasound therapy continued (02) d )Indications& contraindications(01) e)production(01) D.Laser (02) E.Differences between LFC and HFC (02) F.Differences between LFC and MFC (02)

Revision Revision Revision PREFINAL EXAMINATION - II PREFINAL EXAMINATION- II PREFINAL EXAMINATION- II

March 2017/ 22

Revision /I VP E 2017 Revision /I VP E 2017 Revision /I VP E 2017

389

MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (FEMALE)

The basic aim of the course MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (FEMALE) is to

impart the following skills in the student.

1. Bring awaereness among individuals, familes and community.

2. Able to motivate the eligible comuple to adopt family planning methods and educate on

childcare

3. Develop basis skils in immunization

4. Plans and conducts health talks.

5. Participate in prevention and control of communicable diseases.

6. Provides first aid and emergency and disaster care.

7. Able to organize health clinics, like Antenatal. Post natal and well baby clinic.

390

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN- 2016-17

MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (F) COURSE CODE: 615 ::I YEAR

Month & No. of



Community Health Nursing Theory Paper –I

Health Promotion Theory Paper –II

Primary Health Care Theory Paper - III

June 2016 25/ 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Concept of Health (5) Health and changing concepts – Dimensions of health – Determinate of health – Concept of Health for all – Primary health care, principles, elements Concepts and structure (10)

Definition of community, meaning of rural and urban community & slums – Characteristics, changes in village community development, major rural problems. Urban community characteristics, changes and adjustments to Urban environment, major Urban problems. Structure and functions of panchayat Raj – 73rd & 74th amendments to constitution, role of panchayat Raj in health. Social groups – Organisations – structure of an urban community slum, social groups organizations, leaders, community resources Community Need assessment (5) – Scope and methods of community assessment. Community survey – Principles, methods of data

Theory Periods : 23 NUTRITION (15) 1) Essential nutrients : Importance of nutrition in health and sickness – Essential nutrients, functions, sources and requirements classification of foods and their nutritive value – Normal requirements at different ages Balanced diet different age groups.(15) Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Explain using models and charts – Exhibit raw food item showing balanced diet (8)

Theory Periods : 23 The Hospital (5) Functions – Classification – Admission and discharge procedure of a patient – Nursing as profession

Preparation of patient unit (5) Optimum environment for patient Factors of safety – Furnishing for the patient unit – Bedmaking – different types of bed – closed – opened – occupied – operation – Cardiac – Fracture - amputation Hygiene of the Body : (10) Personal and individual Hygiene – Care of mouth, Skin, hair and nails – Sexual hygiene – Hygiene and comfort needs of the sick, - Care of pressure points, positioning and changing – Care of hair wash – Care of hand and nails, Hand washing – Care of eye wash – Mouth care, Elimination- care of bowels and bladder

391

collection – conducting interviews, focus group discussions and case studies – analysis of data, preparation of reports. Home visit : (5)

Importance – Principles – Planning Bag technique – Equipment usage of bag at home.

Optimal functioning of the body (10) Basic human needs – Rest, Sleep, activity exercise, posture etc,(3)

Practical Periods: 21 Community Health Nursing (15) Community Experience - Visit village, Urban slum for understanding the village mapping, physical, social and resources structure of the village/Urban slum Conduct community need assessment (6) Visit to SC/PHC/CHC and prepare a including organization, functions and the responsibilities of staff members.

Practical Periods: 21 Asses Nutritional status of 25 children in a School Conduct IEC activities related to nutrition and personal hygiene (21)

Practical Periods: 21 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital Assess and take care of Sick patients with different diseases (21)


Theory Periods: 20 Disinfection of equipment, sputum, Vomiting, urine, stool (2) Health problems and policies : (8) Overview of health problem of India – Trends & development in National Health policies – National Health Programmes. Communication and Health Education : (9) Principles, methods, and process of communication – Inter personal relationship (IPR). Communication with different groups and health team members. Health Education – Definition uses Principles, scope, approaches – Use of A,V, aids, role of man media – BCC (Behavioral change communication), IEC (Information Education and Communication). Role and responsibilities of MPHW (F) in IEC. Community based Rehabilitation

Theory Periods : 20 Balance Diet(2)

Nutritional problems : (12) Nutritional deficiencies, correction, treatment and referral, anemia in women – under five nutrition – the role of MPHW (F) in supplementary food – Special diets of individuals for different age group. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Visit IOCDS project and discuss the programme Explain using models and charts – Planning diets for anemia (women and other deficiency conditions) 2) Nutritional Assessment : (15) Methods of nutritional assessment of

Theory Periods : 20 Food, eating and drinking habits – Participation in Social activities – Self actualization and spiritual need – interpersonal and human relations – life cycle and healthy habits Teaching and Learning activities : Lecture discussion, Health education regarding healthy life style. (5) Collection of specimen (5) Principles and methods of collection of specimen and handling body discharges – Collection of specimen of blood, spectrum, urine, stool – Safe disposal of body discharges. Disinfection and sterilization :(4) Principles and methods of antisepsis, disinfection and sterilization – Methods of disinfecting different equipment – Methods

392

Definition, Rehabilitation methods – Institution based and community based rehabilitation, Health condition require community based Rehabilitation community resources required – Education of individuals, family and community. Concept of disease : (5) Identification of illness (1)

individual and family, mother and child (6)

of sterilizing different equipments. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Visit sterilization department of a hospital. Bio-Medical Waste Management (5) Waste disposals – infections and non infections concepts, principles and methods at different levels. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration Health problems – Diseases : Fever (10) Vital signs : Temperature, pulse, respiration Blood pressure (1)

Practical Periods: 19 Visit to SC/PHC/CHC and prepare a including organization, functions and the responsibilities of staff members.(4) Home visits :– Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care – including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (15)

Practical Periods: 23 Asses Nutritional status of 25 children in a School Conduct IEC activities related to nutrition and personal hygiene (15) Nutritional assessment Identification of nutritional problems in the community (4)

Practical Periods: 19 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital Assess and take care of Sick patients with different diseases (19)

ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST -I


ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST -I

August 2016 24 23 24

Theory Periods : 23 Disease causation – classification of diseases Teaching learning activities – Lecture discussion – Explain using charts (4) Infection (8) Meaning and types of infection – causes of infection – classification and characteristics of Micro organisms: pathogenic and Non pathogenic – Incubation period and spread of infection – transmission – factors affecting growth and destruction of Microbes. Teaching Learing activities: - Lecture discussion

Theory Periods : 23 Identification of local food sources and their value in enriching diet – food fats, taboos customs and their influences on health. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – field visits (10)

Promotion of nutrition : (10) Planning diets and special diets for a family – Methods of using locally available foods for special diets –

Theory Periods : 23 Vital signs : Temperature, pulse, respiration Blood pressure - Temperature maintenance and the physiology of fever – Fever types, and stages – causes of fever – Common conditions causing fever, malaria, typhoid, Acute respiratory infection (ARI) etc. – Nursing Management of patient with fever – Alternate system of medicine (12)

Respiratory Problems (5)

Common respiratory problems types, classification – cold and cough, ARI

393

– Demonstration – Explain is using Microscope. Immunity and body defence mechanisms (10) Body’s defense mechanism – Immunity – Concept- Hypersensitivity : Antigen and Antibody reaction – Types of immunity – Types of vaccines – storage and cold chain maintenance Immunization : (5) Immunization against different infections(1)

principles and methods of cooking – Promotion of kitchen garden – Food hygiene and safe preparation – Storage and preservation – Food adulteration – Precautions during festivals and Melas Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Plan diet for the family assigned – Health education – visit a milk pasteurization plants, Demonstration of various methods of cooking – using of diet detailed chart. The Human Body (10) Structure and function of the human body (1)

tonsillitis, bronchitis, Pneumonia and tuberculosis – causes signs and symptoms treatment of respiratory problems – Management, Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) in case of patients with respiratory problems including home care remedies – integrate accepted practices of AYUSH Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Demonstration of steam inhalation, nasal drops, oxygen inhalation health education – Supervised clinical practice.

Aches and pains (5) Causes and nursing Management of tooth ache ear ache, abdominal pain, head ache, joint pains – Management as per the standing orders and protocols – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Digestive problems (5) Indigestion – anorexia (1)

Practical Periods: 24 Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care – including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (24

Practical Periods: 24 Nutrition exhibition in a village – Prepare and maintain a nutrition Practical book(24)

Practical Periods: 24 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital

Assess and take care of sick patient with different diseases (24)

ASSIGNMENT –III UNIT TEST – II



September 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods : 20 Immunization schedule – injection safety – Methods of administering vaccine – sterilization of syringes and needles – Immunization in the community – Immunization Hazards – Precautions while giving vaccines – Special

Theory Periods : 20 Body systems and their functions – digestive system, respiratory system, genitor urinary system, Cardiovascular system, nervous system, muscular system, endocrine system, special sensory

Theory Periods : 20 Vomiting, distention and constipation – Hemorrhoids, hernia – ulcers, and intestinal obstruction – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – integrate accepted practices of AYUSH.(4)

394

Immunization drives and programmes – Records and reports. (4) Environment sanitation (10) Environment and ecology for healthy living – Basic sanitary needs – Air, Sunlight, and ventilation, Home environment – Smoke animals, drains, and toilets.Teaching Learning activities Safe water (5)

Sources of water and characteristics of safe water – Sources of contamination and prevention – purification of water for drinking – Methods – Small and large scale – disinfection of well – tube well tank and pond in a village – water borne diseases. Teaching Learning activities : Lecturer discussion Village Mapping, water sources, drains, ponds, and contamination areas – visit to a water purification plant. Disposal of excreta and waste (10) Methods of excreta disposal – types of latrine (1)

organs.(9) Mental Health (10) Concept of mental health – Body mind relationship – Factors influencing Mental health – characteristics of a mentally healthy person, Developmental tasks of different age groups – Different defence mechanisms Mal adjustment : (10) Features of a Mal adjusted individual (1)

Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Health education Urinary Problems (5) Signs and symptoms of renal conditions – Retention of urine, renal colic, edema – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Cardio Vascular problems (5) Signs and symptoms of cardiac conditions and blood related problems, Heart attack, Chest pain, Anemia – hypertension and leukemia – care of a cardiac patient at home – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – Integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Health Education. Diseases of the Nervous system (5) Signs and symptoms of neurological problems – head ache, back ache, and paralysis, care of a patient with stroke at home – care of pressure points, back care, changing of positions, active and passive exercise, body support to prevent contractures – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including home care remedies – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Metabolic diseases : (5) Diabetes signs and symptoms (1)

Practical Periods: 18 Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care –

Practical Periods: 18 Nutrition exhibition in a village – Prepare and maintain a nutrition Practical book (18)

Practical Periods: 18 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital

Assess and take care of sick patient with

395

including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (18) different diseases (18)

October 2016 15 12 14

Theory Periods : 12 Handing animal excreta- Methods of waste disposal – Hazards due to waste – Maintenance of village drains, ponds and wells (9) Introduction to communicable diseases : (10) Common communicable diseases : Epidemiological concepts – incidence and prevalence – Mortality and Morbidity (3)

Theory Periods : 12 Common causes of Mal adjustment. Counseling an individual, family and community -Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration of counseling for mal adjusted individual in the community (9) Mental illness (15) abnormal behaviors (3)

Theory Periods : 12 Complications diet and medications – Skin care – foot care – urine testing and administration of insulin injections – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH.- (4) Care of Handicap (5) Handicap – different types – counseling for prevention of certain handicaps – understanding the handicapped person. Helping family to ensure need based care. Types of drugs (5) Different systems of medicine: Allopathy and AYUSH – Classification of drugs – Forms and characteristics of drugs – Abbreviations used in medication – Administration of drugs (3)

Practical Periods: 14 Immunization – Participation in National health programmes, National health programmes, Visit to School, Anganwadi worker (14)

Practical Periods: 14 Menu Plan – for different age group children (10) Participating in Nutritional programmes (4)

Practical Periods: 14 Take care of sick patients with dfferent diseases. (3) Practice basic nursing procedures in outpatient & inpatient departments (11)




obtaining skills related to OJT Centre. December 2016/23

Identification of task; observation, trouble shooting, decision making, implementation and learning problem solving skills at OJT Centre. Independent implementation of skills/knowledge gained.

396

OJT


January 2017 23 20 18

Theory Periods : 20 Levels of prevention – Signs and symptoms, care, control and prevention of communicable diseases, General measures – Surveillance – Isolation notification reporting.Signs, symtoms, care and prevention of the following: Diphtheria, pestusis, tetanus, Poliomyelitis, measles and tuberculosis Chickenpox, Mums, rubella, enteric fever, hepatitis, rabies, malaria, dengue, filarial, kala-azar, trachoma conjunctivitis, scabies, stds and Hiv/Aids, Encephalitis, Leptospirosis, Acute respiratory infections, Diarrhoeal diseases, Worm infestations, Leprosy, Role & responsibilities of MPHW(F)

Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Calculation of and Mortality and Morbidity for different diseases – Visit isolation unit Surveillance – Visit infectious disease hospital/centre – Demonstration – Supervised clinical practice. (7) Care in communicable diseases (10) Care of patients with communicable diseases – Isolation methods – Standards safety measures (universal precaution) – Health education and messages for different communicable diseases – Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) Community Health Problem :(10) Care of the sick in the community common health conditions in the community – danger signs of illness – Health assessment Taking history (3)

Theory Periods : 20 Types of Mental illness and treatments – Early detection and referral of mentally ill – Prevention of Mental illness – Home care and counseling – Refer psychiatric emergencies. Teaching Learning Activities: Lecture discussion – Visit to a mental hospital/clinic.(12) Old age care (10) Process of aging – physical, psychological changes – needs and problems – care of eldeely at home (8)

Theory Periods : 20 Policies and regulations, as per protocols and standing orders- classification of drugs. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion, calculation of dosage and conversion – Drug study (2) Administration of drugs (5) Routes of administration – Oral, parental (intramuscular, intradermal, subcutaneous, intravenous) rectal, local and others Administration of drugs precautions, principles safety measures observation and recording – Role of MPHW(F) in the administration of drugs - Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration, Practice session – pre par atom and assisting of I.V fluids as per protocol – preparation for blood transfusion as per protocol. Drugs used in Minor Ailments (5) Common drugs for fever, cold and cough, aches and pains, loose motions – Drug kit in the sub centre, content and its use – Storage and care of drugs. Common Emergency Drugs (5)

I.V fluids, antibiotics, injections and magnesium Sulphate, Deriphylline, avil and other anti histamine, vitamin K, anti rabies vaccine, ante snake venoms as per the protocol, precautions for administration First aid (5) Principles of first aid – mobalization of resources – first aid kit and supplies Bandages, types, uses (3)

397

Practical Periods :18 Immunization – Participation in National health programmes, National health programmes, Visit to School, Anganwadi worker (18)

Practical Periods :18 Menu plan for different age group children (14) Participationing in Nutritional programmes (4)

Practical Periods :18 Practice basic nursing procedures in outpatient & inpatient departments (14) Perform immunization and first aid services(4)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I February 2017 22 16 20

Theory Periods : 16 Physical examination – Vital signs, weight, height – Recognition of abnormalities identification of health problems – management of the sick. Home and community nursing procedures, care of the sick – referral – health education, individual and family (6) Epidemic Management : (10) Definitions and causes of epidemics – epidemic emery in a community and epidemic mapping – Relief well and role of MPHW(F)

Theory Periods : 16 Rehabilitation and agencies of caring elderly. Teaching Learning Activities : Lecture discussion – If available, visit an old age home. [2]

Counseling & Guidance (14) Concept, Principles and techniques of counseling, areas of counseling in the community individualized, family, and group counseling, guidance – meaning, methods, importance- Role of counselor in counseling and guidance, Role of MPHW(F) in counseling and guidance. (15)

Theory Periods : 16 Principles and methods of bandaging (2)

Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Practice session. Minor injuries and ailments (4)

Cuts and wounds, types, principles and first aid care – Foreign bodies – Burns and scalds types, principles and first and care Health Education – referral, Role of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Practice session – Supervised clinical practices – Health education.[12] Fractures (5) Skeletal system and different bones fracture – types, causes, signs and symptoms, first aid care Methods of immobilization and transportation. Teaching and Learning activities : Lecture discussion, Demonstration – Practice session. Life threatening conditions (5) Bleeding – drowning strangulations – suffocation, and asphyxia – loss of consciousness – cardio respiratory arrest, convulsions – Foreign bodies – Chest injuries – Shock and allergic conditions – poisoning – bites and stings – stroke, heat stroke, severe burns

398

Pracatical Priods :20 Visit to school, Aganwadi Worker (6) Field visists – Visit to water purification plant,

Sewage plant, A.P. Diary Staughter homes. (14)

Pracatical Priods :20 Observing midday meal programme in Schools, Supplementary nutrition programme at anganwadi centre (10) Field Visits : To health museum and NIN (10)

Pracatical Priods :20 Perform immunization and first aid services(20)

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II March 2017 22

REVISION/IPE-2017 REVISION/IPE-2017 REVISION /IPE 2017

399

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN- 2016-17

MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (F) COURSE CODE: 615:: SECOND YEAR Month &


Midwifery Theory Paper –I

Child Health Nursing Theory Paper –II

Health Care Management Pare-III

June 2016 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Human reproductive system: (3)

Female reproductive organs – structure and function – Menstrual cycle – Male reproductive organs, structure and functions process of fertilization.

2. Female pelvis and foetal skull (4) Structure of the pelvic bones – types of pelvis –pelvic diameters – Muscles and Ligaments of pelvic floor – Foetal skull : Bones diameters, sutures, size, shape, moulding skull area, fontanel’s

3. Foetus and placenta (5)

Growth and development of foetus, foetal sac and amniotic fluid and foetal circulation and changes after birth – structure and functions of placenta, membranes and umbilical cord and abnormalities, (Refer SBA module of Ministry of Health and family welfare.

4. Normal pregnancy(5) Signs and symptoms of pregnancy – Various diagnostic tests for confirmation of pregnancy – physiological changes during pregnancy – Minor ailments during pregnancy & their management.

Theory Periods: 22 Growth and Development (15) Introduction to growth and development – factors affecting growth and development – Growth and development of infants and children – assessment of physical, psychological and social growth Monitoring and recording of growth and development of infants and children – play, hygiene, emotional needs, toilet training, accidents : causes precautions and prevention New born care (15) Assessment of new born, APGAR score- Neonatal resuscitation – Management of new born – Temperature maintenance, prevention of infection, care of the cord, exclusive breast feeding kangaroo mother care – immunization)

Theory Periods: 22 Concept of Management (5) Definition – Principles – Elements – Line of authority Health centre (8) SC/PHC/CHC – Organization of functions, facilities, records and reports Centre activity plans – Conduct of clinics and special programmes – Referral systems – conducting meetings – IEC activities Health Team (9) Concept of health team – Importance of Team approach

400

5. Antenatal care (6) Registration – taking history of pregnant women (1)

Practical Periods: 23 A) Midwifery and nursing, care of mothers at

risk (Examine 15 pregnant women at hospital – 5 pregnant women at home) Including estimation hemoglobin and IFA treatment – Give TT injection to ten women (23)

Practical Periods: 23 Assess growth and development of children of different ages and record on chart Access health status of 20 sick children

Practical Periods: 23 Management of SC/PHC/CHC/Area hospital Management of equipment, Management drugs & Solution In directing and storage Management of Iceland refrigerators (LLR) [23]


Theory Periods : 20 physical examination, investigation – routine and specific prophylactic medications – Need based health information and guidance – Nutrition in pregnancy – special needs a pregnant women – involvement of husband and family – identification of high risks cases and referral preparation of mother for delivery(4) Normal Labour (4) Onset and stages of labour, physiological changes, changes in uterine muscles and cervix – lie, attitude, position, denominator and presentation of foetus – Foetal skull, mechanism of labour- Identification of high risk cases Foetal distress and maternal distress during labour – partograph in the management of Normal Labour – Role of MPHW(F) and referral Care during normal labour (4) History of labour – Importance of 6 ‘c’ – Monitoring progress of labour with partograph, preparation for delivery – Care of mother in first and second stage of labour preparation for delivery – care of mother in first and second stage of labour – assist and conduct child birth –

Theory Periods : 20 care of the new born with jaundice, infection and respiratory problems, congenital – care of premature baby – small for age – post maturity (7)

Nutrition of infants and children(8) Assessment of nutritional status, Nutritional requirements – Exclusive breast feeding – complimentary feeding – weaning, problems of feeding – Infant feeding and HIV Children’s rights (5)

Rights of the child – Child abuse – child labour – Battered child syndrome – Juvenile delinquency – Protection of child rights – Female infanticide

Theory Periods : 20 Staffing pattern in SC/PHC/CHC Roles and responsibilities of each member in the team. (6)

Health Administration in India National/State/Local level Health care delivery systems : Public, Private National & International health agencies and NGO organizations, AYUSH, Arogya Sree services Health, planning: Five year Plans (14)

401

immediate care of new born resuscitation, apgar score, cord care – Delivery of placenta and examination of placenta – care of m other in third and fourth stage - Recognize degree of tear and appropriate care and referral – Establishment of breast feeding, exclusive breast feeding – Kangaroo mother care – Baby friendly hospital initiative – Record child birth and ensure birth registration. Normal puerperium (6) Physiological changes during postnatal period – postnatal assessment – Minor ailments during puerperium and their management – care of mother DIET, REST, EXERCISE, HYGUENE – Management of breast feeding – prophylactic medicines – Special needs of postnatal women – Need based health education High risk New born (5) Preterm/low birth wt babies – special needs of high risk babies (2)

Practical Periods: 22 observation and assist 20 deliveries – Monitor and maintain partograph for conduct cases – Asst in storing of episiotomies and tear – 5- care of new born – 10 – resuscitate of new born 5 – perform PV examination – Five Follow up of postnatal mother 10 in the hospital Conduct health education for groups of mothers (18) Conduct antenatal examinations at home (3)

Practical Periods: 22 Give care to 15 children as per the IMNCI protocol (3) Give care to 5 children each with diarrhea and ARI, and Malnutrition(19)

Practical Periods: 22 cold chain system[2] Organization & conducting various clinics [20]

ASSIGNMENT –II UNIT TEST -1



August 2016/24 OJT


402




October 2016/15 OJT



Theory Periods : 20 care at home – referral follow up – care during asphyxia, convulsions, Vomiting – case of through, word sepsis, diarrhea (5) Trends in Midwifery (5) Family welfare programme, C.S.S.M. – M.C.H. – RCH I & II and NRHM-SBA, JSY 104, 108 programme components, aims and objectives. Abnormalities of pregnancy (5) Common abnormalities of pregnancy hyperemesis gravidaram, leaking and bleeding per vagina – Anemia of pregnant women – preeclampsia and eclampsia and toxaemia of pregnancy – Indication of premature rupture of membranes, prolonged labour, anything requiring manual practices, UTI, obstetrical shocks, uterine abnormalities, ecUnit pregnancy – Disease complicating pregnancy – T.B, diabetes, Hypertension. Abortion (5) Types of abortion, causes of abortion – Need for safe abortion – referral – complications of abortions – medical termination of pregnancy – care of women who had abortion (4)

Theory Periods : 20 – Special care of the girl child (2)

Care of the sick child (30)

Common child hood diseases : Signs and symptoms and management : Acute respiratory treat infections – Diarrheal diseases, vomiting, constipation – Infectious diseases : Chicken pox, Diphtheria, Tetanus(18)

Theory Periods : 20 11th PYP, National 104, 108 Ambulance Arogya Sree services. (10) Maintenance of stocks (10) Maintenance of supplies, drugs, equipment, stock indenting – calculation of indents as per population requirement – Management Information and Evaluation System (MIES) (8)

Practical periods – 24 Participate in antenatal clinics in sub centre – two, identify high risk mother and refer – follow up of postnatal mother for 3 days (or) at least three home visits.

Practical periods – 24 Give care to children with minor ailments (8) Conduct School health clinic – Assess growth and development (16)

Practical periods – 24 Organization & conducting various clinics (12) Maintenance of records & reports Preparing action plans (10) Participate & conduct

403

Care of new born in the home – Conduct health education groups of mothers and individuals – 2 each (22) Identify high risk antenatal mothers [2]

meetings weekly with medical officer (2)




December 2016 23 20 23

Theory Periods : 19 Role of MPHW(F) (2) High risk labour (7) Common high risks of labour – Abnormal presentations – Abnormal uterine action – cephalopelvic disproportion (CPD) – Prolonged labour identification immediate management and referral – Emergency care of mother during transfer to hospital – Role of MPHW (F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Explain through birth atlas and charts – Explain using partograph. Abnormal puerperium (7) Postpartum Haemorrhage and its management – Retention of urine breast complications during lactation and their management – Psychiatric complications – Role of MPHW(F). Surgical intervention (5) Assist in the following Induction of labour and its management forceps and vaccum extraction – Episiotomy and suturing, craniotomy, caesarian section, pre and post operative care (4)

Theory Periods : 19 Whooping cough, Measles, Mumps, Tonsillitis, Ear infections, conjunctivitis, Worm infestation – skin infections – Typhoid, Malaria (13)

Care of School Children (10) School structure location – School health – concept, objectives, components – Health assessment, regular checkups – Dental hygiene – Eye health, Nutritional problems and supplementation – Health education, treatment of minor ailments referral services Nutritional programmes (7)

Theory Periods : 19 Maintenance of stock records and reports (3) Population Education and Family Welfare (10)

Population trends in India – Vital statistics, birth and death rates, growth rate, NRR, fertility rate, couple protection rate, family size – Role of mass media and IEC – Identification of eligible couples and those need contraceptive methods – information related to contraception and importance of choice – Natural and temporary methods of contraception – Permanent methods – New methods nor plant and injectables – Emergency contraception – follow up of contraceptive users – Role of MPHW(F).

Co-ordination (10) Inter sectoral co-ordination – Co-ordination

with village health guides – School teacher, AWWs – ASHA – NGOs (7)

Practicals Periods : 23 Observe caesarian section – two – prepare for caesarian section – two observe abnormal deliveries –Prepare for MTP and observe procedures –Take care of women with abortion [19] Prepare and assist number of cases may be from

Practicals Periods : 23 identify problems and refer (4) Conduct health education sessions for School children Demonstrations at home Baby bath, weaning foods, home care management of a child with diarrhoea and ARI, preparation of ORS (19)

Practicals Periods : 23 Participate & conduct meetings weekly with medical officer, monthly with District medical and health officer, Asha workers meeting (23)

404

clinical (4)

ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST - III

ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST – III

ASSIGNMENT –IV UNIT TEST - III

January 2017 23 19 22

Theory Periods : 20 Role of MPHW(F) (1) Medications used in Midwifery [6] Pain relieving drugs – Anesthetic drugs – For uterine contractions – for controlling bleeding – for preventing postnatal infection – for preventing eclampsia – Antibiotics – IV fluids – Role of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Visit labour room – Demonstration – explaining by using books.[19] Women’s Health problems [10] Complications related to child birth – VVF, RVF, prolapsed and incontinence – cervical erosion and leucorrhoea – purities Cancers, cervical, breast – papsmear for detection of cancer cervix – Tumors – Fibroids – Menstrual disorders, Menopause and its complications – classification and causes of infertility in male and female investigations and treatment – Identification of couples, counseling, referral and follow up. RTIs and STIs (10)

Causes and signs and symptoms of STI and RTIs – Syndromic approach for treatment (2)

Theory Periods : 20 Pre schoolers and schoolers – ICDS, mid day meal, applied Nutrition, Special Nutrition programme Balwadi Nutrition programme – School health records & reports – Role of MPHW (F) in School health, co-ordination with teachers and parents. (2) Care of physically and mentally challenged (10) Concept – objectives – physically handicapped : causes, types, Burden as family and community – Management : Role of MPHW(F) Govt. and Private agencies Mentally challenged : Causes, IQ Types, Myths and facts – Burden on family and community – Management of mentally challenged – Role of Government and Private agencies – Role of MPHW(F) Speech defect – Thumb sucking – Tics care – Rehabilitation Care of Adolescents (5) Growth monitoring – physical, emotional and behavioural changes in girls and boys – Special needs of adolescents – Behavioural problems of adolescents – Sex education and guidance and counseling. Care of adolescents girls (5) Secondary sexual characteristics – Menstruation and menstrual hygiene – Special nutritional needs – Ill effects of early marriages (2)

Theory Periods : 20 Other Governmental organizations.(2)

Implementation of National Health Programme (15) National Health Programmes and role of the MPHW(F) Staff development (10) Continuing education for staff development (2)

405

Practical Periods : 22 community sterilization of 5 female and 2 Male cases, perform number of cases may be from clinical (2) community the following Insects IUCDS – 5 Oral pills-5, condoms-5 other methods-5 Participate in D.P.L. camps; Educate eligible couples on different methods contraception – perform/assist with the following contraceptive methods; IUCD – Insertion – Oral pills, condoms, Sterilization, other methods

Practical Periods : 22 Scabies treatment (2) Health Education on Immunization, EBF, Weaning, Personal hygiene, balanced diet, prevention of accidents, worm infestation Field visits to ICDS project, orphan homes, Institute for mentally challenged [20]

Practical Periods : 22 Asha workers meeting (2) Visits : Observing administration of health at various levels Visit to FPAI, APSACS, DTCB – DOT ART Centres & Leprosy rehabilitation[20]

PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS – I PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS - I February 2017 22

Theory Periods : 8 RTIs and STIs (8) Referral treatment and follow up care – Information, education and communication for prevention and treatment. HIV/AIDS – epidemiological facts related to spread of infection methods of transmission, effects of immunity and signs and symptoms the AIDS pt community support and home care – counseling process and techniques – counseling of HIV positive patients and pregnant women – Standard safety measures – voluntary counseling and testing centre – Integrated counseling and testing centre (ICTC) activities – Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) – Prevention of parent to child transmission (PPTCT) – Prophylaxis and breast feeding guidelines (8)

Theory Periods : 8 Early pregnancies and abortions – Preparing for safe mother hood – Premarital counseling – MTP Act – Role of MPHW (F) in care of adolescents girls (3) Recent trends in child health care (5) ICDS – Baby friendly initiative – CSSM – RCH I & II – NRHM, IMNCI.

Theory Periods : 8 Methods of staff development – Intervice education programmes, circulars, handouts, journals, meetings.

REVISION/PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II

REVISION/PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS –II

REVISION/PRE-FINAL EXAMINATIONS -II

March 2017/22 REVISION/IPE-2017 REVISION/IPE-2017 REVISION/IPE-2017

406

LAB EQUIPMENT - CROP PRODUCTION COURSE

Crop Production Equipment S.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required 1 Soil Testing Kits 8 2 Knapsack Sprayer 1 3 Power Sprayer 1 4 Thaiwan Sprayer 1 5 Seed Cum Fertilizer Drill 1 6 Hand Rotary Duster 1 7 Foot Rocking Sprayer 1 8 Sickle 1 9 Hand Compressor Sprayer 1 10 Spade 4 11 Crow Bar 2 12 Plastic (See Thru) Seed Sample Box 12 13 Insect Mounting Boxes 8 14 Insect Nets 8 15 Insect Cleaning Bottles 8 16 Khurpis 10 17 Winnowing Stool 1 18 Seed Treating Drum 1 19 Seed Storage Bins ( Plastic ) 2 20 Soil Color Chart 20 21 Raingauge 1 22 Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer 1 23 Higro Meter 1 24 Physical Balance 1 25 Weight Box 1 26 Thermometer 1 27 Trays 1 28 Seedsample Divider 1 29 Sprinkler Irrigation Unit 1 30 Drip Irrigation Unit 1 31 Germination Trays 8 32 Charts Showing Symptoms Of Nutrient Deficiency 1 33 Charts Showing Symptoms Of Insect Pests And Diseases 1

34 Panel Boards 4 35 Charts And Posters 20 II. Optional Equipment 1 Refrigerator 1 2 Computer 1 3 Overhead Projector 1 4 Slide Projector 1 5 Camera 1

407

DAIRYING LAB EQUIPMENT S.No Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

Branding Iron 2 Tailoring Forceps 2 Ear Tagging Machine 2

3 Ear Tags 50 Bytes 4 Neck Chairs 2 5 Cotton Ropes 6 6 Ear Pincer 2 7 Bull Leader 1 8 Drencher 3 9 Hair Clipper 3 10 Trocar &Canula 2 11 Electric Dehorner 1 12 Forceps (Diff sizes) 4*6=24 13 Syringes 2cc, 5cc, 10cc, 20cc Each4 14 Milk Cans 10lit 3

15 Scissors 6 16 Measures 250, 500ml and 1 Liter 3 17 Milk Feeding Cups 4 18 Skreb Cups 2

19 Liner For Av 1

20 Av Rubbers 1 21 Stock Brushers 4 22 Floor Brushers 2 23 InseminationCathodes 1 Packet 24 Binocular Microscope 1 25 PH Meter 2 26 Sediment Test Equipment 1 27 AdulterantsDetection Kit 1 28 Preservatives Detection Kit 2

29 Frying Pan 2lt 2 30 Cooker 12 lt 2 31 Bottle Copper 1

32 Resoguine Color Compurala 1

33 Bottle Case 1

34 Sachet Sealing Machine 2

35 Knife 1

36 Milk Aquitate 1 37 CreamSeparator 1

408

38 Khunte 1

39 Blender 1

40 Burette Stands 20

41 S P C Slide 1

42 Milk Buckets 2

Optional equipment

1 Liquid Nitrogen Container 1 2 Electric Chaff Cutter 2 3 Mixy cum Grinder 2 4 Hot Plate 2 5 Microwaveoven 1 6 Refrigerator 1 7 Butter Scoop 2 8 Rice Cooker 1 9 Measuring Tapes 1 10 Milk Tester 1 11 Electric Strifuser/ Hand Cut 1 12 Butter Charmer 1 13 Ice Cream Freezer 1

14 Deep Fridge 1

15 Carahi 1

Glass Ware

1 Butero Meters 50

2 Lacto Meters(Small Size) 20

3 Milk Pipettes 10.75ml. 30 4 Milk Pipettes 10 ml. 30 5 Pipette 1ml 30 6 Tilt Plastic 10ml 10 7 Tilt Measurers 1ml(Plastic) 10 8 Petri Dish 4

9 Test Tubes(Normal) 3 Boxes

10 Clinical Thermometer 10 11 Beakers 250 Ml 10

12 Beakers 500 Ml 6

13 Beakers 1000 Ml 4

14 Clinical Flakes 20

15 Milk Bottles 20

16 IndicatorBottles 6

17 Filter Papers 1 Packet

409

18 Plastic Funnels 6 19 Regulations Rinse 10 20 Rubber Stoppers 100 List Of Chemicals 1 Washing Soda 1 Kg 2 Liquid Soap 5 Litters 3 Bleaching Powder 10 Kg 4 Gurber Acid 1 Lt 5 Oxalic Acid 500 Ml 6 Sodium Hydroxide 1 Kg 7 Methyline Blue Tablets 20 8 Nutrient Agar 500 Ml 9 Phenopthaline Ridiculul 1 Bottle 10 Machonkeya Agar(500 gms) 2 11 Potato Dextroge Agar(500 gms) 2 12 Formaldehyde(250ml) 2 13 Boric Acid (100g) 2 14 Salicylic Aid 100 Ml*2 15 Starch 250 g 16 Urea 250 g 17 Resan Cinal 500 Ml*2

18 Ethyl Alcohol 500 Ml*2

19 Tattooingink 500 Ml*2

20 Tinkuegodin 100 Ml*2

21 Litmus Paper 4 Packets

22 Colors And Flavors 1 Bottle

23 Godine 1 Bottle

24 Quick Lime 500 Ml

25 Termanic Paper 1 Box

26 Cultures Backerial 3

27 Branding Mkforcarnr 2 Bottles 28 Whole Milk Powder 2 Bottles

29 Skim Milk Powder 500 Ml

30 Baking Powder 500 Ml

31 Sugar 3 Kg

32 Zinc oxide 500ml

410

FISHERIES LAB EQUIPMENT

S.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity Required

1 Refrigerator(160lts) 1

2 Ph- Meter 1

3 Sechi Disc 2 4 Aquarium With All Accessories 2 5 Dissection Box 4

6 D-81 Model Hatchery Unit 1

7 Chins Hatchery 1 8 Salinometer 1

9 Plastic Pools(6x3x,4x3),Each 1

10 Museum Specimens -Freshwater Fishes: Lbeo,Catla, Mrigal, Channa, Clarius, Heteronuestius , Wallago, Mystis, Hypothalmicthys, Ctenopharyngodon, Tilapia, Gourami, Tor Tor, Marine Fishes : Scoliodon, Torpedo, Exocetus, Hippocampus, Trygon, Amia, Anabas, Stromatus, Chanos, Etroplys ,Ompok, Notopterus, Gobius, Anguilla, Mystus, Sardinella, Trychuirrus, Belone, Pristis, Zygena, Sphyrma, Airius, Lates, Mugil, Prawns Paleomon, Paenes, Matapenaus, Aquatic Insects:Nepa, Ramtra, Notonecta, Corixa, Belostoma, Gerris, Cybister, Dragonfly Nymph, Aquatic Weeds : Pistia, Eichornia, Typha, Ipomea, Najas, Nymphea, AzollaSpirulina, Marsilla, Juncus, Nelumbo, Chara, Wollfia, Lemna, Vallisneria, Potamogeton, Hydrilla, Ornamental Fishes :Gold Fish, Guppies, Block, Mollucs, Sword, Tail,MoluscsUnio, Mytilus, Pinctada, Sepia, Loligo, Crab.

1

411

SERICULTURE LAB EQUIPMENT

S.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

1 Ant Wells(Metal) 8

2 Raring Stands(Metal) 1

3 Raring Trays(Plastic) 10 4 Bill Hook 2 5 Iron Pans 5 6 Pick - Axe 5 7 Pruning Saw 2 8 Secateurs 2 9 Spade 5 10 Hydro Meter 1 11 Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer 1 12 Dial Hygro Meter 1 13 Compound Microscope 4 14 Moth Crushiong Sets(Porcelein) 5 15 Water Cans 5 16 Electric Stove 1 17 Eprovettes(Metal) 5 18 Crow Bars(Tata) 2 19 Ph Meter(Electrode) 1

20 Gator Sprayer 1

II. Optional Equipment 21 Humidifer 1 22 Acid Treatment Bath 1

23 Hot Air Cocoon Drier 1 24 Portable Sprayer 1 25 Cottage Basin Realing With Re-Realing 1 26 Tissue Culture Laminar Flow(Mini) 1 27 Electronic Weighting Machine 1

28 Dissection Microscope 1

412

ACCOUNTING & TAXATION / OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP / INSURANCE &

MARKETING / BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES / MARKETING & SALESMANSHIP COURSES LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Computers(@1:4) 10

2 Laser Printers 2

3 Scanner 1 4 Latest MS Office Software 2

5 Tally Accounting Package 1

6 Adobe Page Maker 1

7 Adobe Photoshop 1

8 Internet Connection 1

Optional Items 1 Online Ups 2 Kva 1 2 LCD Projector And Screen 1 3 Vacuum Cleaner 1

4 A.C(1.5 Ton) 1

Consumables

1 Print Cartridge

2 Computer Stationery 5 Boxes

3 White Papers 10 Boxes

4 Pen Drives 4 Nos

5 Forms Of Latest I.T. Returns 200 Nos

6 Dummy Vochers

200 Nos

7 Shoe Rack 1

8 Steel Cup Board 1

9 Reference Book Case 1

413

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 2 -Stroke Petrol 1

2 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4-Stroke Petrol 1

3 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 2- Stroke Diesel 1

4 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Petrol 1

5 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Diesel 1

6 Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Petrol Engine 1

7 Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Diesel Engine 1

8 Single Plate Clutch Assembly Of L M V 1

9 Multi Plate Clutch Assembly Of L M V 1

10 Constant Mesh Gear Box L M V (4 Speed) 1

11 Differential Unit Of L M V 1

12 Hydraulic Brake Unit 1

13 Carburetors (Su, Zenith, Solex & Nicumi In Maruthi) 1

14 Bench Vices 12 Inches 1

15 Air Compressor 1

16 High Pressure Water Pump( For Water Servicing) 1

17 Pressure Grease Guns 1

18 Mechanical Jack 5 Ton Capacity 1

414

19 Arc Welding Equipment Complete Set Single Phase 1

20 Portable Drilling Machine 1

21 Portable Lathe Machine 1

22 Gas Welding Equipment 1

23 Surface Plate 1

Optional Items

1 Engineering Drawing Boards 1

2 Battery Charger 24 Volts 1

3 Different Types Of Files 1

4 Hack Frames 10

5 Snips Of Different Types 2

Consumables

1 Welding Rods 5 Pkts

2 24 Gauge Sheet Metal 20 Metres

3 4 Mm Thick Ms Flat 5 Kg

4 Hack Blades 4 Pkts

415

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY LAB EQUIPMENT S.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

1 Tapes 30 mts 2

2 Tapes 20 Mts 2

3 Mini Drafter 4

4 Plum Bob Cross Staff 4

5 Dump Level &Stand 2

6 Theodolife& Stand 1

7 Drawing Boards With Stands 10

8 Bar Bending Bench 1

9 Bar Bending Leven 1

10 Set Square ( Set) 1

Optional Items

1 Auto Level 1

2 Computer Systems 2

3 Trowels ( Set) 1

4 Gum Boots 1

5 Helmets 10

6 Drawing Model 1

7 Spirit Level 2

1 ConsumablesCement ( Bags) 7

2 Sand ( Bags) 3

3 Bricks ( 1000 No's) 1000

4 Drawing Sheets 100

5 Varnish 2 Lt

6 Paints 4 Lt

7 Pegs 20

416

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT S.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

1 Regulated Power Supply 30v/2a 5

2 Analog Multi Meter 5

3 Digital Multi Meter 5

4 Audio Signal Generator 2

5 Cro-20mhz. 2

6 TVDemonstration Model(B&W) 2

7 TV Demonstration Model(Color) 2

8 Public Address Amplifier 1

9 DVD Player 2

10 Experimental Boards Demonstration Models

A TransistorsCb,Ce, Vi Characteristic Boards 2

B Oscillators:- (Common Board) Rc Phase Shift, Hantly, Collpitts, Tuned Collector 2

C Scr/Diac,Triac(Vi Charcteristic) 2

D Fet Amplifier (Vi Characteristics) 2

E Ujt (Vi Characteristics) 2

F Diode / Zener (Vi Characteristics) 2

G Am/Fm Generated( Common Board) 2

H Class -B Push Panel Amplifier 2

I Digital Lcr Meter 2

J Rlc Single Resonance, Paralled Resonance(Same Board) 2

11 Insulation Tester 1

12 Emergency Lights 5

13 Invertors 100 V 2

14 Electronic Stationary 2

15 Digital Trainers 5

16 Ups 100 V 1

17 IcTester’s 2

18 Computer Mother Boards 2

417

19 Personnel Computer With One Printer 4

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

1 Radio Receivers 2

2 Tape Recorders 2

3 Speakers 2

4 Coaxial Cables 20

5 Baln And Others 5

6 Soldering Irons 10

7 Desoldering Pumos 10

8 Battery Elemi Meter 5

9 Server Segment Desplayer 5

10 Shift Resisters & Decodes Rach 5

11 Furniture-Waking Tables With Ac Supply Connections 4

12 Stools 24

13 Pliers:- Cutting,Nose,Nose Cutters 3 each

14 Files 10

Consumables 1 Lead 500 g

2 Paste 10

3 Papers 10

4 Pcbs 20

5 Components Passive ( Each) 5

6 Transformers Cl 6

7 Diaods, Zeners, Leds ( Dozen) 5

8 Transformers 8 Types ( Each) 10

9 Ics Analogue 10

10 Ics Digital 10

11 Wires ( Bundles) 5

418

ELECTIRCAL TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Ammeters 0-1a,0-5a, 0-10a (Mi) 1

2 Voltmeters 0-300v,0-500v ( Each) 3

3 Wattmeters0-300w,0-1000w (Each) 2

4 Millimeters’ Digital, Analogue ( 2 Each) 2

5 Energy Meter 1-Ph ,3ph ( Each) 2

6 Power Factor Meter 1

7 Clamp Meter 2

8 Tongue Tester 1

9 Megger Dynamo/Electronic ( Each) 1

10 Magnet-Bar, U- Shape ( Each) 5

11 Magnetic Compass ( No's) 10

12 Battery Charging Unit ( No's) 1

13 5hp,3-Ph,400v,Squirrel Cage Induction Motor With Control Panel Containing Starter, Mcb,Tpic, Indicators Etc. 1

14 1hp Jet Pump Complete Unit With Control Panel 1

15 1hp Mono Block Pump Unit With Control Panel 1

16 1hp Submersible Pump Unit(Bore Well Type ) With Control Panel 1

17 1hp Submersible Pump Unit Sump Immersed Type With Control Panel 1

18 Motor Starters Dol, Star/Delta 1

19 Hand Drill Machine Hammer Type, 1000w 1

20 Electrician Tool Kit Standard Screw Driver, Combinational Pleir, Tester, Wire Stripper, Steel Tape 5m , Hammer 1/2 Lb, Spanner Set, Hack Saw, Drill Machine, Multi Bit Screw Driver Kit

5

419

21 Bench Vice 2

22 Room Heater, Immersion Heater, Geyser 15 Lit 2

23 Air Coolers Desert/Blower Type 1

24 Table Fan/Exhaust Fan 1

25 Voltage Stabilizer Automatic, Non Automatic 500V 2

26 Ceiling Fan Rewinding Machine 1

27 Engineering Drawing Boards With Stands 5

28 Personal Computer With Laser Printer, Ups With High Configuration 1

29 Wiring Practice Bin 4x4x8, Made By 12mm Ply Wood Supported With Anglers 1

30 1sq.Mm, 2.5 Sq.Mm, Copper Wire Coils 5

31 Electrical Accessories (Basic) 1 Way /2 Way Switches, 2/3/5 Pin Sockets, Lamp Holders, Ceiling Roses, Main Switch(Dp) 5

32 Switch Boards 10

33 Emergency Light 2

34 Lead Acid Battery (Car Battery 1

35 Maintenance Free Battery 1000va 1

36 25 Mm, Pvc Conduits 10

37 Rewinding Wire Copper 20 Swg, Aluminum 1.5 Mm ( Kgs) 2

420

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT

S.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required 1 General Purpose Lathe 1 2 Power Drilling Machine 1

3 4 stroke Diesel Engine 1 4 Gas Welding Equipment 1 5 Arc Welding Equipment 1 7 Fuel Pump 1 8 Carburetor 1 9 D.C Motor 1 10 Solar Collector 1 11 Electric Iron 1 12 Lead Acid Battery Charger 1 Optional Items: 2 Refrigerator 1 3 Air Cooler 1 4 Window A/C 1 5 Ammeter 5 6 Volt Meter 5 7 Energy Meter 5 8 Pyrano Meter 1 9 Solar Water Heater 1 10 Photo Voltaic Cell (Panel) 1 11 Steering Assembly Modes 1 12 Clutches Different Types Set 1 13 Drawing Boards With Stands 10 14 Complete Spanner Set Ring And Open Type 1 15 Screw Driver Set 1 16 Hammer Different Types 1 17 Carburetor Repair Kit 1 18 Ring Spanners Set 1 19 Screw Driver(Various Sizes) 10 Consumables 1 Welding Rods 1 2 Drawing Sheets 1 3 Flur 1 4 Greafe 1 5 G.I Sheet 1 6 Metal Sheet 1

421

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Theodolite 4 2 Cube Testing Machine 1 3 Drawing Model Section 1 4 Carpentry Tools ( Set) 1

5 Fitter Tools ( Set) 1

6 Vicat Apparatus 1 7 Drawing Stand With Board 10 8 Tapes

4

Optional Items: 1 Auto Level 2 2 Plane Table 2 3 Helmets 10 4 Computer System 2 5 Jar Test Apparatus

2

6 Weighting Balance

1

7 Chemicals & Glassware

1

8 Bar Bending Tools 2 Consumables:

1 Drawing Sheets

2 Chemicals

3 Pipes

4 Cement ( Bags) 5

5 Sand ( Kg) 500 6 Course Aggregate ( Cff) 100

7 Steel Bars (Kgs) 50

8 Paints ( Lt)

4

9 Pegs Or Nails

1

422

COMMERICAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY & FASHION GARMENT MAKING LAB EQUIPMENT


A. Essential Items

1 Sewing Machines 10

2 ZigZag And Embriodery Machine 2

3 Fashion Maker 1

4 Over Look Machine 1

5 Cutting Tables(Size 6x4) 4

6 Meter Scales 20

7 Ironing Tables 5

8 Iron Boxes 6

9 Scissors(Large, Medium, Small) 20 each

10 Pinking Shears 5

11 L-Scale 10

12 Tracing Wheels 20

13 Measuring Wheels 20

14 Looking Mirrors 2

B. Optional Item& Consumables

1 Button Hole Making Machine 1

2 Mass Cutting Machine 1

3 Computers 5

423

HOTEL OPERATIONS LAB EQUIPMENT

Sl.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

Basic Training Kitchen

1 Cooking Range ( Two Burners) 10

2 Weighting Scale 1

3 Measuring Jugs 10

4 Measuring Spoon 10

5 Aluminum Basin 6

6 Soup Strainer 6

7 Grater 5

8 Aluminum Pie- Dish 6

9 Jelly Moulds 6

10 Rolling Pins 12

11 Frying Spoon 12

12 Flat Spoon 12

13 Round Laddles 12

14 Wooden Spoon 12

15 S. S. Degchi (12" Dia) 12

16 S. S. Degchi (10" Dia) 12

17 Frying Pan (10" Dia) 10

18 Iron Tawa 6

19 S.S.Collander (12" Dia) 10

20 S.S.Kaories (Medium) 20

21 Fibre Chopping Board 12

22 S.S.Tongs 10

23 S.S.Sieve 5

24 Aluminum Trays (12''*18") 5

25 Lime Squeezer 5

26 Iron Kadai (15" Dia) 5

27 Garbage Bins 12

424

28 Mixer Grinder 1

29 Baking Tray 5

30 Work Table 6

31 Stainless steel Sinks 6

32 Stainless steel Plates 20

33 Cup Board (Storage Boxes ) 1

34 Knife Set 2

35 Refrigerator(165 Ltr) 1

36 Cooking Range ( High Flame ) 3

37 Gas Connections 2

Food And Beverage Service

1 Cup Board 1

2 Side Board( Side Station) 1

3 Tables (2 1/2 X 2 1/2) 2

4 Tables (2 1/2 X 4 1/2) 2

5 Chairs 17

6 Joint Plate 2 dozen

7 Half Plate 2 dozen

8 Quarter Plate 7 dozen

9 Soup Bowls 3 doz

10 Tea Cups & Saucer 7 doz

11 Coffee Cup & Saucer 3 doz

12 Egg Cup 1 doz

13 Large Knife 2 doz

14 Large Fork 2 doz

15 A.P. Knife/ Fork/ Spoon 2 doz

16 Butter Knife 1

17 Butter Dishes ( Doz) 1

18 Soup Spoon ( Doz) 4

425

19 Tea/Coffee/Spoons 1 Doz Each 2

20 Tea/Coffee/Spoons 1 Doz Each 1

21 Fish Knife / Fork 1 Doz Each 1

22 Water Goblets (Doz) 4

23 Ice Cream Cups ( Doz) 2

24 Juice Glasses ( Doz) 2

25 Red Wine Glass (Doz) 1

26 White Wine Glass ( Doz) 1

27 Champagne Saucer ( Doz) 1

28 Champagne Tulip ( Doz) 1

29 Beer Mugs ( Doz) 1

30 Brandy Baloon ( Doz) 1

31 Cocktail Glasses ( Doz) 1

32 High Ball Glasses ( Doz) 1

33 Salvers (Round) (Doz) 2

34 Tea Pot ( Doz) 1

35 Coffee Pot ( Doz) 1

36 Finger Bowls ( Doz) 2

37 Cork Screw ( Doz) 1

38 Peg Measure ( Doz) 1

39 Ash Tray ( Doz) 1

40 Menu Stand ( Doz) 1

41 Flower Vase ( Doz) 1

42 Pastry Tongs 6

43 Ice Cream Scoop 1

44 Cheffing Dish ( No;S) 8

45 Cret Set ( Doz) 1

426

PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING LAB EQUIPMENT


Essential Equipment -Furniture

1 Tables (Decolam Top) 2

2 Chairs For Staff & Parents 4

3 Steel Almairah 4 4 Steel Open Racks 2 5 Display Boards 2

6 Cradles 5 7 Baby Cots 5 8 Rubber Squeeze Toys 10 9 Pull And Push Toys 10 10 Mechanical Toys 10

11 Soft Toys 10

12 Puzzles 5 13 Picture Books 10 14 Nail Cutters And Combs 6

15 Weighing Machine 1 16 Rubber Balls 10 17 Wooden / Plastic Beads ( Sets) 4 18 Tape Recorder 2 19 Steel Plates 10

20 Steel Glasses (Small & Big) 10 each

21 Steel Spoons 10

22 Refrigerator ( 165 Godrej/ LG/Samsung) 1

23 Gas Stove And Cylinder 1

24 Color TV And DVD Player 1

Optional Equipment 1 Mattresses And Bed Sheets 4 2 Pillows And Covers, Blankets 7 3 Tricycles 4 4 Wall Clock 1

5 Aqua Water Filter 1

6 Water Drum ( Plastic) 1

427

TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUES LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Computer Pentium Iv I3 Core Processor 10

Hard Disk:500 Gb-Ram-2gb & Above

Dvd Drive,Tft 17" Screen & Key Board

2 Hp - Laser Jet - Printer 2

3 Software For Windows 7/8, Ms Office 2007/10 1

4 Manual For Various Software / Assorted Reference Books

5 Stationery Items

Computer Stationary & Printer Peripherals 5

6 Demonstration Stand

7 File Covers

8 Cupboards

9 Labour Saving Devices Suppliers Punch Machines Staples

10 Overhead Projector 1

11 Documentary Films Can Be Borrowed From Department Of Tourism, Travel Offices And Hotels

12 Time Tables. Tim, Air Tariff

13 Tourist Guides Etc.

428

DENTAL TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Lathe Machines 2

2 Hanging Motors 1

3 Amylizer 1

4 Hydraulic Benchpress 2

5 Lab Hand Pieces With Micromotor 2

6 Curing Versels 2

7 Dental Flashes With Clamps

8 Dewaxing Unit .

9 Gas Stove With Regulator And Continuous Supply Of Cylinder

10 Model Trimmers 6bags Of 25kg Each

11 Model Plaster 6bags Of 25kg Each

12 Stone Plaster 15 Boxes

13 Base Plates 30 Boxes

14 Wax Sheets 20 Boxes

15 Teeth Sets(Full) 20

16 Partial Teeth Sets(Anterior) 20

17 Partial Teeth Sets(Posterior) 20

18 Self Cure(Lab Pack) Powder And Liquid 5kg

19 Heat Cure(Lab Pack) Powder And Liquid 2rolls

20 Adhesive Bandage 20

21 Amylic Trimming Stones 5

22 Polishing Cakes

23 Pumice 5kg

24 Die Stone 5 Each 5x5=25

25 Stainless Steel Wires 19,20,21,22,23 Gauzes 2boxes

26 Blue Inlay Wax 5 Boxes

27 Sticky Wax 10 Boxes

429

28 Carving Wax Blocks 5 Kg

29 Vaseline 5

30 Polishing Buffs 5

31 Polishing Cones 2 Pairs Each

32 Rubber Moulds- Dentulous And Edentulous

33 Investment Materials

34 Casting Meterials 3 Packets

35 Alginate Impression Material 4 Each

36 All Types Of Dental Cements 10 Lts

37 Spirit (400 Ml)

38 Vibrator 7

39 Student Sitting Benches 4

40 Chains And Tables For Staff 2

41 Students Locker Almirahs 2

42 Almirahs For Staff

Optional Equipment

1 Plaster Bowls 2 Curved ,2- Straight

2 Plaster Spatulas 2

3 Wax Knife 2

4 Plaster Knife 2

5 Wax Spatulas 1

6 Spirit Lamps 1

7 Articulators Each 5

8 Sand Papers

9 Straight Fissure Burs

430

DENTAL HYGENIST LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Dental Chair 4

2 Ultra Sanic Scalars 4

3 Sharpening Stones 4

4 Suction Apparatus 1

5 Supra Ginginal Scales 10

6 Tweegers 10

7 Mouth Mirrors 10

8 Slide Protectors’ 1

9 Auto Clave 2

10 Instrument Trays 10

11 Explorers & Probes 10

12 Micro Motors 2

13 Micro Scopes 1

Optional Equipment

14 X-Ray Unit 1

15 O.P.G Unit 1

16 Van With Mobile Dental Chair For Dental Camps 1

431

MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN LAB EQUIPMENT


1 Gas Cylinder With Burner 2

2 Spirit Lamps 5

3 Electrical Centrifuges 1

4 Refrigerator 165 Lt 1

5 Colorimeter 1

6 Hot Air Over 1

7 Water Bath 1

8 Simple Balance 1

9 Incubator 1

10 Test Tubes Of Different Sizes 300

11 Centrifuge Tubes(15mm) 20

12 Beakers-250ml 5

13 Volumetric Pipettes(2ml,5ml) 5

14 Serological Pipettes(2ml/1/100) 5

15 Reagent Bottles(60ml/120ml) 10

16 Dropper Bottles(30ml) 5

17 Volumetric Flasks(25ml/50ml) 10

18 Stoppard Graduated Test Tubes 5

19 Filter Paper ( Ream) 1

20 What man Filter Paper (1-20 Sheets) 20

21 Cotton ( 1 Kg) 1

22 Glass Slides 100

23 Plastic Wash Bottles 10

24 Motor And Pestle 2

25 Student Microscope 2

26 Autoclave 1

27 Pipette Washer 1

28 Anaerobic Jar(Plastic) 1

29 Analytical Balance 1

30 Water Bath 1

31 VdrlTotaror 1

32 Spatulas 12

432

33 Measuring Cylinders 50 Ml 5

34 Compound Microscope 2

35 Stop Watch 2

36 Haemometer 3

37 Haemocytometer 2

38 Esr Stand 5

39 Esr Tubes 5

40 Urino Meter 2

41 Syringes(5ml / 2ml) 10

42 Trays 5

43 Syringe Dispenser To Crush Needles

44 Glass Slides & Cover Slips 50

B. Optional Items

1 Flame Photometer 1

2 Spectrophotometer 1

3 Flourimeter 1

4 Electophoresis Apparatus 1

5 Semi Auto Analyzer 1

433

OPTHLAMATIC TECHNICIAN LAB EQIPMENT


1 Essential

2 Torch Light 5

3 Vision Drum 2

4 Trial Box 2

5 Retinoscope 2

6 Trial Frame 4

7 Near Vision Reading Charts 5

8 Near Reading Charts With Figures 2

9 Lens meter 2

10 Ophthalmoscope 2

11 Slit-Lamp 2

12 Color Vision Testing Charts 2

13 Keratometer 2

14 Testing Chair For Patient 2

15 Chair For Examiner 2

16 Model Eye (Dummy-For Practice) 4

II. Optional Equipment

1 Edging Machine With Motot And Diamond Stone 2

2 Essential Pliers, Like Chipping Pliers, Smoothing Pliers, Adj. Pliers 2

3 Lens Marking Pencils 60

4 Axis Marking Charts (Metal) 10

5 Dummy Lens Of Both Glass And Resin (Cr39) And Frames (Shell And Metal) Fro Practicing

2

6 Screw Drivers, Nose Pliers And Curvature Pliers Etc. 4

7 Frane Warmers 2

8 Optician Ruler 10

434

PHYSIOTHERAPHY LAB EQUIPMENT

S.No. NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT Quantity Required 1 Wheel Chair 2 Goniometer 3 Inch Tape 4 Knee Hammer 5 BP Apparatus 6 Aneriod 7 Examination Table 8 Shoulder Wheel 9 Quadriceps Table 10 Static Bicycle 11 Supination- Pronation Board 12 Ankle Exercises 13 Swiss Ball, Medicine Balls 14 Traction Table 15 Finger Ladder 16 Parallel Bars 17 All Types Of Walkers(Each) 18 All Types Of Stick 19 All Types Of Crutches 20 Ropes And Pulleys 21 Springs, Slings 22 Cervical, Collar, Ls Belt 23 Equilibrium Board 24 Re-Education Board

25 Splints

26

Crepe Bandage

27 Electro theraphy Equipment I. Wax Bath Ii. Auto Tract(Cervical & Lumbar Traction Machine Iii. Us(Ultra Sound) Iv. Electrical Muscle Stimulator V. Interferential Therapy Vi. Short Wave Diathermy Vii. Ultra Violet Radiation Viii. Tens Ix. Massager(Vibrator) X. Infra Red (Luminous/Non-Luminious) Xi. Hydro Collator Packs Xii.Heat Pads

435

MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER [FEMALE] LAB EQUIPMENT


Charts 1 Chart For Carbohydrates 1

2 Chart For Proteins 1

3 Chart For Vitamins 1

4 Chart On Balanced Diet 1

5 Chart On AIDS 1

6 Chart On Skelton System 1

7 Chart On Muscular System 1

8 Chart On Neruous System 1

9 Chart On Circulatory System 1

10 Chart Digestive System 1

11 Chart On Respiratory System 1

12 Chart Excretory System 1

13 Chart On First Aid 1

14 Chart On Skin 1

15 Chart On Skull With Brain 1

16 Eye Structure Chart 1

17 Chart On Heart Structure 1

18 Charts On Ear 1

19 Reproductive System Female Chart 1

20 Reproductive Male Chart 1

21 Chart On Kidney 1

Stainless Steel Equipment

22 Trolly Iron 3

23 Back Rest 2

24 Knee Hammer With Pin And Basins 1

25 Wash Basin Stand With Basins 1

436

26 Foetus Scope 1

27 Bedside Lockers Iron 1

28 Enamel Cans 1

29 Medium Enamel Basins 2

30 Medium Trays 5

31 Spirit Lamps 5

32 Dressing Scissors 6

33 Myo'sscissors 6

34 Tounge Dipresser 6

35 Cusco's Speculum 3

36 Sims Speculum 3

37 Kiellands Forceps 1pair

38 Wriglis Forceps 1pair

39 Ulterine Retractors 1pair

40 Abdominal Retractors 1pair

41 D&C Dilators All Sizes 1set

42 Vulsulum 1

43 Uterine Sound 1

44 Toothed Forceps 2

45 Current 2

46 Straight Scissors 3

47 Curved Scissors 3

48 Straight Artery Forceps 5

49 Curved Artery Forceps 5

50 Sponge Holders 5

51 Chittle Forceps 5

52 Amupule Cutter 5

53 Suture Removal 5

54 Kidney Trays 10

55 Auto Clave 1

437

56 Stainless Steel Bowls 5

57 Aluminum Trays 5

58 Iron Saline Stands 5

59 No toothed Forceps 4

60 Dummy Baby Dolls 2

Rubber Articles

61 Nylon Tubes 3

62 Mucus Suckers 3

63 Rubber Catheters 3

64 Ice Caps 2

65 Hot Water Bag 2

66 Makein Tosh Sheet 5

67 Ambu Bag 1

68 I/V Canulas All Sizes 1packet

69 Syringes All Sizes 1box

70 Droppers Plastic 1 Box

Bandages

71 Adhesive Plaster 3 rolls

72 Cotton Rolls 3 rolls

73 Crape Bandages 3

74 Kelly's Pad 4

75 Plastic Jugs With Cap 5

76 Plastic Bed Pans 5

77 Rectal Catheter 5

78 Finger Glove Set 1box

79 Breast Pumps 5

80 Bandage Cloth 1packet

Machines

81 Oral Thermometer 5

82 Rectal Thermometer 5

438

83 Weight Scale 1

84 Urinals Plastic 3

85 Nelson Inhaler 3

86 Height Measuring Scales 1

87 Test Tube Stands 5

88 Projector With Screen 1

89 Electrical Bp Appratus 1

90 Electrical Gluco Meter 1

91 Bp Apparatus 3

92 Stethoscope 5

93 Community Bags With Articles 5

94 Pillows 4

95 Mattresses 5

96 Towels 10

97 Small Stainless Steel Basins 20cm 5

98 Bowls 10cm 10

99 All Types Of Needles Sets 1set

100 Hypo Dermic Needle 5

Chemicals

101 Benedict's Solutions 1000ml 2bottles

102 Surgical Spirit 1000ml 2bottles

103 Hydrogen Peroxide(H2O2) 1000ml 2bottles

104 Sterileum 1000ml 2bottles

105 White Fields Ointment 2bottles

106 Betadine Solution 2bottles

Dr. A. ASHOK I.A ACADEMIC... · Dr. A. Ashok , IAS Commissioner Intermediate Education & Secretary,...

Documents

Transcript of Dr. A. ASHOK I.A ACADEMIC... · Dr. A. Ashok , IAS Commissioner Intermediate Education & Secretary,...